Quotations.ch
  Directory : Essays
GUIDE SUPPORT US BLOG
  • The Project Gutenberg EBook of Bacon's Essays and Wisdom of the Ancients, by
  • Francis Bacon
  • This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and most
  • other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
  • whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms of
  • the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at
  • www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you'll have
  • to check the laws of the country where you are located before using this ebook.
  • Title: Bacon's Essays and Wisdom of the Ancients
  • Author: Francis Bacon
  • Contributor: A. Spiers
  • B. Montagu
  • Release Date: January 29, 2018 [EBook #56463]
  • Language: English
  • Character set encoding: UTF-8
  • *** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK BACON'S ESSAYS, WISDOM OF ANCIENTS ***
  • Produced by Turgut Dincer and the Online Distributed
  • Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This file was
  • produced from images generously made available by The
  • Internet Archive)
  • BACON’S ESSAYS
  • AND
  • WISDOM OF THE ANCIENTS
  • WITH A BIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE BY A. SPIERS
  • PREFACE BY B. MONTAGU, AND
  • NOTES BY DIFFERENT WRITERS
  • [Illustration]
  • BOSTON
  • LITTLE, BROWN, AND COMPANY
  • _Copyright, 1884_,
  • BY LITTLE, BROWN, AND COMPANY.
  • THE UNIVERSITY PRESS, CAMBRIDGE, MASS., U. S. A.
  • ADVERTISEMENT.
  • In preparing the present volume for the press, use has been freely
  • made of several publications which have recently appeared in England.
  • The Biographical Notice of the author is taken from an edition of the
  • Essays, by A. Spiers, Ph. D. To this has been added the Preface to
  • Pickering’s edition of the Essays and Wisdom of the Ancients, by Basil
  • Montagu, Esq. Parker’s edition, by Thomas Markby, M. A., has furnished
  • the arrangement of the Table prefixed to the Essays, and also “the
  • references to the most important quotations.” The Notes, including the
  • translations of the Latin, are chiefly copied from Bohn’s edition,
  • prepared by Joseph Devey, M. A. We have given the modern translation of
  • the Wisdom of the Ancients contained in Bohn’s edition, in preference
  • to that “done by Sir Arthur Gorges,” although the last mentioned has a
  • claim upon regard, as having been made by a contemporary of Lord Bacon,
  • and published in his lifetime. Its language is in the style of English
  • current in the author’s age, and for this reason may resemble more
  • nearly what the philosopher himself would have used, had he composed
  • the work in his own tongue instead of Latin.
  • CONTENTS.
  • PAGE
  • Preface by B. Montagu, Esq. xi
  • Introductory Notice of the Life and Writings of Bacon, by
  • A. Spiers, Ph. D. 1
  • ESSAYS; OR, COUNSELS CIVIL AND MORAL.
  • NO.
  • 1. Of Truth 1625; 57
  • 2. Of Death 1612; enlarged 1625 62
  • 3. Of Unity in Religion; Of Religion 1612; rewritten 1625 65
  • 4. Of Revenge 1625; 73
  • 5. Of Adversity 1625; 75
  • 6. Of Simulation and Dissimulation 1625; 78
  • 7. Of Parents and Children 1612; enlarged 1625 82
  • 8. Of Marriage and Single Life 1612; slightly enlarged 1625 84
  • 9. Of Envy 1625; 87
  • 10. Of Love 1612; rewritten 1625 95
  • 11. Of Great Place 1612; slightly enlarged 1625 98
  • 12. Of Boldness 1625; 103
  • 13. Of Goodness, and Goodness
  • of Nature 1612; enlarged 1625 105
  • 14. Of Nobility 1612; rewritten 1625 110
  • 15. Of Seditions and Troubles 1625 113
  • 16. Of Atheism 1612; slightly enlarged 1625 124
  • 17. Of Superstition 1612; ” ” 1625 130
  • 18. Of Travel 1625; 132
  • 19. Of Empire 1612; much enlarged 1625 135
  • 20. Of Counsels 1612; enlarged 1625 143
  • 21. Of Delays 1625; 151
  • 22. Of Cunning 1612; rewritten 1625 153
  • 23. Of Wisdom for a Man’s Self 1612; enlarged 1625 159
  • 24. Of Innovations 1625; 161
  • 25. Of Dispatch 1612; 163
  • 26. Of Seeming Wise 1612; 166
  • 27. Of Friendship 1612; rewritten 1625 168
  • 28. Of Expense 1597; enlarged 1612;
  • and again 1625 179
  • 29. Of the true Greatness of
  • Kingdoms and Estates 1612; enlarged 1625 181
  • 30. Of Regimen of Health 1597; enlarged 1612;
  • again 1625 195
  • 31. Of Suspicion 1625; 197
  • 32. Of Discourse 1597; slightly enlarged 1612;
  • again 1625 199
  • 33. Of Plantations 1625; 202
  • 34. Of Riches 1612; much enlarged 1625 207
  • 35. Of Prophecies 1625; 212
  • 36. Of Ambition 1612; enlarged 1625 217
  • 37. Of Masques and Triumphs 1625; 218
  • 38. Of Nature in Men 1612; enlarged 1625 223
  • 39. Of Custom and Education 1612; ” ” 225
  • 40. Of Fortune 1612; slightly enlarged 1625 228
  • 41. Of Usury 1625; 231
  • 42. Of Youth and Age 1612; slightly enlarged 1625 237
  • 43. Of Beauty 1612; ” ” 1625 240
  • 44. Of Deformity 1612; somewhat altered 1625 241
  • 45. Of Building 1625; 243
  • 46. Of Gardens 1625; 249
  • 47. Of Negotiating 1597; enlarged 1612;
  • very slightly
  • altered 1625 259
  • 48. Of Followers and Friends 1597; slightly enlarged 1625 261
  • 49. Of Suitors 1597; enlarged 1625 264
  • 50. Of Studies 1597; ” 1625 266
  • 51. Of Faction 1597; much enlarged 1625 269
  • 52. Of Ceremonies and Respects 1597; enlarged 1625 271
  • 53. Of Praise 1612; ” 1625 273
  • 54. Of Vainglory 1612; 276
  • 55. Of Honor and Reputation 1597; omitted 1612;
  • republished 1625 279
  • 56. Of Judicature 1612; 282
  • 57. Of Anger 1625; 289
  • 58. Of the Vicissitude of Things 1625; 292
  • APPENDIX TO ESSAYS.
  • 1. Fragment of an Essay of Fame 301
  • 2. Of a King 303
  • 3. An Essay on Death 307
  • THE WISDOM OF THE ANCIENTS; A SERIES OF
  • MYTHOLOGICAL FABLES.
  • Preface 317
  • 1. Cassandra, or Divination. Explained of too free and
  • unseasonable Advice 323
  • 2. Typhon, or a Rebel. Explained of Rebellion 324
  • 3. The Cyclops, or the Ministers of Terror. Explained
  • of base Court Officers 327
  • 4. Narcissus, or Self-Love 329
  • 5. The River Styx, or Leagues. Explained of Necessity,
  • in the Oaths or Solemn Leagues of Princes 331
  • 6. Pan, or Nature. Explained of Natural Philosophy 333
  • 7. Perseus, or War. Explained of the Preparation and
  • Conduct necessary to War 343
  • 8. Endymion, or a Favorite. Explained of Court Favorites 348
  • 9. The Sister of the Giants, or Fame. Explained of
  • Public Detraction 350
  • 10. Acteon and Pentheus, or a Curious Man. Explained
  • of Curiosity, or Prying into the Secrets of Princes
  • and Divine Mysteries 351
  • 11. Orpheus, or Philosophy. Explained of Natural and
  • Moral Philosophy 353
  • 12. Cœlum, or Beginnings. Explained of the Creation,
  • or Origin of all Things 357
  • 13. Proteus, or Matter. Explained of Matter and its
  • Changes 360
  • 14. Memnon, or a Youth too forward. Explained of the
  • fatal Precipitancy of Youth 363
  • 15. Tythonus, or Satiety. Explained of Predominant
  • Passions 364
  • 16. Juno’s Suitor, or Baseness. Explained of Submission
  • and Abjection 365
  • 17. Cupid, or an Atom. Explained of the Corpuscular
  • Philosophy 366
  • 18. Diomed, or Zeal. Explained of Persecution, or Zeal
  • for Religion 371
  • 19. Dædalus, or Mechanical Skill. Explained of Arts and
  • Artists in Kingdoms and States 374
  • 20. Ericthonius, or Imposture. Explained of the improper
  • Use of Force in Natural Philosophy 378
  • 21. Deucalion, or Restitution. Explained of a useful Hint
  • in Natural Philosophy 379
  • 22. Nemesis, or the Vicissitude of Things. Explained of
  • the Reverses of Fortune 380
  • 23. Achelous, or Battle. Explained of War by Invasion 383
  • 24. Dionysus, or Bacchus. Explained of the Passions 384
  • 25. Atalanta and Hippomenes, or Gain. Explained of the
  • Contest betwixt Art and Nature 389
  • 26. Prometheus, or the State of Man. Explained of an
  • Overruling Providence, and of Human Nature 391
  • 27. Icarus and Scylla and Charybdis, or the Middle Way.
  • Explained of Mediocrity in Natural and Moral
  • Philosophy 407
  • 28. Sphinx, or Science. Explained of the Sciences 409
  • 29. Proserpine, or Spirit. Explained of the Spirit included
  • in Natural Bodies 413
  • 30. Metis, or Counsel. Explained of Princes and their
  • Council 419
  • 31. The Sirens, or Pleasures. Explained of Men’s Passion
  • for Pleasures 420
  • PREFACE.
  • In the early part of the year 1597, Lord Bacon’s first publication
  • appeared. It is a small 12mo. volume, entitled “Essayes, Religious
  • Meditations, Places of Perswasion and Disswasion.” It is dedicated
  • “_To M. Anthony Bacon, his deare Brother_.
  • “Louing and beloued Brother, I doe nowe like some that have an
  • Orcharde ill Neighbored, that gather their Fruit before it is
  • ripe, to preuent stealing. These Fragments of my Conceites were
  • going to print, To labour the staie of them had bin troublesome,
  • and subiect to interpretation; to let them passe had beene to
  • aduenture the wrong they mought receiue by vntrue Coppies, or
  • by some Garnishment, which it mought please any that should set
  • them forth to bestow vpon them. Therefore I helde it best as
  • they passed long agoe from my Pen, without any further disgrace,
  • then the weaknesse of the Author. And as I did euer hold, there
  • mought be as great a vanitie in retiring and withdrawing mens
  • conceites (except they bee of some nature) from the World, as
  • in obtruding them: So in these particulars I haue played myself
  • the Inquisitor, and find nothing to my vnderstanding in them
  • contrarie or infectious to the state of Religion, or Manners, but
  • rather (as I suppose) medecinable. Only I disliked now to put
  • them out, because they will be like the late new Halfepence,
  • which, though the Siluer were good, yet the Peeces were small.
  • But since they would not stay with their Master, but would needes
  • trauaile abroade, I haue preferred them to you that are next my
  • selfe, Dedicating them, such as they are, to our Loue, in the
  • depth whereof (I assure you) I sometimes wish your Infirmities
  • translated vppon my selfe, that her Maiestie mought haue the
  • Seruice of so actiue and able a Mind, and I mought be with
  • excuse confined to these Contemplations and Studies for which I
  • am fittest, so commend I you to the Preseruation of the Diuine
  • Maiestie: From my Chamber at Graies Inne, this 30 of Januarie,
  • 1597. Your entire Louing Brother, FRAN. BACON.”
  • The Essays, which are ten in number, abound with condensed thought and
  • practical wisdom, neatly, pressly, and weightily stated, and, like
  • all his early works, are simple, without imagery. They are written in
  • his favorite style of aphorisms, although each essay is apparently a
  • continued work, and without that love of antithesis and false glitter
  • to which truth and justness of thought are frequently sacrificed by the
  • writers of maxims.
  • A second edition, with a translation of the _Meditationes Sacræ_, was
  • published in the next year; and another edition enlarged in 1612, when
  • he was solicitor-general, containing thirty-eight essays; and one still
  • more enlarged in 1625, containing fifty-eight essays, the year before
  • his death.
  • The Essays in the subsequent editions are much augmented, according
  • to his own words: “I always alter when I add, so that nothing is
  • finished till all is finished,” and they are adorned by happy and
  • familiar illustration, as in the essay of Wisdom for a Man’s Self,
  • which concludes, in the edition of 1625, with the following extract,
  • not to be found in the previous edition: “Wisdom for a man’s self is,
  • in many branches thereof, a depraved thing. It is the wisdom of rats,
  • that will be sure to leave a house somewhat before it fall. It is the
  • wisdom of the fox, that thrusts out the badger, who digged and made
  • room for him. It is the wisdom of crocodiles, that shed tears when they
  • would devour. But that which is specially to be noted is, that those
  • which (as Cicero says of Pompey) are _Sui Amantes sine Rivali_ are many
  • times unfortunate. And whereas they have all their time sacrificed
  • to themselves, they become in the end themselves sacrifices to the
  • inconstancy of Fortune, whose wings they thought, by their self wisdom,
  • to have pinioned.”
  • So in the essay upon Adversity, on which he had deeply reflected before
  • the edition of 1625, when it first appeared, he says: “The virtue of
  • prosperity is temperance; the virtue of adversity is fortitude; which
  • in morals is the more heroical virtue. Prosperity is the blessing of
  • the Old Testament; adversity is the blessing of the New, which carrieth
  • the great benediction, and the clearer revelation of God’s favor. Yet,
  • even in the Old Testament, if you listen to David’s harp, you shall
  • hear as many hearse-like airs as carols; and the pencil of the Holy
  • Ghost hath labored more in describing the afflictions of Job than
  • the felicities of Solomon. Prosperity is not without many fears and
  • distastes, and adversity is not without comforts and hopes. We see in
  • needle-works and embroideries, it is more pleasing to have a lively
  • work upon a sad and solemn ground than to have a dark and melancholy
  • work upon a lightsome ground; judge, therefore, of the pleasure of the
  • heart by the pleasure of the eye. Certainly, virtue is like precious
  • odors, most fragrant when they are incensed, or crushed; for prosperity
  • doth best discover vice, but adversity doth best discover virtue.”
  • The Essays were immediately translated into French and Italian, and
  • into Latin, by some of his friends, amongst whom were Hacket, Bishop of
  • Lichfield, and his constant, affectionate friend, Ben Jonson.
  • His own estimate of the value of this work is thus stated in his
  • letter to the Bishop of Winchester: “As for my Essays, and some other
  • particulars of that nature, I count them but as the recreations of my
  • other studies, and in that manner purpose to continue them; though I
  • am not ignorant that these kind of writings would, with less pains and
  • assiduity, perhaps yield more lustre and reputation to my name than the
  • others I have in hand.”
  • Although it was not likely that such lustre and reputation would dazzle
  • him, the admirer of Phocion, who, when applauded, turned to one of his
  • friends, and asked, “What have I said amiss?” although popular judgment
  • was not likely to mislead him who concludes his observations upon the
  • objections to learning and the advantages of knowledge by saying:
  • “Nevertheless, I do not pretend, and I know it will be impossible for
  • me, by any pleading of mine, to reverse the judgment either of Æsop’s
  • cock, that preferred the barleycorn before the gem; or of Midas, that
  • being chosen judge between Apollo, president of the Muses, and Pan,
  • god of the flocks, judged for plenty; or of Paris, that judged for
  • beauty and love against wisdom and power. For these things continue
  • as they have been; but so will that also continue whereupon learning
  • hath ever relied and which faileth not, _Justificata est sapientia
  • a filiis suis_:” yet he seems to have undervalued this little work,
  • which for two centuries has been favorably received by every lover
  • of knowledge and of beauty, and is now so well appreciated that a
  • celebrated professor of our own times truly says: “The small volume to
  • which he has given the title of ‘Essays,’ the best known and the most
  • popular of all his works, is one of those where the superiority of his
  • genius appears to the greatest advantage, the novelty and depth of his
  • reflections often receiving a strong relief from the triteness of the
  • subject. It may be read from beginning to end in a few hours; and yet
  • after the twentieth perusal one seldom fails to remark in it something
  • overlooked before. This, indeed, is a characteristic of all Bacon’s
  • writings, and is only to be accounted for by the inexhaustible aliment
  • they furnish to our own thoughts and the sympathetic activity they
  • impart to our torpid faculties.”
  • During his life six or more editions, which seem to have been pirated,
  • were published; and after his death, two spurious essays, “Of Death,”
  • and “Of a King,” the only authentic posthumous essay being the Fragment
  • of an Essay on Fame, which was published by his friend and chaplain,
  • Dr. Rawley.
  • This edition is a transcript of the edition of 1625, with the
  • posthumous essays. In the life of Bacon[1] there is a minute account of
  • the different editions of the Essays and of their contents.
  • They may shortly be stated as follows:—
  • First edition, 1597, genuine.
  • There are two copies of this edition in the university library at
  • Cambridge; and there is Archbishop Sancroft’s copy in Emanuel Library;
  • there is a copy in the Bodleian, and I have a copy.
  • Second edition, 1598, genuine.
  • Third edition, 1606, pirated.
  • Fourth edition, entitled “The Essaies of Sir Francis Bacon, Knight, the
  • Kings Solliciter Generall. Imprinted at London by Iohn Beale, 1612,”
  • genuine. It was the intention of Sir Francis to have dedicated this
  • edition to Henry, Prince of Wales; but he was prevented by the death
  • of the prince on the 6th of November in that year. This appears by the
  • following letter:—
  • _To the Most High and Excellent Prince, Henry, Prince of Wales,
  • Duke of Cornwall, and Earl of Chester._
  • It may please your Highness: Having divided my life into the
  • contemplative and active part, I am desirous to give his Majesty
  • and your Highness of the fruits of both, simple though they be.
  • To write just treatises, requireth leisure in the writer and
  • leisure in the reader, and therefore are not so fit, neither in
  • regard of your Highness’s princely affairs nor in regard of my
  • continual service; which is the cause that hath made me choose
  • to write certain brief notes, set down rather significantly than
  • curiously, which I have called Essays. The word is late, but the
  • thing is ancient; for Seneca’s Epistles to Lucilius, if you mark
  • them well, are but Essays; that is, dispersed meditations though
  • conveyed in the form of epistles. These labors of mine, I know,
  • cannot be worthy of your Highness, for what can be worthy of you?
  • But my hope is, they may be as grains of salt, that will rather
  • give you an appetite than offend you with satiety. And although
  • they handle those things wherein both men’s lives and their
  • persons are most conversant; yet what I have attained I know not;
  • but I have endeavored to make them not vulgar, but of a nature
  • whereof a man shall find much in experience and little in books;
  • so as they are neither repetitions nor fancies. But, however, I
  • shall most humbly desire your Highness to accept them in gracious
  • part, and to conceive, that if I cannot rest but must show my
  • dutiful and devoted affection to your Highness in these things
  • which proceed from myself, I shall be much more ready to do it in
  • performance of any of your princely commandments. And so wishing
  • your Highness all princely felicity, I rest your Highness’s most
  • humble servant,
  • 1612. FR. BACON.
  • It was dedicated as follows:—
  • _To my loving Brother, Sir John Constable, Knt._
  • My last Essaies I dedicated to my deare brother Master Anthony
  • Bacon, who is with God. Looking amongst my Papers this vacation,
  • I found others of the same nature: which, if I myselfe shall
  • not suffer to be lost, it seemeth the World will not; by the
  • often printing of the former. Missing my Brother, I found you
  • next; in respect of bond both of neare Alliance, and of straight
  • Friendship and Societie, and particularly of communication in
  • Studies. Wherein I must acknowledge my selfe beholding to you.
  • For as my Businesse found rest in my Contemplations, so my
  • Contemplations ever found rest in your loving Conference and
  • Judgment. So wishing you all good, I remaine your louing Brother
  • and Friend,
  • FRA. BACON.
  • Fifth edition, 1612, pirated. Sixth edition, 1613, pirated. Seventh
  • edition, 1624, pirated. Eighth edition, 1624, pirated. Ninth edition,
  • entitled, “The Essayes or Covnsels, Civill and Morall, of Francis Lo.
  • Vervlam, Viscovnt St. Alban. Newly enlarged. London, Printed by Iohn
  • Haviland for Hanna Barret and Richard Whitaker, and are to be sold at
  • the Signe of the King’s Head in Paul’s Churchyard.” 1625, genuine.
  • This edition is a small quarto of 340 pages; it clearly was published
  • by Lord Bacon; and in the next year, 1626, Lord Bacon died. The
  • Dedication is as follows, to the Duke of Buckingham:—
  • _To the Right Honorable my very good Lo. the Duke of Buckingham
  • his Grace, Lo. High Admirall of England._
  • EXCELLENT LO.:—Salomon saies, A good Name is as a precious
  • Oyntment; and I assure myselfe, such wil your Grace’s Name bee,
  • with Posteritie. For your Fortune and Merit both, haue beene
  • eminent. And you haue planted things that are like to last. I
  • doe now publish my Essayes; which, of all my other Workes, have
  • beene most currant: for that, as it seemes, they come home to
  • Mens Businesse and Bosomes. I haue enlarged them both in number
  • and weight, so that they are indeed a new Work. I thought it
  • therefore agreeable to my Affection, and Obligation to your
  • Grace, to prefix your Name before them, both in English and in
  • Latine. For I doe conceiue, that the Latine Volume of them (being
  • in the vniuersal language) may last as long as Bookes last. My
  • Instauration I dedicated to the King: my Historie of Henry the
  • Seventh (which I haue now also translated into Latine), and my
  • Portions of Naturall History, to the Prince: and these I dedicate
  • to your Grace: being of the best Fruits, that by the good
  • encrease which God gives to my pen and labours, I could yeeld.
  • God leade your Grace by the Hand. Your Graces most obliged and
  • faithfull Seruant.
  • FR. ST. ALBAN.
  • Of this edition, Lord Bacon sent a copy to the Marquis Fiat, with the
  • following letter:[2]—
  • “MONSIEUR L’AMBASSADEUR MON FILZ: Voyant que vostre Excellence
  • faict et traite Mariages, non seulement entre les Princes
  • d’Angleterre et de France, mais aussi entre les langues (puis
  • que faictes traduire mon Liure de l’Advancement des Sciences en
  • Francois) i’ai bien voulu vous envoyer mon Liure dernierement
  • imprimé que i’avois pourveu pour vous, mais i’estois en doubte,
  • de le vous envoyer, pour ce qu’il estoit escrit en Anglois. Mais
  • a’ cest’heure pour la raison susdicte ie le vous envoye. C’est un
  • Recompilement de mes Essays Morales et Civiles; mais tellement
  • enlargiés et enrichiés, tant de nombre que de poix, que c’est de
  • fait un ouvre nouveau. Ie vous baise les mains, et reste vostre
  • tres affectionée Ami, et tres humble Serviteur.
  • THE SAME IN ENGLISH.
  • MY LORD AMBASSADOR, MY SON: Seeing that your Excellency makes and
  • treats of Marriages, not only betwixt the Princes of France and
  • England, but also betwixt their languages (for you have caused
  • my book of the Advancement of Learning to be translated into
  • French), I was much inclined to make you a present of the last
  • book which I published, and which I had in readiness for you. I
  • was sometimes in doubt whether I ought to have sent it to you,
  • because it was written in the English tongue. But now, for that
  • very reason, I send it to you. It is a recompilement of my Essays
  • Moral and Civil; but in such manner enlarged and enriched both in
  • number and weight, that it is in effect a new work. I kiss your
  • hands, and remain your most affectionate friend and most humble
  • servant, &c.
  • Of the translation of the Essays into Latin, Bacon speaks in the
  • following letter:—
  • “TO MR. TOBIE MATHEW: It is true my labors are now most set to
  • have those works which I had formerly published, as that of
  • Advancement of Learning, that of Henry VII., that of the Essays,
  • being retractate and made more perfect, well translated into
  • Latin by the help of some good pens which forsake me not. For
  • these modern languages will, at one time or other, play the
  • bankrupt with books; and since I have lost much time with this
  • age, I would be glad, as God shall give me leave, to recover it
  • with posterity. For the Essay of Friendship, while I took your
  • speech of it for a cursory request, I took my promise for a
  • compliment. But since you call for it, I shall perform it.”
  • In his letter to Father Fulgentio, giving some account of his writings,
  • he says:—
  • “The _Novum Organum_ should immediately follow; but my moral and
  • political writings step in between as being more finished. These
  • are, the History of King Henry VII., and the small book, which,
  • in your language, you have called _Saggi Morali_, but I give it a
  • graver title, that of _Sermones Fideles_, or _Interiora Rerum_,
  • and these Essays will not only be enlarged in number, but still
  • more in substance.”
  • The nature of the Latin edition, and of the Essays in general, is thus
  • stated by Archbishop Tenison:—
  • “The Essays, or Counsels Civil and Moral, though a by-work
  • also, do yet make up a book of greater weight by far than the
  • Apothegms; and coming home to men’s business and bosoms, his
  • lordship entertained this persuasion concerning them, that
  • the Latin volume might last as long as books should last. His
  • lordship wrote them in the English tongue, and enlarged them as
  • occasion served, and at last added to them the Colors of Good and
  • Evil, which are likewise found in his book _De Augmentis_. The
  • Latin translation of them was a work performed by divers hands:
  • by those of Dr. Hacket (late Bishop of Lichfield), Mr. Benjamin
  • Jonson (the learned and judicious poet,) and some others, whose
  • names I once heard from Dr. Rawley, but I cannot now recall them.
  • To this Latin edition he gave the title of _Sermones Fideles_,
  • after the manner of the Jews, who called the words Adagies, or
  • Observations of the Wise, Faithful Sayings; that is, credible
  • propositions worthy of firm assent and ready acceptance. And
  • (as I think), he alluded more particularly, in this title, to
  • a passage in _Ecclesiastes_, where the preacher saith, that he
  • sought to find out _Verba Delectabilia_ (as Tremellius rendereth
  • the Hebrew), pleasant words; (that is, perhaps, his Book of
  • Canticles;) and _Verba Fidelia_ (as the same Tremellius),
  • Faithful Sayings; meaning, it may be, his collection of Proverbs.
  • In the next verse, he calls them Words of the Wise, and so many
  • goads and nails given _ab eodem pastore_, from the same shepherd
  • [of the flock of Israel”].
  • In the year 1638, Rawley published, in folio, a volume containing,
  • amongst other works, _Sermones Fideles, ab ipso Honoratissimo Auctore,
  • præterquam in paucis, Latinitate donati_. In his address to the reader,
  • he says:—
  • _Accedunt, quas priùs_ Delibationes Civiles _et_ Morales
  • _inscripserat; Quas etiam in Linguas plurimas Modernas translatas
  • esse novit; sed eas posteà, et Numero, et Pondere, auxit; In
  • tantum, ut veluti Opus Novum videri possint; Quas mutato Titulo_,
  • Sermones Fideles, _sive_ Interiora Rerum, _inscribi placuit_. The
  • title-page and dedication are annexed: _Sermones Fideles sive
  • Interiora Rerum. Per Franciscum Baconum Baronem de Vervlamio,
  • Vice-Comitem Sancti Albani. Londini Excusum typis Edwardi
  • Griffin. Prostant ad Insignia Regia in Cœmeterio D. Pauli,
  • apud Richardum Whitakerum_, 1638.
  • Illustri et Excellenti Domino _Georgio_ Duci _Buckinghamiæ_,
  • Summo _Angliæ_ Admirallio.
  • _Honoratissime Domine_, _Salomon_ inquit, _Nomen bonum est
  • instar Vnguenti fragrantis et pretiosi_; Neque dubito,
  • quin tale futurum sit _Nomen_ tuum apud Posteros. Etenim
  • et Fortuna, et Merita tua, præcelluerunt. Et videris ea
  • plantasse, quæ sint duratura. In lucem jam edere mihi visum
  • est _Delibationes meas_, quæ ex omnibus meis Operibus fuerunt
  • acceptissimæ: Quia forsitan videntur, præ cæteris, _Hominum_
  • Negotia stringere, et in sinus fluere. Eas autem auxi, et
  • Numero, et Pondere; In tantum, ut planè Opus Novum sint.
  • Consentaneum igitur duxi, Affectui, et Obligationi meæ, erga
  • _Illustrissimam Dominationem_ tuam, ut _Nomen_ tuum illis
  • præfigam, tam in _Editione Anglicâ_, quam _Latinâ_. Etenim, in
  • bonâ spe sum, Volumen earum in _Latinam_ (_Linguam_ scilicet
  • universalem), versum, posse durare, quamdiù _Libri_ et _Literæ_
  • durent. _Instaurationem_ meam _Regi_ dicavi: _Historiam
  • Regni Henrici Septimi_ (quam etiam in _Latinum_ verti et
  • Portiones meas _Naturalis Historiæ_, _Principi_): Has autem
  • _Delibationes Illustrissimæ Dominationi_ tuæ dico, Cùm sint,
  • ex Fructibus optimis, quos Gratia divinâ Calami mei laboribus
  • indulgente, exhibere potui. _Deus illustrissimam Dominationem_
  • tuam manu ducat. _Illustrissimæ Dominationis_ tuæ Servus
  • Devinctissimus et Fidelis.
  • FR. S. ALBAN.
  • In the year 1618, the Essays, together with the Wisdom of the Ancients,
  • was translated into Italian, and dedicated to _Cosmo de Medici_, by
  • Tobie Mathew; and in the following year the Essays were translated into
  • French by Sir Arthur Gorges, and printed in London.
  • WISDOM OF THE ANCIENTS.
  • In the year 1609, as a relaxation from abstruse speculations, he
  • published in Latin his interesting little work, _De Sapientia Veterum_.
  • This tract seems, in former times, to have been much valued. The
  • fables, abounding with a union of deep thought and poetic beauty, are
  • thirty-one in number, of which a part of The Sirens, or Pleasures, may
  • be selected as a specimen.
  • In this fable he explains the common but erroneous supposition that
  • knowledge and the conformity of the will, knowing and acting, are
  • convertible terms. Of this error, he, in his essay of Custom and
  • Education, admonishes his readers, by saying: “Men’s thoughts are much
  • according to their inclination; their discourse and speeches according
  • to their learning and infused opinions, but their deeds are after as
  • they have been accustomed; Æsop’s Damsel, transformed from a cat to
  • a woman, sat very demurely at the board-end till a mouse ran before
  • her.” In the fable of the Sirens he exhibits the same truth, saying:
  • “The habitation of the Sirens was in certain pleasant islands, from
  • whence, as soon as out of their watchtower they discovered any ships
  • approaching, with their sweet tunes they would first entice and stay
  • them, and, having them in their power, would destroy them; and, so
  • great were the mischiefs they did, that these isles of the Sirens,
  • even as far off as man can ken them, appeared all over white with the
  • bones of unburied carcasses; by which it is signified that albeit the
  • examples of afflictions be manifest and eminent, yet they do not
  • sufficiently deter us from the wicked enticements of pleasure.”
  • The following is the account of the different editions of this work:
  • The first was published in 1609. In February 27, 1610, Lord Bacon wrote
  • to Mr. Mathew, upon sending his book _De Sapientia Veterum_:—
  • “MR. MATHEW: I do very heartily thank you for your letter of the
  • 24th of August, from Salamanca; and in recompense therefore I
  • send you a little work of mine that hath begun to pass the world.
  • They tell me my Latin is turned into silver, and become current:
  • had you been here, you should have been my inquisitor before it
  • came forth; but, I think, the greatest inquisitor in Spain will
  • allow it. But one thing you must pardon me if I make no haste to
  • believe, that the world should be grown to such an ecstasy as
  • to reject truth in philosophy, because the author dissenteth in
  • religion; no more than they do by Aristotle or Averroes. My great
  • work goeth forward; and after my manner, I alter even when I add;
  • so that nothing is finished till all be finished. This I have
  • written in the midst of a term and parliament; thinking no time
  • so possessed, but that I should talk of these matters with so
  • good and dear a friend. And so with my wonted wishes I leave you
  • to God’s goodness.
  • “From Gray’s Inn, Feb. 27, 1610.”
  • And in his letter to Father Fulgentio, giving some account of his
  • writings, he says: “My Essays will not only be enlarged in number, but
  • still more in substance. Along with them goes the little piece _De
  • Sapientia Veterum_.”
  • In the Advancement of Learning he says:—
  • “There remaineth yet another use of poesy parabolical, opposite
  • to that which we last mentioned; for that tendeth to demonstrate
  • and illustrate that which is taught or delivered, and this other
  • to retire and obscure it; that is, when the secrets and mysteries
  • of religion, policy, or philosophy are involved in fables or
  • parables. Of this in divine poesy we see the use is authorized.
  • In heathen poesy we see the exposition of fables doth fall out
  • sometimes with great felicity; as in the fable that the giants
  • being overthrown in their war against the gods, the earth, their
  • mother, in revenge thereof brought forth Fame,—
  • _Illam Terra parens, irâ irritata Deorum,_
  • _Extremam, ut perhibent, Cœo Enceladoque sororem_
  • _Progenuit,_
  • expounded, that when princes and monarchs have suppressed actual
  • and open rebels, then the malignity of the people, which is the
  • mother of rebellion, doth bring forth libels and slanders, and
  • taxations of the State, which is of the same kind with rebellion,
  • but more feminine. So in the fable, that the rest of the gods
  • having conspired to bind Jupiter, Pallas called Briareus, with
  • his hundred hands, to his aid; expounded, that monarchies need
  • not fear any curbing of their absoluteness by mighty subjects,
  • as long as by wisdom they keep the hearts of the people, who
  • will be sure to come in on their side. So in the fable, that
  • Achilles was brought up under Chiron, the centaur, who was part
  • a man and part a beast, expounded ingeniously, but corruptly by
  • Machiavel, that it belongeth to the education and discipline
  • of princes to know as well how to play the part of the lion in
  • violence, and the fox in guile, as of the man in virtue and
  • justice. Nevertheless, in many the like encounters, I do rather
  • think that the fable was first, and the exposition then devised,
  • than that the moral was first, and thereupon the fable framed.
  • For I find it was an ancient vanity in Chrysippus, that troubled
  • himself with great contention to fasten the assertions of the
  • stoics upon the fictions of the ancient poets; but yet that all
  • the fables and fictions of the poets were but pleasure, and not
  • figure, I interpose no opinion. Surely, of those poets which
  • are now extant, even Homer himself (notwithstanding he was made
  • a kind of Scripture by the latter schools of the Grecians), yet
  • I should without any difficulty pronounce that his fables had no
  • such inwardness in his own meaning; but what they might have upon
  • a more original tradition, is not easy to affirm; for he was not
  • the inventor of many of them.”
  • In the treatise _De Augmentis_ the same sentiments will be found, with
  • a slight alteration in the expressions. He says:—
  • “There is another use of parabolical poesy opposite to the
  • former, which tendeth to the folding up of those things, the
  • dignity whereof deserves to be retired and distinguished, as
  • with a drawn curtain; that is, when the secrets and mysteries of
  • religion, policy, and philosophy are veiled and invested with
  • fables and parables. But whether there be any mystical sense
  • couched under the ancient fables of the poets, may admit some
  • doubt; and, indeed, for our part, we incline to this opinion, as
  • to think that there was an infused mystery in many of the ancient
  • fables of the poets. Neither doth it move us that these matters
  • are left commonly to school-boys and grammarians, and so are
  • embased, that we should therefore make a slight judgment upon
  • them, but contrariwise, because it is clear that the writings
  • which recite those fables, of all the writings of men, next to
  • sacred writ, are the most ancient; and that the fables themselves
  • are far more ancient than they (being they are alleged by those
  • writers, not as excogitated by them, but as credited and recepted
  • before) seem to be, like a thin rarefied air, which, from the
  • traditions of more ancient nations, fell into the flutes of the
  • Grecians.”
  • Of this tract, Archbishop Tenison, in his _Baconiana_, says:—
  • “In the seventh place, I may reckon his book _De Sapientia
  • Veterum_, written by him in Latin, and set forth a second
  • time with enlargement; and translated into English by Sir
  • Arthur Gorges; a book in which the sages of former times are
  • rendered more wise than it may be they were, by so dexterous an
  • interpreter of their fables. It is this book which Mr. Sandys
  • means, in those words which he hath put before his notes on the
  • Metamorphosis of Ovid. ‘Of modern writers, I have received the
  • greatest light from Geraldus, Pontanus, Ficinus, Vives, Comes,
  • Scaliger, Sabinus, Pierius, and the crown of the latter, the
  • Viscount of St. Albans.’
  • “It is true, the design of this book was instruction in natural
  • and civil matters, either couched by the ancients under those
  • fictions, or rather made to seem to be so by his lordship’s wit,
  • in the opening and applying of them. But because the first ground
  • of it is poetical story, therefore, let it have this place till a
  • fitter be found for it.”
  • The author of Bacon’s Life, in the _Biographia Britannica_, says:—
  • “That he might relieve himself a little from the severity of
  • these studies, and, as it were, amuse himself with erecting a
  • magnificent pavilion, while his great palace of philosophy was
  • building, he composed and sent abroad, in 1610, his celebrated
  • treatise of the Wisdom of the Ancients, in which he showed
  • that none had studied them more closely, was better acquainted
  • with their beauties, or had pierced deeper into their meaning.
  • There have been very few books published, either in this or any
  • other nation, which either deserved or met with more general
  • applause than this, and scarce any that are like to retain it
  • longer, for in this performance Sir Francis Bacon gave a singular
  • proof of his capacity to please all parties in literature, as
  • in his political conduct he stood fair with all the parties in
  • the nation. The admirers of antiquity were charmed with this
  • discourse, which seems expressly calculated to justify their
  • admiration; and, on the other hand, their opposites were no
  • less pleased with a piece from which they thought they could
  • demonstrate that the sagacity of a modern genius had found out
  • much better meanings for the ancients than ever were meant by
  • them.”
  • And Mallet, in his Life of Bacon, says:—
  • “In 1610 he published another treatise, entitled, Of the Wisdom
  • of the Ancients. This work bears the same stamp of an original
  • and inventive genius with his other performances. Resolving not
  • to tread in the steps of those who had gone before him, men,
  • according to his own expression, not learned beyond certain
  • commonplaces, he strikes out a new tract for himself, and enters
  • into the most secret recesses of this wild and shadowy region, so
  • as to appear new on a known and beaten subject. Upon the whole,
  • if we cannot bring ourselves readily to believe that there is all
  • the physical, moral, and political meaning veiled under those
  • fables of antiquity, which he has discovered in them, we must
  • own that it required no common penetration to be mistaken with
  • so great an appearance of probability on his side. Though it
  • still remains doubtful whether the ancients were so knowing as
  • he attempts to show they were, the variety and depth of his own
  • knowledge are, in that very attempt, unquestionable.”
  • In the year 1619 this tract was translated by Sir Arthur Gorges.
  • Prefixed to the work are two letters; the one to the Earl of Salisbury,
  • the other to the University of Cambridge, which Gorges omits, and
  • dedicates his translation to the high and illustrious princess the Lady
  • Elizabeth of Great Britain, Duchess of Baviare, Countess Palatine of
  • Rheine, and chief electress of the empire.
  • This translation, it should be noted, was published during the life of
  • Lord Bacon by a great admirer of his works.
  • The editions of this work with which I am acquainted are:—
  • Year. Language. Printer. Place. Size.
  • 1609 Latin, R. Barker, London, 12mo.
  • 1617 ” J. Bill, ” ”
  • 1618 Italian, G. Bill, ” ”
  • 1619 English, J. Bill, ” ”
  • 1620 ” ” ” ”
  • 1633 Latin, F. Maire, Lug. Bat., ”
  • 1634 ” F. Kingston, London, ”
  • 1638 ” E. Griffin, ” Folio.
  • 1691 ” H. Wetstein, Amsterdam, 12mo.
  • 1804 French, H. Frantin, Dijon, 8vo.
  • NOTICE
  • OF
  • FRANCIS BACON.
  • Francis Bacon, the subject of the following memoir, was the youngest
  • son of highly remarkable parents. His father, Sir Nicholas Bacon,
  • was an eminent lawyer, and for twenty years Keeper of the Seals and
  • Privy Counsellor to Queen Elizabeth. Sir Nicholas was styled by
  • Camden _sacris conciliis alterum columen_; he was the author of some
  • unpublished discourses on law and politics, and of a commentary on
  • the minor prophets. He discharged the duties of his high office with
  • exemplary propriety and wisdom; he preserved through life the integrity
  • of a good man, and the moderation and simplicity of a great one.
  • He had inscribed over the entrance of his hall, at Gorhambury, the
  • motto, _mediocria firma_; and when the Queen, in a progress, paid him
  • a visit there, she remarked to him that his house was too small for
  • him. “Madam,” answered the Lord Keeper, “my house is well, but it is
  • you that have made me too great for my house.” This anecdote has been
  • preserved by his son,[3] who, had he as carefully retained the lesson
  • of practical wisdom it contained, might have avoided the misfortunes
  • and sorrows of his checkered life.
  • Bacon’s mother, Anne Cooke, was the daughter of Sir Anthony Cooke,
  • tutor to King Edward the Sixth; like the young ladies of her time,
  • like Lady Jane Grey, like Queen Elizabeth, she received an excellent
  • classical education; her sister, Lady Burleigh, was pronounced by Roger
  • Ascham, Queen Elizabeth’s preceptor, to be, with the exception of Lady
  • Jane Grey, the best Greek scholar among the young women of England.[4]
  • Anne Cooke, the future Lady Bacon, corresponded in Greek with Bishop
  • Jewel, and translated from the Latin this divine’s _Apologia_; a task
  • which she performed so well that it is said the good prelate could not
  • discover an inaccuracy or suggest an alteration. She also translated
  • from the Italian a volume of sermons on fate and freewill, written by
  • Bernardo Ochino, an Italian reformer. Francis Bacon, the youngest of
  • five sons, inherited the classical learning and taste of both his
  • parents.
  • He was born at York House, in the Strand, London, on the 22d of
  • January, 1560-61. His health, when he was a boy, was delicate; a
  • circumstance which may perhaps account for his early love of sedentary
  • pursuits, and probably the early gravity of his demeanor. Queen
  • Elizabeth, he tells us, took particular delight in “trying him with
  • questions,” when he was quite a child, and was so much pleased with the
  • sense and manliness of his answers that she used jocularly to call him
  • “her young Lord Keeper of the Seals.” Bacon himself relates that while
  • he was a boy, the Queen once asked him his age; the precocious courtier
  • readily replied that he “was just two years younger than her happy
  • reign.” He is said, also, when very young, to have stolen away from his
  • playfellows in order to investigate the cause of a singular echo in St.
  • James’s Fields, which attracted his attention.
  • Until the age of thirteen he remained under the tuition of his
  • accomplished mother, aided by a private tutor only; under their care
  • he attained the elements of the classics, that education preliminary
  • to the studies of the University. At thirteen he was sent to Trinity
  • College, Cambridge, where his father had been educated. Here he studied
  • diligently the great models of antiquity, mathematics, and philosophy,
  • worshipped, however, but indevoutly at the shrine of Aristotle, whom,
  • according to Rawley, his chaplain and biographer, he already derided
  • “for the unfruitfulness of the way,—being only strong for disputation,
  • but barren of the production of works for the life of man.” He remained
  • three years at this seat of learning, without, however, taking a degree
  • at his departure.
  • When he was but sixteen years old he began his travels, the
  • indispensable end of every finished education in England. He repaired
  • to Paris, where he resided some time under the care of Sir Amyas
  • Paulet, the English minister at the court of France.
  • Here he invented an ingenious method of writing in cipher; an art which
  • he probably cultivated with a view to a diplomatic career.
  • He visited several of the provinces of France and of the towns of
  • Italy. Italy was then the country in which human knowledge in all its
  • branches was most successfully cultivated. It is related by Signor
  • Cancellieri that Bacon, when at Rome, presented himself as a candidate
  • to the Academy of the _Lincei_, and was not admitted.[5] He remained
  • on the continent for three years, until his father’s death, in 1580.
  • The melancholy event, which bereft him of his parent, at the age of
  • nineteen, was fatal to his prospects. His father had intended to
  • purchase an estate for his youngest son, as he had done for his other
  • sons; but he dying before this intention was realized, the money was
  • equally divided between all the children; so that Francis inherited
  • but one fifth of that fortune intended for him alone. He was the
  • only one of the sons that was left unprovided for. He had now “to
  • study to live,” instead of “living to study.” He wished, to use his
  • own language, “to become a true pioneer in that mine of truth which
  • lies so deep.” He applied to the government for a provision which his
  • father’s interest would easily have secured him, and by which he might
  • dispense with a profession. The Queen must have looked with favor
  • upon the son of a minister, who had served her faithfully for twenty
  • long years, and upon a young man whom, when he was a child, she had
  • caressed, she had distinguished by the appellation of her “young Lord
  • Keeper.” But Francis Bacon was abandoned, and perhaps opposed by the
  • colleague and nearest friend of his father, the brother-in-law of his
  • mother, his maternal uncle, Lord Burleigh, then Prime Minister, who
  • feared for his son the rivalry of his all-talented nephew. It is a
  • trick common to envy and detraction, to convert a man’s very qualities
  • into their concomitant defects; and because Bacon was a great thinker,
  • he was represented as unfit for the active duties of business, as “a
  • man rather of show than of depth,” as “a speculative man, indulging
  • himself in philosophical reveries, and calculated more to perplex than
  • to promote public business.”[6] Thus was the future ornament of his
  • country and of mankind sacrificed to Robert, afterwards Sir Robert
  • Cecil, Earl of Salisbury, of whose history fame has learned but little,
  • save the execution of Essex and Mary Queen of Scots, the name, and this
  • petty act of mean jealousy of his father! In the disposal of patronage
  • and place, acts and even motives of this species are not so unfrequent
  • as the world would appear to imagine. In all ages, it is to be feared,
  • many and great, as in Shakspeare’s time, are,
  • the spurns
  • That patient merit of th’ unworthy takes.
  • It is, however, but justice to the morals of Lord Burleigh, to add that
  • he was insensible to literary merit; he thought a hundred pounds too
  • great a reward to be given to Spenser for what he termed “an old song,”
  • for so he denominated the _Faery Queen_.
  • Bacon then selected the law as his profession; and in 1580 he was
  • entered of Gray’s Inn;[7] he resisted the temptations of his companions
  • and friends, (for his company was much courted), and diligently
  • pursued the study he had chosen; but he did not at this time entirely
  • lose sight of his philosophical speculations, for he then published
  • his _Temporis partus maximus_, or _The Greatest Birth of Time_. This
  • work, notwithstanding its pompous title, was unnoticed or rather fell
  • stillborn from the press; the sole trace of it is found in one of his
  • letters to Father Fulgentio.
  • In 1586, he was called to the bar; his practice there appears to have
  • been limited, although not without success; for the Queen and the Court
  • are said to have gone to hear him when he was engaged in any celebrated
  • cause. He was, at this period of his life, frequently admitted to the
  • Queen’s presence and conversation. He was appointed her Majesty’s
  • Counsel Extraordinary,[8] but he had no salary and small fees.
  • In 1592, his uncle, the Lord Treasurer, procured for him the reversion
  • of the registrarship of the Star Chamber, worth sixteen hundred pounds
  • (forty thousand francs) a year; but the office did not become vacant
  • till twenty years after, so that, as Bacon justly observes, “it might
  • mend his prospects, but did not fill his barns.”
  • A parliament was summoned in 1593, and Bacon was returned to the House
  • of Commons, for the County of Middlesex; he distinguished himself
  • here as a speaker. “The fear of every man who heard him,” says his
  • contemporary, Ben Jonson, “was lest he should make an end.” He made,
  • however, on one occasion a speech which much displeased the Queen and
  • Court. Elizabeth directed the Lord Keeper to intimate to him that he
  • must expect neither favor nor promotion; the repentant courtier replied
  • in writing, that “her Majesty’s favor was dearer to him than his
  • life.”[9]
  • In the following year the situation of Solicitor-General[10] became
  • vacant. Bacon ardently aspired to it. He applied successively to Lord
  • Burleigh, his uncle, to Lord Puckering, his father’s successor, to
  • the Earl of Essex, their rival, and finally to the Queen herself,
  • accompanying his letters, as was the custom of the times, with a
  • present, a jewel.[11] But once more he saw mediocrity preferred, and
  • himself rejected. A Serjeant Fleming was appointed her Majesty’s
  • Solicitor-General. Bacon, overwhelmed by this disappointment, wished to
  • retire from public life, and to reside abroad. “I hoped,” said he in a
  • letter to Sir Robert Cecil, “her Majesty would not be offended that,
  • not able to endure the sun, I fled into the shade.”
  • The Earl of Essex, whose mind, says Mr. Macaulay, “naturally disposed
  • to admiration of all that is great and beautiful, was fascinated by
  • the genius and the accomplishments of Bacon,”[12] had exerted every
  • effort in Bacon’s behalf; to use his own language, he “spent all his
  • power, might, authority, and amity;” he now sought to indemnify him,
  • and, with royal munificence, presented him with an estate of the value
  • of nearly two thousand pounds, a sum worth perhaps four or five times
  • the amount in the money of our days. If anything could enhance the
  • benefaction, it was the delicacy with which it was conferred, or, as
  • Bacon himself expresses it, “with so kind and noble circumstances as
  • the manner was worth more than the matter.”
  • Bacon published his _Essays_ in 1597; he considered them but as the
  • “recreations of his other studies.” The idea of them was probably first
  • suggested by Montaigne’s _Essais_, but there is little resemblance
  • between the two works beyond the titles. The first edition contained
  • but ten Essays, which were shorter than they now are. The work was
  • reprinted in 1598, with little or no variation; again in 1606; and in
  • 1612 there was a fourth edition, etc. However, he afterwards, he says,
  • “enlarged it both in number and weight;” but it did not assume its
  • present form until the ninth edition, in 1625, that is, twenty-eight
  • years after its first publication, and one year before the death of the
  • author. It appeared under the new title of _The Essaies or Covnsels
  • Civill and Morall, of Francis Lo. Vervlam,_ _Viscovnt St. Alban.
  • Newly enlarged._ This is not followed by the _Religious Meditations,
  • Places of Perswasion and Disswasion, seene and allowed_. The _Essays_
  • were soon translated into Italian with the title of _Saggi Morali del
  • Signore Francesco Bacono, Cavagliero Inglese, Gran Cancelliero d’
  • Inghilterra_. This translation was dedicated to Cosmo de Medici, Grand
  • Duke of Tuscany; and was reprinted in London in 1618. Of the three
  • Essays added after Bacon’s decease, two of them, _Of a King_ and _Of
  • Death_, are not genuine; the _Fragment of an Essay on Fame_ alone is
  • Bacon’s.
  • In this same year (1597) he again took his seat in Parliament. He soon
  • made ample amends for his opposition speech in the previous session;
  • but this time he gained the favor of the Court without forfeiting his
  • popularity in the House of Commons.
  • He now thought of strengthening his interest, or increasing his
  • fortune, by a matrimonial connection; and he sought the hand of a
  • rich widow, Lady Hatton, his second cousin; but here he was again
  • doomed to disappointment; a preference was given to his old rival,
  • the Attorney-General, Sir Edward Coke, notwithstanding the “seven
  • objections to him—his six children and himself.” But although Bacon
  • was perhaps unaware of it, the rejection of his suit was one of the
  • happiest events of his life; for the eccentric manners and violent
  • temper of the lady rendered her a torment to all around her, and
  • probably most of all to her husband. In reality, as has been wittily
  • observed, the lady was doubly kind to him; “she rejected him, and she
  • accepted his enemy.”
  • Another mortification awaited him at this period. A relentless
  • creditor, a usurer, had him arrested for a debt of three hundred
  • pounds, and he was conveyed to a spunging-house, where he was confined
  • for a few days, until arrangements could be made to satisfy the claim
  • or the claimant.
  • We now arrive at a painfully sad point in the life of Bacon; a dark
  • foul spot, which should be hidden forever, did not history, like the
  • magistrate of Egypt that interrogated the dead, demand that the truth,
  • the whole truth, should be told.
  • We have seen that between Bacon and the Earl of Essex, all was
  • disinterested affection on the part of the latter; the Earl employed
  • his good offices for him, exerted heart and soul to insure his success
  • as Solicitor-General, and, on Bacon’s failure, conferred on him a
  • princely favor, a gift of no ordinary value.
  • When Essex’s fortunes declined, and the Earl fell into disgrace, Bacon
  • endeavored to mediate between the Queen and her favorite. The case
  • became hopeless. Essex left his command in Ireland without leave,
  • was ordered in confinement, and after a long imprisonment and trial
  • before the Privy Council, he was liberated. Irritated by the refusal
  • of a favor he solicited, he was betrayed into reflections on the
  • Queen’s age and person, which were never to be forgiven, and he engaged
  • in a conspiracy to seize on the Queen, and to settle a new plan of
  • government. On the failure of this attempt, he was arrested, committed
  • to the Tower, and brought to trial for high treason before the House
  • of Peers. During his long captivity, who does not expect to see Bacon,
  • his friend, a frequent visitor in his cell? Before the two tribunals,
  • can we fail to meet Bacon, his counsel, at his side? We trace Bacon
  • at Court, where, he assures us, after Elizabeth’s death, that he
  • endeavored to appease and reconcile the Queen; but the place was too
  • distant from the prison: for he never visited there his fallen friend.
  • At the first trial, Bacon did indeed make his appearance, but as “her
  • Majesty’s Counsel extraordinary,” not for the defence, but for the
  • prosecution of the prisoner. But he may be expected at least to have
  • treated him leniently? He admits he did not, on account, as he tells
  • us, of the “superior duty he owed to the Queen’s fame and honor in a
  • public proceeding.” But hitherto, the Earl’s liberty alone had been
  • endangered; now, his life is at stake. Do not the manifold favors, the
  • munificent benefactions all arise in the generous mind of Bacon? Does
  • he not waive all thought of interest and promotion and worldly honor
  • to devote himself wholly to the sacred task of saving his patron,
  • benefactor, and friend? Her Majesty’s Counsel extraordinary appeared
  • in the place of the Solicitor-General, to reply to Essex’s defence;
  • he compared the accused first to Cain, then to Pisistratus. The Earl
  • made a pathetic appeal to his judges; Bacon showed he had not answered
  • his objections, and compared him to the Duke of Guise, the most odious
  • comparison he could have instituted. Essex was condemned; the Queen
  • wavered in her resolution to execute him; his friend’s intercession
  • might perhaps have been able to save Essex from an ignominious death.
  • Did Bacon, in his turn, “spend all his power, might, and amity?” The
  • Queen’s Counsel extraordinary might have offended his sovereign by
  • his importunity, and have been forgotten in the impending vacancy of
  • the office of Solicitor-General! Essex died on the scaffold. But the
  • execution rendered the Queen unpopular, and she was received with
  • mournful silence when she appeared in public. She ordered a pamphlet
  • to be written to justify the execution; she made choice of Bacon as
  • the writer; the courtier did not decline the task, but published _A
  • Declaration of the Practices and Treasons attempted and committed by
  • Robert, late Earle of Essex and his Complices, against her Maiestie and
  • her Kingdoms_. This faithless friend, to use the language of Macaulay,
  • “exerted his professional talents to shed the Earl’s blood, and his
  • literary talents to blacken the Earl’s memory.”
  • The memory of Essex suffered but little from the attack of the
  • pamphlet; the base pamphleteer’s memory is blackened forever, and
  • to his fair name of “the wisest, brightest,” has been appended the
  • “meanest of mankind.” But let us cast a pall over this act, this moral
  • murder, perpetrated by the now degraded orator, degraded philosopher,
  • the now most degraded of men.
  • Elizabeth died in 1601; and before the arrival of James, in England,
  • Bacon wrote him a pedantic letter, probably to gratify the taste of
  • the pedant king; but he did not forget in it, “his late dear sovereign
  • Mistress—a princess happy in all things, but most happy—in such a
  • successor.”
  • Bacon solicited the honor of knighthood, a distinction much lavished at
  • this period. At the King’s coronation, he knelt down in company with
  • above three hundred gentlemen; but “he rose Sir Francis.” He sought
  • the hand of a rich alderman’s daughter, Miss Barnham, who consented to
  • become Lady Bacon.
  • The Earl of Southampton, Shakspeare’s generous patron and friend, who
  • had been convicted of high treason in the late reign, now received the
  • King’s pardon. This called to all men’s minds the fate of the unhappy
  • Earl of Essex, and of his odiously ungrateful accuser; the latter
  • unadvisedly published the _Sir Francis Bacon, his Apologie in certaine
  • imputations concerning the late Earle of Essex_; a defence which, in
  • the estimation of one of his biographers, Lord Campbell, has injured
  • him more with posterity than all the attacks of his enemies.
  • In the new Parliament, he represented the borough of Ipswich; he spoke
  • frequently, and obtained the good graces of the King by the support he
  • gave to James’s favorite plan of a union of England and Scotland; a
  • measure by no means palatable to the King’s new subjects.
  • The object of all his hopes, the price, perhaps, of his conduct to
  • Essex, seemed in 1606 to be within his reach; but he was once more to
  • be disappointed. His old enemy, Sir Edward Coke, prevented the vacancy.
  • The following year, however, after long and humiliating solicitation,
  • he attained the office to which he had so long aspired, and was
  • appointed Solicitor-General to the Crown.
  • Official advancement was now the object nearest his heart, and he
  • longed to be Attorney-General.[13]
  • In 1613, by a master stroke of policy, he created a vacancy for himself
  • as Attorney-General, and managed at the same time to disserve his old
  • enemy, Coke, by getting him preferred in rank, but at the expense of
  • considerable pecuniary loss.
  • After his new appointment, he was reëlected to his seat in the House
  • of Commons; he had gained so much popularity there, that the House
  • admitted him, although it resolved to exclude future Attorneys-General;
  • a resolution rescinded by later Parliaments.
  • The Attorney-General, as may be supposed, did not lack zeal in his
  • master’s service and for his master’s prerogative. One case, in
  • particular, was atrocious. An aged clergyman, named Peacham, was
  • prosecuted for high treason for a sermon which he had neither preached
  • nor published; the unfortunate old man was apprehended, put to the
  • torture in presence of the Attorney-General, and as the latter himself
  • tells us, was examined “before torture, between torture, and after
  • torture,” although Bacon must have been fully aware that the laws of
  • England did not sanction torture to extort confession. Bacon tampered
  • with the judges, and obtained a conviction; but the government durst
  • not carry the sentence into execution. Peacham languished in prison
  • till the ensuing year, when Providence rescued him from the hands of
  • human justice.
  • In 1616, Bacon was offered the formal promise of the Chancellorship, or
  • an actual appointment as Privy Councillor; he was too prudent not to
  • prefer an appointment to a promise, and he was accordingly nominated
  • to the functions of member of the Privy Council. His present leisure
  • enabled him to prosecute vigorously his _Novum Organum_, but he turned
  • aside to occupy himself with a proposition for the amendment of the
  • laws of England, on which Lord Campbell, assuredly the most competent
  • of judges, passes a high encomium.
  • At length, in 1617, Sir Francis Bacon attained the end of the ambition
  • of his life, he became Lord Keeper of the Seals, with the functions,
  • though not the title, of Lord High Chancellor of England. His promotion
  • to this dignity gave general satisfaction; his own university,
  • Cambridge, congratulated him; Oxford imitated the example; the world
  • expected a perfect judge, formed from his own model in his Essay of
  • Judicature. He took his seat in the Court of Chancery with the utmost
  • pomp and parade.
  • The Lord Keeper now endeavored to “feed fat the ancient grudge” he
  • bore Coke. He deprived him of the office of Chief Justice, and erased
  • his name from the list of privy councillors. Coke imagined a plan
  • of raising his falling fortunes; he projected a marriage between
  • his daughter by his second wife, a very rich heiress, and Sir John
  • Villiers, the brother of Buckingham, the King’s favorite. Bacon was
  • alarmed, wrote to the King, and used expressions of disparagement
  • towards the favorite, his new patron, to whom he was indebted for the
  • Seals he held. The King and his minion were equally indignant; and
  • they did not conceal from him their resentment. On the return of the
  • court, Bacon hastened to the residence of Buckingham; being denied
  • admittance, he waited two whole days in the ante-chamber with the Great
  • Seal of England in his hand. When at length he obtained access, the
  • Lord Keeper threw himself and the Great Seal on the ground, kissed the
  • favorite’s feet, and vowed never to rise till he was forgiven! It must
  • after this have been difficult indeed for him to rise again in the
  • world’s esteem or his own.
  • Bacon was made to purchase at a dear price his reinstatement in the
  • good graces of Buckingham. The favorite constantly wrote to the judge
  • in behalf of one of the parties, and in the end, says Lord Campbell,
  • intimated that he was to dictate the decree. Nor did Bacon once
  • remonstrate against this unwarrantable interference on the part of
  • the man to whom he had himself recommended “by no means to interpose
  • himself, either by word or letter in any cause depending on any court
  • of justice.” The Lord Keeper received soon after, in 1618, the reward
  • of his “many faithful services” by the higher title of Lord High
  • Chancellor of England, and by the peerage with the name of Baron of
  • Verulam.
  • The new Minister of Justice lent himself with his wonted complaisance
  • to a most outrageous act of injustice, which Macaulay stigmatizes as a
  • “dastardly murder,” that of the execution of Sir Walter Raleigh, under
  • a sentence pronounced sixteen years before; Sir Walter having been in
  • the interval invested with the high command of Admiral of the fleet.
  • Such an act it was the imperative duty of the first magistrate of the
  • realm not to promote, but to resist to the full extent of his power;
  • and the Chancellor alone could issue the warrant for the execution!
  • In 1620, he published what is usually considered his greatest work, his
  • _Novum Organum_ (New Instrument or Method), which forms the second part
  • of the _Instauratio Magna_ (Great Restoration of the Sciences). This
  • work had occupied Bacon’s leisure for nearly thirty years. Such was
  • the care he bestowed on it, that Rawley, his chaplain and biographer,
  • states that he had seen about twelve autograph copies of it, corrected
  • and improved until it assumed the shape in which it appeared. Previous
  • to the publication of the _Novum Organum_, says the illustrious Sir
  • John Herschel, “natural philosophy, in any legitimate and extensive
  • sense of the word, could hardly be said to exist.”[14]
  • It cannot be expected that a work destined completely to change
  • the state of science, we had almost said of nature, should not be
  • assailed by that prejudice which is ever ready to raise its loud but
  • unmeaning voice against whatever is new, how great or good soever it
  • may be. Bacon’s doctrine was accused of being calculated to produce
  • “dangerous revolutions,” to “subvert governments and the authority of
  • religion.” Some called on the present age and posterity to rise high
  • in their resentment against “the Bacon-faced generation,” for so were
  • the experimentalists termed. The old cry of irreligion, nay, even of
  • atheism, was raised against the man who had said: “I would rather
  • believe all the fables in the Legend, and the Talmud, and the Alcoran,
  • than that this universal frame is without a mind.”[15] But Bacon had
  • to encounter the prejudices even of the learned. Cuffe, the Earl of
  • Essex’s secretary, a man celebrated for his attainments, said of the
  • _Instauratio Magna_, “a fool could not have written such a book, and a
  • wise man would not.” King James said, it was “like the peace of God,
  • that surpasseth all understanding.” And even Harvey, the discoverer
  • of the circulation of the blood, said to Aubrey: “Bacon is no great
  • philosopher; he writes philosophy like a Lord Chancellor.” Rawley, his
  • secretary and his biographer, laments, some years after his friend’s
  • death, that “his fame is greater and sounds louder in foreign parts
  • abroad than at home in his own nation; thereby verifying that divine
  • sentence: A prophet is not without honor, save in his own country and
  • in his own house.” Bacon was for some time without honor “in his own
  • country and in his own house.” But truth on this, as on all other
  • occasions, triumphs in the end. Bacon’s assailants are forgotten; Bacon
  • will be remembered with gratitude and veneration forever.
  • He was again, in 1621, promoted in the peerage to be Viscount
  • Saint-Albans; his patent particularly celebrating his “integrity in the
  • administration of justice.”
  • In this same year the Parliament assembled. The House of Commons first
  • voted the subsidies demanded by the Crown, and next proceeded, as was
  • usual in those times, to the redress of grievances. A committee of the
  • House was appointed to inquire into “the abuses of Courts of Justice.”
  • A report of this committee charged the Lord Chancellor with corruption,
  • and specified two cases; in the first of which Aubrey, a suitor in his
  • court, stated that he had presented the Lord Chancellor with a hundred
  • pounds; and Egerton, another suitor in his court, with four hundred
  • pounds in addition to a former piece of plate of the value of fifty
  • pounds; in both cases decisions had been given against the parties
  • whose presents had been received. (Lord Campbell asserts that in the
  • case of Egerton both parties had made the Chancellor presents.)[16] His
  • enemies, it is said, estimated his illicit gains at a hundred thousand
  • pounds; a statement which, it is more than probable, is greatly
  • exaggerated.[17] “I never had,” said Bacon in his defence, “bribe or
  • reward in my eye or thought when I pronounced sentence or order.” This
  • is an acknowledgment of the fact, and perhaps an aggravation of the
  • offence. He then addressed “an humble submission” to the House, a kind
  • of general admission, in which he invoked as a plea of excuse _vitia
  • temporis_.
  • How widely different from this is his own language! It is fair justice
  • to appeal from the judge to the tribunal of the philosopher and
  • moralist; it is appealing from Philip drunk to Philip sober; unhappily
  • it is likewise
  • to have the engineer
  • Hoist with his own petar.
  • He says, in his Essay of Great Place: “For corruption: do not only
  • bind thine own hands, or thy servant’s hands from taking, but bind
  • the hands of suitors from offering. For integrity used doth the one;
  • but integrity professed, and with a manifest detestation of bribery,
  • doth the other; and avoid not only the fault, but the suspicion.”[18]
  • He says again, in the same Essay: “Set it down to thyself, as well to
  • create good precedents as to follow them.”
  • But the allegation that it was a custom of the times requires
  • examination. It was a custom of the times in reality to make presents
  • to superiors. Queen Elizabeth received them as New Year’s gifts from
  • functionaries of all ranks, from her prime minister down to Charles
  • Smith, the dust-man (see note 1, page 7), and this custom probably
  • continued under her successor, and may have been applied to other high
  • functionaries, but it does not appear to have been in legitimate use
  • in the courts of judicature. Coke, himself Chief Justice, was Bacon’s
  • principal accuser; and, although an enemy, he has been said to have
  • conducted himself with moderation and propriety on this occasion only.
  • Lord Campbell, Chief Justice of the Court of Queen’s Bench, and author
  • of the _Lives of the Chancellors and Chief Justices of England_,
  • repels the plea, as inadmissible. It cannot be denied that if Bacon
  • extended the practice to the courts of justice, he has heaped coals
  • of fire on his head; for applied to his own case personally it would
  • be sufficiently odious; but what odium would not that man deserve who
  • should systematize, nay, legitimize a practice that must inevitably
  • poison the stream of justice at its fountain-head! What execration
  • could be too great, if that man were the most intelligent, the wisest
  • of his century, one of the most dignified in rank in the land, clad
  • in spotless ermine, the emblem of purity, in short, the Minister of
  • Justice!
  • The Lords resolved that Bacon should be called upon to put in a
  • particular answer to each of the special charges preferred against
  • him. The formal articles with proofs in support were communicated to
  • him. The House received the “confession and humble submission of me,
  • the Lord Chancellor.” In this document, Bacon acknowledges himself to
  • be guilty of corruption; and in reply to each special charge admits in
  • every instance the receipt of money or valuable things from the suitors
  • in his court; but alleging in some cases that it was after judgment,
  • or as New Year’s gifts, a custom of the times, or for prior services.
  • A committee of nine temporal and three spiritual lords was appointed
  • to ascertain whether it was he who had subscribed this document. The
  • committee repaired to his residence, were received in the hall where
  • he had been accustomed to sit as judge, and merely asked him if the
  • signature affixed to the paper they exhibited to him was his. He
  • passionately exclaimed: “My lords, it is my act, my hand, my heart. I
  • beseech your lordships to be merciful to a broken reed.” The committee
  • withdrew, overwhelmed with grief at the sight of such greatness so
  • fallen.
  • Four commissioners dispatched by the King demanded the Great Seal of
  • the Chancellor, confined to his bed by sickness and sorrow and want of
  • sustenance; for he refused to take any food. He hid his face in his
  • hand, and delivered up that Great Seal for the attainment of which he
  • “had sullied his integrity, had resigned his independence, had violated
  • the most sacred obligations of friendship and gratitude, had flattered
  • the worthless, had persecuted the innocent, had tampered with judges,
  • had tortured prisoners, had plundered suitors, had wasted on paltry
  • intrigues all the powers of the most exquisitely constructed intellect
  • that has ever been bestowed on any of the children of men.”[19]
  • All this he did to be Lord High Chancellor of England; and, had he not
  • been the unworthy minister of James, he might have been, to use the
  • beautiful language of Hallam, “the high-priest of nature.”
  • On the 3d of May, he was unanimously declared to be guilty, and he was
  • sentenced to a fine of forty thousand pounds, to be imprisoned in the
  • Tower during the King’s pleasure, to be incapable of holding any public
  • office, and of sitting in Parliament or of coming within the verge of
  • the court.[20] Such was the sentence pronounced on the man whom three
  • months before the King _delighted to honor_ for “his integrity in the
  • administration of justice.”
  • The fatal verdict affected his health so materially that the judgment
  • could not receive immediate execution; he could not be conveyed to
  • the Tower until the 31st of May; the following day he was liberated.
  • He repaired to the house of Sir John Vaughan, who held a situation in
  • the prince’s household.[21] He wished to retire to his own residence
  • at York House; but this was refused. He was ordered to proceed to his
  • seat at Gorhambury, whence he was not to remove, and where he remained,
  • though very reluctantly, till the ensuing spring.
  • The heavy fine was remitted. But as he had lived in great pomp, he had
  • economized naught from his legitimate or ill-gotten gains. As he was
  • now insolvent, a pension of twelve hundred pounds a year was bestowed
  • on him; from his estate and other revenues he derived thirteen hundred
  • pounds per annum more. On the 17th of October, his remaining penalties
  • were remitted. It cannot but strike the reader as a most remarkable
  • circumstance that, within eighteen months of the condemnation, all the
  • penalties were successively remitted. Would this induce the belief
  • that he was but the scape-goat of the court, that the condemnation was
  • purely political? It is, we believe, to be explained ostensibly by the
  • advanced age of Bacon, but really by the circumstance that the King’s
  • favorite, Buckingham, was an accomplice.
  • Bacon discovered, alas! when it was too late, that the talent God had
  • given him he had “misspent in things for which he was least fit;” or as
  • Thomson has beautifully expressed it:[22]—
  • Hapless in his choice,
  • Unfit to stand the civil storm of state,
  • And through the smooth barbarity of courts,
  • With firm, but pliant virtue, forward still
  • To urge his course; him for the studious shade
  • Kind Nature form’d; deep, comprehensive, clear,
  • Exact, and elegant; in one rich soul,
  • Plato, the Stagyrite and Tully join’d.
  • The great deliverer he!
  • It is gratifying to turn from the melancholy scenes exhibited by the
  • political life of Bacon, to behold him in his study in the deep search
  • of truth; no contrast is more striking than that between the chancellor
  • and the philosopher, or, as Macaulay has well termed it, “Bacon seeking
  • for truth, and Bacon seeking for the Seals—Bacon in speculation, and
  • Bacon in action.” From amidst clouds and darkness we emerge into the
  • full blaze and splendor of midday light.
  • We now find Bacon wholly devoting himself to the pursuits for which
  • nature adapted him, and from which no extent of occupation could
  • entirely detach him. The author redeemed the man; in the philosopher
  • and the poet there was no weakness, no corruption.
  • Nothing is here for tears; nothing to wail
  • Or knock the breast; no weakness, no contempt,
  • Dispraise or blame, nothing but well and fair.
  • Here the writer yielded not to _vitia temporis_; but combated them with
  • might and main, with heart and soul.
  • In 1623, he published the _Life of Henry VII._ In a letter addressed
  • to the Queen of Bohemia with a copy, he says pathetically: “’Time was
  • I had honor without leisure, and now I have leisure without honor.”
  • But his honor without leisure had precipitated him into “bottomless
  • perdition;” his leisure without honor retrieved his name, and raised
  • him again to an unattainable height.
  • In the following year, he printed his Latin translation of the
  • _Advancement of Learning_, under the title of _De Dignitate et
  • Augmentis Scientiarum_.
  • This was not, however, a mere translation; for he made in it omissions
  • and alterations; and appears to have added about one third new matter;
  • in short, he remodelled it. His work, replete with poetry and beautiful
  • imagery, was received with applause throughout Europe. It was reprinted
  • in France in 1624, one year after its appearance in England. It was
  • immediately translated into French and Italian, and was published in
  • Holland, the great book-mart of that time, in 1645, 1650, and 1662.
  • In 1624, he solicited of the King a remission of the sentence, to the
  • end, says he, “that blot of ignominy may be removed from me and from
  • my memory with posterity.” The King granted him a full pardon. But he
  • never more took his seat in the House of Lords. When the new Parliament
  • met, after the accession of Charles the First, age, infirmity, and
  • tardy wisdom had extinguished the ambition of Baron Verulam, Viscount
  • St. Albans. When the writ of summons to the Parliament reached him, he
  • exclaimed: “I have done with such vanities!”
  • But the philosopher pursued his labor of love. He published new
  • editions of his writings, and translated them into Latin, from the
  • mistaken notion that in that language alone could they be rescued from
  • oblivion. His crabbed latinity is now read but by few, or even may be
  • said to be nearly forgotten; while his noble, majestic English is read
  • over the whole British empire, on which the sun never sets, is studied
  • and admired throughout the old world and the new, and it will be so by
  • generations still unborn; it will descend to posterity in company with
  • his contemporary, Shakspeare (whose name he never mentions), and will
  • endure as long as the great and glorious language itself; indeed, as he
  • foretold of his Essays, it “will live as long as books last.”
  • In the translation of his works into Latin, he was assisted by Rawley,
  • his future biographer, and his two friends, Ben Jonson, the poet, and
  • Hobbes, the philosopher.
  • He wrote for his “own recreation,” amongst very serious studies, a
  • _Collection of Apophthegms, New and Old_, said to have been dictated in
  • one rainy day, but probably the result of several “rainy days.” This
  • contains many excellent jocular anecdotes, and has been, perhaps, with
  • too much indulgence, pronounced by Macaulay to be the best jest-book in
  • the world.
  • He commenced a _Digest of the Laws of England_, but he soon
  • discontinued it, because it was “a work of assistance, and that which
  • he could not master by his own forces and pen.” James the First had not
  • sufficient elevation of mind to afford him the means of securing the
  • assistance he required.
  • He wrote his will with his own hand on the 19th of December, 1625. He
  • directs that he shall be interred in St. Michael’s Church, near St.
  • Albans: “There was my mother buried, and it is the parish church of
  • my mansion-house at Gorhambury.... For my name and memory, I leave it
  • to men’s charitable speeches, and to foreign nations, and the next
  • ages.” This supreme act of filial piety towards his gifted mother is
  • affecting. Let no “uncharitable” word be uttered over his last solemn
  • behest; foreign nations and all ages will not refuse a tribute of
  • homage to his genius! Gassendi presents an analysis of his labors, and
  • pays a tribute of admiration to their author; Descartes has mentioned
  • him with encomium; Malebranche quotes him as an authority; Puffendorff
  • expressed admiration of him; the University of Oxford presented to him,
  • after his fall, an address, in which he is termed “a mighty Hercules,
  • who had by his own hand greatly advanced those pillars in the learned
  • world which by the rest of the world were supposed immovable.” Leibnitz
  • ascribed to him the revival of true philosophy; Newton had studied
  • him so closely that he adopted even his phraseology; Voltaire and
  • D’Alembert have rendered him popular in France. The modern philosophers
  • of all Europe regard him reverentially as the father of experimental
  • philosophy.
  • He attempted at this late period of his life a metrical translation
  • into English of the Psalms of David; although his prose is full of
  • poetry, his verse has but little of the divine art.
  • He again declined to take his seat as a peer in Charles’s second
  • Parliament; but the last stage of his life displayed more dignity and
  • real greatness than the “pride, pomp, and circumstance” of his high
  • offices and honors. The public of England and of “foreign nations”
  • forgot the necessity of “charitable speeches” and anticipated “the
  • next ages.” The most distinguished foreigners repaired to Gray’s Inn
  • to pay their respects to him. The Marquis d’Effiat, who brought over
  • to England the Princess Henrietta Maria, the wife of Charles the
  • First, went to see him. Bacon, confined to his bed, but unwilling to
  • decline the visit, received him with the curtains drawn. “You resemble
  • the angels,” said the French minister to him, “we hear those beings
  • continually talked of; we believe them superior to mankind; and we
  • never have the consolation to see them.”
  • But in ill health and infirmity he continued his studies and
  • experiments; as it occurred to him that snow might preserve animal
  • substances from putrefaction as well as salt, he tried the experiment,
  • and stuffed a fowl with snow with his own hands. “The great apostle of
  • experimental philosophy was destined to become its martyr;” he took
  • cold. From his bed he dictated a letter to the Earl of Arundel, to
  • whose house he had been conveyed. “I was likely to have had the fortune
  • of Caïus Plinius the Elder, who lost his life by trying an experiment
  • about the burning of the Mount Vesuvius. For I was also desirous to
  • try an experiment or two touching the conservation and induration of
  • bodies. As for the experiment itself, it succeeded excellently well.”
  • He had, indeed, the fortune of Pliny the Elder; for he never recovered
  • from the effects of his cold, which brought on fever and a complaint of
  • the chest; and he expired on the 9th of April, 1626, in the sixty-sixth
  • year of his age. Thus died, a victim to his devotion to science,
  • Francis Bacon, whose noble death is an expiation of the errors of his
  • life, and who was, as has been justly observed, notwithstanding all his
  • faults, one of the greatest ornaments and benefactors of the human race.
  • No account has been preserved of his funeral; but probably it was
  • private. Sir Thomas Meautys, his faithful secretary, erected at his own
  • expense a monument to Bacon’s memory. Bacon is represented sitting,
  • reclining on his hand, and absorbed in meditation. The effigy bears the
  • inscription: _sic sedebat_.
  • The singular fact ought not to be omitted, that notwithstanding the
  • immense sums that had been received by him, legitimately or otherwise,
  • he died insolvent. The fault of his life had been that he never adapted
  • his expenses to his income; perhaps even he never calculated them.
  • To what irretrievable ruin did not this lead him? To disgrace and
  • dishonor, in the midst of his career; to insolvency at its end. His
  • love of worldly grandeur was uncontrollable, or at least uncontrolled.
  • “The virtue of prosperity is temperance,” says he himself; but this
  • virtue he did not possess. His stately bark rode proudly over the
  • waves, unmindful of the rocks; on one of these, alas! it split and
  • foundered.
  • Bacon was very prepossessing in his person; he was in stature above
  • the middle size; his forehead was broad and high, of an intellectual
  • appearance; his eye was lively and expressive; and his countenance bore
  • early the marks of deep thought.
  • It might be mentioned here with instruction to the reader, that few
  • men were more impressed than Bacon with the value of time, the most
  • precious element of life. He assiduously employed the smallest portions
  • of it; considering justly that the days, the hours, nay minutes of
  • existence require the greatest care at our hands; the weeks, months,
  • and years have been wisely said to take care of themselves. His
  • chaplain, Rawley, remarks: “_Nullum momentum aut temporis segmentum
  • perire et intercidere passus est_,” he suffered no moment nor fragment
  • of time to pass away unprofitably. It is this circumstance that
  • explains to us the great things he accomplished even in the most busy
  • part of his life.
  • The whole of Bacon’s biography has been admirably recapitulated by Lord
  • Campbell[23] in the following paragraph:—
  • “We have seen him taught his alphabet by his mother; patted
  • on the head by Queen Elizabeth; mocking the worshippers of
  • Aristotle at Cambridge; catching the first glimpses of his great
  • discoveries, and yet uncertain whether the light was from heaven;
  • associating with the learned and the gay at the court of France;
  • devoting himself to Bracton[24] and the Year Books in Gray’s
  • Inn; throwing aside the musty folios of the law to write a moral
  • Essay, to make an experiment in natural philosophy, or to detect
  • the fallacies which had hitherto obstructed the progress of
  • useful truth; contented for a time with taking “all knowledge for
  • his province;” roused from these speculations by the stings of
  • vulgar ambition; plying all the arts of flattery to gain official
  • advancement by royal and courtly favor; entering the House of
  • Commons, and displaying powers of oratory of which he had been
  • unconscious; being seduced by the love of popular applause, for
  • a brief space becoming a patriot; making amends, by defending
  • all the worst excesses of prerogative; publishing to the world
  • lucubrations on morals, which show the nicest perception of what
  • is honorable and beautiful as well as prudent, in the conduct
  • of life; yet the son of a Lord Keeper, the nephew of the prime
  • minister, a Queen’s counsel, with the first practice at the
  • bar, arrested for debt, and languishing in a spunging-house;
  • tired with vain solicitations to his own kindred for promotion,
  • joining the party of their opponent, and after experiencing the
  • most generous kindness from the young and chivalrous head of
  • it, assisting to bring him to the scaffold, and to blacken his
  • memory; seeking, by a mercenary marriage to repair his broken
  • fortunes; on the accession of a new sovereign offering up the
  • most servile adulation to a pedant whom he utterly despised;
  • infinitely gratified by being permitted to kneel down, with three
  • hundred others, to receive the honor of knighthood; truckling
  • to a worthless favorite with the most slavish subserviency that
  • he might be appointed a law-officer of the Crown; then giving
  • the most admirable advice for the compilation and emendation
  • of the laws of England, and helping to inflict torture on a
  • poor parson whom he wished to hang as a traitor for writing an
  • unpublished and unpreached sermon; attracting the notice of all
  • Europe by his philosophical works, which established a new era
  • in the mode of investigating the phenomena both of matter and
  • mind; basely intriguing in the meanwhile for further promotion,
  • and writing secret letters to his sovereign to disparage his
  • rivals; riding proudly between the Lord High Treasurer and Lord
  • Privy Seal, preceded by his mace-bearer and purse-bearer, and
  • followed by a long line of nobles and judges, to be installed
  • in the office of Lord High Chancellor; by and by, settling with
  • his servants the account of the bribes they had received for
  • him; a little embarrassed by being obliged, out of decency, the
  • case being so clear, to decide against the party whose money
  • he had pocketed, but stifling the misgivings of conscience by
  • the splendor and flattery which he now commanded; struck to the
  • earth by the discovery of his corruption; taking to his bed,
  • and refusing sustenance; confessing the truth of the charges
  • brought against him, and abjectly imploring mercy; nobly rallying
  • from his disgrace, and engaging in new literary undertakings,
  • which have added to the splendor of his name; still exhibiting
  • a touch of his ancient vanity, and, in the midst of pecuniary
  • embarrassment, refusing to ‘be stripped of his feathers;’[25]
  • inspired, nevertheless, with all his youthful zeal for science,
  • in conducting his last experiment of ‘stuffing a fowl with snow
  • to preserve it,’ which succeeded ‘excellently well,’ but brought
  • him to his grave; and, as the closing act of a life so checkered,
  • making his will, whereby, conscious of the shame he had incurred
  • among his contemporaries, but impressed with a swelling
  • conviction of what he had achieved for mankind, he bequeathed
  • his ‘name and memory to men’s charitable speeches, to foreign
  • nations, and the next ages.’”
  • After this brilliant recapitulation of the principal facts of Bacon’s
  • eventful life, there remains the difficult task of examining his
  • character as a writer and philosopher; and then of presenting some
  • observations on his principal works. As these subjects have occupied
  • the attention of the master minds and most elegant writers of England,
  • we shall unhesitatingly present the reader with the opinions of these,
  • the most competent judges in each special department.
  • But first, let the philosopher speak for himself.
  • The end and aim of the writings of Bacon are best described by himself,
  • as these descriptions may be gleaned from his various works. He taught,
  • to use his own language, the means, not of the “amplification of the
  • power of one man over his country, nor of the amplification of the
  • power of that country over other nations; but the amplification of the
  • power and kingdom of mankind over the world.”[26] “A restitution of
  • man to the sovereignty of nature.”[27] “The enlarging the bounds of
  • human empire to the effecting of all things possible.”[28] From the
  • enlargement of reason, he did not separate the growth of virtue; for he
  • thought that “truth and goodness were one, differing but as the seal
  • and the print, for truth prints goodness.”[29]
  • The art which Bacon taught, has been well said to be “the art of
  • inventing arts.”
  • The great qualities of his mind, as they are exhibited in his works,
  • have been well portrayed by the pen of Sir James Mackintosh. We
  • subjoin the opinion of this elegant writer in his own words:
  • “It is easy to describe his transcendent merit in general terms
  • of commendation: for some of his great qualities lie on the
  • surface of his writings. But that in which he most excelled all
  • other men, was in the range and compass of his intellectual
  • view—the power of contemplating many and distant objects
  • together, without indistinctness or confusion—which he himself
  • has called the discursive or comprehensive understanding. This
  • wide-ranging intellect was illuminated by the brightest Fancy
  • that ever contented itself with the office of only ministering
  • to Reason: and from this singular relation of the two grand
  • faculties of man, it has resulted, that his philosophy, though
  • illustrated still more than adorned by the utmost splendor of
  • imagery, continues still subject to the undivided supremacy of
  • intellect. In the midst of all the prodigality of an imagination
  • which, had it been independent, would have been poetical, his
  • opinions remained severely rational.
  • “It is not so easy to conceive, or at least to describe, other
  • equally essential elements of his greatness, and conditions of
  • his success. He is probably a single instance of a mind which,
  • in philosophizing, always reaches the point of elevation whence
  • the whole prospect is commanded, without ever rising to such
  • a distance as to lose a distinct perception of every part of
  • it.”[30]
  • Mr. Macaulay speaks of the following peculiarity of Bacon’s
  • understanding:[31]—
  • “With great minuteness of observation he had an amplitude
  • of comprehension such as has never yet been vouchsafed to
  • any other human being. The small fine mind of La Bruyère had
  • not a more delicate tact than the large intellect of Bacon.
  • The “Essays” contain abundant proofs that no nice feature of
  • character, no peculiarity in the ordering of a house, a garden,
  • or a court-masque, could escape the notice of one whose mind
  • was capable of taking in the whole world of knowledge. His
  • understanding resembled the tent which the fairy Paribanou gave
  • to prince Ahmed. Fold it, and it seemed a toy for the hand of the
  • lady. Spread it, and the armies of powerful sultans might repose
  • beneath its shade.
  • “In keenness of observation he has been equalled, though,
  • perhaps, never surpassed. But the largeness of his mind was all
  • his own. The glance with which he surveyed the intellectual
  • universe, resembled that which the archangel, from the golden
  • threshold of heaven, darted down into the new creation.
  • “Round he surveyed and well might, where he stood
  • So high above the circling canopy
  • Of night’s extended shade—from eastern point
  • Of Libra, to the fleecy star which bears
  • Andromeda far off Atlantic seas
  • Beyond the horizon.”
  • Bacon’s philosophy is, to use an expression of his own, “the servant
  • and interpreter of nature;” he cultivated it in the leisure left him by
  • the assiduous study and practice of the law and by the willing duties
  • of a courtier; it was rather the recreation than the business of his
  • life; “my business,” said he, “found rest in my contemplations;” but
  • his very recreations rendered him, according to Leibnitz, the father
  • of experimental philosophy, and, according to all, the originator of
  • all its results, of all later discoveries in chemistry and the arts, in
  • short, of all modern science and its applications.
  • Mr. Macaulay is of opinion that the two leading principles of his
  • philosophy are _utility_ and _progress_; that the ethics of his
  • inductive method are to do good, to do more and more good, to mankind.
  • Lord Campbell believes that a most perfect body of ethics might be made
  • out from the writings of Bacon.
  • The origin of his philosophy was the conviction with which he was
  • impressed of the insufficiency of that of the ancients, or rather of
  • that of Aristotle, which reigned with almost undisputed sway throughout
  • Europe. He reverenced antiquity for its great works, its great men;
  • but not because of its ancientness; he deemed its decrees worthy of
  • reverential consideration, but did not think they admitted of no
  • appeal; he was not a bigot to antiquity or a contemner of modern times.
  • He happily combated that undue and blind submission to the authority
  • of ancient times for the mere reason that they are older than our own,
  • alleging truly that “ANTIQUITAS SECULI JUVENTUS MUNDI, that our times
  • are the ancient times, when the world is ancient, and not those which
  • we account ancient, _ordine retrogrado_, by a computation backward from
  • ourselves.”[32]
  • Throwing off, then, all allegiance to antiquity, he appealed directly
  • from Aristotle to nature, from reasoning to experiment.
  • But let us invoke the testimony of an eminent philosopher, Sir John
  • Herschel:—
  • “By the discoveries of Copernicus, Kepler, and Galileo, the
  • errors of the Aristotelian philosophy were effectually overturned
  • on a plain appeal to the facts of nature; but it remained to
  • show, on broad and general principles, how and why Aristotle
  • was in the wrong; to set in evidence the peculiar weakness of
  • his method of philosophizing, and to substitute in its place a
  • stronger and better. This important task was executed by Francis
  • Bacon, Lord Verulam, who will therefore justly be looked upon in
  • all future ages as the great reformer of philosophy, though his
  • own actual contributions to the stock of physical truths were
  • small, and his ideas of particular points strongly tinctured with
  • mistakes and errors, which were the fault rather of the general
  • want of physical information of the age than of any narrowness
  • of view on his own part; of this he was fully aware. It has been
  • attempted by some to lessen the merit of this great achievement,
  • by showing that the inductive method had been practised in many
  • instances, both ancient and modern, by the mere instinct of
  • mankind; but it is not the introduction of inductive reasoning,
  • as a new and hitherto untried process, which characterizes the
  • Baconian philosophy, but his keen perception, and his broad
  • and spirit-stirring, almost enthusiastic, announcement of its
  • paramount importance, as the alpha and omega of science, as the
  • grand and only chain for the linking together of physical truths,
  • and the eventual key to every discovery and every application.
  • Those who would deny him his just glory on such grounds would
  • refuse to Jenner or to Howard their civic crowns, because a
  • few farmers in a remote province had, time out of mind, been
  • acquainted with vaccination, or philanthropists, in all ages, had
  • occasionally visited the prisoner in his dungeon.”
  • “It is to our immortal countryman Bacon,” says he, again,
  • “that we owe the broad announcement of this grand and fertile
  • principle; and the development of the idea, that the whole of
  • natural philosophy consists entirely of a series of inductive
  • generalizations, commencing with the most circumstantially
  • stated particulars, and carried up to universal laws, or axioms,
  • which comprehend in their statements every subordinate degree of
  • generality and of a corresponding series of inverted reasoning
  • from generals to particulars, by which these axioms are traced
  • back into their remotest consequences, and all particular
  • propositions deduced from them, as well those by whose immediate
  • consideration we rose to their discovery, as those of which we
  • had no previous knowledge....
  • “It would seem that a union of two qualities almost opposite
  • to each other—a going forth of the thoughts in two directions,
  • and a sudden transfer of ideas from a remote station in one to
  • an equally distant one in the other—is required to start the
  • first idea of _applying science_. Among the Greeks, this point
  • was attained by Archimedes, but attained too late, on the eve
  • of that great eclipse of science which was destined to continue
  • for nearly eighteen centuries, till Galileo in Italy, and Bacon
  • in England, at once dispelled the darkness; the one, by his
  • inventions and discoveries; the other, by the irresistible force
  • of his arguments and eloquence.”[33]
  • His style is copious, comprehensive, and smooth; it does not flow
  • with the softness of the purling rill, but rather with the strength,
  • fulness, and swelling of a majestic river, and the rude harmony of the
  • mountain stream. His images are replete with poetry and thought; they
  • always illustrate his subject. Hallam is of opinion that the modern
  • writer that comes nearest to him is Burke. “He had,” said Addison,
  • “the sound, distinct, comprehensive knowledge of Aristotle, with all
  • the beautiful lights, graces, and embellishments of Cicero. One does
  • not know which to admire most in his writings, the strength of reason,
  • force of style, or brightness of imagination.”[34]
  • Bacon improved so much the melody, elegance, and force of English
  • prose, that we may apply to him what was said of Augustus with regard
  • to Rome: _lateritiam invenit, marmoream reliquit_; he found it brick,
  • and he left it marble. Mr. Hallam’s opinion differs somewhat from this;
  • it is as follows:—
  • “The style of Bacon has an idiosyncrasy which we might expect
  • from his genius. It can rarely indeed happen, and only in men
  • of secondary talents, that the language they use is not, by
  • its very choice and collocation, as well as its meaning, the
  • representative of an individuality that distinguishes their
  • turn of thought. Bacon is elaborate, sententious, often witty,
  • often metaphorical; nothing could be spared; his analogies are
  • generally striking and novel; his style is clear, precise,
  • forcible; yet there is some degree of stiffness about it, and in
  • mere language he is inferior to Raleigh.”[35]
  • It is a most remarkable characteristic of Bacon, and one in which Burke
  • resembled him, that his imagination grew stronger with his increasing
  • years, and his style richer and softer. “The fruit came first,” says
  • Mr. Macaulay, “and remained till the last; the blossoms did not appear
  • till late. In eloquence, in sweetness and variety of expression, and
  • in richness of illustration, his later writings are far superior to
  • those of his youth.” His earliest Essays have as much truth and cogent
  • reasoning as his latest; but these are far superior in grace and
  • beauty. A most striking illustration of this is afforded by one of the
  • last Essays, added a year before Bacon’s death, that of _Adversity_
  • (Essay V.), than which naught can be more graceful and beautiful.
  • The account of Bacon’s works will necessarily be very succinct, and,
  • we fear, imperfect. We shall, however, for each of them, call in the
  • aid of the most competent judges, whose award public opinion will not
  • reverse.
  • ESSAYS.
  • Bacon published his _Essays_ in 1597. They were, in the estimation of
  • Mr. Hallam, the first in time and in excellence of English writings on
  • moral prudence. Of the fifty-eight Essays, of which the work is now
  • composed, ten only appeared in the first edition. But to these were
  • added _Religious Meditations, Places of Perswasion and Disswasion,
  • Seene and allowed_; many of which were afterwards embodied in the
  • Essays. These Essays were: 1. Of Studie; 2. Of Discourse; 3. Of
  • Ceremonies and Respects; 4. Of Followers and Friends; 5. Of Sutors; 6.
  • Of Expence; 7. Of Regiment of Health; 8. Of Honor and Reputation; 9. Of
  • Faction; 10. Of Negociating. In the edition of 1612, “The Essaies of
  • S^r Francis Bacon Knight, the King’s Atturny Generall,” were increased
  • to forty-one.
  • The new Essays added are: 1. Of Religion; 2. Of Death; 3. Of Goodnesse,
  • and Goodnesse of Nature; 4. Of Cunning; 5. Of Marriage and Single
  • Life; 6. Of Parents and Children; 7. Of Nobility; 8. Of Great Place;
  • 9. Of Empire; 10. Of Counsell; 11. Of Dispatch; 12. Of Love; 13. Of
  • Friendship; 14. Of Atheism; 15. Of Superstition; 16. Of Wisedome for a
  • Man’s selfe; 20. Of seeming wise; 21. Of Riches; 22. Of Ambition; 23.
  • Of Young Men and Age; 24. Of Beauty; 25. Of Deformity; 26. Of Nature in
  • Men; 27. Of Custom and Education; 28. Of Fortune; 35. Of Praise; 36. Of
  • Judicature; 37. of Vaine-Glory; 38. Of Greatnesse of Kingdomes; 39. Of
  • the Publique; 40. Of Warre and Peace.
  • These forty-one Essays were afterwards again augmented to fifty-eight,
  • with the new title of _The Essaies or Covnsels, Civill and Morall_;
  • they were likewise improved by corrections, additions, and
  • illustrations. By the peculiarity of Bacon, already noticed, the later
  • Essays rise in beauty and interest.
  • Bacon considered his Essays but as “the recreations of his other
  • studies.” He has entitled them, in the Latin translation, _Sermones
  • fideles, sive Interiora rerum_. The idea of them, as has been already
  • mentioned, was suggested by those of Montaigne; but there is but
  • little resemblance between the two productions. Montaigne is natural,
  • ingenuous, sportive. Bacon’s “_Essays or Counsels, civil and moral_,”
  • “the fragments of his conceits,” as he styles them, are all study,
  • art, and gravity; but the reflections in them are true and profound.
  • Montaigne confessedly painted himself, declared that he was the matter
  • of his own book,[36] while with Bacon the man was merged in the author
  • and the philosopher, who propounded like Seneca, and somewhat in
  • Seneca’s style, the maxims of practical wisdom, that, to use Bacon’s
  • own language, “come home to men’s business and bosoms,” and clothed
  • them in a garb, new, elegant, and rich, hitherto unknown in England.
  • But our author, if we may judge by the matter and even manner of his
  • Essays, may have had in view, not so much Montaigne’s _Essais_ as
  • Seneca’s _Letters to Lucilius_. The Essay of _Death_ is obviously
  • founded on Seneca’s Epistles on this subject. That he was well
  • acquainted with Seneca’s _Letters_, is incontrovertible. He alludes
  • to them thus in the dedication to Prince Henry, in 1612: “The word
  • (Essays),” says he, “is late, but the thing is ancient; for Seneca’s
  • Epistles to Lucilius, if you mark them well, are but Essays, that is,
  • dispersed meditations, though conveyed in the form of epistles.” Bacon
  • justly foretold of his Essays that they “would live as long as books
  • last.”
  • The following is the opinion of Dugald Stewart, himself an eminent
  • philosopher and elegant writer:
  • “His _Essays_ are the best known and most popular of all his
  • works. It is also one of those where the superiority of his
  • genius appears to the greatest advantage; the novelty and depth
  • of his reflections often receiving a strong relief from triteness
  • of the subject. It may be read from beginning to end in a few
  • hours; and yet, after the twentieth perusal, one seldom fails
  • to remark in it something unobserved before. This, indeed, is a
  • characteristic of all Bacon’s writings, and only to be accounted
  • for by the inexhaustible aliment they furnish to our own
  • thoughts, and the sympathetic activity they impart to our torpid
  • faculties.”[37]
  • The reader will, perhaps, be rather gratified than wearied with another
  • appreciation of this valuable production of our young moralist of
  • twenty-six. It is of no incompetent judge,—Mr. Hallam.
  • “The transcendent strength of Bacon’s mind is visible in the
  • whole tenor of these Essays, unequal as they must be from the
  • very nature of such compositions. They are deeper and more
  • discriminating than any earlier, or almost any later work in the
  • English language, full of recondite observation, long matured and
  • carefully sifted. It is true that we might wish for more vivacity
  • and ease; Bacon, who had much wit, had little gayety; his Essays
  • are consequently stiff and grave where the subject might have
  • been touched with a lively hand; thus it is in those on Gardens
  • and on Building. The sentences have sometimes too apophthegmatic
  • a form and want coherence; the historical instances, though far
  • less frequent than with Montaigne, have a little the look of
  • pedantry to our eyes. But it is from this condensation, from this
  • gravity, that the work derives its peculiar impressiveness.
  • Few books are more quoted, and what is not always the case
  • with such books, we may add that few are more generally read.
  • In this respect they lead the van of our prose literature; for
  • no gentleman is ashamed of owning that he has not read the
  • Elizabethan writers; but it would be somewhat derogatory to a man
  • of the slightest claim to polite letters, were he unacquainted
  • with the Essays of Bacon. It is, indeed, little worth while to
  • read this or any other book for reputation sake; but very few in
  • our language so well repay the pains, or afford more nourishment
  • to the thoughts. They might be judiciously introduced, with a
  • small number more, into a sound method of education, one that
  • should make wisdom, rather than mere knowledge, its object, and
  • might become a text-book of examination in our schools.”[38]
  • ADVANCEMENT OF LEARNING.
  • The _Advancement of Learning_ was published in 1605. It has usually
  • been considered that the whole of Bacon’s philosophy is contained in
  • this work, excepting, however, the second book of the _Novum Organum_.
  • Of the _Advancement of Learning_ he made a Latin translation, under
  • the title of _De Dignitate et Augmentis Scientiarum_, which, however,
  • contains about one third of new matter and some slight interpolations;
  • a few omissions have been remarked in it.
  • The _Advancement of Learning_ is, as it were, to use his own language,
  • “a small globe of the intellectual world, as truly and faithfully as I
  • could discover with a note and description of those facts which seem to
  • me not constantly occupate or not well converted by the labor of man.
  • In which, if I have in any point receded from that which is commonly
  • received, it hath been with a purpose of proceeding _in melius_ and
  • not _in aliud_, a mind of amendment and proficience, and not of change
  • and difference. For I could not be true and constant to the argument
  • I handle, if I were not willing to go beyond others, but yet not more
  • willing than to have others go beyond me.”
  • The _Advancement of Learning_ is divided into two parts; the former of
  • which is intended to remove prejudices against the search after truth,
  • by pointing out the causes which obstruct it; in the second, learning
  • is divided into history, poetry, and philosophy, according to the
  • faculties of the mind from which they emanate—memory, imagination, and
  • reason. Our author states the deficiencies he observes in each.
  • All the peculiar qualities of his style are fully developed in this
  • noble monument of genius, one of the finest in English, or perhaps any
  • other language; it is full of deep thought, keen observation, rich
  • imagery, Attic wit, and apt illustration. Dugald Stewart and Hallam
  • have both expressed their just admiration of the short paragraph on
  • poesy; but, with all due deference, we must consider that the beautiful
  • passage on the dignity and excellency of knowledge is surpassed by
  • none. Can aught excel the noble comparison of the ship? The reader
  • shall judge for himself.
  • “If the invention of the ship was thought so noble, which
  • carrieth riches and commodities from place to place, and
  • consociateth the most remote regions in participation of their
  • fruits; how much more are letters to be magnified, which,
  • as ships, pass through the vast seas of time, and make ages
  • so distant to participate of the wisdom, illuminations, and
  • inventions, the one of the other?”
  • DE SAPIENTIA VETERUM.
  • The _Wisdom of the Ancients_, or rather, _De sapientia veterum_ (for
  • it was written in Latin), is a short treatise on the mythology of
  • the ancients, by which Bacon endeavors to discover and to show the
  • physical, moral, and political meanings it concealed. If the reader is
  • not convinced that the ancients understood by these fables all that
  • Bacon discovers in them, he must at least admit the probability of it,
  • and be impressed with the penetration of the author and the variety and
  • depth of his knowledge.
  • INSTAURATIO MAGNA.
  • The _Instauratio Magna_ was published in 1620, while Bacon was still
  • chancellor.
  • In his dedication of it to James the First, in 1620, in which he says
  • he has been engaged in it nearly thirty years, he pathetically remarks:
  • “The reason why I have published it now, specially being imperfect,
  • is, to speak plainly, because I number my days, and would have it
  • saved.” His country and the world participate in the opinion of the
  • philosopher, and would have deemed its loss one of the greatest to
  • mankind.
  • Such was the care with which it was composed, that Bacon transcribed it
  • twelve times with his own hand.
  • It is divided into six parts. The first entitled _Partitiones
  • Scientiarum_, or the divisions of knowledge possessed by mankind, in
  • which the author has noted the deficiencies and imperfections of each.
  • This he had already accomplished by his _Advancement of Learning_.
  • Part 2 is the _Novum Organum Scientiarum_, or new method of studying
  • the sciences, a name probably suggested by Aristotle’s _Organon_
  • (treatises on Logic). He intended it to be “the science of a better
  • and more perfect use of reason in the investigation of things and of
  • the true end of understanding.” This has been generally denominated
  • the _inductive method_, i. e. the experimental method, from the
  • principle of _induction_, or bringing together facts and drawing from
  • them general principles or truths, by which the author proposes the
  • advancement of all kinds of knowledge. In this consists preëminently
  • the philosophy of Bacon. Not reasoning upon conjecture on the laws
  • and properties of nature, but, as Bacon quaintly terms it, “asking
  • questions of nature,” that is, making experiments, laboriously
  • collecting facts first, and, after a sufficient number has been brought
  • together, then forming systems or theories founded on them.
  • But this work is rather the summary of a more extensive one he
  • designed, the aphorisms of it being rather, according to Hallam, “the
  • heads or theses of chapters.” But some of these principles are of
  • paramount importance. An instance may be afforded of this, extracted
  • from the “Interpretation of Nature, and Man’s dominion over it.” It is
  • the very first sentence in the _Novum Organum_. “Man, the servant and
  • interpreter of nature, can only understand and act in proportion as he
  • observes and contemplates the order of nature; more, he can neither
  • know nor do.” This, as has justly been observed, is undoubtedly the
  • foundation of all our real knowledge.
  • The _Novum Organum_ is so important, that we deem it desirable to
  • present some more detailed accounts of it.
  • The body of the work is divided into two parts; the former of which is
  • intended to serve as an introduction to the other, a preparation of the
  • mind for receiving the doctrine.
  • Bacon begins by endeavoring to remove the prejudices and to obtain fair
  • attention to his doctrine. He compares philosophy to “a vast pyramid,
  • which ought to have the history of nature for its basis;” he likens
  • those who strive to erect by the force of abstract speculation to the
  • giants of old, who, according to the poets, endeavored to throw Mount
  • Ossa upon Pelion, and Olympus upon Ossa. The method of “anticipating
  • nature,” he denounces “as rash, hasty, and unphilosophical;” whereas,
  • “interpretations of nature, or real truths arrived at by deduction,
  • cannot so suddenly arrest the mind; and when the conclusion actually
  • arrives, it may so oppose prejudice, and appear so paradoxical as to
  • be in danger of not being received, notwithstanding the evidence that
  • supports it, like mysteries of faith.”
  • Bacon first attacks the “Idols of the Mind,” i. e. the great sources
  • of prejudice, then the different false philosophical theories; he
  • afterwards proceeds to show what are the characteristics of false
  • systems, the causes of error in philosophy, and lastly the grounds of
  • hope regarding the advancement of science.
  • He now aspires, to use his own language, “only to sow the seeds of pure
  • truth for posterity, and not to be wanting in his assistance to the
  • first beginning of great undertakings.” “Let the human race,” says he
  • further, “regain their dominion over nature, which belongs to them by
  • the bounty of their Maker, and right reason and sound religion will
  • direct the use.”
  • The second part of the _Novum Organum_ may be divided into three
  • sections. The first is on the discovery of forms, i. e. causes in
  • nature. The second section is composed of _tables_ illustrative of the
  • inductive method, and the third and last is styled the _doctrine of
  • instances_, i. e. facts regarding the discovery of causes.
  • Part the third of the _Instauratio Magna_ was to be a Natural History,
  • as he termed it, or rather a history of natural substances, in which
  • the art of man had been employed, which would have been a history of
  • universal nature.
  • Part 4, to be called _Scala intellectus_, or _Intellectual Ladder_, was
  • intended to be, to use his own words, “types and models which place
  • before our eyes the entire process of the mind in the discovery of
  • truth, selecting various and remarkable instances.”
  • He had designed in the fifth part to give specimens of the new
  • philosophy; a few fragments only of this have been published. It was to
  • be “the fragment of interest till the principal could be raised.”
  • The sixth and last part was “to display a perfect system of philosophy
  • deduced and confirmed by a legitimate, sober, and exact inquiry
  • according to the method he had laid down and invented.” “To perfect
  • this last part,” says Bacon, “is above our powers and beyond our hopes.”
  • Let us return, however, for a moment to the commencement, to remark
  • that he concludes the introduction by an eloquent prayer that his
  • exertions may be rendered effectual to the attainment of truth and
  • happiness. But he feels his own inability, for “his days are numbered,”
  • to conduct mankind to the hoped for goal. It was given to him to point
  • out the road to the promised land; but, like Moses, after having
  • descried it from afar, it was denied him to enter the land to which he
  • had led the way.
  • LIFE OF HENRY VII.
  • The _Life of Henry VII._, published in 1622, is, in the opinion of
  • Hallam, “the first instance in our language of the application of
  • philosophy to reasoning on public events in the manner of the ancients
  • and the Italians. Praise upon Henry is too largely bestowed; but it was
  • in the nature of Bacon to admire too much a crafty and selfish policy;
  • and he thought also, no doubt, that so near an ancestor of his own
  • sovereign should not be treated with severe impartiality.”[39]
  • LETTERS.
  • His _Letters_ published in his works are numerous; they are written
  • in a stiff, ungraceful, formal style; but still, they frequently bear
  • the impress of the writer’s greatness and genius. Fragments of them
  • have been frequently quoted in the course of this notice; they have,
  • perhaps, best served to exhibit more fully the man in all the relations
  • of his public and private life.
  • MISCELLANEOUS PAPERS.
  • Amongst his miscellaneous papers there was found after his death a
  • remarkable prayer, which Addison deemed sufficiently beautiful to be
  • published in the _Tatler_[40] for Christmas, 1710. We extract a passage
  • or two, that may serve to illustrate Bacon’s position or his character.
  • “I have, though in a despised weed, procured the good of all
  • men. If any have been my enemies, I thought not of them, neither
  • hath the sun almost set upon my displeasure; but I have been as
  • a dove, free from superfluity of maliciousness.”
  • “Just are thy judgments upon me for my sins, which are more in
  • number than the sands of the sea, but have no proportion to
  • thy mercies; for what are the sands of the sea? Earth, heaven,
  • and all these are nothing to thy mercies.”
  • Addison observes of this prayer, that for elevation of thought and
  • greatness of expression, “it seems—rather the devotion of an angel than
  • a man.”
  • In taking leave of the life and the works of the greatest of
  • philosophers, and alas! the least of men, we have endeavored to present
  • a succinct but faithful narrative—“his glory not extenuated wherein he
  • was worthy, nor his offences enforced, for which he suffered” merited
  • obloquy with his own contemporaries and all posterity. Our endeavor has
  • been
  • Verba animi proferre et vitam impendere vero.
  • But his failings, great as they were, are forgotten through his
  • transcendent merit; his faults injured but few, and in his own time
  • alone; his genius has benefited all mankind. The new direction he gave
  • to philosophy was the indirect cause of all the modern conquests
  • of science over matter, or, as it were, over nature. What it has
  • already accomplished, and may yet effect for the whole human race, is
  • incalculable. Macaulay, the historian of England, has been likewise the
  • eloquent narrator of the progress, that owes its origin to the genius
  • of Francis Bacon.
  • “Ask a follower of Bacon,” says Macaulay, “what the new
  • philosophy, as it was called in the time of Charles the Second,
  • has effected for mankind, and his answer is ready: ‘It hath
  • lengthened life; it has mitigated pain; it has extinguished
  • diseases; it has increased the fertility of the soil; it has
  • given new securities to the mariner; it has furnished new arms
  • to the warrior; it has spanned great rivers and estuaries with
  • bridges of form unknown to our fathers; it has guided the
  • thunderbolt innocuously from heaven to earth; it has lighted up
  • the night with the splendor of the day; it has extended the range
  • of the human vision; it has multiplied the power of the human
  • muscle; it has accelerated motion; it has annihilated distance;
  • it has facilitated intercourse, correspondence, all friendly
  • offices, all dispatch of business; it has enabled man to descend
  • to the depths of the sea, to soar into the air, to penetrate
  • securely into the noxious recesses of the earth, to traverse the
  • land on cars which whirl along without horses, and the ocean in
  • ships which sail against the wind. These are but a part of its
  • fruits, and of its first-fruits. For it is a philosophy which
  • never rests, which has never attained, which is never perfect.
  • Its law is progress. A point which yesterday was invisible is its
  • goal to-day, and will be its starting-post to-morrow.’”[41]
  • ESSAYS.
  • I.—OF TRUTH.
  • What is truth? said jesting Pilate;[42] and would not stay for an
  • answer. Certainly, there be that delight in giddiness; and count it
  • a bondage to fix a belief; affecting freewill in thinking as well as
  • in acting. And though the sects of philosophers of that kind be gone,
  • yet there remain certain discoursing wits which are of the same veins,
  • though there be not so much blood in them as was in those of the
  • ancients. But it is not only the difficulty and labor which men take in
  • finding out of truth: nor again, that, when it is found, it imposeth
  • upon men’s thoughts, that doth bring lies in favor; but a natural
  • though corrupt love of the lie itself. One of the later schools[43] of
  • the Grecians examineth the matter, and is at a stand to think what
  • should be in it that men should love lies; where neither they make
  • for pleasure, as with poets; nor for advantage, as with the merchant,
  • but for the lie’s sake. But I cannot tell; this same truth is a naked
  • and open daylight, that doth not show the masks, and mummeries, and
  • triumphs of the world, half so stately and daintily as candle-lights.
  • Truth may perhaps come to the price of a pearl, that showeth best by
  • day, but it will not rise to the price of a diamond or carbuncle,
  • that showeth best in varied lights. A mixture of a lie doth ever add
  • pleasure. Doth any man doubt, that if there were taken out of men’s
  • minds vain opinions, flattering hopes, false valuations, imaginations
  • as one would, and the like, but it would leave the minds of a number
  • of men poor shrunken things, full of melancholy and indisposition, and
  • unpleasing to themselves? One of the fathers,[44] in great severity,
  • called poesy “vinum dæmonum,”[45] because it filleth the imagination,
  • and yet it is but with the shadow of a lie. But it is not the lie that
  • passeth through the mind, but the lie that sinketh in, and settleth
  • in it, that doth the hurt, such as we spake of before. But howsoever
  • these things are thus in men’s depraved judgments and affections, yet
  • truth, which only doth judge itself, teacheth that the inquiry of
  • truth, which is the love-making, or wooing of it, the knowledge of
  • truth, which is the presence of it, and the belief of truth, which
  • is the enjoying of it, is the sovereign good of human nature. The
  • first creature of God, in the works of the days, was the light of the
  • sense;[46] the last was the light of reason;[47] and his sabbath work,
  • ever since, is the illumination of his Spirit. First, he breathed light
  • upon the face of the matter, or chaos; then he breathed light into
  • the face of man; and still he breatheth and inspireth light into the
  • face of his chosen. The poet[48] that beautified the sect,[49] that
  • was otherwise inferior to the rest, saith yet excellently well: “It
  • is a pleasure to stand upon the shore, and to see ships tossed upon
  • the sea; a pleasure to stand in the window of a castle, and to see a
  • battle, and the adventures thereof below; but no pleasure is comparable
  • to the standing upon the vantage-ground of truth” (a hill not to be
  • commanded, and where the air is always clear and serene), “and to
  • see the errors, and wanderings, and mists, and tempests, in the vale
  • below;”[50] so always that this prospect be with pity, and not with
  • swelling or pride. Certainly it is heaven upon earth, to have a man’s
  • mind move in charity, rest in providence, and turn upon the poles of
  • truth.
  • To pass from theological and philosophical truth to the truth of civil
  • business; it will be acknowledged, even by those that practise it not,
  • that clear and round dealing is the honor of man’s nature, and that
  • mixture of falsehood is like alloy in coin of gold and silver, which
  • may make the metal work the better, but it embaseth it. For these
  • winding and crooked courses are the goings of the serpent; which goeth
  • basely upon the belly, and not upon the feet. There is no vice that
  • doth so cover a man with shame, as to be found false and perfidious;
  • and therefore Montaigne[51] saith prettily, when he inquired the
  • reason why the word of the lie should be such a disgrace, and such an
  • odious charge: saith he, “If it be well weighed, to say that a man
  • lieth, is as much as to say that he is brave towards God and a coward
  • towards men. For a lie faces God, and shrinks from man;” surely, the
  • wickedness of falsehood and breach of faith cannot possibly be so
  • highly expressed, as in that it shall be the last peal to call the
  • judgments of God upon the generations of men: it being foretold, that,
  • when “Christ cometh,” he shall not “find faith upon the earth.”[52]
  • II.—OF DEATH.[53]
  • Men fear death as children fear to go in the dark; and as that natural
  • fear in children is increased with tales, so is the other. Certainly,
  • the contemplation of death, as the wages of sin, and passage to another
  • world, is holy and religious; but the fear of it, as a tribute due
  • unto nature, is weak. Yet in religious meditations there is sometimes
  • mixture of vanity and of superstition. You shall read in some of the
  • friars’ books of mortification, that a man should think with himself,
  • what the pain is, if he have but his finger’s end pressed or tortured;
  • and thereby imagine what the pains of death are, when the whole body
  • is corrupted and dissolved; when many times death passeth with less
  • pain than the torture of a limb, for the most vital parts are not
  • the quickest of sense. And by him that spake only as a philosopher
  • and natural man, it was well said, “Pompa mortis magis terret, quam
  • mors ipsa.”[54] Groans and convulsions, and a discolored face, and
  • friends weeping, and blacks[55] and obsequies, and the like, show death
  • terrible. It is worthy the observing, that there is no passion in
  • the mind of man so weak, but it mates and masters the fear of death;
  • and therefore death is no such terrible enemy when a man hath so many
  • attendants about him that can win the combat of him. Revenge triumphs
  • over death; love slights it; honor aspireth to it; grief flieth to it;
  • fear preoccupateth it; nay, we read, after Otho the emperor had slain
  • himself, pity (which is the tenderest of affections) provoked many
  • to die out of mere compassion to their sovereign, and as the truest
  • sort of followers.[56] Nay, Seneca[57] adds niceness and satiety:
  • “Cogita quamdiu eadem feceris; mori velle, non tantum fortis, aut
  • miser, sed etiam fastidiosus potest.”[58] A man would die, though he
  • were neither valiant nor miserable, only upon a weariness to do the
  • same thing so oft over and over. It is no less worthy to observe, how
  • little alteration in good spirits the approaches of death make: for
  • they appear to be the same men till the last instant. Augustus Cæsar
  • died in a compliment: “Livia, conjugii nostri memor, vive et vale.”[59]
  • Tiberius in dissimulation, as Tacitus saith of him, “Jam Tiberium
  • vires et corpus, non dissimulatio, deserebant:”[60] Vespasian in a
  • jest, sitting upon the stool,[61] “Ut puto Deus fio;”[62] Galba with
  • a sentence, “Feri, si ex re sit populi Romani,”[63] holding forth
  • his neck; Septimus Severus in dispatch, “Adeste, si quid mihi restat
  • agendum,”[64] and the like. Certainly, the Stoics[65] bestowed too much
  • cost upon death, and by their great preparations made it appear more
  • fearful. Better, saith he, “qui finem vitæ extremum inter munera ponit
  • naturæ.”[66] It is as natural to die as to be born; and to a little
  • infant, perhaps, the one is as painful as the other. He that dies in
  • an earnest pursuit, is like one that is wounded in hot blood, who,
  • for the time, scarce feels the hurt; and therefore a mind fixed and
  • bent upon somewhat that is good, doth avert the dolors of death; but,
  • above all, believe it, the sweetest canticle is “Nunc dimittis,”[67]
  • when a man hath obtained worthy ends and expectations. Death hath this
  • also, that it openeth the gate to good fame, and extinguisheth envy:
  • “Extinctus amabitur idem.”[68]
  • III.—OF UNITY IN RELIGION.
  • Religion being the chief band of human society, it is a happy thing
  • when itself is well contained within the true band of unity. The
  • quarrels and divisions about religion were evils unknown to the
  • heathen. The reason was, because the religion of the heathen consisted
  • rather in rites and ceremonies, than in any constant belief; for you
  • may imagine what kind of faith theirs was, when the chief doctors and
  • fathers of their church were the poets. But the true God hath this
  • attribute, that he is a jealous God; and therefore his worship and
  • religion will endure no mixture nor partner. We shall therefore speak
  • a few words concerning the unity of the church; what are the fruits
  • thereof; what the bounds; and what the means.
  • The fruits of unity (next unto the well-pleasing of God, which is all
  • in all), are two; the one towards those that are without the church,
  • the other towards those that are within. For the former, it is certain
  • that heresies and schisms are, of all others, the greatest scandals,
  • yea, more than corruption of manners; for as in the natural body a
  • wound or solution of continuity is worse than a corrupt humor, so
  • in the spiritual; so that nothing doth so much keep men out of the
  • church, and drive men out of the church, as breach of unity; and
  • therefore, whensoever it cometh to that pass that one saith, “Ecce
  • in Deserto,”[69] another saith, “Ecce in penetralibus;”[70] that is,
  • when some men seek Christ in the conventicles of heretics, and others
  • in an outward face of a church, that voice had need continually to
  • sound in men’s ears, “nolite exire,” “go not out.” The doctor of the
  • Gentiles (the propriety of whose vocation drew him to have a special
  • care of those without) saith: “If a heathen[71] come in, and hear
  • you speak with several tongues, will he not say that you are mad?”
  • and, certainly, it is little better: when atheists and profane persons
  • do hear of so many discordant and contrary opinions in religion, it
  • doth avert them from the church, and maketh them “to sit down in the
  • chair of the scorners.”[72] It is but a light thing to be vouched in
  • so serious a matter, but yet it expresseth well the deformity. There
  • is a master of scoffing, that, in his catalogue of books of a feigned
  • library, sets down this title of a book, “The Morris-Dance[73] of
  • Heretics;” for, indeed, every sect of them hath a diverse posture, or
  • cringe, by themselves, which cannot but move derision in worldlings and
  • depraved politicians, who are apt to contemn holy things.
  • As for the fruit towards those that are within, it is peace, which
  • containeth infinite blessings; it establisheth faith; it kindleth
  • charity; the outward peace of the church distilleth into peace of
  • conscience, and it turneth the labors of writing and reading of
  • controversies into treatises of mortification and devotion.
  • Concerning the bounds of unity, the true placing of them importeth
  • exceedingly. There appear to be two extremes; for to certain zealots
  • all speech of pacification is odious. “Is it peace, Jehu?”—“What hast
  • thou to do with peace? turn thee behind me.”[74] Peace is not the
  • matter, but following, and party. Contrariwise, certain Laodiceans[75]
  • and lukewarm persons think they may accommodate points of religion by
  • middle ways, and taking part of both, and witty reconcilements, as if
  • they would make an arbitrament between God and man. Both these extremes
  • are to be avoided; which will be done if the league of Christians,
  • penned by our Saviour himself, were in the two cross clauses thereof
  • soundly and plainly expounded: “He that is not with us is against
  • us;”[76] and again, “He that is not against us, is with us;” that is,
  • if the points fundamental, and of substance in religion, were truly
  • discerned and distinguished from points not merely of faith, but of
  • opinion, order, or good intention. This is a thing may seem to many a
  • matter trivial, and done already; but if it were done less partially,
  • it would be embraced more generally.
  • Of this I may give only this advice, according to my small model.
  • Men ought to take heed of rending God’s church by two kinds of
  • controversies; the one is, when the matter of the point controverted is
  • too small and light, not worth the heat and strife about it, kindled
  • only by contradiction; for, as it is noted by one of the fathers,
  • “Christ’s coat indeed had no seam, but the church’s vesture was of
  • divers colors;” whereupon he saith, “In veste varietas sit, scissura
  • non sit,”[77] they be two things, unity and uniformity; the other is,
  • when the matter of the point controverted is great, but it is driven
  • to an over-great subtilty and obscurity, so that it becometh a thing
  • rather ingenious than substantial. A man that is of judgment and
  • understanding shall sometimes hear ignorant men differ, and know well
  • within himself, that those which so differ mean one thing, and yet
  • they themselves would never agree; and if it come so to pass in that
  • distance of judgment, which is between man and man, shall we not think
  • that God above, that knows the heart, doth not discern that frail men,
  • in some of their contradictions, intend the same thing, and accepteth
  • of both? The nature of such controversies is excellently expressed by
  • St. Paul, in the warning and precept that he giveth concerning the
  • same: “Devita profanas vocum novitates, et oppositiones falsi nominis
  • scientiæ.”[78] Men create oppositions which are not, and put them
  • into new terms, so fixed as, whereas the meaning ought to govern the
  • term, the term in effect governeth the meaning. There be also two
  • false peaces, or unities; the one, when the peace is grounded but upon
  • an implicit ignorance; for all colors will agree in the dark; the
  • other, when it is pieced up upon a direct admission of contraries in
  • fundamental points; for truth and falsehood, in such things, are like
  • the iron and clay in the toes of Nebuchadnezzar’s image;[79] they may
  • cleave, but they will not incorporate.
  • Concerning the means of procuring unity, men must beware that, in the
  • procuring or muniting of religious unity, they do not dissolve and
  • deface the laws of charity and of human society. There be two swords
  • amongst Christians, the spiritual and temporal, and both have their due
  • office and place in the maintenance of religion; but we may not take up
  • the third sword, which is Mahomet’s sword,[80] or like unto it; that
  • is, to propagate religion by wars, or, by sanguinary persecutions, to
  • force consciences; except it be in cases of overt scandal, blasphemy,
  • or intermixture of practice against the state; much less to nourish
  • seditions, to authorize conspiracies and rebellions, to put the sword
  • into the people’s hands, and the like, tending to the subversion of all
  • government, which is the ordinance of God; for this is but to dash the
  • first table against the second, and so to consider men as Christians,
  • as we forget that they are men. Lucretius the poet, when he beheld
  • the act of Agamemnon, that could endure the sacrificing of his own
  • daughter, exclaimed;—
  • “Tantum religio potuit suadere malorum.”[81]
  • What would he have said, if he had known of the massacre in France,[82]
  • or the powder treason of England?[83] He would have been seven times
  • more epicure and atheist than he was; for as the temporal sword is
  • to be drawn with great circumspection in cases of religion, so it
  • is a thing monstrous to put it into the hands of the common people;
  • let that be left unto the Anabaptists, and other furies. It was
  • great blasphemy when the devil said, “I will ascend and be like the
  • Highest;”[84] but it is greater blasphemy to personate God, and bring
  • him in saying, “I will descend, and be like the prince of darkness;”
  • and what is it better, to make the cause of religion to descend to
  • the cruel and execrable actions of murdering princes, butchery of
  • people, and subversion of states and governments? Surely, this is to
  • bring down the Holy Ghost, instead of the likeness of a dove, in the
  • shape of a vulture or raven; and to set out of the bark of a Christian
  • church a flag of a bark of pirates and assassins; therefore, it is most
  • necessary that the church by doctrine and decree, princes by their
  • sword, and all learnings, both Christian and moral, as by their Mercury
  • rod,[85] do damn and send to hell forever those facts and opinions
  • tending to the support of the same, as hath been already in good part
  • done. Surely, in counsels concerning religion, that counsel of the
  • apostle would be prefixed: “Ira hominis non implet justitiam Dei;”[86]
  • and it was a notable observation of a wise father, and no less
  • ingenuously confessed, that those which held and persuaded pressure of
  • consciences, were commonly interested therein themselves for their own
  • ends.
  • IV.—OF REVENGE.
  • Revenge is a kind of wild justice, which the more man’s nature runs
  • to, the more ought law to weed it out; for as for the first wrong, it
  • doth but offend the law, but the revenge of that wrong, putteth the
  • law out of office. Certainly, in taking revenge, a man is but even
  • with his enemy, but in passing it over, he is superior; for it is a
  • prince’s part to pardon; and Solomon, I am sure, saith, “It is the
  • glory of a man to pass by an offence.” That which is past is gone and
  • irrevocable, and wise men have enough to do with things present and
  • to come; therefore they do but trifle with themselves that labor in
  • past matters. There is no man doth a wrong for the wrong’s sake, but
  • thereby to purchase himself profit, or pleasure, or honor, or the like;
  • therefore, why should I be angry with a man for loving himself better
  • than me? And if any man should do wrong merely out of ill-nature, why,
  • yet it is but like the thorn or briar, which prick and scratch, because
  • they can do no other. The most tolerable sort of revenge is for those
  • wrongs which there is no law to remedy; but then, let a man take heed
  • the revenge be such as there is no law to punish, else a man’s enemy is
  • still beforehand, and it is two for one. Some, when they take revenge,
  • are desirous the party should know whence it cometh. This is the more
  • generous; for the delight seemeth to be not so much in doing the hurt
  • as in making the party repent; but base and crafty cowards are like
  • the arrow that flieth in the dark. Cosmus, Duke of Florence,[87] had
  • a desperate saying against perfidious or neglecting friends, as if
  • those wrongs were unpardonable. “You shall read,” saith he, “that we
  • are commanded to forgive our enemies; but you never read that we are
  • commanded to forgive our friends.” But yet the spirit of Job was in a
  • better tune: “Shall we,” saith he, “take good at God’s hands, and not
  • be content to take evil also?”[88] and so of friends in a proportion.
  • This is certain, that a man that studieth revenge keeps his own wounds
  • green, which otherwise would heal and do well. Public revenges[89]
  • are for the most part fortunate; as that for the death of Cæsar;[90]
  • for the death of Pertinax; for the death of Henry the Third of
  • France;[91] and many more. But in private revenges it is not so; nay,
  • rather, vindictive persons live the life of witches, who, as they are
  • mischievous, so end they unfortunate.
  • V.—OF ADVERSITY.
  • It was a high speech of Seneca (after the manner of the Stoics), that
  • “the good things which belong to prosperity are to be wished, but
  • the good things that belong to adversity are to be admired.” (“Bona
  • rerum secundarum optabilia, adversarum mirabilia.”)[92] Certainly, if
  • miracles be the command over nature, they appear most in adversity.
  • It is yet a higher speech of his than the other (much too high for a
  • heathen), “It is true greatness to have in one the frailty of a man,
  • and the security of a God.” (“Vere magnum habere fragilitatem hominis
  • securitatem Dei.”)[93] This would have done better in poesy, where
  • transcendencies are more allowed, and the poets, indeed, have been
  • busy with it; for it is, in effect, the thing which is figured in
  • that strange fiction of the ancient poets,[94] which seemeth not to
  • be without mystery; nay, and to have some approach to the state of a
  • Christian, “that Hercules, when he went to unbind Prometheus (by whom
  • human nature is represented), sailed the length of the great ocean in
  • an earthen pot or pitcher,” lively describing Christian resolution,
  • that saileth in the frail bark of the flesh through the waves of the
  • world. But to speak in a mean, the virtue of prosperity is temperance,
  • the virtue of adversity is fortitude, which in morals is the more
  • heroical virtue. Prosperity is the blessing of the Old Testament,
  • adversity is the blessing of the New, which carrieth the greater
  • benediction, and the clearer revelation of God’s favor. Yet even in the
  • Old Testament, if you listen to David’s harp, you shall hear as many
  • hearse-like airs[95] as carols; and the pencil of the Holy Ghost hath
  • labored more in describing the afflictions of Job than the felicities
  • of Solomon. Prosperity is not without many fears and distastes; and
  • adversity is not without comforts and hopes. We see, in needleworks and
  • embroideries, it is more pleasing to have a lively work upon a sad and
  • solemn ground, than to have a dark and melancholy work upon a lightsome
  • ground: judge, therefore, of the pleasure of the heart by the pleasure
  • of the eye. Certainly, virtue is like precious odors, most fragrant
  • when they are incensed, or crushed; for prosperity doth best discover
  • vice, but adversity doth best discover virtue.[96]
  • VI.—OF SIMULATION AND DISSIMULATION.
  • Dissimulation is but a faint kind of policy, or wisdom; for it asketh
  • a strong wit and a strong heart to know when to tell truth, and to do
  • it; therefore it is the weaker sort of politicians that are the great
  • dissemblers.
  • Tacitus saith, “Livia sorted well with the arts of her husband, and
  • dissimulation of her son;[97] attributing arts or policy to Augustus,
  • and dissimulation to Tiberius:” and again, when Mucianus encourageth
  • Vespasian to take arms against Vitellius, he saith, “We rise not
  • against the piercing judgment of Augustus, nor the extreme caution or
  • closeness of Tiberius.”[98] These properties of arts or policy, and
  • dissimulation or closeness, are indeed habits and faculties several,
  • and to be distinguished; for if a man have that penetration of judgment
  • as he can discern what things are to be laid open, and what to be
  • secreted, and what to be showed at half-lights, and to whom and when
  • (which indeed are arts of state, and arts of life, as Tacitus well
  • calleth them), to him a habit of dissimulation is a hinderance and a
  • poorness. But if a man cannot obtain to that judgment, then it is left
  • to him generally to be close, and a dissembler; for where a man cannot
  • choose or vary in particulars, there it is good to take the safest and
  • wariest way in general, like the going softly by one that cannot well
  • see. Certainly, the ablest men that ever were, have had all an openness
  • and frankness of dealing, and a name of certainty and veracity: but
  • then they were like horses well managed, for they could tell passing
  • well when to stop or turn; and at such times, when they thought the
  • case indeed required dissimulation, if then they used it, it came to
  • pass that the former opinion spread abroad, of their good faith and
  • clearness of dealing, made them almost invisible.
  • There be three degrees of this hiding and veiling of a man’s self: the
  • first, closeness, reservation, and secrecy; when a man leaveth himself
  • without observation, or without hold to be taken, what he is: the
  • second, dissimulation in the negative; when a man lets fall signs and
  • arguments, that he is not that he is: and the third, simulation in the
  • affirmative; when a man industriously and expressly feigns and pretends
  • to be that he is not.
  • For the first of these, secrecy, it is indeed the virtue of a
  • confessor; and assuredly the secret man heareth many confessions; for
  • who will open himself to a blab or a babbler? But if a man be thought
  • secret, it inviteth discovery, as the more close air sucketh in the
  • more open; and, as in confession, the revealing is not for worldly use,
  • but for the ease of a man’s heart, so secret men come to the knowledge
  • of many things in that kind; while men rather discharge their minds
  • than impart their minds. In few words, mysteries are due to secrecy.
  • Besides (to say truth), nakedness is uncomely, as well in mind as
  • body; and it addeth no small reverence to men’s manners and actions,
  • if they be not altogether open. As for talkers and futile persons,
  • they are commonly vain and credulous withal; for he that talketh what
  • he knoweth, will also talk what he knoweth not; therefore set it down,
  • that a habit of secrecy is both politic and moral: and in this part
  • it is good that a man’s face give his tongue leave to speak; for the
  • discovery of a man’s self by the tracts[99] of his countenance, is a
  • great weakness and betraying, by how much it is many times more marked
  • and believed than a man’s words.
  • For the second, which is dissimulation, it followeth many times upon
  • secrecy by a necessity; so that he that will be secret must be a
  • dissembler in some degree; for men are too cunning to suffer a man to
  • keep an indifferent carriage between both, and to be secret, without
  • swaying the balance on either side. They will so beset a man with
  • questions, and draw him on, and pick it out of him, that without an
  • absurd silence, he must show an inclination one way; or if he do not,
  • they will gather as much by his silence as by his speech. As for
  • equivocations, or oraculous speeches, they cannot hold out long: so
  • that no man can be secret, except he give himself a little scope of
  • dissimulation, which is, as it were, but the skirts or train of secrecy.
  • But for the third degree, which is simulation and false profession,
  • that I hold more culpable, and less politic, except it be in great and
  • rare matters; and, therefore, a general custom of simulation (which is
  • this last degree) is a vice rising either of a natural falseness, or
  • fearfulness, or of a mind that hath some main faults; which because a
  • man must needs disguise, it maketh him practise simulation in other
  • things, lest his hand should be out of use.
  • The advantages of simulation and dissimulation are three: first, to
  • lay asleep opposition, and to surprise; for, where a man’s intentions
  • are published, it is an alarum to call up all that are against them:
  • the second is, to reserve to a man’s self a fair retreat; for if a man
  • engage himself by a manifest declaration, he must go through or take
  • a fall: the third is, the better to discover the mind of another; for
  • to him that opens himself men will hardly show themselves adverse; but
  • will (fair) let him go on, and turn their freedom of speech to freedom
  • of thought; and therefore it is a good shrewd proverb of the Spaniard,
  • “Tell a lie, and find a troth;”[100] as if there were no way of
  • discovery but by simulation. There be also three disadvantages to set
  • it even; the first, that simulation and dissimulation commonly carry
  • with them a show of fearfulness, which, in any business, doth spoil the
  • feathers of round flying up to the mark; the second, that it puzzleth
  • and perplexeth the conceits of many, that, perhaps, would otherwise
  • coöperate with him, and makes a man walk almost alone to his own ends:
  • the third, and greatest, is, that it depriveth a man of one of the most
  • principal instruments for action, which is trust and belief. The best
  • composition and temperature is, to have openness in fame and opinion,
  • secrecy in habit, dissimulation in seasonable use, and a power to feign
  • if there be no remedy.
  • VII.—OF PARENTS AND CHILDREN.
  • The joys of parents are secret, and so are their griefs and fears;
  • they cannot utter the one, nor they will not utter the other. Children
  • sweeten labors, but they make misfortunes more bitter; they increase
  • the cares of life, but they mitigate the remembrance of death. The
  • perpetuity by generation is common to beasts; but memory, merit, and
  • noble works, are proper to men: and surely a man shall see the noblest
  • works and foundations have proceeded from childless men, which have
  • sought to express the images of their minds where those of their bodies
  • have failed; so the care of posterity is most in them that have no
  • posterity. They that are the first raisers of their houses are most
  • indulgent towards their children, beholding them as the continuance,
  • not only of their kind, but of their work; and so both children and
  • creatures.
  • The difference in affection of parents towards their several children
  • is many times unequal, and sometimes unworthy, especially in the
  • mother; as Solomon saith, “A wise son rejoiceth the father, but an
  • ungracious son shames the mother.”[101] A man shall see, where there
  • is a house full of children, one or two of the eldest respected, and
  • the youngest made wantons;[102] but in the midst some that are, as
  • it were, forgotten, who many times, nevertheless, prove the best.
  • The illiberality of parents, in allowance towards their children, is
  • a harmful error, makes them base, acquaints them with shifts, makes
  • them sort with mean company, and makes them surfeit more when they
  • come to plenty; and, therefore, the proof[103] is best when men keep
  • their authority towards their children, but not their purse. Men have
  • a foolish manner (both parents, and schoolmasters, and servants), in
  • creating and breeding an emulation between brothers during childhood,
  • which many times sorteth[104] to discord when they are men, and
  • disturbeth families.[105] The Italians make little difference between
  • children and nephews, or near kinsfolk; but so they be of the lump,
  • they care not, though they pass not through their own body; and, to
  • say truth, in nature it is much a like matter; insomuch that we see a
  • nephew sometimes resembleth an uncle or a kinsman more than his own
  • parent, as the blood happens. Let parents choose betimes the vocations
  • and courses they mean their children should take, for then they are
  • most flexible; and let them not too much apply themselves to the
  • disposition of their children, as thinking they will take best to that
  • which they have most mind to. It is true, that if the affection or
  • aptness of the children be extraordinary, then it is good not to cross
  • it; but generally the precept is good, “Optimum elige, suave et facile
  • illud faciet consuetudo.”[106]—Younger brothers are commonly fortunate,
  • but seldom or never where the elder are disinherited.
  • VIII.—OF MARRIAGE AND SINGLE LIFE.
  • He that hath wife and children hath given hostages to fortune; for
  • they are impediments to great enterprises, either of virtue or
  • mischief. Certainly the best works, and of greatest merit for the
  • public, have proceeded from the unmarried or childless men, which,
  • both in affection and means, have married and endowed the public.
  • Yet it were great reason that those that have children should have
  • greatest care of future times, unto which they know they must transmit
  • their dearest pledges. Some there are who, though they lead a single
  • life, yet their thoughts do end with themselves, and account future
  • times impertinences; nay, there are some other that account wife and
  • children but as bills of charges; nay more, there are some foolish,
  • rich, covetous men, that take a pride in having no children, because
  • they may be thought so much the richer; for, perhaps they have heard
  • some talk, “Such an one is a great rich man,” and another except to
  • it, “Yea, but he hath a great charge of children;” as if it were an
  • abatement to his riches. But the most ordinary cause of a single life
  • is liberty, especially in certain self-pleasing and humorous minds,
  • which are so sensible of every restraint, as they will go near to
  • think their girdles and garters to be bonds and shackles. Unmarried
  • men are best friends, best masters, best servants; but not always best
  • subjects, for they are light to run away, and almost all fugitives are
  • of that condition. A single life doth well with churchmen, for charity
  • will hardly water the ground where it must first fill a pool.[107]
  • It is indifferent for judges and magistrates; for if they be facile
  • and corrupt, you shall have a servant five times worse than a wife.
  • For soldiers, I find the generals commonly, in their hortatives, put
  • men in mind of their wives and children; and I think the despising
  • of marriage amongst the Turks maketh the vulgar soldier more base.
  • Certainly, wife and children are a kind of discipline of humanity; and
  • single men, though they be many times more charitable, because their
  • means are less exhaust, yet, on the other side, they are more cruel
  • and hard-hearted (good to make severe inquisitors), because their
  • tenderness is not so oft called upon. Grave natures, led by custom,
  • and therefore constant, are commonly loving husbands, as was said of
  • Ulysses, “Vetulam suam praetulit immortalitati.”[108] Chaste women are
  • often proud and froward, as presuming upon the merit of their chastity.
  • It is one of the best bonds, both of chastity and obedience, in the
  • wife, if she think her husband wise, which she will never do if she
  • find him jealous. Wives are young men’s mistresses, companions for
  • middle age, and old men’s nurses, so as a man may have a quarrel[109]
  • to marry when he will; but yet he was reputed one of the wise men that
  • made answer to the question when a man should marry, “A young man not
  • yet, an elder man not at all.”[110] It is often seen that bad husbands
  • have very good wives; whether it be that it raiseth the price of their
  • husbands’ kindness when it comes, or that the wives take a pride in
  • their patience; but this never fails, if the bad husbands were of their
  • own choosing, against their friends’ consent, for then they will be
  • sure to make good their own folly.
  • IX.—OF ENVY.
  • There be none of the affections which have been noted to fascinate or
  • bewitch, but love and envy. They both have vehement wishes; they frame
  • themselves readily into imaginations and suggestions, and they come
  • easily into the eye, especially upon the presence of the objects which
  • are the points that conduce to fascination, if any such thing there
  • be. We see, likewise, the Scripture calleth envy an evil eye;[111] and
  • the astrologers call the evil influences of the stars evil aspects;
  • so that still there seemeth to be acknowledged, in the act of envy, an
  • ejaculation, or irradiation of the eye; nay, some have been so curious
  • as to note that the times, when the stroke or percussion of an envious
  • eye doth most hurt, are, when the party envied is beheld in glory or
  • triumph, for that sets an edge upon envy; and besides, at such times,
  • the spirits of the person envied do come forth most into the outward
  • parts, and so meet the blow.
  • But, leaving these curiosities (though not unworthy to be thought on
  • in fit place), we will handle what persons are apt to envy others;
  • what persons are most subject to be envied themselves; and what is the
  • difference between public and private envy.
  • A man that hath no virtue in himself, ever envieth virtue in others;
  • for men’s minds will either feed upon their own good, or upon others’
  • evil; and who wanteth the one will prey upon the other; and whoso is
  • out of hope to attain to another’s virtue, will seek to come at even
  • hand[112] by depressing another’s fortune.
  • A man that is busy and inquisitive, is commonly envious; for to know
  • much of other men’s matters cannot be, because all that ado may concern
  • his own estate; therefore, it must needs be that he taketh a kind of
  • play-pleasure in looking upon the fortunes of others; neither can he
  • that mindeth but his own business find much matter for envy; for envy
  • is a gadding passion, and walketh the streets, and doth not keep home:
  • “Non est curiosus, quin idem sit malevolus.”[113]
  • Men of noble birth are noted to be envious towards new men when they
  • rise, for the distance is altered; and it is like a deceit of the eye,
  • that when others come on they think themselves go back.
  • Deformed persons and eunuchs, and old men and bastards, are envious;
  • for he that cannot possibly mend his own case, will do what he can to
  • impair another’s; except these defects light upon a very brave and
  • heroical nature, which thinketh to make his natural wants part of his
  • honor; in that it should be said, “That a eunuch, or a lame man, did
  • such great matters,” affecting the honor of a miracle; as it was in
  • Narses[114] the eunuch, and Agesilaus and Tamerlane,[115] that were
  • lame men.
  • The same is the case of men that rise after calamities and
  • misfortunes; for they are as men fallen out with the times, and think
  • other men’s harms a redemption of their own sufferings.
  • They that desire to excel in too many matters, out of levity and
  • vainglory, are ever envious, for they cannot want work; it being
  • impossible but many, in some one of those things, should surpass them;
  • which was the character of Adrian the emperor, that mortally envied
  • poets and painters, and artificers in works, wherein he had a vein to
  • excel.[116]
  • Lastly, near kinsfolk and fellows in office, and those that have been
  • bred together, are more apt to envy their equals when they are raised;
  • for it doth upbraid unto them their own fortunes, and pointeth at them,
  • and cometh oftener into their remembrance, and incurreth likewise more
  • into the note[117] of others; and envy ever redoubleth from speech and
  • fame. Cain’s envy was the more vile and malignant towards his brother
  • Abel, because when his sacrifice was better accepted, there was nobody
  • to look on. Thus much for those that are apt to envy.
  • Concerning those that are more or less subject to envy: First, persons
  • of eminent virtue, when they are advanced, are less envied, for their
  • fortune seemeth but due unto them; and no man envieth the payment of
  • a debt, but rewards and liberality rather. Again, envy is ever joined
  • with the comparing of a man’s self; and where there is no comparison,
  • no envy; and therefore kings are not envied but by kings. Nevertheless,
  • it is to be noted, that unworthy persons are most envied at their first
  • coming in, and afterwards overcome it better; whereas, contrariwise,
  • persons of worth and merit are most envied when their fortune
  • continueth long; for by that time, though their virtue be the same, yet
  • it hath not the same lustre; for fresh men grow up that darken it.
  • Persons of noble blood are less envied in their rising; for it seemeth
  • but right done to their birth: besides, there seemeth not so much added
  • to their fortune; and envy is as the sunbeams, that beat hotter upon
  • a bank or steep rising ground, than upon a flat; and, for the same
  • reason, those that are advanced by degrees are less envied than those
  • that are advanced suddenly, and _per saltum_.[118]
  • Those that have joined with their honor great travels, cares, or
  • perils, are less subject to envy; for men think that they earn their
  • honors hardly, and pity them sometimes, and pity ever healeth envy.
  • Wherefore you shall observe, that the more deep and sober sort of
  • politic persons, in their greatness, are ever bemoaning themselves
  • what a life they lead, chanting a _quanta patimur_;[119] not that they
  • feel it so, but only to abate the edge of envy; but this is to be
  • understood of business that is laid upon men, and not such as they call
  • unto themselves; for nothing increaseth envy more than an unnecessary
  • and ambitious engrossing of business; and nothing doth extinguish envy
  • more than for a great person to preserve all other inferior officers in
  • their full rights and preëminences of their places; for, by that means,
  • there be so many screens between him and envy.
  • Above all, those are most subject to envy, which carry the greatness
  • of their fortunes in an insolent and proud manner; being never well
  • but while they are showing how great they are, either by outward pomp,
  • or by triumphing over all opposition or competition. Whereas wise men
  • will rather do sacrifice to envy, in suffering themselves, sometimes of
  • purpose, to be crossed and overborne in things that do not much concern
  • them. Notwithstanding, so much is true, that the carriage of greatness
  • in a plain and open manner (so it be without arrogancy and vainglory),
  • doth draw less envy than if it be in a more crafty and cunning fashion;
  • for in that course a man doth but disavow fortune, and seemeth to be
  • conscious of his own want in worth, and doth but teach others to envy
  • him.
  • Lastly, to conclude this part, as we said in the beginning that the
  • act of envy had somewhat in it of witchcraft, so there is no other
  • cure of envy but the cure of witchcraft; and that is, to remove the
  • lot (as they call it), and to lay it upon another; for which purpose,
  • the wiser sort of great persons bring in ever upon the stage somebody
  • upon whom to derive the envy that would come upon themselves; sometimes
  • upon ministers and servants, sometimes upon colleagues and associates,
  • and the like; and, for that turn, there are never wanting some persons
  • of violent and undertaking natures, who, so they may have power and
  • business, will take it at any cost.
  • Now, to speak of public envy: there is yet some good in public
  • envy, whereas in private there is none; for public envy is as an
  • ostracism,[120] that eclipseth men when they grow too great; and
  • therefore it is a bridle also to great ones, to keep them within bounds.
  • This envy, being in the Latin word _invidia_,[121] goeth in the modern
  • languages by the name of discontentment, of which we shall speak in
  • handling sedition. It is a disease in a state like to infection; for as
  • infection spreadeth upon that which is sound, and tainteth it, so, when
  • envy is gotten once into a state, it traduceth even the best actions
  • thereof, and turneth them into an ill odor; and therefore there is
  • little won by intermingling of plausible actions; for that doth argue
  • but a weakness and fear of envy, which hurteth so much the more, as it
  • is likewise usual in infections, which, if you fear them, you call them
  • upon you.
  • This public envy seemeth to beat chiefly upon principal officers or
  • ministers, rather than upon kings and estates themselves. But this is a
  • sure rule, that if the envy upon the minister be great, when the cause
  • of it in him is small; or if the envy be general in a manner upon all
  • the ministers of an estate, then the envy (though hidden) is truly upon
  • the state itself. And so much of public envy or discontentment, and the
  • difference thereof from private envy, which was handled in the first
  • place.
  • We will add this in general, touching the affection of envy, that,
  • of all other affections, it is the most importune and continual; for
  • of other affections there is occasion given but now and then; and
  • therefore it was well said, “Invidia festos dies non agit:”[122] for
  • it is ever working upon some or other. And it is also noted, that love
  • and envy do make a man pine, which other affections do not, because
  • they are not so continual. It is also the vilest affection, and the
  • most depraved; for which cause it is the proper attribute of the devil,
  • who is called “The envious man, that soweth tares amongst the wheat by
  • night;”[123] as it always cometh to pass that envy worketh subtilely,
  • and in the dark, and to the prejudice of good things, such as is the
  • wheat.
  • X.—OF LOVE.
  • The stage is more beholding[124] to love than the life of man; for as
  • to the stage, love is ever matter of comedies, and now and then of
  • tragedies; but in life it doth much mischief, sometimes like a Siren,
  • sometimes like a Fury. You may observe, that, amongst all the great
  • and worthy persons (whereof the memory remaineth, either ancient or
  • recent), there is not one that hath been transported to the mad degree
  • of love, which shows that great spirits and great business do keep out
  • this weak passion. You must except, nevertheless, Marcus Antonius,
  • the half partner of the empire of Rome, and Appius Claudius,[125] the
  • decemvir and lawgiver; whereof the former was indeed a voluptuous
  • man, and inordinate, but the latter was an austere and wise man; and
  • therefore it seems (though rarely) that love can find entrance, not
  • only into an open heart, but also into a heart well fortified, if watch
  • be not well kept. It is a poor saying of Epicurus, “Satis magnum alter
  • alteri theatrum sumus;”[126] as if man, made for the contemplation
  • of heaven and all noble objects, should do nothing but kneel before
  • a little idol, and make himself subject, though not of the mouth (as
  • beasts are) yet of the eye, which was given him for higher purposes.
  • It is a strange thing to note the excess of this passion, and how it
  • braves the nature and value of things, by this, that the speaking in
  • a perpetual hyperbole is comely in nothing but in love, neither is it
  • merely in the phrase; for whereas it hath been well said, “That the
  • arch flatterer, with whom all the petty flatterers have intelligence,
  • is a man’s self;” certainly, the lover is more; for there was never
  • proud man thought so absurdly well of himself as the lover doth of the
  • person loved; and therefore it was well said, “That it is impossible
  • to love and to be wise.”[127] Neither doth this weakness appear to
  • others only, and not to the party loved, but to the loved most of
  • all, except the love be reciprocal; for it is a true rule, that love
  • is ever rewarded, either with the reciprocal, or with an inward and
  • secret contempt; by how much the more men ought to beware of this
  • passion, which loseth not only other things, but itself. As for the
  • other losses, the poet’s relation[128] doth well figure them: “That
  • he that preferred Helena, quitted the gifts of Juno and Pallas;” for
  • whosoever esteemeth too much of amorous affection, quitteth both riches
  • and wisdom. This passion hath his floods in the very times of weakness,
  • which are, great prosperity and great adversity, though this latter
  • hath been less observed; both which times kindle love, and make it more
  • fervent, and therefore show it to be the child of folly. They do best
  • who, if they cannot but admit love, yet make it keep quarter, and sever
  • it wholly from their serious affairs and actions of life; for if it
  • check once with business, it troubleth men’s fortunes, and maketh men
  • that they can nowise be true to their own ends. I know not how, but
  • martial men are given to love; I think it is, but as they are given
  • to wine, for perils commonly ask to be paid in pleasures. There is in
  • man’s nature a secret inclination and motion towards love of others,
  • which, if it be not spent upon some one or a few, doth naturally spread
  • itself towards many, and maketh men become humane and charitable, as it
  • is seen sometimes in friars. Nuptial love maketh mankind, friendly love
  • perfecteth it, but wanton love corrupted and embaseth it.
  • XI.—OF GREAT PLACE.[129]
  • Men in great place are thrice servants—servants of the sovereign or
  • state, servants of fame, and servants of business; so as they have no
  • freedom, neither in their persons, nor in their actions, nor in their
  • times. It is a strange desire to seek power and to lose liberty; or to
  • seek power over others, and to lose power over a man’s self. The rising
  • unto place is laborious, and by pains men come to greater pains; and
  • it is sometimes base, and by indignities men come to dignities. The
  • standing is slippery, and the regress is either a downfall, or at least
  • an eclipse, which is a melancholy thing: “Cum non sis qui fueris, non
  • esse cur velis vivere.”[130] Nay, retire men cannot when they would,
  • neither will they when it were reason; but are impatient of privateness
  • even in age and sickness, which require the shadow; like old townsmen,
  • that will be still sitting at their street door, though thereby they
  • offer age to scorn. Certainly, great persons had need to borrow other
  • men’s opinions to think themselves happy; for if they judge by their
  • own feeling, they cannot find it; but if they think with themselves
  • what other men think of them, and that other men would fain be as they
  • are, then they are happy as it were by report, when, perhaps, they
  • find the contrary within; for they are the first that find their own
  • griefs, though they be the last that find their own faults. Certainly,
  • men in great fortunes are strangers to themselves, and while they are
  • in the puzzle of business, they have no time to tend their health
  • either of body or mind.
  • “Illi mors gravis incubat,
  • Qui notus nimis omnibus,
  • Ignotus moritur.”[131]
  • In place, there is license to do good and evil, whereof the latter is a
  • curse; for in evil, the best condition is not to will, the second not
  • to can. But power to do good is the true and lawful end of aspiring;
  • for good thoughts, though God accept them, yet towards men are little
  • better than good dreams, except they be put in act; and that cannot be
  • without power and place, as the vantage and commanding ground. Merit
  • and good works are the end of man’s motion, and conscience of the same
  • is the accomplishment of man’s rest; for if a man can be partaker
  • of God’s theatre, he shall likewise be partaker of God’s rest. “Et
  • conversus Deus, ut aspiceret opera, quæ fecerunt manus suæ, vidit quod
  • omnia essent bona nimis;”[132] and then the Sabbath.
  • In the discharge of thy place, set before thee the best examples; for
  • imitation is a globe of precepts, and after a time set before thee
  • thine own example; and examine thyself strictly whether thou didst not
  • best at first. Neglect not also the examples of those that have carried
  • themselves ill in the same place; not to set off thyself by taxing
  • their memory, but to direct thyself what to avoid. Reform, therefore,
  • without bravery or scandal of former times and persons; but yet set it
  • down to thyself, as well to create good precedents as to follow them.
  • Reduce things to the first institution, and observe wherein and how
  • they have degenerated; but yet ask counsel of both times—of the ancient
  • time what is best, and of the latter time what is fittest. Seek to make
  • thy course regular, that men may know beforehand what they may expect;
  • but be not too positive and peremptory, and express thyself well when
  • thou digressest from thy rule. Preserve the right of thy place, but
  • stir not questions of jurisdiction; and rather assume thy right in
  • silence, and _de facto_,[133] than voice it with claims and challenges.
  • Preserve likewise the rights of inferior places; and think it more
  • honor to direct in chief than to be busy in all. Embrace and invite
  • helps and advices touching the execution of thy place; and do not drive
  • away such as bring thee information, as meddlers, but accept of them in
  • good part. The vices of authority are chiefly four: delays, corruption,
  • roughness, and facility. For delays, give easy access, keep times
  • appointed, go through with that which is in hand, and interlace not
  • business but of necessity. For corruption, do not only bind thine own
  • hands or thy servant’s hands from taking, but bind the hands of suitors
  • also from offering; for integrity used doth the one, but integrity
  • professed, and with a manifest detestation of bribery, doth the other;
  • and avoid not only the fault, but the suspicion. Whosoever is found
  • variable, and changeth manifestly without manifest cause, giveth
  • suspicion of corruption; therefore, always when thou changest thine
  • opinion or course, profess it plainly, and declare it, together with
  • the reasons that move thee to change, and do not think to steal it. A
  • servant or a favorite, if he be inward, and no other apparent cause
  • of esteem, is commonly thought but a by-way to close corruption. For
  • roughness, it is a needless cause of discontent: severity breedeth
  • fear, but roughness breedeth hate. Even reproofs from authority ought
  • to be grave, and not taunting. As for facility,[134] it is worse than
  • bribery, for bribes come but now and then; but if importunity or idle
  • respects[135] lead a man, he shall never be without; as Solomon saith,
  • “To respect persons is not good; for such a man will transgress for a
  • piece of bread.”[136]
  • It is most true that was anciently spoken: “A place showeth the man;
  • and it showeth some to the better, and some to the worse:” “Omnium
  • consensu capax imperii, nisi imperasset,”[137] saith Tacitus of Galba;
  • but of Vespasian he saith, “Solus imperantium, Vespasianus mutatus in
  • melius;”[138] though the one was meant of sufficiency, the other of
  • manners and affection. It is an assured sign of a worthy and generous
  • spirit, whom honor amends; for honor is, or should be, the place of
  • virtue; and as in nature things move violently to their place, and
  • calmly in their place, so virtue in ambition is violent, in authority
  • settled and calm. All rising to great place is by a winding stair; and
  • if there be factions, it is good to side a man’s self whilst he is in
  • the rising, and to balance himself when he is placed. Use the memory of
  • thy predecessor fairly and tenderly; for if thou dost not, it is a debt
  • will sure be paid when thou art gone. If thou have colleagues, respect
  • them; and rather call them when they look not for it, than exclude
  • them when they have reason to look to be called. Be not too sensible
  • or too remembering of thy place in conversation and private answers
  • to suitors; but let it rather be said, “When he sits in place, he is
  • another man.”
  • XII.—OF BOLDNESS.
  • It is a trivial grammar-school text, but yet worthy a wise man’s
  • consideration. Question was asked of Demosthenes, what was the chief
  • part of an orator? He answered, Action. What next?—Action. What next
  • again?—Action.[139] He said it that knew it best, and had, by nature,
  • himself no advantage in that he commended. A strange thing, that that
  • part of an orator which is but superficial, and rather the virtue
  • of a player, should be placed so high above those other noble parts
  • of invention, elocution, and the rest; nay, almost alone, as if it
  • were all in all. But the reason is plain. There is in human nature
  • generally more of the fool than of the wise; and therefore, those
  • faculties by which the foolish part of men’s minds is taken are most
  • potent. Wonderful like is the case of boldness in civil business. What
  • first?—Boldness: what second and third?—Boldness. And yet boldness is
  • a child of ignorance and baseness, far inferior to other parts; but,
  • nevertheless, it doth fascinate, and bind hand and foot those that are
  • either shallow in judgment or weak in courage, which are the greatest
  • part, yea, and prevaileth with wise man at weak times; therefore,
  • we see it hath done wonders in popular states, but with senates and
  • princes less, and more, ever upon the first entrance of bold persons
  • into action than soon after; for boldness is an ill keeper of
  • promise. Surely, as there are mountebanks for the natural body, so
  • are there mountebanks for the politic body; men that undertake great
  • cures, and perhaps have been lucky in two or three experiments, but
  • want the grounds of science, and therefore cannot hold out; nay, you
  • shall see a bold fellow many times do Mahomet’s miracle. Mahomet made
  • the people believe that he would call a hill to him, and from the top
  • of it offer up his prayers for the observers of his law. The people
  • assembled; Mahomet called the hill to come to him again and again;
  • and when the hill stood still, he was never a whit abashed, but said,
  • “If the hill will not come to Mahomet, Mahomet will go to the hill.”
  • So these men, when they have promised great matters and failed most
  • shamefully, yet, if they have the perfection of boldness, they will
  • but slight it over, and make a turn, and no more ado. Certainly, to
  • men of great judgment, bold persons are a sport to behold; nay, and
  • to the vulgar also boldness hath somewhat of the ridiculous; for if
  • absurdity be the subject of laughter, doubt you not but great boldness
  • is seldom without some absurdity; especially it is a sport to see when
  • a bold fellow is out of countenance, for that puts his face into a most
  • shrunken and wooden posture, as needs it must; for in bashfulness the
  • spirits do a little go and come, but with bold men, upon like occasion,
  • they stand at a stay; like a stale at chess, where it is no mate, but
  • yet the game cannot stir; but this last were fitter for a satire than
  • for a serious observation. This is well to be weighed, that boldness
  • is ever blind, for it seeth not dangers and inconveniences; therefore,
  • it is ill in counsel, good in execution; so that the right use of bold
  • persons is, that they never command in chief, but be seconds and under
  • the direction of others; for in counsel it is good to see dangers; and
  • in execution not to see them except they be very great.
  • XIII.—OF GOODNESS, AND GOODNESS OF NATURE.
  • I take goodness in this sense, the affecting of the weal of men, which
  • is that the Grecians call _philanthropia_; and the word humanity, as
  • it is used, is a little too light to express it. Goodness I call the
  • habit, and goodness of nature the inclination. This, of all virtues
  • and dignities of the mind, is the greatest, being the character of
  • the Deity; and without it man is a busy, mischievous, wretched thing,
  • no better than a kind of vermin. Goodness answers to the theological
  • virtue charity, and admits no excess but error. The desire of power
  • in excess caused the angels to fall;[140] the desire of knowledge in
  • excess caused man to fall; but in charity there is no excess, neither
  • can angel or man come in danger by it. The inclination to goodness is
  • imprinted deeply in the nature of man, insomuch that if it issue not
  • towards men, it will take unto other living creatures; as it is seen
  • in the Turks, a cruel people, who nevertheless are kind to beasts, and
  • give alms to dogs and birds; insomuch, as Busbechius[141] reporteth,
  • a Christian boy in Constantinople had like to have been stoned for
  • gagging in a waggishness a long-billed fowl.[142] Errors, indeed, in
  • this virtue, of goodness or charity, may be committed. The Italians
  • have an ungracious proverb: “Tanto buon che val niente;” “So good, that
  • he is good for nothing;” and one of the doctors of Italy, Nicholas
  • Machiavel,[143] had the confidence to put in writing, almost in plain
  • terms, “That the Christian faith had given up good men in prey to those
  • that are tyrannical and unjust;”[144] which he spake, because, indeed,
  • there was never law, or sect, or opinion did so much magnify goodness
  • as the Christian religion doth; therefore, to avoid the scandal and the
  • danger both, it is good to take knowledge of the errors of a habit so
  • excellent. Seek the good of other men, but be not in bondage to their
  • faces or fancies; for that is but facility or softness, which taketh an
  • honest mind prisoner. Neither give thou Æsop’s cock a gem, who would
  • be better pleased and happier if he had had a barley-corn. The example
  • of God teacheth the lesson truly: “He sendeth his rain, and maketh his
  • sun to shine upon the just and the unjust;”[145] but he doth not rain
  • wealth, nor shine honor and virtues upon men equally; common benefits
  • are to be communicate with all, but peculiar benefits with choice. And
  • beware how, in making the portraiture, thou breakest the pattern; for
  • divinity maketh the love of ourselves the pattern, the love of our
  • neighbors but the portraiture: “Sell all thou hast, and give it to the
  • poor, and follow me;”[146] but sell not all thou hast, except thou
  • come and follow me; that is, except thou have a vocation wherein thou
  • mayest do as much good with little means as with great; for otherwise,
  • in feeding the streams thou driest the fountain. Neither is there only
  • a habit of goodness directed by right reason, but there is in some men,
  • even in nature, a disposition towards it; as, on the other side, there
  • is a natural malignity, for there be that in their nature do not affect
  • the good of others. The lighter sort of malignity turneth but to a
  • crossness, or frowardness, or aptness to oppose, or difficileness, or
  • the like; but the deeper sort to envy, and mere mischief. Such men in
  • other men’s calamities are, as it were, in season, and are ever on the
  • loading part; not so good as the dogs that licked Lazarus’s sores,[147]
  • but like flies that are still buzzing upon any thing that is raw;
  • misanthropi, that make it their practice to bring men to the bough, and
  • yet have never a tree for the purpose in their gardens, as Timon[148]
  • had. Such dispositions are the very errors of human nature, and yet
  • they are the fittest timber to make great politics of; like to knee
  • timber,[149] that is good for ships that are ordained to be tossed, but
  • not for building houses that shall stand firm. The parts and signs of
  • goodness are many. If a man be gracious and courteous to strangers, it
  • shows he is a citizen of the world, and that his heart is no island
  • cut off from other lands, but a continent that joins to them; if he
  • be compassionate towards the afflictions of others, it shows that his
  • heart is like the noble tree that is wounded itself when it gives the
  • balm;[150] if he easily pardons and remits offences, it shows that
  • his mind is planted above injuries, so that he cannot be shot; if he
  • be thankful for small benefits, it shows that he weighs men’s minds,
  • and not their trash; but, above all, if he have St. Paul’s perfection,
  • that he would wish to be an anathema[151] from Christ for the salvation
  • of his brethren, it shows much of a divine nature, and a kind of
  • conformity with Christ himself.
  • XIV.—OF NOBILITY.
  • We will speak of nobility, first, as a portion of an estate, then as a
  • condition of particular persons. A monarchy, where there is no nobility
  • at all, is ever a pure and absolute tyranny as that of the Turks; for
  • nobility attempers sovereignty, and draws the eyes of the people
  • somewhat aside from the line royal: but for democracies they need it
  • not; and they are commonly more quiet and less subject to sedition than
  • where there are stirps of nobles; for men’s eyes are upon the business,
  • and not upon the persons; or if upon the persons, it is for the
  • business sake, as fittest, and not for flags and pedigree. We see the
  • Switzers last well, notwithstanding their diversity of religion and of
  • cantons; for utility is their bond, and not respects.[152] The United
  • Provinces of the Low Countries[153] in their government excel; for
  • where there is an equality the consultations are more indifferent, and
  • the payments and tributes more cheerful. A great and potent nobility
  • addeth majesty to a monarch, but diminisheth power, and putteth life
  • and spirit into the people, but presseth their fortune. It is well
  • when nobles are not too great for sovereignty nor for justice; and yet
  • maintained in that height, as the insolency of inferiors may be broken
  • upon them, before it come on too fast upon the majesty of kings. A
  • numerous nobility causeth poverty and inconvenience in a state, for it
  • is a surcharge of expense; and besides, it being of necessity that many
  • of the nobility fall in time to be weak in fortune, it maketh a kind of
  • disproportion between honor and means.
  • As for nobility in particular persons, it is a reverend thing to
  • see an ancient castle or building not in decay, or to see a fair
  • timber-tree sound and perfect; how much more to behold an ancient noble
  • family, which hath stood against the waves and weathers of time! For
  • new nobility is but the act of power, but ancient nobility is the act
  • of time. Those that are first raised to nobility are commonly more
  • virtuous,[154] but less innocent than their descendants; for there is
  • rarely any rising but by a commixture of good and evil arts; but it
  • is reason the memory of their virtues remain to their posterity, and
  • their faults die with themselves. Nobility of birth commonly abateth
  • industry, and he that is not industrious, envieth him that is; besides,
  • noble persons cannot go much higher; and he that standeth at a stay
  • when others rise, can hardly avoid motions of envy.[155] On the other
  • side, nobility extinguisheth the passive envy from others towards them,
  • because they are in possession of honor. Certainly, kings that have
  • able men of their nobility shall find ease in employing them, and a
  • better slide into their business; for people naturally bend to them, as
  • born in some sort to command.
  • XV.—OF SEDITIONS AND TROUBLES.
  • Shepherds of people had need know the calendars of tempests in state,
  • which are commonly greatest when things grow to equality; as natural
  • tempests are greatest about the equinoctia,[156] and as there are
  • certain hollow blasts of wind and secret swellings of seas before a
  • tempest, so are there in states:—
  • “Ille etiam cæcos instare tumultus
  • Sæpe monet, fraudesque et operta tumescere bella.”[157]
  • Libels and licentious discourses against the state, when they are
  • frequent and open; and in like sort false news, often running up and
  • down, to the disadvantage of the state, and hastily embraced, are
  • amongst the signs of troubles. Virgil, giving the pedigree of Fame,
  • saith she was sister to the giants:—
  • “Illam Terra parens, irâ irritata Deorum,
  • Extremam (ut perhibent) Cœo Enceladoque sororem
  • Progenuit.”[158]
  • As if fames were the relics of seditions past; but they are no less
  • indeed the preludes of seditions to come. Howsoever, he noteth it
  • right, that seditious tumults and seditious fames differ no more but
  • as brother and sister, masculine and feminine; especially if it come
  • to that, that the best actions of a state, and the most plausible, and
  • which ought to give greatest contentment, are taken in ill sense, and
  • traduced; for that shows the envy great, as Tacitus saith, “Conflatâ
  • magnâ, invidiâ, seu bene, seu male, gesta premunt.”[159] Neither doth
  • it follow, that because these fames are a sign of troubles, that
  • the suppressing of them with too much severity should be a remedy
  • of troubles; for the despising of them many times checks them best,
  • and the going about to stop them doth but make a wonder long-lived.
  • Also that kind of obedience, which Tacitus speaketh of, is to be held
  • suspected: “Erant in officio, sed tamen qui mallent imperantium mandata
  • interpretari, quam exsequi;”[160] disputing, excusing, cavilling upon
  • mandates and directions, is a kind of shaking off the yoke, and assay
  • of disobedience; especially if, in those disputings, they which are for
  • the direction speak fearfully and tenderly, and those that are against
  • it audaciously.
  • Also, as Machiavel noteth well, when princes, that ought to be
  • common parents, make themselves as a party, and lean to a side; it
  • is as a boat that is overthrown by uneven weight on the one side, as
  • was well seen in the time of Henry the Third of France; for first
  • himself entered league[161] for the extirpation of the Protestants,
  • and presently after the same league was turned upon himself; for when
  • the authority of princes is made but an accessary to a cause, and that
  • there be other bands that tie faster than the band of sovereignty,
  • kings begin to be put almost out of possession.
  • Also, when discords, and quarrels, and factions are carried openly and
  • audaciously, it is a sign the reverence of government is lost; for the
  • motions of the greatest persons in a government ought to be as the
  • motions of the planets under “primum mobile,”[162] according to the old
  • opinion, which is, that every of them is carried swiftly by the highest
  • motion, and softly in their own motion; and therefore, when great
  • ones in their own particular motion move violently, and as Tacitus
  • expresseth it well, “liberius quam ut imperantium meminissent,”[163]
  • it is a sign the orbs are out of frame; for reverence is that
  • wherewith princes are girt from God, who threateneth the dissolving
  • thereof: “Solvam cingula regum.”[164]
  • So when any of the four pillars of government are mainly shaken or
  • weakened (which are religion, justice, counsel, and treasure), men
  • had need to pray for fair weather. But let us pass from this part of
  • predictions (concerning which, nevertheless, more light may be taken
  • from that which followeth), and let us speak first of the materials of
  • seditions; then of the motives of them; and thirdly of the remedies.
  • Concerning the materials of seditions, it is a thing well to be
  • considered, for the surest way to prevent seditions (if the times do
  • bear it), is to take away the matter of them; for if there be fuel
  • prepared, it is hard to tell whence the spark shall come that shall
  • set it on fire. The matter of seditions is of two kinds, much poverty
  • and much discontentment. It is certain, so many overthrown estates, so
  • many votes for troubles. Lucan noteth well the state of Rome before the
  • civil war:—
  • “Hinc usura vorax, rapidumque in tempore fœnus,
  • Hinc concussa fides, et multis utile bellum.”[165]
  • This same “multis utile bellum,”[166] is an assured and infallible
  • sign of a state disposed to seditions and troubles; and if this
  • poverty and broken estate in the better sort be joined with a want and
  • necessity in the mean people, the danger is imminent and great; for
  • the rebellions of the belly are the worst. As for discontentments,
  • they are in the politic body like to humors in the natural, which are
  • apt to gather a preternatural heat and to inflame; and let no prince
  • measure the danger of them by this, whether they be just or unjust;
  • for that were to imagine people to be too reasonable, who do often
  • spurn at their own good; nor yet by this, whether the griefs whereupon
  • they rise be in fact great or small; for they are the most dangerous
  • discontentments where the fear is greater than the feeling: “Dolendi
  • modus, timendi non item.”[167] Besides, in great oppressions, the same
  • things that provoke the patience, do withal mate[168] the courage;
  • but in fears it is not so; neither let any prince or state be secure
  • concerning discontentments, because they have been often or have been
  • long, and yet no peril hath ensued; for as it is true that every vapor
  • or fume doth not turn into a storm, so it is nevertheless true that
  • storms, though they blow over divers times, yet may fall at last; and,
  • as the Spanish proverb noteth well, “The cord breaketh at the last by
  • the weakest pull.”[169]
  • The causes and motives of seditions are, innovation in religion,
  • taxes, alteration of laws and customs, breaking of privileges, general
  • oppression, advancement of unworthy persons, strangers, dearths,
  • disbanded soldiers, factions grown desperate, and whatsoever in
  • offending people joineth and knitteth them in a common cause.
  • For the remedies, there may be some general preservatives, whereof we
  • will speak; as for the just cure, it must answer to the particular
  • disease, and so be left to counsel rather than rule.
  • The first remedy, or prevention, is to remove, by all means possible,
  • that material cause of sedition whereof we spake, which is, want and
  • poverty in the estate;[170] to which purpose serveth the opening and
  • well-balancing of trade; the cherishing of manufactures; the banishing
  • of idleness; the repressing of waste and excess by sumptuary laws;[171]
  • the improvement and husbanding of the soil; the regulating of prices of
  • things vendible; the moderating of taxes and tributes, and the like.
  • Generally, it is to be foreseen that the population of a kingdom
  • (especially if it be not mown down by wars) do not exceed the stock of
  • the kingdom which should maintain them; neither is the population to
  • be reckoned only by number; for a smaller number, that spend more and
  • earn less, do wear out an estate sooner than a greater number that live
  • lower and gather more. Therefore the multiplying of nobility and other
  • degrees of quality, in an over-proportion to the common people, doth
  • speedily bring a state to necessity; and so doth likewise an overgrown
  • clergy, for they bring nothing to the stock;[172] and in like manner,
  • when more are bred scholars than preferments can take off.
  • It is likewise to be remembered, that, forasmuch as the increase of any
  • estate must be upon the foreigner[173] (for whatsoever is somewhere
  • gotten is somewhere lost), there be but three things which one nation
  • selleth unto another; the commodity, as nature yieldeth it; the
  • manufacture; and the vecture, or carriage; so that, if these three
  • wheels go, wealth will flow as in a spring tide. And it cometh many
  • times to pass, that, “materiam superabit opus,”[174] that the work and
  • carriage is more worth than the material, and enricheth a state more;
  • as is notably seen in the Low Countrymen, who have the best mines[175]
  • above ground in the world.
  • Above all things, good policy is to be used, that the treasure and
  • moneys in a state be not gathered into few hands; for, otherwise,
  • a state may have a great stock, and yet starve. And money is like
  • muck,[176] not good except it be spread. This is done chiefly by
  • suppressing, or, at the least, keeping a strait hand upon the devouring
  • trades of usury, engrossing[177] great pasturages, and the like.
  • For removing discontentments, or, at least, the danger of them, there
  • is in every state (as we know) two portions of subjects, the nobles
  • and the commonalty. When one of these is discontent, the danger is not
  • great; for common people are of slow motion, if they be not excited by
  • the greater sort; and the greater sort are of small strength, except
  • the multitude be apt and ready to move of themselves; then is the
  • danger, when the greater sort do but wait for the troubling of the
  • waters amongst the meaner, that then they may declare themselves. The
  • poets feign that the rest of the gods would have bound Jupiter, which
  • he hearing of, by the counsel of Pallas, sent for Briareus, with his
  • hundred hands, to come in to his aid; an emblem, no doubt, to show how
  • safe it is for monarchs to make sure of the good-will of common people.
  • To give moderate liberty for griefs and discontentments to evaporate
  • (so it be without too great insolency or bravery), is a safe way; for
  • he that turneth the humors back, and maketh the wound bleed inwards,
  • endangereth malign ulcers and pernicious imposthumations.
  • The part of Epimetheus[178] might well become Prometheus, in the case
  • of discontentments, for there is not a better provision against them.
  • Epimetheus, when griefs and evils flew abroad, at last shut the lid,
  • and kept Hope in the bottom of the vessel. Certainly, the politic and
  • artificial nourishing and entertaining of hopes, and carrying men
  • from hopes to hopes, is one of the best antidotes against the poison
  • of discontentments; and it is a certain sign of a wise government and
  • proceeding, when it can hold men’s hearts by hopes, when it cannot by
  • satisfaction; and when it can handle things in such manner as no evil
  • shall appear so peremptory, but that it hath some outlet of hope; which
  • is the less hard to do, because both particular persons and factions
  • are apt enough to flatter themselves, or at least to brave that which
  • they believe not.
  • Also the foresight and prevention, that there be no likely or fit head
  • whereunto discontented persons may resort, and under whom they may
  • join, is a known but an excellent point of caution. I understand a fit
  • head to be one that hath greatness and reputation, that hath confidence
  • with the discontented party, and upon whom they turn their eyes, and
  • that is thought discontented in his own particular: which kind of
  • persons are either to be won and reconciled to the state, and that in
  • a fast and true manner; or to be fronted with some other of the same
  • party that may oppose them, and so divide the reputation. Generally,
  • the dividing and breaking of all factions and combinations that are
  • adverse to the state, and setting them at distance, or, at least,
  • distrust amongst themselves, is not one of the worst remedies; for it
  • is a desperate case, if those that hold with the proceeding of the
  • state be full of discord and faction, and those that are against it be
  • entire and united.
  • I have noted, that some witty and sharp speeches, which have fallen
  • from princes, have given fire to seditions. Cæsar did himself infinite
  • hurt in that speech—“Sylla nescivit literas, non potuit dictare,”[179]
  • for it did utterly cut off that hope which men had entertained, that
  • he would, at one time or other, give over his dictatorship. Galba
  • undid himself by that speech, “Legi a se militem, non emi;”[180] for
  • it put the soldiers out of hope of the donative. Probus, likewise,
  • by that speech, “Si vixero, non opus erit amplius Romano imperio
  • militibus;”[181] a speech of great despair for the soldiers, and many
  • the like. Surely princes had need, in tender matters and ticklish
  • times, to beware what they say, especially in these short speeches,
  • which fly abroad like darts, and are thought to be shot out of their
  • secret intentions; for as for large discourses, they are flat things,
  • and not so much noted.
  • Lastly, let princes, against all events, not be without some great
  • person, one or rather more, of military valor, near unto them, for the
  • repressing of seditions in their beginnings; for without that, there
  • useth to be more trepidation in court upon the first breaking out of
  • troubles than were fit, and the state runneth the danger of that which
  • Tacitus saith: “Atque is habitus animorum fuit, ut pessimum facinus
  • auderent pauci, plures vellent, omnes paterentur:”[182] but let such
  • military persons be assured, and well reputed of, rather than factious
  • and popular; holding also good correspondence with the other great men
  • in the state, or else the remedy is worse than the disease.
  • XVI.—OF ATHEISM.
  • I had rather believe all the fables in the legends,[183] and the
  • Talmud,[184] and the Alcoran, than that this universal frame is
  • without a mind; and, therefore, God never wrought miracle to convince
  • atheism, because his ordinary works convince it. It is true, that a
  • little philosophy[185] inclineth man’s mind to atheism, but depth in
  • philosophy bringeth men’s minds about to religion; for while the mind
  • of man looketh upon second causes scattered, it may sometimes rest
  • in them, and go no further; but when it beholdeth the chain of them
  • confederate, and linked together, it must needs fly to Providence and
  • Deity. Nay, even that school which is most accused of atheism, doth
  • most demonstrate religion: that is, the school of Leucippus,[186] and
  • Democritus,[187] and Epicurus; for it is a thousand times more credible
  • that four mutable elements, and one immutable fifth essence,[188] duly
  • and eternally placed, need no God, than that an army of infinite small
  • portions, or seeds unplaced, should have produced this order and beauty
  • without a divine marshal. The Scripture saith, “The fool hath said
  • in his heart, there is no God;”[189] it is not said, “The fool hath
  • thought in his heart;” so as he rather saith it by rote to himself,
  • as that he would have, than that he can thoroughly believe it, or be
  • persuaded of it; for none deny there is a God, but those for whom it
  • maketh[190] that there were no God. It appeareth in nothing more, that
  • atheism is rather in the lip than in the heart of man, than by this,
  • that atheists will ever be talking of that their opinion, as if they
  • fainted in it within themselves, and would be glad to be strengthened
  • by the consent of others; nay more, you shall have atheists strive
  • to get disciples, as it fareth with other sects; and, which is most
  • of all, you shall have of them that will suffer for atheism, and not
  • recant; whereas, if they did truly think that there were no such thing
  • as God, why should they trouble themselves? Epicurus is charged, that
  • he did but dissemble for his credit’s sake, when he affirmed there
  • were blessed natures, but such as enjoyed themselves without having
  • respect to the government of the world. Wherein they say he did
  • temporize, though in secret he thought there was no God; but certainly
  • he is traduced, for his words are noble and divine: “Non Deos vulgi
  • negare profanum; sed vulgi opiniones Diis applicare profanum.”[191]
  • Plato could have said no more; and, although he had the confidence to
  • deny the administration, he had not the power to deny the nature. The
  • Indians[192] of the west have names for their particular gods, though
  • they have no name for God; as if the heathens should have had the names
  • Jupiter, Apollo, Mars, &c., but not the word Deus, which shows that
  • even those barbarous people have the notion, though they have not the
  • latitude and extent of it; so that against atheists the very savages
  • take part with the very subtlest philosophers. The contemplative
  • atheist is rare; a Diagoras,[193] a Bion,[194] a Lucian,[195] perhaps,
  • and some others, and yet they seem to be more than they are; for
  • that all that impugn a received religion, or superstition, are, by
  • the adverse part, branded with the name of atheists. But the great
  • atheists indeed are hypocrites, which are ever handling holy things,
  • but without feeling, so as they must needs be cauterized in the end.
  • The causes of atheism are: divisions in religion, if they be many; for
  • any one main division addeth zeal to both sides, but many divisions
  • introduce atheism. Another is, scandal of priests, when it is come
  • to that which St. Bernard saith: “Non est jam dicere, ut populus,
  • sic sacerdos; quia nec sic populus, ut sacerdos.”[196] A third is,
  • custom of profane scoffing in holy matters, which doth by little and
  • little deface the reverence of religion: and lastly, learned times,
  • specially with peace and prosperity; for troubles and adversities do
  • more bow men’s minds to religion. They that deny a God destroy a man’s
  • nobility, for certainly man is of kin to the beasts by his body; and
  • if he be not of kin to God by his spirit, he is a base and ignoble
  • creature. It destroys likewise magnanimity, and the raising of human
  • nature; for, take an example of a dog, and mark what a generosity and
  • courage he will put on when he finds himself maintained by a man, who,
  • to him, is instead of a God, or “melior natura;”[197] which courage is
  • manifestly such as that creature, without that confidence of a better
  • nature than his own, could never attain. So man, when he resteth and
  • assureth himself upon divine protection and favor, gathereth a force
  • and faith, which human nature in itself could not obtain; therefore,
  • as atheism is in all respects hateful, so in this, that it depriveth
  • human nature of the means to exalt itself above human frailty. As it
  • is in particular persons, so it is in nations: never was there such a
  • state for magnanimity as Rome. Of this state hear what Cicero saith:
  • “Quam volumus, licet, Patres conscripti, nos amemus, tamen nec numero
  • Hispanos, nec robore Gallos, nec calliditate Pœnos, nec artibus
  • Græcos, nec denique hoc ipso hujus gentis et terræ domestico nativoque
  • sensu Italos ipsos et Latinos; sed pietate, ac religione, atque hâc
  • unâ sapientiâ, quod Deorum immortalium numine omnia regi, gubernarique
  • perspeximus, omnes gentes, nationesque superavimus.”[198]
  • XVII.—OF SUPERSTITION.
  • It were better to have no opinion of God at all, than such an
  • opinion as is unworthy of him; for the one is unbelief, the other is
  • contumely,[199] and certainly superstition is the reproach of the
  • Deity. Plutarch saith well to that purpose: “Surely,” saith he, “I
  • had rather a great deal men should say there was no such man at all
  • as Plutarch, than that they should say that there was one Plutarch
  • that would eat his children[200] as soon as they were born,” as the
  • poets speak of Saturn; and, as the contumely is greater towards God,
  • so the danger is greater towards men. Atheism leaves a man to sense,
  • to philosophy, to natural piety, to laws, to reputation, all which may
  • be guides to an outward moral virtue, though religion were not; but
  • superstition dismounts all these, and erecteth an absolute monarchy
  • in the minds of men. Therefore atheism did never perturb states; for
  • it makes men wary of themselves, as looking no further, and we see
  • the times inclined to atheism (as the time of Augustus Cæsar) were
  • civil times; but superstition hath been the confusion of many states,
  • and bringeth in a new _primum mobile_,[201] that ravisheth all the
  • spheres of government. The master of superstition is the people, and
  • in all superstition wise men follow fools; and arguments are fitted
  • to practice in a reversed order. It was gravely said by some of the
  • prelates in the Council of Trent,[202] where the doctrine of the
  • schoolmen bare great sway, that the schoolmen were like astronomers,
  • which did feign eccentrics[203] and epicycles,[204] and such engines of
  • orbs to save[205] the phenomena, though they knew there were no such
  • things; and, in like manner, that the schoolmen had framed a number
  • of subtle and intricate axioms and theorems, to save the practice of
  • the Church. The causes of superstition are, pleasing and sensual rites
  • and ceremonies; excess of outward and pharisaical holiness; over-great
  • reverence of traditions, which cannot but load the Church; the
  • stratagems of prelates for their own ambition and lucre; the favoring
  • too much of good intentions, which openeth the gate to conceits and
  • novelties; the taking an aim at divine matters by human, which cannot
  • but breed mixture of imaginations; and, lastly, barbarous times,
  • especially joined with calamities and disasters. Superstition, without
  • a veil, is a deformed thing; for, as it addeth deformity to an ape to
  • be so like a man, so the similitude of superstition to religion makes
  • it the more deformed; and as wholesome meat corrupteth to little worms,
  • so good forms and orders corrupt into a number of petty observances.
  • There is a superstition in avoiding superstition, when men think to
  • do best if they go furthest from the superstition formerly received;
  • therefore care would be had that (as it fareth in ill purgings) the
  • good be not taken away with the bad, which commonly is done when the
  • people is the reformer.
  • XVIII.—OF TRAVEL.
  • Travel, in the younger sort, is a part of education; in the elder, a
  • part of experience. He that travelleth into a country before he hath
  • some entrance into the language, goeth to school, and not to travel.
  • That young men travel under some tutor or grave servant, I allow well,
  • so that he be such a one that hath the language, and hath been in the
  • country before; whereby he may be able to tell them what things are
  • worthy to be seen in the country where they go, what acquaintances they
  • are to seek, what exercises or discipline the place yieldeth; for else
  • young men shall go hooded, and look abroad little. It is a strange
  • thing that, in sea voyages, where there is nothing to be seen but sky
  • and sea, men should make diaries; but in land travel, wherein so much
  • is to be observed, for the most part they omit it, as if chance were
  • fitter to be registered than observation. Let diaries, therefore, be
  • brought in use. The things to be seen and observed are, the courts of
  • princes, especially when they give audience to ambassadors; the courts
  • of justice, while they sit and hear causes; and so of consistories[206]
  • ecclesiastic; the churches and monasteries, with the monuments which
  • are therein extant; the walls and fortifications of cities and towns;
  • and so the havens and harbors, antiquities and ruins, libraries,
  • colleges, disputations, and lectures, where any are; shipping and
  • navies; houses and gardens of state and pleasure, near great cities;
  • armories, arsenals, magazines, exchanges, burses, warehouses, exercises
  • of horsemanship, fencing, training of soldiers, and the like; comedies,
  • such whereunto the better sort of persons do resort; treasuries of
  • jewels and robes; cabinets and rarities; and, to conclude, whatsoever
  • is memorable in the places where they go, after all which the tutors
  • or servants ought to make diligent inquiry. As for triumphs, masks,
  • feasts, weddings, funerals, capital executions, and such shows, men
  • need not to be put in mind of them; yet they are not to be neglected.
  • If you will have a young man to put his travel into a little room,
  • and in short time to gather much, this you must do: first, as was
  • said, he must have some entrance into the language before he goeth;
  • then he must have such a servant, or tutor, as knoweth the country,
  • as was likewise said; let him carry with him also some card or book,
  • describing the country where he travelleth, which will be a good key
  • to his inquiry; let him keep also a diary; let him not stay long in
  • one city or town, more or less, as the place deserveth, but not long;
  • nay, when he stayeth in one city or town, let him change his lodging
  • from one end and part of the town to another, which is a great adamant
  • of acquaintance; let him sequester himself from the company of his
  • countrymen, and diet in such places where there is good company of the
  • nation where he travelleth; let him, upon his removes from one place
  • to another, procure recommendation to some person of quality residing
  • in the place whither he removeth, that he may use his favor in those
  • things he desireth to see or know: thus he may abridge his travel
  • with much profit. As for the acquaintance which is to be sought in
  • travel, that which is most of all profitable, is acquaintance with the
  • secretaries and employed men[207] of ambassadors, for so in travelling
  • in one country he shall suck the experience of many; let him also see
  • and visit eminent persons in all kinds which are of great name abroad,
  • that he may be able to tell how the life agreeth with the fame. For
  • quarrels, they are with care and discretion to be avoided; they are
  • commonly for mistresses, healths,[208] place, and words; and let a man
  • beware how he keepeth company with choleric and quarrelsome persons,
  • for they will engage him into their own quarrels. When a traveller
  • returneth home, let him not leave the countries where he hath travelled
  • altogether behind him, but maintain a correspondence by letters with
  • those of his acquaintance which are of most worth; and let his travel
  • appear rather in his discourse than in his apparel or gesture, and in
  • his discourse let him be rather advised in his answers, than forward
  • to tell stories; and let it appear that he doth not change his country
  • manners for those of foreign parts, but only prick in some flowers of
  • that he hath learned abroad into the customs of his own country.
  • XIX.—OF EMPIRE.
  • It is a miserable state of mind to have few things to desire, and
  • many things to fear; and yet that commonly is the case of kings, who,
  • being, at the highest, want matter of desire,[209] which makes their
  • minds more languishing; and have many representations of perils and
  • shadows, which makes their minds the less clear; and this is one
  • reason, also, of that effect which the Scripture speaketh of, “that
  • the king’s heart is inscrutable;”[210] for multitude of jealousies,
  • and lack of some predominant desire, that should marshal and put in
  • order all the rest, maketh any man’s heart hard to find or sound. Hence
  • it comes, likewise, that princes many times make themselves desires,
  • and set their hearts upon toys: sometimes upon a building; sometimes
  • upon erecting of an order; sometimes upon the advancing of a person;
  • sometimes upon obtaining excellency in some art or feat of the hand,—as
  • Nero for playing on the harp; Domitian for certainty of the hand with
  • the arrow; Commodus for playing at fence;[211] Caracalla for driving
  • chariots, and the like. This seemeth incredible unto those that know
  • not the principle, that the mind of man is more cheered and refreshed
  • by profiting in small things than by standing at a stay[212] in great.
  • We see, also, that kings that have been fortunate conquerors in their
  • first years, it being not possible for them to go forward infinitely,
  • but that they must have some check or arrest in their fortunes, turn
  • in their latter years to be superstitious and melancholy; as did
  • Alexander the Great, Diocletian,[213] and, in our memory, Charles the
  • Fifth,[214] and others; for he that is used to go forward, and findeth
  • a stop, falleth out of his own favor, and is not the thing he was.
  • To speak now of the true temper of empire, it is a thing rare and hard
  • to keep, for both temper and distemper consist of contraries; but it is
  • one thing to mingle contraries, another to interchange them. The answer
  • of Apollonius to Vespasian is full of excellent instruction. Vespasian
  • asked him, “What was Nero’s overthrow?” He answered, “Nero could touch
  • and tune the harp well; but in government sometimes he used to wind the
  • pins too high, sometimes to let them down too low.”[215] And certain
  • it is, that nothing destroyeth authority so much as the unequal and
  • untimely interchange of power pressed too far, and relaxed too much.
  • This is true, that the wisdom of all these latter times in princes’
  • affairs is rather fine deliveries, and shiftings of dangers and
  • mischiefs, when they are near, than solid and grounded courses to keep
  • them aloof; but this is but to try masteries with fortune, and let men
  • beware how they neglect and suffer matter of trouble to be prepared.
  • For no man can forbid the spark, nor tell whence it may come.
  • The difficulties in princes’ business are many and great; but the
  • greatest difficulty is often in their own mind. For it is common with
  • princes (saith Tacitus) to will contradictories: “Sunt plerumque regum
  • voluntates vehementes, et inter se contrariæ;”[216] for it is the
  • solecism of power to think to command the end, and yet not to endure
  • the mean.
  • Kings have to deal with their neighbors, their wives, their children,
  • their prelates or clergy, their nobles, their second nobles or
  • gentlemen, their merchants, their commons, and their men of war; and
  • from all these arise dangers, if care and circumspection be not used.
  • First, for their neighbors, there can no general rule be given (the
  • occasions are so variable), save one which ever holdeth; which is, that
  • princes do keep due sentinel, that none of their neighbors do overgrow
  • so (by increase of territory, by embracing of trade, by approaches,
  • or the like), as they become more able to annoy them than they were;
  • and this is generally the work of standing counsels to foresee and to
  • hinder it. During that triumvirate of kings, King Henry the Eighth of
  • England, Francis the First, King of France,[217] and Charles the Fifth,
  • Emperor, there was such a watch kept that none of the three could win
  • a palm of ground, but the other two would straightways balance it,
  • either by confederation, or, if need were, by a war; and would not,
  • in any wise, take up peace at interest; and the like was done by that
  • league (which Guicciardini[218] saith was the security of Italy) made
  • between Ferdinando, King of Naples, Lorenzius Medicis, and Ludovicus
  • Sforza, potentates, the one of Florence, the other of Milan. Neither is
  • the opinion of some of the schoolmen to be received, that a war cannot
  • justly be made, but upon a precedent injury or provocation; for there
  • is no question, but a just fear of an imminent danger, though there be
  • no blow given, is a lawful cause of a war.
  • For their wives, there are cruel examples of them. Livia is
  • infamed[219] for the poisoning of her husband; Roxolana, Solyman’s
  • wife,[220] was the destruction of that renowned prince, Sultan
  • Mustapha, and otherwise troubled his house and succession; Edward the
  • Second of England’s Queen[221] had the principal hand in the deposing
  • and murder of her husband.
  • This kind of danger is then to be feared chiefly when the wives have
  • plots for the raising of their own children, or else that they be
  • advoutresses.[222]
  • For their children, the tragedies likewise of dangers from them have
  • been many; and generally the entering of fathers into suspicion
  • of their children hath been ever unfortunate. The destruction of
  • Mustapha (that we named before) was so fatal to Solyman’s line, as the
  • succession of the Turks from Solyman until this day is suspected to be
  • untrue, and of strange blood; for that Selymus the Second was thought
  • to be supposititious.[223] The destruction of Crispus, a young prince
  • of rare towardness, by Constantinus the Great, his father, was in like
  • manner fatal to his house; for both Constantinus and Constance, his
  • sons, died violent deaths; and Constantius, his other son, did little
  • better, who died indeed of sickness, but after that Julianus had taken
  • arms against him. The destruction of Demetrius,[224] son to Philip the
  • Second of Macedon, turned upon the father, who died of repentance. And
  • many like examples there are; but few or none where the fathers had
  • good by such distrust, except it were where the sons were up in open
  • arms against them; as was Selymus the First against Bajazet, and the
  • three sons of Henry the Second, King of England.
  • For their prelates, when they are proud and great, there is also danger
  • from them; as it was in the times of Anselmus[225] and Thomas Becket,
  • Archbishops of Canterbury, who, with their crosiers, did almost try it
  • with the king’s sword; and yet they had to deal with stout and haughty
  • kings; William Rufus, Henry the First, and Henry the Second. The danger
  • is not from that state, but where it hath a dependence of foreign
  • authority; or where the churchmen come in and are elected, not by the
  • collation of the King, or particular patrons, but by the people.
  • For their nobles, to keep them at a distance it is not amiss; but to
  • depress them may make a king more absolute, but less safe, and less
  • able to perform anything that he desires. I have noted it in my History
  • of King Henry the Seventh of England, who depressed his nobility,
  • whereupon it came to pass that his times were full of difficulties and
  • troubles; for the nobility, though they continued loyal unto him, yet
  • did they not coöperate with him in his business; so that, in effect, he
  • was fain to do all things himself.
  • For their second nobles, there is not much danger from them, being
  • a body dispersed. They may sometimes discourse high, but that doth
  • little hurt; besides, they are a counterpoise to the higher nobility,
  • that they grow not too potent; and, lastly, being the most immediate
  • in authority with the common people, they do best temper popular
  • commotions.
  • For their merchants, they are “vena porta:”[226] and if they flourish
  • not, a kingdom may have good limbs, but will have empty veins, and
  • nourish little. Taxes and imposts upon them do seldom good to the
  • king’s revenue, for that which he wins[227] in the hundred[228] he
  • loseth in the shire; the particular rates being increased, but the
  • total bulk of trading rather decreased.
  • For their commons, there is little danger from them, except it be where
  • they have great and potent heads; or where you meddle with the point of
  • religion, or their customs, or means of life.
  • For their men of war, it is a dangerous state where they live and
  • remain in a body, and are used to donatives; whereof we see examples in
  • the Janizaries[229] and Prætorian bands of Rome; but trainings of men,
  • and arming them in several places, and under several commanders, and
  • without donatives, are things of defence and no danger.
  • Princes are like to heavenly bodies, which cause good or evil times;
  • and which have much veneration, but no rest. All precepts concerning
  • kings are in effect comprehended in those two remembrances, “Memento
  • quod es homo;”[230] and “Memento quod es Deus,”[231] or “vice
  • Dei;”[232] the one bridleth their power and the other their will.
  • XX.—OF COUNSEL.
  • The greatest trust between man and man is the trust of giving counsel;
  • for in other confidences men commit the parts of life, their lands,
  • their goods, their children, their credit, some particular affair;
  • but to such as they make their counsellors they commit the whole; by
  • how much the more they are obliged to all faith and integrity. The
  • wisest princes need not think it any diminution to their greatness, or
  • derogation to their sufficiency to rely upon counsel. God himself is
  • not without, but hath made it one of the great names of his blessed
  • Son, “The Counsellor.”[233] Solomon hath pronounced that, “in counsel
  • is stability.”[234] Things will have their first or second agitation:
  • if they be not tossed upon the arguments of counsel, they will be
  • tossed upon the waves of fortune, and be full of inconstancy, doing and
  • undoing, like the reeling of a drunken man. Solomon’s son[235] found
  • the force of counsel, as his father saw the necessity of it; for the
  • beloved kingdom of God was first rent and broken by ill counsel; upon
  • which counsel there are set for our instruction the two marks whereby
  • bad counsel is forever best discerned, that it was young counsel for
  • the persons, and violent counsel for the matter.
  • The ancient times do set forth in figure both the incorporation and
  • inseparable conjunction of counsel with kings, and the wise and politic
  • use of counsel by kings; the one, in that they say Jupiter did marry
  • Metis, which signifieth counsel; whereby they intend that sovereignty
  • is married to counsel; the other in that which followeth, which was
  • thus: they say, after Jupiter was married to Metis, she conceived by
  • him and was with child; but Jupiter suffered her not to stay till
  • she brought forth, but eat her up; whereby he became himself with
  • child, and was delivered of Pallas armed, out of his head.[236] Which
  • monstrous fable containeth a secret of empire, how kings are to make
  • use of their council of state; that first, they ought to refer matters
  • unto them, which is the first begetting or impregnation; but when they
  • are elaborate, moulded, and shaped in the womb of their counsel, and
  • grow ripe and ready to be brought forth, that then they suffer not
  • their council to go through with the resolution and direction, as if
  • it depended on them; but take the matter back into their own hands,
  • and make it appear to the world, that the decrees and final directions
  • (which, because they come forth with prudence and power, are resembled
  • to Pallas armed), proceeded from themselves; and not only from their
  • authority, but (the more to add reputation to themselves) from their
  • head and device.
  • Let us now speak of the inconveniences of counsel, and of the remedies.
  • The inconveniences that have been noted in calling and using counsel
  • are three: first, the revealing of affairs, whereby they become less
  • secret; secondly, the weakening of the authority of princes, as if they
  • were less of themselves; thirdly, the danger of being unfaithfully
  • counselled, and more for the good of them that counsel than of him
  • that is counselled; for which inconveniences, the doctrine of Italy,
  • and practice of France, in some kings’ times, hath introduced cabinet
  • councils; a remedy worse than the disease.[237]
  • As to secrecy, princes are not bound to communicate all matters with
  • all counsellors, but may extract and select; neither is it necessary
  • that he that consulteth what he should do, should declare what he will
  • do; but let princes beware that the unsecreting of their affairs comes
  • not from themselves; and, as for cabinet councils, it may be their
  • motto, “Plenus rimarum sum:”[238] one futile person, that maketh it
  • his glory to tell, will do more hurt than many that know it their duty
  • to conceal. It is true, there be some affairs which require extreme
  • secrecy, which will hardly go beyond one or two persons besides the
  • king. Neither are those counsels unprosperous; for, besides the
  • secrecy, they commonly go on constantly in one spirit of direction
  • without distraction; but then it must be a prudent king, such as is
  • able to grind with a hand-mill;[239] and those inward counsellors
  • had need also to be wise men, and especially true and trusty to the
  • king’s ends; as it was with King Henry the Seventh of England, who,
  • in his greatest business, imparted himself to none, except it were to
  • Morton[240] and Fox.[241]
  • For weakening of authority, the fable[242] showeth the remedy; nay,
  • the majesty of kings is rather exalted than diminished when they are
  • in the chair of council; neither was there ever prince bereaved of
  • his dependencies by his council, except where there hath been either
  • an over-greatness in one counsellor, or an over-strict combination in
  • divers, which are things soon found and holpen.[243]
  • For the last inconvenience, that men will counsel with an eye to
  • themselves; certainly, “non inveniet fidem super terram,”[244] is meant
  • of the nature of times,[245] and not of all particular persons. There
  • be that are in nature faithful and sincere, and plain and direct, not
  • crafty and involved: let princes, above all, draw to themselves such
  • natures. Besides, counsellors are not commonly so united, but that one
  • counsellor keepeth sentinel over another; so that if any do counsel out
  • of faction or private ends, it commonly comes to the king’s ear; but
  • the best remedy is, if princes know their counsellors, as well as their
  • counsellors know them:—
  • “Principis est virtus maxima nosse suos.”[246]
  • And on the other side, counsellors should not be too speculative
  • into their sovereign’s person. The true composition of a counsellor
  • is, rather to be skilful in their master’s business than in his
  • nature;[247] for then he is like to advise him, and not to feed his
  • humor. It is of singular use to princes, if they take the opinions of
  • their council both separately and together; for private opinion is
  • more free, but opinion before others is more reverend. In private,
  • men are more bold in their own humors; and in consort, men are more
  • obnoxious[248] to others’ humors; therefore it is good to take both;
  • and of the inferior sort rather in private, to preserve freedom; of
  • the greater, rather in consort, to preserve respect. It is in vain
  • for princes to take counsel concerning matters, if they take no
  • counsel likewise concerning persons; for all matters are as dead
  • images; and the life of the execution of affairs resteth in the good
  • choice of persons. Neither is it enough to consult concerning persons,
  • “secundum genera,”[249] as in an idea or mathematical description,
  • what the kind and character of the person should be; for the greatest
  • errors are committed, and the most judgment is shown, in the choice
  • of individuals. It was truly said, “Optimi consiliarii mortui:”[250]
  • “books will speak plain when counsellors blanch;”[251] therefore it
  • is good to be conversant in them, specially the books of such as
  • themselves have been actors upon the stage.
  • The councils at this day in most places are but familiar meetings,
  • where matters are rather talked on than debated; and they run too
  • swift to the order or act of council. It were better that in causes of
  • weight, the matter were propounded one day and not spoken to till the
  • next day; “In nocte consilium;”[252] so was it done in the commission
  • of union[253] between England and Scotland, which was a grave and
  • orderly assembly. I commend set days for petitions; for both it gives
  • the suitors more certainty for their attendance, and it frees the
  • meetings for matters of estate, that they may “hoc agere.”[254] In
  • choice of committees for ripening business for the council, it is
  • better to choose indifferent persons, than to make an indifferency
  • by putting in those that are strong on both sides. I commend, also,
  • standing commissions; as for trade, for treasure, for war, for suits,
  • for some provinces; for where there be divers particular councils, and
  • but one council of estate (as it is in Spain), they are in effect no
  • more than standing commissions, save that they have greater authority.
  • Let such as are to inform councils out of their particular professions
  • (as lawyers, seamen, mintmen, and the like) be first heard before
  • committees; and then, as occasion serves, before the council; and let
  • them not come in multitudes, or in a tribunitious[255] manner; for that
  • is to clamor councils, not to inform them. A long table and a square
  • table, or seats about the walls, seem things of form, but are things
  • of substance; for at a long table a few at the upper end, in effect,
  • sway all the business; but in the other form there is more use of
  • the counsellors’ opinions that sit lower. A king, when he presides in
  • council, let him beware how he opens his own inclination too much in
  • that which he propoundeth; for else counsellors will but take the wind
  • of him, and, instead of giving free counsel, will sing him a song of
  • “placebo.”[256]
  • XXI.—OF DELAYS.
  • Fortune is like the market, where, many times, if you can stay a
  • little, the price will fall; and again, it is sometimes like Sibylla’s
  • offer,[257] which at first offereth the commodity at full, then
  • consumeth part and part, and still holdeth up the price; for occasion
  • (as it is in the common verse) “turneth a bald noddle,[258] after she
  • hath presented her locks in front, and no hold taken;” or, at least,
  • turneth the handle of the bottle first to be received, and after the
  • belly, which is hard to clasp.[259] There is surely no greater wisdom
  • than well to time the beginnings and onsets of things. Dangers are no
  • more light, if they once seem light; and more dangers have deceived men
  • than forced them; nay, it were better to meet some dangers half-way,
  • though they come nothing near, than to keep too long a watch upon
  • their approaches; for if a man watch too long, it is odds he will
  • fall asleep. On the other side, to be deceived with too long shadows
  • (as some have been when the moon was low, and shone on their enemies’
  • back), and so to shoot off before the time; or to teach dangers to
  • come on by over early buckling towards them, is another extreme. The
  • ripeness or unripeness of the occasion (as we said) must ever be well
  • weighed; and generally it is good to commit the beginnings of all great
  • actions to Argus with his hundred eyes, and the ends to Briareus with
  • his hundred hands, first to watch and then to speed; for the helmet of
  • Pluto,[260] which maketh the politic man go invisible, is secrecy in
  • the council, and celerity in the execution; for when things are once
  • come to the execution, there is no secrecy comparable to celerity; like
  • the motion of a bullet in the air, which flieth so swift as it outruns
  • the eye.
  • XXII.—OF CUNNING.
  • We take cunning for a sinister, or crooked wisdom; and, certainly,
  • there is great difference between a cunning man and a wise man, not
  • only in point of honesty, but in point of ability. There be that can
  • pack the cards,[261] and yet cannot play well; so there are some that
  • are good in canvasses and factions, that are otherwise weak men. Again,
  • it is one thing to understand persons, and another thing to understand
  • matters; for many are perfect in men’s humors that are not greatly
  • capable of the real part of business, which is the constitution of one
  • that hath studied men more than books. Such men are fitter for practice
  • than for counsel, and they are good but in their own alley. Turn them
  • to new men, and they have lost their aim; so as the old rule, to know a
  • fool from a wise man, “Mitte ambos nudos ad ignotos, et videbis,”[262]
  • doth scarce hold for them; and, because these cunning men are like
  • haberdashers[263] of small wares, it is not amiss to set forth their
  • shop.
  • It is a point of cunning to wait upon[264] him with whom you speak with
  • your eye, as the Jesuits give it in precept; for there be many wise men
  • that have secret hearts and transparent countenances; yet this would be
  • done with a demure abasing of your eye sometimes, as the Jesuits also
  • do use.
  • Another is, that when you have any thing to obtain of present dispatch,
  • you entertain and amuse the party with whom you deal with some other
  • discourse, that he be not too much awake to make objections. I knew a
  • counsellor and secretary that never came to Queen Elizabeth of England,
  • with bills to sign, but he would always first put her into some
  • discourse of estate,[265] that she might the less mind the bills.
  • The like surprise may be made by moving things[266] when the party is
  • in haste, and cannot stay to consider advisedly of that is moved.
  • If a man would cross a business that he doubts some other would
  • handsomely and effectually move, let him pretend to wish it well, and
  • move it himself, in such sort as may foil it.
  • The breaking off in the midst of that one was about to say, as if he
  • took himself up, breeds a greater appetite in him with whom you confer
  • to know more.
  • And because it works better when any thing seemeth to be gotten from
  • you by question than if you offer it of yourself, you may lay a bait
  • for a question, by showing another visage and countenance than you are
  • wont; to the end, to give occasion for the party to ask what the matter
  • is of the change, as Nehemiah[267] did: “And I had not, before that
  • time, been sad before the king.”
  • In things that are tender and unpleasing, it is good to break the ice
  • by some whose words are of less weight, and to reserve the more weighty
  • voice to come in as by chance, so that he may be asked the question
  • upon the other’s speech; as Narcissus did, in relating to Claudius the
  • marriage[268] of Messalina and Silius.
  • In things that a man would not be seen in himself, it is a point of
  • cunning to borrow the name of the world; as to say, “The world says,”
  • or “There is a speech abroad.”
  • I knew one, that when he wrote a letter, he would put that which was
  • most material in a postscript, as if it had been a by-matter.
  • I knew another, that when he came to have speech,[269] he would pass
  • over that that he intended most; and go forth and come back again, and
  • speak of it as a thing that he had almost forgot.
  • Some procure themselves to be surprised at such times as it is like
  • the party that they work upon will suddenly come upon them, and to be
  • found with a letter in their hand, or doing somewhat which they are not
  • accustomed, to the end they may be apposed of[270] those things which
  • of themselves they are desirous to utter.
  • It is a point of cunning to let fall those words in a man’s own name,
  • which he would have another man learn and use, and thereupon take
  • advantage. I knew two that were competitors for the secretary’s place
  • in Queen Elizabeth’s time, and yet kept good quarter[271] between
  • themselves, and would confer one with another upon the business; and
  • the one of them said, that to be a secretary in the declination of a
  • monarchy was a ticklish thing, and that he did not affect it;[272]
  • the other straight caught up those words, and discoursed with divers
  • of his friends, that he had no reason to desire to be secretary in
  • the declination of a monarchy. The first man took hold of it, and
  • found means it was told the queen, who, hearing of a declination of a
  • monarchy, took it so ill, as she would never after hear of the other’s
  • suit.
  • There is a cunning, which we in England call “the turning of the cat in
  • the pan;” which is, when that which a man says to another, he lays it
  • as if another had said it to him; and, to say truth, it is not easy,
  • when such a matter passed between two, to make it appear from which of
  • them it first moved and began.
  • It is a way that some men have, to glance and dart at others by
  • justifying themselves by negatives; as to say, “This I do not;”
  • as Tigellinus did towards Burrhus: “Se non diversas spes, sed
  • incolumitatem imperatoris simpliciter spectare.”[273]
  • Some have in readiness so many tales and stories, as there is nothing
  • they would insinuate, but they can wrap it into a tale;[274] which
  • serveth both to keep themselves more in guard, and to make others carry
  • it with more pleasure.
  • It is a good point of cunning for a man to shape the answer he would
  • have in his own words and propositions; for it makes the other party
  • stick the less.
  • It is strange how long some men will lie in wait to speak somewhat
  • they desire to say; and how far about they will fetch,[275] and how
  • many other matters they will beat over to come near it. It is a thing
  • of great patience, but yet of much use.
  • A sudden, bold, and unexpected question doth many times surprise a
  • man, and lay him open. Like to him, that, having changed his name, and
  • walking in Paul’s,[276] another suddenly came behind him and called him
  • by his true name, whereat straightways he looked back.
  • But these small wares and petty points of cunning are infinite, and it
  • were a good deed to make a list of them; for that nothing doth more
  • hurt in a state than that cunning men pass for wise.
  • But certainly, some there are that know the resorts[277] and falls[278]
  • of business that cannot sink into the main of it;[279] like a house
  • that hath convenient stairs and entries, but never a fair room.
  • Therefore you shall see them find out pretty looses[280] in the
  • conclusion, but are noways able to examine or debate matters; and yet
  • commonly they take advantage of their inability, and would be thought
  • wits of direction. Some build rather upon the abusing of others, and
  • (as we now say) putting tricks upon them, than upon soundness of their
  • own proceedings; but Solomon saith: “Prudens advertit ad gressus suos;
  • stultus divertit ad dolos.”[281]
  • XXIII.—OF WISDOM FOR A MAN’S SELF.
  • An ant is a wise creature for itself, but it is a shrewd[282] thing
  • in an orchard or garden; and certainly, men that are great lovers of
  • themselves waste the public. Divide with reason between self-love and
  • society; and be so true to thyself as thou be not false to others,
  • specially to thy king and country. It is a poor centre of a man’s
  • actions, himself. It is right earth; for that only stands fast upon
  • his own centre;[283] whereas all things that have affinity with the
  • heavens, move upon the centre of another, which they benefit. The
  • referring of all to a man’s self is more tolerable in a sovereign
  • prince, because themselves are not only themselves, but their good and
  • evil is at the peril of the public fortune; but it is a desperate evil
  • in a servant to a prince, or a citizen in a republic; for whatsoever
  • affairs pass such a man’s hands, he crooketh them to his own ends,
  • which must needs be often eccentric to the ends of his master or state.
  • Therefore, let princes or states choose such servants as have not this
  • mark; except they mean their service should be made but the accessary.
  • That which maketh the effect more pernicious is, that all proportion
  • is lost. It were disproportion enough for the servant’s good to be
  • preferred before the master’s; but yet it is a greater extreme, when
  • a little good of the servant shall carry things against a great good
  • of the master. And yet that is the case of bad officers, treasurers,
  • ambassadors, generals, and other false and corrupt servants; which
  • set a bias upon their bowl, of their own petty ends and envies, to
  • the overthrow of their master’s great and important affairs; and, for
  • the most part, the good such servants receive is after the model of
  • their own fortune; but the hurt they sell for that good is after the
  • model of their master’s fortune. And certainly, it is the nature of
  • extreme self-lovers, as they will set a house on fire, an it were but
  • to roast their eggs; and yet these men many times hold credit with
  • their masters, because their study is but to please them, and profit
  • themselves; and for either respect they will abandon the good of their
  • affairs.
  • Wisdom for a man’s self is, in many branches thereof, a depraved
  • thing. It is the wisdom of rats, that will be sure to leave a house
  • somewhat before it fall; it is the wisdom of the fox, that thrusts
  • out the badger who digged and made room for him; it is the wisdom of
  • crocodiles, that shed tears when they would devour. But that which is
  • specially to be noted is, that those which (as Cicero says of Pompey)
  • are “sui amantes, sine rivali,”[284] are many times unfortunate; and
  • whereas they have all their times sacrificed to themselves, they become
  • in the end themselves sacrifices to the inconstancy of fortune, whose
  • wings they thought by their self-wisdom to have pinioned.
  • XXIV.—OF INNOVATIONS.
  • As the births of living creatures at first are ill-shapen, so are
  • all innovations, which are the births of time; yet, notwithstanding,
  • as those that first bring honor into their family are commonly more
  • worthy than most that succeed, so the first precedent (if it be good)
  • is seldom attained by imitation; for ill to man’s nature as it stands
  • perverted, hath a natural motion strongest in continuance, but good,
  • as a forced motion, strongest at first. Surely, every medicine[285]
  • is an innovation, and he that will not apply new remedies must expect
  • new evils, for time is the greatest innovator; and if time, of course,
  • alter things to the worse, and wisdom and counsel shall not alter
  • them to the better, what shall be the end? It is true, that what is
  • settled by custom, though it be not good, yet, at least, it is fit;
  • and those things which have long gone together, are, as it were,
  • confederate within themselves;[286] whereas new things piece not so
  • well; but, though they help by their utility, yet they trouble by their
  • inconformity; besides, they are like strangers, more admired and less
  • favored. All this is true, if time stood still, which, contrariwise,
  • moveth so round, that a froward retention of custom is as turbulent
  • a thing as an innovation; and they that reverence too much old times
  • are but a scorn to the new. It were good, therefore, that men in their
  • innovations would follow the example of time itself, which indeed
  • innovateth greatly, but quietly, and by degrees scarce to be perceived;
  • for, otherwise, whatsoever is new is unlooked for, and ever it
  • mends some and pairs[287] other; and he that is holpen, takes it for
  • a fortune, and thanks the time; and he that is hurt, for a wrong, and
  • imputeth it to the author. It is good, also, not to try experiments in
  • states, except the necessity be urgent, or the utility evident; and
  • well to beware that it be the reformation that draweth on the change,
  • and not the desire of change that pretendeth the reformation; and
  • lastly, that the novelty, though it be not rejected, yet be held for
  • a suspect,[288] and, as the Scripture saith, “That we make a stand
  • upon the ancient way, and then look about us, and discover what is the
  • straight and right way, and so to walk in it.”[289]
  • XXV.—OF DISPATCH.
  • Affected dispatch is one of the most dangerous things to business
  • that can be; it is like that which the physicians call predigestion,
  • or hasty digestion, which is sure to fill the body full of crudities,
  • and secret seeds of diseases. Therefore, measure not dispatch by the
  • times of sitting, but by the advancement of the business; and as in
  • races, it is not the large stride, or high lift, that makes the speed,
  • so in business, the keeping close to the matter, and not taking of it
  • too much at once, procureth dispatch. It is the care of some, only to
  • come off speedily for the time, or to contrive some false periods of
  • business, because they may seem men of dispatch; but it is one thing to
  • abbreviate by contracting,[290] another by cutting off; and business so
  • handled at several sittings, or meetings, goeth commonly backward and
  • forward in an unsteady manner. I knew a wise man[291] that had it for
  • a byword, when he saw men hasten to a conclusion, “Stay a little, that
  • we may make an end the sooner.”
  • On the other side, true dispatch is a rich thing; for time is the
  • measure of business, as money is of wares; and business is bought at
  • a dear hand where there is small dispatch. The Spartans and Spaniards
  • have been noted to be of small dispatch: “Mi venga la muerte de
  • Spagna;” “Let my death come from Spain;” for then it will be sure to be
  • long in coming.
  • Give good hearing to those that give the first information in business,
  • and rather direct them in the beginning, than interrupt them in the
  • continuance of their speeches; for he that is put out of his own order
  • will go forward and backward, and be more tedious while he waits upon
  • his memory, than he could have been if he had gone on in his own
  • course; but sometimes it is seen that the moderator is more troublesome
  • than the actor.
  • Iterations are commonly loss of time; but there is no such gain of time
  • as to iterate often the state of the question; for it chaseth away many
  • a frivolous speech as it is coming forth. Long and curious speeches
  • are as fit for dispatch as a robe, or mantle, with a long train, is
  • for a race. Prefaces, and passages,[292] and excusations,[293] and
  • other speeches of reference to the person, are great wastes of time;
  • and though they seem to proceed of modesty, they are bravery.[294]
  • Yet beware of being too material when there is any impediment, or
  • obstruction in men’s wills; for preoccupation of mind[295] ever
  • requireth preface of speech, like a fomentation to make the unguent
  • enter.
  • Above all things, order and distribution, and singling out of parts,
  • is the life of dispatch, so as the distribution be not too subtile;
  • for he that doth not divide will never enter well into business; and
  • he that divideth too much will never come out of it clearly. To choose
  • time is to save time; and an unseasonable motion is but beating the
  • air. There be three parts of business,—the preparation; the debate, or
  • examination; and the perfection. Whereof, if you look for dispatch, let
  • the middle only be the work of many, and the first and last the work of
  • few. The proceeding, upon somewhat conceived in writing, doth for the
  • most part facilitate dispatch; for though it should be wholly rejected,
  • yet that negative is more pregnant of direction than an indefinite, as
  • ashes are more generative than dust.
  • XXVI.—OF SEEMING WISE.
  • It hath been an opinion, that the French are wiser than they seem,
  • and the Spaniards seem wiser than they are; but howsoever it be
  • between nations, certainly it is so between man and man; for, as the
  • apostle saith of godliness, “Having a show of godliness, but denying
  • the power thereof,”[296] so certainly there are, in points of wisdom
  • and sufficiency, that do nothing, or little very solemnly,—“magno
  • conatu nugas.”[297] It is a ridiculous thing, and fit for a satire to
  • persons of judgment, to see what shifts these formalists have, and
  • what prospectives to make superficies to seem body, that hath depth
  • and bulk. Some are so close and reserved, as they will not show their
  • wares but by a dark light, and seem always to keep back somewhat; and
  • when they know within themselves they speak of that they do not well
  • know, would nevertheless seem to others to know of that which they may
  • not well speak. Some help themselves with countenance and gesture, and
  • are wise by signs; as Cicero saith of Piso, that when he answered him,
  • he fetched one of his brows up to his forehead, and bent the other
  • down to his chin: “Respondes, altero ad frontem sublato, altero ad
  • mentum depresso supercilio; crudelitatem tibi non placere.”[298] Some
  • think to bear it by speaking a great word, and being peremptory; and
  • go on, and take by admittance that which they cannot make good. Some,
  • whatsoever is beyond their reach, will seem to despise or make light of
  • it as impertinent or curious, and so would have their ignorance seem
  • judgment. Some are never without a difference, and commonly by amusing
  • men with a subtilty, blanch the matter; of whom A. Gellius saith,
  • “Hominem delirum, qui verborum minutiis rerum frangit pondera.”[299]
  • Of which kind also Plato, in his Protagoras, bringeth in Prodicus in
  • scorn, and maketh him make a speech that consisteth of distinctions
  • from the beginning to the end.[300] Generally such men, in all
  • deliberations, find ease to be[301] of the negative side, and affect a
  • credit to object and foretell difficulties; for when propositions are
  • denied, there is an end of them, but if they be allowed, it requireth
  • a new work; which false point of wisdom is the bane of business. To
  • conclude, there is no decaying merchant, or inward beggar,[302] hath
  • so many tricks to uphold the credit of their wealth, as these empty
  • persons have to maintain the credit of their sufficiency. Seeming wise
  • men may make shift to get opinion, but let no man choose them for
  • employment; for certainly, you were better take for business a man
  • somewhat absurd than over-formal.
  • XXVII.—OF FRIENDSHIP.
  • It had been hard for him that spake it, to have put more truth and
  • untruth together in few words than in that speech: “Whosoever is
  • delighted in solitude, is either a wild beast or a god:”[303] for it
  • is most true, that a natural and secret hatred and aversion towards
  • society in any man hath somewhat of the savage beast; but it is most
  • untrue, that it should have any character at all of the divine nature,
  • except it proceed, not out of a pleasure in solitude, but out of a love
  • and desire to sequester a man’s self for a higher conversation; such
  • as is found to have been falsely and feignedly in some of the heathen;
  • as Epimenides,[304] the Candian; Numa, the Roman; Empedocles, the
  • Sicilian; and Apollonius, of Tyana; and truly and really in divers of
  • the ancient hermits and holy fathers of the church. But little do men
  • perceive what solitude is, and how far it extendeth; for a crowd is
  • not company, and faces are but a gallery of pictures, and talk but a
  • tinkling cymbal, where there is no love. The Latin adage meeteth with
  • it a little: “Magna civitas, magna solitudo:”[305] because in a great
  • town friends are scattered, so that there is not that fellowship, for
  • the most part, which is in less neighborhoods: but we may go further,
  • and affirm most truly, that it is a mere and miserable solitude to want
  • true friends, without which the world is but a wilderness; and even in
  • this sense also of solitude, whosoever in the frame of his nature and
  • affections is unfit for friendship, he taketh it of the beasts, and not
  • from humanity.
  • A principal fruit of friendship is the ease and discharge of the
  • fulness and swellings of the heart, which passions of all kinds do
  • cause and induce. We know diseases of stoppings and suffocations are
  • the most dangerous in the body, and it is not much otherwise in the
  • mind. You may take sarza[306] to open the liver, steel to open the
  • spleen, flower of sulphur for the lungs, castoreum[307] for the brain,
  • but no receipt openeth the heart but a true friend, to whom you may
  • impart griefs, joys, fears, hopes, suspicions, counsels, and whatsoever
  • lieth upon the heart to oppress it, in a kind of civil shrift or
  • confession.
  • It is a strange thing to observe how high a rate great kings and
  • monarchs do set upon this fruit of friendship whereof we speak; so
  • great, as they purchase it many times at the hazard of their own safety
  • and greatness; for princes, in regard of the distance of their fortune
  • from that of their subjects and servants, cannot gather this fruit,
  • except (to make themselves capable thereof) they raise some persons to
  • be as it were companions, and almost equals to themselves, which many
  • times sorteth to inconvenience. The modern languages give unto such
  • persons the name of favorites, or privadoes, as if it were matter of
  • grace or conversation; but the Roman name attaineth the true use and
  • cause thereof, naming them “participes curarum;”[308] for it is that
  • which tieth the knot. And we see plainly that this hath been done, not
  • by weak and passionate princes only, but by the wisest and most politic
  • that ever reigned, who have oftentimes joined to themselves some of
  • their servants, whom both themselves have called friends, and allowed
  • others likewise to call them in the same manner, using the word which
  • is received between private men.
  • L. Sylla, when he commanded Rome, raised Pompey (after surnamed
  • the Great) to that height, that Pompey vaunted himself for Sylla’s
  • overmatch; for when he had carried the consulship for a friend of
  • his, against the pursuit of Sylla, and that Sylla did a little resent
  • thereat, and began to speak great, Pompey turned upon him again, and,
  • in effect, bade him be quiet; for that more men adored the sun rising
  • than the sun setting.[309] With Julius Cæsar, Decimus Brutus had
  • obtained that interest, as he set him down in his testament for heir
  • in remainder after his nephew; and this was the man that had power
  • with him to draw him forth to his death; for when Cæsar would have
  • discharged the senate, in regard of some ill presages, and specially a
  • dream of Calphurnia, this man lifted him gently by the arm out of his
  • chair, telling him he hoped he would not dismiss the senate till his
  • wife had dreamt a better dream;[310] and it seemeth his favor was so
  • great, as Antonius, in a letter which is recited verbatim in one of
  • Cicero’s Philippics, calleth him _venefica_, “witch,” as if he had
  • enchanted Cæsar.[311] Augustus raised Agrippa (though of mean birth) to
  • that height, as, when he consulted with Mæcenas about the marriage of
  • his daughter Julia, Mæcenas took the liberty to tell him, that he must
  • either marry his daughter to Agrippa, or take away his life; there was
  • no third way, he had made him so great. With Tiberius Cæsar, Sejanus
  • had ascended to that height, as they two were termed and reckoned
  • as a pair of friends. Tiberius, in a letter to him, saith, “Hæc pro
  • amicitiâ nostrâ non occultavi;”[312] and the whole senate dedicated
  • an altar to Friendship, as to a goddess, in respect of the great
  • dearness of friendship between them two. The like, or more, was between
  • Septimius Severus and Plautianus; for he forced his eldest son to
  • marry the daughter of Plautianus, and would often maintain Plautianus
  • in doing affronts to his son; and did write, also, in a letter to the
  • senate, by these words: “I love the man so well, as I wish he may
  • over-live me.”[313] Now, if these princes had been as a Trajan, or a
  • Marcus Aurelius, a man might have thought that this had proceeded of
  • an abundant goodness of nature; but being men so wise,[314] of such
  • strength and severity of mind, and so extreme lovers of themselves,
  • as all these were, it proveth most plainly that they found their own
  • felicity (though as great as ever happened to mortal men) but as an
  • half-piece, except they might have a friend to make it entire; and yet,
  • which is more, they were princes that had wives, sons, nephews; and yet
  • all these could not supply the comfort of friendship.
  • It is not to be forgotten what Comineus[315] observeth of his first
  • master, Duke Charles the Hardy,[316] namely, that he would communicate
  • his secrets with none, and, least of all, those secrets which troubled
  • him most. Whereupon he goeth on, and saith, that towards his latter
  • time, that closeness did impair and a little perish his understanding.
  • Surely, Comineus might have made the same judgment, also, if it had
  • pleased him, of his second master, Louis the Eleventh, whose closeness
  • was indeed his tormentor. The parable of Pythagoras is dark, but true:
  • “Cor ne edito,” “eat not the heart.”[317] Certainly, if a man would
  • give it a hard phrase, those that want friends to open themselves unto
  • are cannibals of their own hearts; but one thing is most admirable
  • (wherewith I will conclude this first fruit of friendship), which
  • is, that this communicating of a man’s self to his friend works two
  • contrary effects, for it redoubleth joys, and cutteth griefs in halves;
  • for there is no man that imparteth his joys to his friend, but he
  • joyeth the more; and no man that imparteth his griefs to his friend,
  • but he grieveth the less. So that it is, in truth, of operation upon a
  • man’s mind of like virtue as the alchemists used to attribute to their
  • stone for man’s body, that it worketh all contrary effects, but still
  • to the good and benefit of nature. But yet, without praying in aid of
  • alchemists, there is a manifest image of this in the ordinary course of
  • nature; for, in bodies, union strengtheneth and cherisheth any natural
  • action; and, on the other side, weakeneth and dulleth any violent
  • impression; and even so it is of minds.
  • The second fruit of friendship is healthful and sovereign for the
  • understanding, as the first is for the affections; for friendship
  • maketh indeed a fair day in the affections from storm and tempests,
  • but it maketh daylight in the understanding, out of darkness and
  • confusion of thoughts. Neither is this to be understood only of
  • faithful counsel, which a man receiveth from his friend; but before
  • you come to that, certain it is, that whosoever hath his mind fraught
  • with many thoughts, his wits and understanding do clarify and break
  • up in the communicating and discoursing with another; he tosseth his
  • thoughts more easily; he marshalleth them more orderly; he seeth how
  • they look when they are turned into words; finally, he waxeth wiser
  • than himself; and that more by an hour’s discourse than by a day’s
  • meditation. It was well said by Themistocles to the king of Persia:
  • “That speech was like cloth of Arras,[318] opened and put abroad,
  • whereby the imagery doth appear in figure; whereas in thoughts they lie
  • but as in packs.”[319] Neither is this second fruit of friendship, in
  • opening the understanding, restrained only to such friends as are able
  • to give a man counsel (they indeed are best), but even without that a
  • man learneth of himself, and bringeth his own thoughts to light, and
  • whetteth his wits as against a stone, which itself cuts not. In a word,
  • a man were better relate himself to a statue or picture, than to suffer
  • his thoughts to pass in smother.
  • Add now, to make this second fruit of friendship complete, that other
  • point which lieth more open, and falleth within vulgar observation;
  • which is faithful counsel from a friend. Heraclitus saith well, in
  • one of his enigmas, “Dry light is ever the best;”[320] and certain it
  • is, that the light that a man receiveth by counsel from another, is
  • drier and purer than that which cometh from his own understanding and
  • judgment, which is ever infused and drenched in his affections and
  • customs. So, as there is as much difference between the counsel that a
  • friend giveth, and that a man giveth himself, as there is between the
  • counsel of a friend and of a flatterer; for there is no such flatterer
  • as is a man’s self, and there is no such remedy against flattery of a
  • man’s self, as the liberty of a friend. Counsel is of two sorts,—the
  • one concerning manners, the other concerning business; for the first,
  • the best preservative to keep the mind in health, is the faithful
  • admonition of a friend. The calling of a man’s self to a strict account
  • is a medicine sometimes too piercing and corrosive; reading good books
  • of morality is a little flat and dead; observing our faults in others
  • is sometimes improper for our case; but the best receipt (best, I say,
  • to work, and best to take), is the admonition of a friend. It is a
  • strange thing to behold what gross errors and extreme absurdities many
  • (especially of the greater sort) do commit for want of a friend to
  • tell them of them, to the great damage both of their fame and fortune;
  • for, as St. James saith, they are as men “that look sometimes into a
  • glass, and presently forget their own shape and favor.”[321] As for
  • business, a man may think, if he will, that two eyes see no more than
  • one; or, that a gamester seeth always more than a looker-on; or, that
  • a man in anger is as wise as he that has said over the four and twenty
  • letters;[322] or, that a musket may be shot off as well upon the arm as
  • upon a rest;[323] and such other fond and high imaginations, to think
  • himself all in all; but when all is done, the help of good counsel is
  • that which setteth business straight. And if any man think that he
  • will take counsel, but it shall be by pieces, asking counsel in one
  • business of one man, and in another business of another man; it is well
  • (that is to say, better, perhaps, than if he asked none at all); but he
  • runneth two dangers,—one, that he shall not be faithfully counselled;
  • for it is a rare thing, except it be from a perfect and entire friend,
  • to have counsel given, but such as shall be bowed and crooked to some
  • ends which he hath that giveth it; the other, that he shall have
  • counsel given, hurtful and unsafe (though with good meaning), and
  • mixed partly of mischief, and partly of remedy; even as if you would
  • call a physician, that is thought good for the cure of the disease you
  • complain of, but is unacquainted with your body; and, therefore, may
  • put you in a way for a present cure, but overthroweth your health in
  • some other kind, and so cure the disease and kill the patient.
  • But a friend, that is wholly acquainted with a man’s estate, will
  • beware, by furthering any present business, how he dasheth upon other
  • inconvenience; and, therefore, rest not upon scattered counsels; they
  • will rather distract and mislead, than settle and direct.
  • After these two noble fruits of friendship (peace in the affections,
  • and support of the judgment), followeth the last fruit, which is like
  • the pomegranate, full of many kernels; I mean aid, and bearing a part
  • in all actions and occasions. Here the best way to represent to life
  • the manifold use of friendship, is to cast and see how many things
  • there are which a man cannot do himself; and then it will appear that
  • it was a sparing speech of the ancients to say, “that a friend is
  • another himself,” for that a friend is far more than himself. Men have
  • their time, and die many times in desire of some things which they
  • principally take to heart; the bestowing of a child, the finishing of
  • a work, or the like. If a man have a true friend, he may rest almost
  • secure that the care of those things will continue after him; so that
  • a man hath, as it were, two lives in his desires. A man hath a body,
  • and that body is confined to a place; but where friendship is, all
  • offices of life are, as it were, granted to him and his deputy, for he
  • may exercise them by his friend. How many things are there, which a
  • man cannot, with any face or comeliness, say or do himself? A man can
  • scarce allege his own merits with modesty, much less extol them; a
  • man cannot sometimes brook to supplicate, or beg, and a number of the
  • like; but all these things are graceful in a friend’s mouth, which are
  • blushing in a man’s own. So, again, a man’s person hath many proper
  • relations which he cannot put off. A man cannot speak to his son but as
  • a father; to his wife but as a husband; to his enemy but upon terms;
  • whereas, a friend may speak as the case requires, and not as it sorteth
  • with the person. But to enumerate these things were endless; I have
  • given the rule, where a man cannot fitly play his own part. If he have
  • not a friend, he may quit the stage.
  • XXVIII.—OF EXPENSE.
  • Riches are for spending, and spending for honor and good actions;
  • therefore, extraordinary expense must be limited by the worth of the
  • occasion; for voluntary undoing may be as well for a man’s country as
  • for the kingdom of heaven; but ordinary expense ought to be limited
  • by a man’s estate, and governed with such regard, as it be within his
  • compass, and not subject to deceit and abuse of servants, and ordered
  • to the best show, that the bills may be less than the estimation
  • abroad. Certainly, if a man will keep but of even hand, his ordinary
  • expenses ought to be but to the half of his receipts; and, if he think
  • to wax rich, but to the third part. It is no baseness for the greatest
  • to descend and look into their own estate. Some forbear it, not upon
  • negligence alone, but doubting to bring themselves into melancholy, in
  • respect they shall find it broken; but wounds cannot be cured without
  • searching. He that cannot look into his own estate at all, had need
  • both choose well those whom he employeth, and change them often; for
  • new are more timorous, and less subtle. He that can look into his
  • estate but seldom, it behooveth him to turn all to certainties. A man
  • had need, if he be plentiful in some kind of expense, to be as saving
  • again in some other: as, if he be plentiful in diet, to be saving in
  • apparel; if he be plentiful in the hall, to be saving in the stable;
  • and the like. For he that is plentiful in expenses of all kinds, will
  • hardly be preserved from decay. In clearing[324] of a man’s estate,
  • he may as well hurt himself in being too sudden, as in letting it run
  • on too long; for hasty selling is commonly as disadvantageable as
  • interest. Besides, he that clears at once will relapse; for, finding
  • himself out of straits, he will revert to his customs; but he that
  • cleareth by degrees induceth a habit of frugality, and gaineth as
  • well upon his mind as upon his estate. Certainly, who hath a state
  • to repair, may not despise small things; and, commonly, it is less
  • dishonorable to abridge petty charges, than to stoop to petty
  • gettings. A man ought warily to begin charges, which once begun will
  • continue; but in matters that return not, he may be more magnificent.
  • XXIX.—OF THE TRUE GREATNESS OF KINGDOMS AND ESTATES.
  • The speech of Themistocles, the Athenian, which was haughty and
  • arrogant, in taking so much to himself, had been a grave and wise
  • observation and censure, applied at large to others. Desired at a feast
  • to touch a lute, he said, “He could not fiddle, but yet he could make
  • a small town a great city.”[325] These words (holpen a little with a
  • metaphor) may express two different abilities in those that deal in
  • business of estate; for if a true survey be taken of counsellors and
  • statesmen, there may be found (though rarely) those which can make a
  • small state great, and yet cannot fiddle: as, on the other side there
  • will be found a great many that can fiddle very cunningly, but yet
  • are so far from being able to make a small state great, as their gift
  • lieth the other way,—to bring a great and flourishing estate to ruin
  • and decay. And certainly, those degenerate arts and shifts, whereby
  • many counsellors and governors gain both favor with their masters and
  • estimation with the vulgar, deserve no better name than fiddling;
  • being things rather pleasing for the time, and graceful to themselves
  • only, than tending to the weal and advancement of the state which they
  • serve. There are also (no doubt) counsellors and governors which may
  • be held sufficient, “negotiis pares,”[326] able to manage affairs,
  • and to keep them from precipices and manifest inconveniences; which,
  • nevertheless, are far from the ability to raise and amplify an estate
  • in power, means, and fortune. But be the workmen what they may be,
  • let us speak of the work; that is, the true greatness of kingdoms
  • and estates, and the means thereof. An argument fit for great and
  • mighty princes to have in their hand; to the end, that neither by
  • overmeasuring their forces, they lose themselves in vain enterprises:
  • nor, on the other side, by undervaluing them, they descend to fearful
  • and pusillanimous counsels.
  • The greatness of an estate, in bulk and territory, doth fall under
  • measure; and the greatness of finances and revenue doth fall under
  • computation. The population may appear by musters, and the number and
  • greatness of cities and towns by cards and maps; but yet there is not
  • anything amongst civil affairs more subject to error than the right
  • valuation and true judgment concerning the power and forces of an
  • estate. The kingdom of heaven is compared, not to any great kernel, or
  • nut, but to a grain of mustard-seed;[327] which is one of the least
  • grains, but hath in it a property and spirit hastily to get up and
  • spread. So are there states great in territory, and yet not apt to
  • enlarge or command; and some that have but a small dimension of stem,
  • and yet apt to be the foundations of great monarchies.
  • Walled towns, stored arsenals and armories, goodly races of horse,
  • chariots of war, elephants, ordnance, artillery, and the like; all this
  • is but a sheep in a lion’s skin, except the breed and disposition of
  • the people be stout and warlike. Nay, number itself in armies importeth
  • not much, where the people is of weak courage; for, as Virgil saith,
  • “It never troubles a wolf how many the sheep be.”[328] The army of
  • the Persians in the plains of Arbela was such a vast sea of people,
  • as it did somewhat astonish the commanders in Alexander’s army, who
  • came to him, therefore, and wished him to set upon them by night; but
  • he answered, “He would not pilfer the victory;” and the defeat was
  • easy.[329]—When Tigranes,[330] the Armenian, being encamped upon
  • a hill with four hundred thousand men, discovered the army of the
  • Romans, being not above fourteen thousand, marching towards him, he
  • made himself merry with it, and said, “Yonder men are too many for an
  • ambassage, and too few for a fight;” but before the sun set, he found
  • them enow to give him the chase with infinite slaughter. Many are the
  • examples of the great odds between number and courage; so that a man
  • may truly make a judgment, that the principal point of greatness in any
  • state is to have a race of military men. Neither is money the sinews
  • of war (as it is trivially said), where the sinews of men’s arms,
  • in base and effeminate people, are failing: for Solon said well to
  • Crœsus (when in ostentation he showed him his gold), “Sir, if any
  • other come that hath better iron than you, he will be master of all
  • this gold.” Therefore, let any prince or state, think soberly of his
  • forces, except his militia of natives be of good and valiant soldiers;
  • and let princes, on the other side, that have subjects of martial
  • disposition, know their own strength, unless they be otherwise wanting
  • unto themselves. As for mercenary forces (which is the help in this
  • case), all examples show that, whatsoever estate or prince doth rest
  • upon them, he may spread his feathers for a time, but he will mew them
  • soon after.
  • The blessing of Judah and Issachar[331] will never meet; that the
  • same people, or nation, should be both the lion’s whelp and the ass
  • between burdens; neither will it be, that a people overlaid with taxes
  • should ever become valiant and martial. It is true that taxes, levied
  • by consent of the estate, do abate men’s courage less; as it hath been
  • seen notably in the excises of the Low Countries, and, in some degree,
  • in the subsidies[332] of England; for, you must note, that we speak now
  • of the heart, and not of the purse; so that, although the same tribute
  • and tax, laid by consent or by imposing, be all one to the purse, yet
  • it works diversely upon the courage. So that you may conclude, that no
  • people overcharged with tribute is fit for empire.
  • Let states that aim at greatness take heed how their nobility and
  • gentlemen do multiply too fast; for that maketh the common subject grow
  • to be a peasant and base swain, driven out of heart, and, in effect,
  • but the gentleman’s laborer. Even as you may see in coppice woods; if
  • you leave your staddles[333] too thick, you shall never have clean
  • underwood, but shrubs and bushes. So in countries, if the gentlemen
  • be too many, the commons will be base; and you will bring it to that,
  • that not the hundred poll will be fit for a helmet, especially as
  • to the infantry, which is the nerve of an army; and so there will be
  • great population and little strength. This which I speak of, hath been
  • nowhere better seen than by comparing of England and France; whereof
  • England, though far less in territory and population, hath been,
  • nevertheless, an overmatch; in regard, the middle people of England
  • make good soldiers, which the peasants of France do not. And herein
  • the device of King Henry the Seventh (whereof I have spoken largely
  • in the history of his life) was profound and admirable; in making
  • farms and houses of husbandry of a standard, that is, maintained with
  • such a proportion of land unto them as may breed a subject to live in
  • convenient plenty, and no servile condition, and to keep the plough in
  • the hands of the owners, and not mere hirelings; and thus, indeed, you
  • shall attain to Virgil’s character, which he gives to ancient Italy:—
  • “Terra potens armis atque ubere glebæ.”[334]
  • Neither is that state (which, for anything I know, is almost peculiar
  • to England, and hardly to be found anywhere else, except it be,
  • perhaps, in Poland), to be passed over; I mean the state of free
  • servants and attendants upon noblemen and gentlemen, which are noways
  • inferior unto the yeomanry for arms; and, therefore, out of all
  • question, the splendor and magnificence, and great retinues, and
  • hospitality of noblemen and gentlemen received into custom, do much
  • conduce unto martial greatness; whereas, contrariwise, the close and
  • reserved living of noblemen and gentlemen causeth a penury of military
  • forces.
  • By all means, it is to be procured that the trunk of Nebuchadnezzar’s
  • tree of monarchy[335] be great enough to bear the branches and the
  • boughs; that is, that the natural subjects of the crown, or state, bear
  • a sufficient proportion to the stranger subjects that they govern.
  • Therefore, all states that are liberal of naturalization towards
  • strangers are fit for empire; for to think that a handful of people
  • can, with the greatest courage and policy in the world, embrace too
  • large extent of dominion, it may hold for a time, but it will fail
  • suddenly. The Spartans were a nice people in point of naturalization;
  • whereby, while they kept their compass, they stood firm; but when
  • they did spread, and their boughs were becoming too great for their
  • stem, they became a windfall upon the sudden. Never any state was, in
  • this point, so open to receive strangers into their body as were the
  • Romans; therefore, it sorted with them accordingly, for they grew to
  • the greatest monarchy. Their manner was to grant naturalization (which
  • they called “jus civitatis”),[336] and to grant it in the highest
  • degree, that is, not only “jus commercii,”[337] “jus connubii,”[338]
  • “jus hæreditatis;”[339] but, also, “jus suffragii,”[340] and “jus
  • honorum;”[341] and this not to singular persons alone, but likewise to
  • whole families; yea, to cities and sometimes to nations. Add to this
  • their custom of plantation of colonies, whereby the Roman plant was
  • removed into the soil of other nations, and, putting both constitutions
  • together, you will say, that it was not the Romans that spread upon
  • the world, but it was the world that spread upon the Romans; and
  • that was the sure way of greatness. I have marvelled sometimes at
  • Spain, how they clasp and contain so large dominions with so few
  • natural Spaniards;[342] but sure the whole compass of Spain is a very
  • great body of a tree, far above Rome and Sparta at the first; and,
  • besides, though they have not had that usage to naturalize liberally,
  • yet they have that which is next to it; that is, to employ, almost
  • indifferently, all nations in their militia of ordinary soldiers;
  • yea, and sometimes in their highest commands; nay, it seemeth at
  • this instant they are sensible of this want of natives, as by the
  • pragmatical sanction,[343] now published, appeareth.
  • It is certain that sedentary and within-door arts, and delicate
  • manufactures (that require rather the finger than the arm), have in
  • their nature a contrariety to a military disposition; and, generally,
  • all warlike people are a little idle, and love danger better than
  • travail; neither must they be too much broken of it, if they shall be
  • preserved in vigor. Therefore, it was great advantage in the ancient
  • states of Sparta, Athens, Rome, and others, that they had the use
  • of slaves, which commonly did rid those manufactures; but that is
  • abolished, in greatest part, by the Christian law. That which cometh
  • nearest to it is, to leave those arts chiefly to strangers (which, for
  • that purpose, are the more easily to be received), and to contain the
  • principal bulk of the vulgar natives within those three kinds, tillers
  • of the ground, free servants, and handicraftsmen of strong and manly
  • arts; as smiths, masons, carpenters, &c., not reckoning professed
  • soldiers.
  • But, above all, for empire and greatness, it importeth most, that
  • a nation do profess arms as their principal honor, study, and
  • occupation; for the things which we formerly have spoken of are but
  • habilitations[344] towards arms; and what is habilitation without
  • intention and act? Romulus, after his death (as they report or feign),
  • sent a present to the Romans, that, above all, they should intend[345]
  • arms, and then they should prove the greatest empire of the world. The
  • fabric of the state of Sparta was wholly (though not wisely) framed
  • and composed to that scope and end; the Persians and Macedonians had
  • it for a flash;[346] the Gauls, Germans, Goths, Saxons, Normans, and
  • others, had it for a time; the Turks have it at this day, though in
  • great declination. Of Christian Europe, they that have it are in effect
  • only the Spaniards; but it is so plain, that every man profiteth in
  • that he most intendeth, that it needeth not to be stood upon. It is
  • enough to point at it, that no nation which doth not directly profess
  • arms, may look to have greatness fall into their mouths; and, on the
  • other side, it is a most certain oracle of time, that those states that
  • continue long in that profession (as the Romans and Turks principally
  • have done), do wonders; and those that have professed arms but for an
  • age have, notwithstanding, commonly attained that greatness in that age
  • which maintained them long after, when their profession and exercise of
  • arms had grown to decay.
  • Incident to this point is, for a state to have those laws or customs
  • which may reach forth unto them just occasions (as may be pretended)
  • of war; for there is that justice imprinted in the nature of men,
  • that they enter not upon wars (whereof so many calamities do ensue),
  • but upon some, at the least specious grounds and quarrels. The Turk
  • hath at hand, for cause of war, the propagation of his law or sect, a
  • quarrel that he may always command. The Romans, though they esteemed
  • the extending the limits of their empire to be great honor to their
  • generals when it was done, yet they never rested upon that alone to
  • begin a war. First, therefore, let nations that pretend to greatness
  • have this, that they be sensible of wrongs, either upon borderers,
  • merchants, or politic ministers; and that they sit not too long upon
  • a provocation: secondly, let them be pressed,[347] and ready to give
  • aids and succors to their confederates, as it ever was with the Romans;
  • insomuch, as if the confederate had leagues defensive with divers other
  • states, and, upon invasion offered, did implore their aids severally,
  • yet the Romans would ever be the foremost, and leave it to none other
  • to have the honor. As for the wars, which were anciently made on the
  • behalf of a kind of party, or tacit conformity of estate, I do not see
  • how they may be well justified: as when the Romans made a war for the
  • liberty of Græcia; or, when the Lacedæmonians and Athenians made wars
  • to set up or pull down democracies and oligarchies; or when wars were
  • made by foreigners, under the pretence of justice or protection, to
  • deliver the subjects of others from tyranny and oppression, and the
  • like. Let it suffice, that no estate expect to be great, that is not
  • awake upon any just occasion of arming.
  • Nobody can be healthful without exercise, neither natural body nor
  • politic; and, certainly, to a kingdom, or estate, a just and honorable
  • war is the true exercise. A civil war, indeed, is like the heat of a
  • fever; but a foreign war is like the heat of exercise, and serveth to
  • keep the body in health; for, in a slothful peace, both courages will
  • effeminate and manners corrupt. But, howsoever it be for happiness,
  • without all question for greatness, it maketh to be still, for the
  • most part, in arms; and the strength of a veteran army (though it be a
  • chargeable business) always on foot, is that which commonly giveth the
  • law, or, at least, the reputation amongst all neighbor states, as may
  • well be seen in Spain,[348] which hath had, in one part or other, a
  • veteran army, almost continually, now by the space of sixscore years.
  • To be master of the sea is an abridgment of a monarchy. Cicero, writing
  • to Atticus, of Pompey’s preparation against Cæsar, saith, “Consilium
  • Pompeii plane Themistocleum est; putat enim, qui mari potitur, eum
  • rerum potiri;[349] and, without doubt, Pompey had tired out Cæsar, if
  • upon vain confidence he had not left that way. We see the great effects
  • of battles by sea. The battle of Actium decided the empire of the
  • world: the battle of Lepanto arrested the greatness of the Turk. There
  • be many examples where sea-fights have been final to the war; but this
  • is when princes, or states, have set up their rest upon the battles.
  • But thus much is certain, that he that commands the sea is at great
  • liberty, and may take as much and as little of the war as he will;
  • whereas, those that be strongest by land are many times, nevertheless,
  • in great straits. Surely, at this day, with us of Europe, the vantage
  • of strength at sea (which is one of the principal dowries of this
  • kingdom of Great Britain) is great; both because most of the kingdoms
  • of Europe are not merely inland, but girt with the sea most part of
  • their compass; and because the wealth of both Indies seems, in great
  • part, but an accessary to the command of the seas.
  • The wars of latter ages seem to be made in the dark, in respect of
  • the glory and honor which reflected upon men from the wars in ancient
  • time. There be now, for martial encouragement, some degrees and orders
  • of chivalry, which, nevertheless, are conferred promiscuously upon
  • soldiers and no soldiers; and some remembrance, perhaps, upon the
  • escutcheon, and some hospitals for maimed soldiers, and such like
  • things; but in ancient times, the trophies erected upon the place of
  • the victory; the funeral laudatives,[350] and monuments for those
  • that died in the wars; the crowns and garlands personal; the style of
  • emperor which the great kings of the world after borrowed; the triumphs
  • of the generals upon their return; the great donatives and largesses
  • upon the disbanding of the armies; were things able to inflame all
  • men’s courages. But, above all, that of the triumph amongst the
  • Romans was not pageants or gaudery, but one of the wisest and noblest
  • institutions that ever was; for it contained three things: honor to the
  • general, riches to the treasury out of the spoils, and donatives to
  • the army. But that honor, perhaps, were not fit for monarchies, except
  • it be in the person of the monarch himself, or his sons; as it came
  • to pass in the times of the Roman emperors, who did impropriate the
  • actual triumphs to themselves and their sons, for such wars as they did
  • achieve in person, and left only for wars achieved by subjects, some
  • triumphal garments and ensigns to the general.
  • To conclude. No man can by care-taking (as the Scripture saith) “add
  • a cubit to his stature,”[351] in this little model of a man’s body;
  • but in the great frame of kingdoms and commonwealths, it is in the
  • power of princes, or estates, to add amplitude and greatness to
  • their kingdom; for, by introducing such ordinances, constitutions,
  • and customs, as we have now touched, they may sow greatness to their
  • posterity and succession: but these things are commonly not observed,
  • but left to take their chance.
  • XXX.—OF REGIMEN OF HEALTH.
  • There is a wisdom in this beyond the rules of physic. A man’s own
  • observation, what he finds good of, and what he finds hurt of, is the
  • best physic to preserve health; but it is a safer conclusion to say,
  • “This agreeth not well with me, therefore I will not continue it;” than
  • this, “I find no offence of this, therefore I may use it;” for strength
  • of nature in youth passeth over many excesses which are owing[352] a
  • man till his age. Discern of the coming on of years, and think not to
  • do the same things still; for age will not be defied. Beware of sudden
  • change in any great point of diet, and, if necessity enforce it, fit
  • the rest to it; for it is a secret both in nature and state, that it
  • is safer to change many things than one. Examine thy customs of diet,
  • sleep, exercise, apparel, and the like; and try, in any thing thou
  • shalt judge hurtful, to discontinue it by little and little; but so, as
  • if thou dost find any inconvenience by the change, thou come back to
  • it again; for it is hard to distinguish that which is generally held
  • good and wholesome, from that which is good particularly,[353] and fit
  • for thine own body. To be free-minded and cheerfully disposed at hours
  • of meat, and of sleep, and of exercise, is one of the best precepts of
  • long lasting. As for the passions and studies of the mind, avoid envy,
  • anxious fears, anger fretting inwards, subtle and knotty inquisitions,
  • joys, and exhilarations in excess, sadness not communicated. Entertain
  • hopes, mirth rather than joy, variety of delights, rather than surfeit
  • of them; wonder and admiration, and therefore novelties; studies that
  • fill the mind with splendid and illustrious objects, as histories,
  • fables, and contemplations of nature. If you fly physic in health
  • altogether, it will be too strange for your body when you shall need
  • it; if you make it too familiar, it will work no extraordinary effect
  • when sickness cometh. I commend rather some diet, for certain seasons,
  • than frequent use of physic, except it be grown into a custom; for
  • those diets alter the body more, and trouble it less. Despise no new
  • accident[354] in your body, but ask opinion[355] of it. In sickness,
  • respect health principally; and in health, action; for those that put
  • their bodies to endure in health, may, in most sicknesses which are
  • not very sharp, be cured only with diet and tendering. Celsus could
  • never have spoken it as a physician, had he not been a wise man withal,
  • when he giveth it for one of the great precepts of health and lasting,
  • that a man do vary and interchange contraries, but with an inclination
  • to the more benign extreme. Use fasting and full eating, but rather
  • full eating;[356] watching and sleep, but rather sleep; sitting and
  • exercise, but rather exercise, and the like; so shall nature be
  • cherished, and yet taught masteries.[357] Physicians are some of them
  • so pleasing and conformable to the humor of the patient, as they
  • press not the true cure of the disease; and some other are so regular
  • in proceeding according to art for the disease, as they respect not
  • sufficiently the condition of the patient. Take one of a middle temper;
  • or, if it may not be found in one man, combine two of either sort; and
  • forget not to call as well the best acquainted with your body, as the
  • best reputed of for his faculty.
  • XXXI.—OF SUSPICION.
  • Suspicions amongst thoughts are like bats amongst birds, they ever
  • fly by twilight. Certainly they are to be repressed, or at the least
  • well guarded; for they cloud the mind, they lose friends, and they
  • check with business, whereby business cannot go on currently and
  • constantly. They dispose kings to tyranny, husbands to jealousy, wise
  • men to irresolution and melancholy. They are defects, not in the heart
  • but in the brain; for they take place in the stoutest natures, as in
  • the example of Henry the Seventh of England. There was not a more
  • suspicious man, nor a more stout, and in such a composition they do
  • small hurt; for commonly they are not admitted, but with examination,
  • whether they be likely or no; but in fearful natures they gain ground
  • too fast. There is nothing makes a man suspect much, more than to know
  • little; and, therefore, men should remedy suspicion by procuring to
  • know more, and not to keep their suspicions in smother. What would men
  • have? Do they think those they employ and deal with are saints? Do they
  • not think they will have their own ends, and be truer to themselves
  • than to them? Therefore, there is no better way to moderate suspicions,
  • than to account upon such suspicions as true, and yet to bridle them
  • as false:[358] for so far a man ought to make use of suspicions as to
  • provide, as if that should be true that he suspects, yet it may do him
  • no hurt. Suspicions that the mind of itself gathers are but buzzes; but
  • suspicions that are artificially nourished, and put into men’s heads by
  • the tales and whisperings of others, have stings. Certainly, the best
  • mean, to clear the way in this same wood of suspicions, is frankly to
  • communicate them with the party that he suspects: for thereby he shall
  • be sure to know more of the truth of them than he did before; and,
  • withal, shall make that party more circumspect, not to give further
  • cause of suspicion. But this would not be done to men of base natures;
  • for they, if they find themselves once suspected, will never be true.
  • The Italian says, “Sospetto licentia fede;”[359] as if suspicion did
  • give a passport to faith; but it ought rather to kindle it to discharge
  • itself.
  • XXXII.—OF DISCOURSE.
  • Some in their discourse desire rather commendation of wit, in being
  • able to hold all arguments,[360] than of judgment, in discerning what
  • is true; as if it were a praise to know what might be said and not
  • what should be thought. Some have certain commonplaces and themes,
  • wherein they are good, and want variety; which kind of poverty is for
  • the most part tedious, and, when it is once perceived, ridiculous. The
  • honorablest part of talk is to give the occasion,[361] and again to
  • moderate and pass to somewhat else; for then a man leads the dance.
  • It is good in discourse, and speech of conversation, to vary and
  • intermingle speech of the present occasion with arguments, tales with
  • reasons, asking of questions with telling of opinions, and jest with
  • earnest; for it is a dull thing to tire, and, as we say now, to jade
  • any thing too far. As for jest, there be certain things which ought
  • to be privileged from it; namely, religion, matters of state, great
  • persons, any man’s present business of importance, and any case that
  • deserveth pity; yet there be some that think their wits have been
  • asleep, except they dart out somewhat that is piquant, and to the
  • quick; that is a vein which would be bridled:[362]—
  • “Parce, puer, stimulis, et fortius utere loris.”[363]
  • And, generally, men ought to find the difference between saltness and
  • bitterness. Certainly, he that hath a satirical vein, as he maketh
  • others afraid of his wit, so he had need be afraid of others’ memory.
  • He that questioneth much, shall learn much, and content much, but
  • especially if he apply his questions to the skill of the persons whom
  • he asketh: for he shall give them occasion to please themselves in
  • speaking, and himself shall continually gather knowledge; but let
  • his questions not be troublesome, for that is fit for a poser.[364]
  • And let him be sure to leave other men their turns to speak; nay, if
  • there be any that would reign and take up all the time, let him find
  • means to take them off, and to bring others on, as musicians used to
  • do with those that dance too long galliards.[365] If you dissemble
  • sometimes your knowledge of that you are thought to know, you shall be
  • thought, another time, to know that you know not. Speech of a man’s
  • self ought to be seldom, and well chosen. I knew one was wont to say
  • in scorn, “He must needs be a wise man, he speaks so much of himself;”
  • and there is but one case wherein a man may commend himself with good
  • grace, and that is in commending virtue in another, especially if it
  • be such a virtue whereunto himself pretendeth. Speech of touch[366]
  • towards others should be sparingly used; for discourse ought to be as
  • a field, without coming home to any man. I knew two noblemen, of the
  • west part of England, whereof the one was given to scoff, but kept
  • ever royal cheer in his house; the other would ask of those that had
  • been at the other’s table, “Tell truly, was there never a flout[367]
  • or dry blow[368] given?” To which the guest would answer, “Such and
  • such a thing passed.” The lord would say, “I thought he would mar a
  • good dinner.” Discretion of speech is more than eloquence; and to speak
  • agreeably to him with whom we deal, is more than to speak in good
  • words, or in good order. A good continued speech, without a good speech
  • of interlocution, shows slowness; and a good reply, or second speech,
  • without a good settled speech, showeth shallowness and weakness. As
  • we see in beasts, that those that are weakest in the course, are yet
  • nimblest in the turn; as it is betwixt the greyhound and the hare. To
  • use too many circumstances, ere one come to the matter, is wearisome;
  • to use none at all, is blunt.
  • XXXIII.—OF PLANTATIONS.[369]
  • Plantations are amongst ancient, primitive, and heroical works. When
  • the world was young, it begat more children; but now it is old, it
  • begets fewer; for I may justly account new plantations to be the
  • children of former kingdoms. I like a plantation in a pure soil;
  • that is, where people are not displanted,[370] to the end to plant
  • in others; for else it is rather an extirpation than a plantation.
  • Planting of countries is like planting of woods; for you must make
  • account to lose almost twenty years’ profit, and expect your recompense
  • in the end; for the principal thing that hath been the destruction
  • of most plantations, hath been the base and hasty drawing of profit
  • in the first years. It is true, speedy profit is not to be neglected,
  • as far as may stand with the good of the plantation, but no further.
  • It is a shameful and unblessed thing[371] to take the scum of people
  • and wicked condemned men, to be the people with whom you plant; and
  • not only so, but it spoileth the plantation; for they will ever live
  • like rogues, and not fall to work; but be lazy, and do mischief, and
  • spend victuals, and be quickly weary, and then certify over to their
  • country to the discredit of the plantation. The people wherewith you
  • plant ought to be gardeners, ploughmen, laborers, smiths, carpenters,
  • joiners, fishermen, fowlers, with some few apothecaries, surgeons,
  • cooks, and bakers. In a country of plantations, first look about what
  • kind of victual the country yields of itself to hand; as chestnuts,
  • walnuts, pine-apples, olives, dates, plums, cherries, wild honey,
  • and the like, and make use of them. Then consider what victual, or
  • esculent things there are, which grow speedily, and within the year; as
  • parsnips, carrots, turnips, onions, radish, artichokes of Jerusalem,
  • maize, and the like. For wheat, barley, and oats, they ask too much
  • labor; but with pease and beans you may begin, both because they ask
  • less labor, and because they serve for meat as well as for bread;
  • and of rice, likewise, cometh a great increase, and it is a kind of
  • meat. Above all, there ought to be brought store of biscuit, oatmeal,
  • flour, meal, and the like, in the beginning, till bread may be had. For
  • beasts, or birds, take chiefly such as are least subject to diseases,
  • and multiply fastest; as swine, goats, cocks, hens, turkeys, geese,
  • house-doves, and the like. The victual in plantations ought to be
  • expended almost as in a besieged town, that is, with certain allowance;
  • and let the main part of the ground employed to gardens or corn, be to
  • a common stock; and to be laid in, and stored up, and then delivered
  • out in proportion; besides some spots of ground that any particular
  • person will manure for his own private use. Consider, likewise, what
  • commodities the soil where the plantation is doth naturally yield, that
  • they may some way help to defray the charge of the plantation; so it be
  • not, as was said, to the untimely prejudice of the main business, as
  • it hath fared with tobacco in Virginia.[372] Wood commonly aboundeth
  • but too much; and therefore timber is fit to be one. If there be iron
  • ore, and streams whereupon to set the mills, iron is a brave commodity
  • where wood aboundeth. Making of bay-salt, if the climate be proper for
  • it, would be put in experience; growing silk, likewise, if any be, is
  • a likely commodity; pitch and tar, where store of firs and pines are,
  • will not fail; so drugs and sweet woods, where they are, cannot but
  • yield great profit; soap-ashes, likewise, and other things that may
  • be thought of; but moil[373] not too much under ground, for the hope
  • of mines is very uncertain, and useth to make the planters lazy in
  • other things. For government, let it be in the hands of one, assisted
  • with some counsel; and let them have commission to exercise martial
  • laws, with some limitation; and, above all, let men make that profit
  • of being in the wilderness, as they have God always, and his service,
  • before their eyes. Let not the government of the plantation depend upon
  • too many counsellors and undertakers in the country that planteth,
  • but upon a temperate number; and let those be rather noblemen and
  • gentlemen, than merchants, for they look ever to the present gain. Let
  • there be freedoms from custom, till the plantation be of strength; and
  • not only freedom from custom, but freedom to carry their commodities
  • where they may make their best of them, except there be some special
  • cause of caution. Cram not in people, by sending too fast company
  • after company; but rather hearken how they waste, and send supplies
  • proportionably; but so as the number may live well in the plantation,
  • and not by surcharge be in penury. It hath been a great endangering to
  • the health of some plantations, that they have built along the sea and
  • rivers, in marish[374] and unwholesome grounds; therefore, though you
  • begin there, to avoid carriage and other like discommodities, yet
  • build still rather upwards from the streams than along. It concerneth,
  • likewise, the health of the plantation, that they have good store of
  • salt with them, that they may use it in their victuals when it shall
  • be necessary. If you plant where savages are, do not only entertain
  • them with trifles and gingles,[375] but use them justly and graciously,
  • with sufficient guard, nevertheless; and do not win their favor by
  • helping them to invade their enemies, but for their defence it is not
  • amiss; and send oft of them over to the country that plants, that they
  • may see a better condition than their own, and commend it when they
  • return. When the plantation grows to strength, then it is time to plant
  • with women as well as with men; that the plantation may spread into
  • generations, and not be ever pieced from without. It is the sinfullest
  • thing in the world, to forsake or destitute a plantation once in
  • forwardness; for, besides the dishonor, it is the guiltiness of blood
  • of many commiserable persons.
  • XXXIV.—OF RICHES.
  • I cannot call riches better than the baggage of virtue; the Roman word
  • is better, “impedimenta;” for as the baggage is to an army, so is
  • riches to virtue; it cannot be spared nor left behind, but it hindereth
  • the march; yea, and the care of it sometimes loseth or disturbeth
  • the victory. Of great riches there is no real use, except it be in
  • the distribution; the rest is but conceit. So saith Solomon: “Where
  • much is, there are many to consume it; and what hath the owner, but
  • the sight of it with his eyes?”[376] The personal fruition in any man
  • cannot reach to feel great riches: there is a custody of them, or a
  • power of dole and donative of them, or a fame of them, but no solid use
  • to the owner. Do you not see what feigned prices are set upon little
  • stones and rarities? and what works of ostentation are undertaken,
  • because there might seem to be some use of great riches? But then you
  • will say, they may be of use to buy men out of dangers or troubles;
  • as Solomon saith: “Riches are as a strong-hold in the imagination of
  • the rich man;”[377] but this is excellently expressed, that it is in
  • imagination, and not always in fact; for, certainly, great riches have
  • sold more men than they have bought out. Seek not proud riches, but
  • such as thou mayest get justly, use soberly, distribute cheerfully,
  • and leave contentedly; yet have no abstract nor friarly contempt of
  • them, but distinguish, as Cicero saith well of Rabirius Posthumus:
  • “In studio rei amplificandæ apparebat, non avaritiæ prædam, sed
  • instrumentum bonitati quæri.”[378] Hearken also to Solomon, and beware
  • of hasty gathering of riches: “Qui festinat ad divitias, non erit
  • insons.”[379] The poets feign, that when Plutus (which is riches) is
  • sent from Jupiter, he limps, and goes slowly; but when he is sent from
  • Pluto, he runs, and is swift of foot; meaning, that riches gotten by
  • good means and just labor pace slowly; but when they come by the death
  • of others[380] (as by the course of inheritance, testaments, and the
  • like), they come tumbling upon a man. But it might be applied likewise
  • to Pluto, taking him for the devil; for when riches come from the devil
  • (as by fraud and oppression, and unjust means), they come upon speed.
  • The ways to enrich are many, and most of them foul: parsimony is one
  • of the best, and yet is not innocent; for it withholdeth men from works
  • of liberality and charity. The improvement of the ground is the most
  • natural obtaining of riches; for it is our great mother’s blessing, the
  • earth’s, but it is slow; and yet, where men of great wealth do stoop
  • to husbandry, it multiplieth riches exceedingly. I knew a nobleman,
  • in England, that had the greatest audits[381] of any man in my time,
  • a great grazier, a great sheep-master, a great timber-man, a great
  • collier, a great corn-master, a great lead-man, and so of iron, and a
  • number of the like points of husbandry; so as the earth seemed a sea
  • to him in respect of the perpetual importation. It was truly observed
  • by one, “That himself came very hardly to a little riches, and very
  • easily to great riches;” for when a man’s stock is come to that, that
  • he can expect the prime of markets,[382] and overcome those bargains,
  • which for their greatness are few men’s money, and be partner in the
  • industries of younger men, he cannot but increase mainly. The gains of
  • ordinary trades and vocations are honest, and furthered by two things,
  • chiefly: by diligence, and by a good name for good and fair dealing;
  • but the gains of bargains are of a more doubtful nature, when men shall
  • wait upon others’ necessity: broke by servants and instruments to draw
  • them on; put off others cunningly that would be better chapmen; and
  • the like practices, which are crafty and naught. As for the chopping
  • of bargains, when a man buys not to hold, but to sell over again,
  • that commonly grindeth double, both upon the seller and upon the
  • buyer. Sharings do greatly enrich, if the hands be well chosen that
  • are trusted. Usury is the certainest means of gain, though one of the
  • worst; as that whereby a man doth eat his bread, “in sudore vultûs
  • alieni;”[383] and, besides, doth plough upon Sundays; but yet certain
  • though it be, it hath flaws, for that the scriveners and brokers do
  • value unsound men to serve their own turn. The fortune, in being the
  • first in an invention, or in a privilege, doth cause sometimes a
  • wonderful overgrowth in riches, as it was with the first sugar-man[384]
  • in the Canaries; therefore, if a man can play the true logician, to
  • have as well judgment as invention, he may do great matters, especially
  • if the times be fit. He that resteth upon gains certain, shall hardly
  • grow to great riches; and he that puts all upon adventures, doth
  • oftentimes break and come to poverty; it is good, therefore, to
  • guard adventures with certainties that may uphold losses. Monopolies,
  • and coemption of wares for resale, where they are not restrained, are
  • great means to enrich; especially if the party have intelligence what
  • things are like to come into request, and so store himself beforehand.
  • Riches gotten by service, though it be of the best rise, yet when they
  • are gotten by flattery, feeding humors, and other servile conditions,
  • they may be placed amongst the worst. As for fishing for testaments
  • and executorships (as Tacitus saith of Seneca, “Testamenta et orbos
  • tanquam indagine capi”),[385] it is yet worse, by how much men submit
  • themselves to meaner persons than in service. Believe not much them
  • that seem to despise riches, for they despise them that despair of
  • them; and none worse when they come to them. Be not penny-wise; riches
  • have wings, and sometimes they fly away of themselves, sometimes they
  • must be set flying to bring in more. Men leave their riches either to
  • their kindred, or to the public; and moderate portions prosper best in
  • both. A great state left to an heir, is as a lure to all the birds of
  • prey round about to seize on him, if he be not the better stablished
  • in years and judgment; likewise, glorious gifts and foundations are
  • like sacrifices without salt, and but the painted sepulchres of alms,
  • which soon will putrefy and corrupt inwardly. Therefore, measure not
  • thine advancements by quantity, but frame them by measure, and defer
  • not charities till death; for, certainly, if a man weigh it rightly, he
  • that doth so is rather liberal of another man’s than of his own.
  • XXXV.—OF PROPHECIES.
  • I mean not to speak of divine prophecies, nor of heathen oracles,
  • nor of natural predictions; but only of prophecies that have been of
  • certain memory, and from hidden causes. Saith the Pythonissa[386] to
  • Saul, “To-morrow thou and thy sons shall be with me.” Virgil hath these
  • verses from Homer:—
  • “Hic domus Æneæ cunctis dominabitur oris,
  • Et nati natorum, et qui nascentur ab illis.”[387]
  • A prophecy, as it seems, of the Roman empire. Seneca the tragedian hath
  • these verses:—
  • “Venient annis
  • Sæcula seris, quibus Oceanus
  • Vincula rerum laxet, et ingens
  • Pateat Tellus, Tiphysque novos
  • Detegat orbes; nec sit terris
  • Ultima Thule.”[388]
  • A prophecy of the discovery of America. The daughter of
  • Polycrates[389] dreamed that Jupiter bathed her father, and Apollo
  • anointed him; and it came to pass that he was crucified in an open
  • place, where the sun made his body run with sweat, and the rain washed
  • it. Philip of Macedon dreamed he sealed up his wife’s belly, whereby
  • he did expound it, that his wife should be barren; but Aristander the
  • soothsayer told him his wife was with child, because men do not use
  • to seal vessels that are empty.[390] A phantasm that appeared to M.
  • Brutus in his tent, said to him, “Philippis iterum me videbis.”[391]
  • Tiberius said to Galba, “Tu quoque, Galba, degustabis imperium.”[392]
  • In Vespasian’s time, there went a prophecy in the East, that those
  • that should come forth of Judea, should reign over the world; which,
  • though it may be was meant of our Saviour, yet Tacitus expounds it of
  • Vespasian.[393] Domitian dreamed, the night before he was slain, that a
  • golden head was growing out of the nape of his neck;[394] and, indeed,
  • the succession that followed him, for many years, made golden times.
  • Henry the Sixth of England said of Henry the Seventh, when he was a
  • lad, and gave him water, “This is the lad that shall enjoy the crown
  • for which we strive.” When I was in France, I heard from one Dr. Pena,
  • that the queen mother,[395] who was given to curious arts, caused the
  • king her husband’s nativity to be calculated under a false name; and
  • the astrologer gave a judgment, that he should be killed in a duel; at
  • which the queen laughed, thinking her husband to be above challenges
  • and duels; but he was slain upon a course at tilt, the splinters of the
  • staff of Montgomery going in at his beaver. The trivial prophecy which
  • I heard when I was a child, and Queen Elizabeth was in the flower of
  • her years, was,
  • “When hempe is spunne,
  • England’s done;”
  • whereby it was generally conceived, that after the princes had reigned
  • which had the principal letters of that word hempe (which were Henry,
  • Edward, Mary, Philip, and Elizabeth), England should come to utter
  • confusion; which, thanks be to God, is verified only in the change of
  • the name; for that the king’s style is now no more of England, but
  • of Britain.[396] There was also another prophecy before the year of
  • eighty-eight, which I do not well understand.
  • “There shall be seen upon a day,
  • Between the Baugh and the May,
  • The black fleet of Norway.
  • When that that is come and gone,
  • England build houses of lime and stone,
  • For after wars you shall have none.”
  • It was generally conceived to be meant of the Spanish fleet that came
  • in eighty-eight; for that the king of Spain’s surname, as they say, is
  • Norway. The prediction of Regiomontanus,
  • “Octogesimus octavus mirabilis annus,”[397]
  • was thought likewise accomplished in the sending of that great fleet,
  • being the greatest in strength, though not in number, of all that
  • ever swam upon the sea. As for Cleon’s dream,[398] I think it was
  • a jest; it was, that he was devoured of a long dragon; and it was
  • expounded of a maker of sausages, that troubled him exceedingly. There
  • are numbers of the like kind, especially if you include dreams,
  • and predictions of astrology; but I have set down these few only of
  • certain credit, for example. My judgment is, that they ought all to
  • be despised, and ought to serve but for winter talk by the fireside;
  • though, when I say despised, I mean it as for belief; for otherwise,
  • the spreading or publishing of them is in no sort to be despised,
  • for they have done much mischief; and I see many severe laws made
  • to suppress them. That that hath given them grace, and some credit,
  • consisteth in three things. First, that men mark when they hit, and
  • never mark when they miss;[399] as they do, generally, also of dreams.
  • The second is, that probable conjectures, or obscure traditions, many
  • times turn themselves into prophecies; while the nature of man, which
  • coveteth divination, thinks it no peril to foretell that which indeed
  • they do but collect, as that of Seneca’s verse; for so much was then
  • subject to demonstration, that the globe of the earth had great parts
  • beyond the Atlantic, which might be probably conceived not to be all
  • sea; and adding thereto the tradition in Plato’s Timæus, and his
  • Atlanticus,[400] it might encourage one to turn it to a prediction.
  • The third and last (which is the great one), is, that almost all of
  • them, being infinite in number, have been impostures, and, by idle and
  • crafty brains, merely contrived and feigned, after the event past.
  • XXXVI.—OF AMBITION.
  • Ambition is like choler, which is a humor that maketh men active,
  • earnest, full of alacrity, and stirring, if it be not stopped; but if
  • it be stopped, and cannot have its way, it becometh adust,[401] and
  • thereby malign and venomous. So ambitious men, if they find the way
  • open for their rising, and still get forward, they are rather busy
  • than dangerous; but if they be checked in their desires, they become
  • secretly discontent, and look upon men and matters with an evil eye,
  • and are best pleased when things go backward; which is the worst
  • property in a servant of a prince or state. Therefore, it is good
  • for princes, if they use ambitious men, to handle it so, as they be
  • still progressive, and not retrograde; which, because it cannot be
  • without inconvenience, it is good not to use such natures at all;
  • for if they rise not with their service, they will take order to make
  • their service fall with them. But since we have said, it were good
  • not to use men of ambitious natures, except it be upon necessity, it
  • is fit we speak in what cases they are of necessity. Good commanders
  • in the wars must be taken, be they never so ambitious; for the use
  • of their service dispenseth with the rest; and to take a soldier
  • without ambition, is to pull off his spurs. There is also great use
  • of ambitious men in being screens to princes in matters of danger and
  • envy; for no man will take that part, except he be like a seeled[402]
  • dove, that mounts and mounts, because he cannot see about him. There
  • is use, also, of ambitious men, in pulling down the greatness of any
  • subject that overtops; as Tiberius used Macro[403] in the pulling
  • down of Sejanus. Since, therefore, they must be used in such cases,
  • there resteth to speak how they are to be bridled, that they may
  • be less dangerous. There is less danger of them if they be of mean
  • birth, than if they be noble; and if they be rather harsh of nature,
  • than gracious and popular; and if they be rather new raised, than
  • grown cunning and fortified in their greatness. It is counted by some
  • a weakness in princes to have favorites; but it is, of all others,
  • the best remedy against ambitious great ones; for when the way of
  • pleasuring and displeasuring lieth by the favorite, it is impossible
  • any other should be over-great. Another means to curb them, is, to
  • balance them by others as proud as they; but then there must be some
  • middle counsellors, to keep things steady, for without that ballast,
  • the ship will roll too much. At the least, a prince may animate and
  • inure some meaner persons to be, as it were, scourges to ambitious
  • men. As for the having of them obnoxious to[404] ruin, if they be of
  • fearful natures, it may do well; but if they be stout and daring, it
  • may precipitate their designs, and prove dangerous. As for the pulling
  • of them down, if the affairs require it, and that it may not be done
  • with safety suddenly, the only way is, the interchange continually of
  • favors and disgraces, whereby they may not know what to expect, and be,
  • as it were, in a wood. Of ambitions, it is less harmful the ambition to
  • prevail in great things, than that other to appear in every thing; for
  • that breeds confusion, and mars business; but yet, it is less danger to
  • have an ambitious man stirring in business, than great in dependencies.
  • He that seeketh to be eminent amongst able men, hath a great task, but
  • that is ever good for the public; but he that plots to be the only
  • figure amongst ciphers, is the decay of a whole age. Honor hath three
  • things in it: the vantage-ground to do good; the approach to kings and
  • principal persons; and the raising of a man’s own fortunes. He that
  • hath the best of these intentions, when he aspireth, is an honest man;
  • and that prince that can discern of these intentions in another that
  • aspireth, is a wise prince. Generally, let princes and states choose
  • such ministers as are more sensible of duty than of rising, and such as
  • love business rather upon conscience than upon bravery; and let them
  • discern a busy nature from a willing mind.
  • XXXVII.—OF MASQUES AND TRIUMPHS.
  • These things are but toys to come amongst such serious observations;
  • but yet, since princes will have such things, it is better they should
  • be graced with elegancy, than daubed with cost. Dancing to song is a
  • thing of great state and pleasure. I understand it that the song be in
  • choir, placed aloft, and accompanied with some broken music, and the
  • ditty fitted to the device. Acting in song, especially in dialogues,
  • hath an extreme good grace; I say acting, not dancing (for that is
  • a mean and vulgar thing); and the voices of the dialogue would be
  • strong and manly (a base and a tenor, no treble), and the ditty high
  • and tragical, not nice or dainty. Several choirs, placed one over
  • against another, and taking the voices by catches anthem-wise, give
  • great pleasure. Turning dances into figure is a childish curiosity;
  • and, generally, let it be noted, that those things which I here set
  • down are such as do naturally take the sense, and not respect petty
  • wonderments. It is true, the alterations of scenes, so it be quietly
  • and without noise, are things of great beauty and pleasure: for they
  • feed and relieve the eye before it be full of the same object. Let the
  • scenes abound with light, specially colored and varied; and let the
  • masquers, or any other that are to come down from the scene, have some
  • motions upon the scene itself before their coming down; for it draws
  • the eye strangely, and makes it with great pleasure to desire to see
  • that it cannot perfectly discern. Let the songs be loud and cheerful,
  • and not chirpings or pulings;[405] let the music, likewise, be sharp
  • and loud, and well placed. The colors that show best by candlelight,
  • are white, carnation, and a kind of sea-water green; and ouches,[406]
  • or spangs,[407] as they are of no great cost, so they are of most
  • glory. As for rich embroidery, it is lost and not discerned. Let the
  • suits of the masquers be graceful, and such as become the person
  • when the vizors are off; not after examples of known attires, Turks,
  • soldiers, mariners, and the like. Let anti-masques[408] not be long;
  • they have been commonly of fools, satyrs, baboons, wild men, antics,
  • beasts, sprites, witches, Ethiopes, pigmies, turquets,[409] nymphs,
  • rustics, Cupids, statues moving, and the like. As for angels, it is
  • not comical enough to put them in anti-masques; and any thing that
  • is hideous, as devils, giants, is, on the other side, as unfit; but,
  • chiefly, let the music of them be recreative, and with some strange
  • changes. Some sweet odors suddenly coming forth, without any drops
  • falling, are, in such a company as there is steam and heat, things of
  • great pleasure and refreshment. Double masques, one of men, another of
  • ladies, addeth state and variety; but all is nothing, except the room
  • be kept clear and neat.
  • For justs, and tourneys, and barriers, the glories of them are chiefly
  • in the chariots, wherein the challengers make their entry; especially
  • if they be drawn with strange beasts, as lions, bears, camels, and the
  • like; or in the devices of their entrance, or in the bravery of their
  • liveries, or in the goodly furniture of their horses and armor. But
  • enough of these toys.
  • XXXVIII.—OF NATURE IN MEN.
  • Nature is often hidden, sometimes overcome, seldom extinguished. Force
  • maketh nature more violent in the return; doctrine and discourse maketh
  • nature less importune, but custom only doth alter and subdue nature.
  • He that seeketh victory over his nature, let him not set himself too
  • great nor too small tasks; for the first will make him dejected by
  • often failings, and the second will make him a small proceeder, though
  • by often prevailings. And at the first, let him practise with helps,
  • as swimmers do with bladders, or rushes; but, after a time, let him
  • practise with disadvantages, as dancers do with thick shoes; for it
  • breeds great perfection, if the practice be harder than the use. Where
  • nature is mighty, and therefore the victory hard, the degrees had need
  • be, first, to stay and arrest nature in time; like to him that would
  • say over the four and twenty letters when he was angry; then to go less
  • in quantity: as if one should, in forbearing wine, come from drinking
  • healths to a draught at a meal; and, lastly, to discontinue altogether;
  • but if a man have the fortitude and resolution to enfranchise himself
  • at once, that is the best:—
  • “Optimus ille animi vindex lædentia pectus
  • Vincula qui rupit, dedoluitque semel.”[410]
  • Neither is the ancient rule amiss, to bend nature as a wand to a
  • contrary extreme, whereby to set it right; understanding it where
  • the contrary extreme is no vice. Let not a man force a habit upon
  • himself with a perpetual continuance, but with some intermission, for
  • both the pause reinforceth the new onset; and if a man that is not
  • perfect be ever in practice, he shall as well practise his errors as
  • his abilities, and induce one habit of both; and there is no means to
  • help this but by seasonable intermissions. But let not a man trust his
  • victory over his nature too far; for nature will lie buried a great
  • time, and yet revive upon the occasion or temptation; like as it was
  • with Æsop’s damsel, turned from a cat to a woman, who sat very demurely
  • at the board’s end till a mouse ran before her. Therefore, let a man
  • either avoid the occasion altogether, or put himself often to it, that
  • he may be little moved with it. A man’s nature is best perceived in
  • privateness, for there is no affectation; in passion, for that putteth
  • a man out of his precepts; and in a new case or experiment, for there
  • custom leaveth him. They are happy men whose natures sort with their
  • vocations; otherwise they may say, “Multum incola fuit anima mea,”[411]
  • when they converse in those things they do not affect. In studies,
  • whatsoever a man commandeth upon himself, let him set hours for it: but
  • whatsoever is agreeable to his nature, let him take no care for any set
  • times; for his thoughts will fly to it of themselves, so as the spaces
  • of other business or studies will suffice. A man’s nature runs either
  • to herbs or weeds; therefore, let him seasonably water the one, and
  • destroy the other.
  • XXXIX.—OF CUSTOM AND EDUCATION.
  • Men’s thoughts are much according to their inclination;[412] their
  • discourse and speeches according to their learning and infused
  • opinions; but their deeds are, after, as they have been accustomed;
  • and, therefore, as Machiavel well noteth (though in an evil-favored
  • instance), there is no trusting to the force of nature, nor to the
  • bravery of words, except it be corroborate by custom.[413] His instance
  • is, that, for the achieving of a desperate conspiracy, a man should
  • not rest upon the fierceness of any man’s nature, or his resolute
  • undertakings, but take such a one as hath had his hands formerly
  • in blood; but Machiavel knew not of a Friar Clement,[414] nor a
  • Ravaillac,[415] nor a Jaureguy,[416] nor a Baltazar Gerard;[417] yet
  • his rule holdeth still, that nature, nor the engagement of words, are
  • not so forcible as custom. Only superstition is now so well advanced,
  • that men of the first blood are as firm as butchers by occupation; and
  • votary[418] resolution is made equipollent to custom, even in matter
  • of blood. In other things, the predominancy of custom is everywhere
  • visible, insomuch as a man would wonder to hear men profess, protest,
  • engage, give great words, and then do just as they have done before,
  • as if they were dead images and engines, moved only by the wheels of
  • custom. We see, also, the reign or tyranny of custom, what it is.
  • The Indians[419] (I mean the sect of their wise men) lay themselves
  • quietly upon a stack of wood, and so sacrifice themselves by fire;
  • nay, the wives strive to be burned with the corpses of their husbands.
  • The lads of Sparta, of ancient time, were wont to be scourged upon
  • the altar of Diana, without so much as quecking.[420] I remember, in
  • the beginning of Queen Elizabeth’s time of England, an Irish rebel
  • condemned, put up a petition to the deputy that he might be hanged in
  • a withe, and not in a halter, because it had been so used with former
  • rebels. There be monks in Russia for penance, that will sit a whole
  • night in a vessel of water, till they be engaged with hard ice. Many
  • examples may be put of the force of custom, both upon mind and body;
  • therefore, since custom is the principal magistrate of man’s life,
  • let men, by all means, endeavor to obtain good customs. Certainly,
  • custom is most perfect when it beginneth in young years: this we call
  • education, which is, in effect, but an early custom. So we see, in
  • languages, the tongue is more pliant to all expressions and sounds, the
  • joints are more supple to all feats of activity and motions in youth,
  • than afterwards; for it is true, that late learners cannot so well take
  • the ply, except it be in some minds that have not suffered themselves
  • to fix, but have kept themselves open and prepared to receive continual
  • amendment, which is exceeding rare. But if the force of custom, simple
  • and separate, be great, the force of custom, copulate and conjoined
  • and collegiate, is far greater; for there example teacheth, company
  • comforteth, emulation quickeneth, glory raiseth; so as in such places
  • the force of custom is in his exaltation. Certainly, the great
  • multiplication of virtues upon human nature resteth upon societies well
  • ordained and disciplined; for commonwealths and good governments do
  • nourish virtue grown, but do not much mend the seeds; but the misery
  • is, that the most effectual means are now applied to the ends least to
  • be desired.
  • XL.—OF FORTUNE.
  • It cannot be denied, but outward accidents conduce much to fortune;
  • favor, opportunity, death of others, occasion fitting virtue; but,
  • chiefly, the mould of a man’s fortune is in his own hands: “Faber
  • quisque fortunæ suæ,”[421] saith the poet; and the most frequent
  • of external causes, is that the folly of one man is the fortune of
  • another; for no man prospers so suddenly as by others’ errors. “Serpens
  • nisi serpentem comederit non fit draco.”[422] Overt and apparent
  • virtues bring forth praise: but there be secret and hidden virtues that
  • bring forth fortune; certain deliveries of a man’s self, which have no
  • name. The Spanish name, “disemboltura,”[423] partly expresseth them,
  • when there be not stonds[424] nor restiveness in a man’s nature, but
  • that the wheels of his mind keep way with the wheels of his fortune;
  • for so Livy (after he had described Cato Major in these words, “In
  • illo viro, tantum robur corporis et animi fuit, ut quocunque loco
  • natus esset, fortunam sibi facturus videretur,”)[425] falleth upon
  • that, that he had “versatile ingenium:”[426] therefore, if a man look
  • sharply and attentively, he shall see Fortune; for though she be
  • blind, yet she is not invisible. The way of Fortune is like the milky
  • way in the sky; which is a meeting, or knot, of a number of small
  • stars, not seen asunder, but giving light together; so are there a
  • number of little and scarce discerned virtues, or rather faculties
  • and customs, that make men fortunate. The Italians note some of them,
  • such as a man would little think. When they speak of one that cannot
  • do amiss, they will throw in into his other conditions, that he hath
  • “Poco di matto;”[427] and, certainly, there be not two more fortunate
  • properties, than to have a little of the fool, and not too much of
  • the honest; therefore, extreme lovers of their country, or masters,
  • were never fortunate; neither can they be, for when a man placeth
  • his thoughts without himself, he goeth not his own way. A hasty
  • fortune maketh an enterpriser and remover (the French hath it better,
  • “entreprenant,” or “remuant”); but the exercised fortune maketh the
  • able man. Fortune is to be honored and respected, and it be but for her
  • daughters, Confidence and Reputation; for those two Felicity breedeth;
  • the first within a man’s self, the latter in others towards him. All
  • wise men, to decline the envy of their own virtues, use to ascribe them
  • to Providence and Fortune; for so they may the better assume them;
  • and, besides, it is greatness in a man to be the care of the higher
  • powers. So Cæsar said to the pilot in the tempest, “Cæsarem portas,
  • et fortunam ejus.”[428] So Sylla chose the name of “Felix,”[429] and
  • not of “Magnus;”[430] and it hath been noted, that those who ascribe
  • openly too much to their own wisdom and policy, end unfortunate. It
  • is written, that Timotheus[431] the Athenian, after he had, in the
  • account he gave to the state of his government, often interlaced his
  • speech, “and in this Fortune had no part,” never prospered in any
  • thing he undertook afterwards. Certainly there be, whose fortunes are
  • like Homer’s verses, that have a slide[432] and easiness more than
  • the verses of other poets; as Plutarch saith of Timoleon’s fortune in
  • respect of that of Agesilaus or Epaminondas; and that this should be,
  • no doubt it is much in a man’s self.
  • XLI.—OF USURY.[433]
  • Many have made witty invectives against usury. They say that it is pity
  • the devil should have God’s part, which is the tithe; that the usurer
  • is the greatest Sabbath-breaker, because his plough goeth every Sunday;
  • that the usurer is the drone that Virgil speaketh of:—
  • “Ignavum fucos pecus a præsepibus arcent;”[434]
  • that the usurer breaketh the first law that was made for mankind
  • after the fall, which was, “in sudore vultûs tui comedes panem
  • tuum;”[435] not, “in sudore vultûs alieni;”[436] that usurers should
  • have orange-tawny[437] bonnets, because they do Judaize; that it is
  • against nature for money to beget money, and the like. I say this only,
  • that usury is a “concessum propter duritiem cordis;”[438] for, since
  • there must be borrowing and lending, and men are so hard of heart as
  • they will not lend freely, usury must be permitted. Some others have
  • made suspicious and cunning propositions of banks, discovery of men’s
  • estates, and other inventions; but few have spoken of usury usefully.
  • It is good to set before us the incommodities and commodities of usury,
  • that the good may be either weighed out, or culled out; and warily to
  • provide, that, while we make forth to that which is better, we meet not
  • with that which is worse.
  • The discommodities of usury are, first, that it makes fewer merchants;
  • for were it not for this lazy trade of usury, money would not lie
  • still, but would, in great part, be employed upon merchandising,
  • which is the “vena porta”[439] of wealth in a state. The second, that
  • it makes poor merchants; for as a farmer cannot husband his ground
  • so well if he sit at a great rent, so the merchant cannot drive his
  • trade so well if he sit[440] at great usury. The third is incident to
  • the other two; and that is, the decay of customs of kings, or states,
  • which ebb or flow with merchandising. The fourth, that it bringeth the
  • treasure of a realm or state into a few hands; for the usurer being at
  • certainties, and others at uncertainties, at the end of the game most
  • of the money will be in the box; and ever a state flourisheth when
  • wealth is more equally spread. The fifth, that it beats down the price
  • of land; for the employment of money is chiefly either merchandising or
  • purchasing, and usury waylays both. The sixth, that it doth dull and
  • damp all industries, improvements, and new inventions, wherein money
  • would be stirring, if it were not for this slug. The last, that it is
  • the canker and ruin of many men’s estates, which, in process of time,
  • breeds a public poverty.
  • On the other side, the commodities of usury are, first, that, howsoever
  • usury in some respect hindereth merchandising, yet in some other
  • it advanceth it; for it is certain that the greatest part of trade
  • is driven by young merchants upon borrowing at interest; so as if
  • the usurer either call in, or keep back his money, there will ensue
  • presently a great stand of trade. The second is, that, were it not for
  • this easy borrowing upon interest, men’s necessities would draw upon
  • them a most sudden undoing, in that they would be forced to sell their
  • means (be it lands or goods), far under foot; and so, whereas usury
  • doth but gnaw upon them, bad markets would swallow them quite up. As
  • for mortgaging or pawning, it will little mend the matter; for either
  • men will not take pawns without use, or, if they do, they will look
  • precisely for the forfeiture. I remember a cruel moneyed man in the
  • country, that would say, “The devil take this usury, it keeps us from
  • forfeitures of mortgages and bonds.” The third and last is, that it is
  • a vanity to conceive that there would be ordinary borrowing without
  • profit; and it is impossible to conceive the number of inconveniences
  • that will ensue, if borrowing be cramped. Therefore, to speak of the
  • abolishing of usury is idle; all states have ever had it in one kind
  • or rate, or other; so as that opinion must be sent to Utopia.[441]
  • To speak now of the reformation and reglement[442] of usury, how the
  • discommodities of it may be best avoided, and the commodities retained.
  • It appears, by the balance of commodities and discommodities of usury,
  • two things are to be reconciled; the one, that the tooth of usury be
  • grinded, that it bite not too much; the other, that there be left
  • open a means to invite moneyed men to lend to the merchants, for the
  • continuing and quickening of trade. This cannot be done, except you
  • introduce two several sorts of usury, a less and a greater; for if you
  • reduce usury to one low rate, it will ease the common borrower, but
  • the merchant will be to seek for money; and it is to be noted that the
  • trade of merchandise being the most lucrative, may bear usury at a good
  • rate; other contracts not so.
  • To serve both intentions, the way would be briefly thus: that there
  • be two rates of usury; the one free and general for all; the other
  • under license only to certain persons, and in certain places of
  • merchandising. First, therefore, let usury in general be reduced to
  • five in the hundred, and let that rate be proclaimed to be free and
  • current; and let the state shut itself out to take any penalty for the
  • same. This will preserve borrowing from any general stop or dryness;
  • this will ease infinite borrowers in the country; this will, in good
  • part, raise the price of land, because land purchased at sixteen years’
  • purchase will yield six in the hundred, and somewhat more, whereas
  • this rate of interest yields but five. This, by like reason, will
  • encourage and edge industrious and profitable improvements, because
  • many will rather venture in that kind, than take five in the hundred,
  • especially having been used to greater profit. Secondly, let there be
  • certain persons licensed to lend to known merchants upon usury, at a
  • higher rate, and let it be with the cautions following: Let the rate
  • be, even with the merchant himself, somewhat more easy than that he
  • used formerly to pay; for, by that means, all borrowers shall have some
  • ease by this reformation, be he merchant, or whosoever; let it be no
  • bank or common stock, but every man be master of his own money; not
  • that I altogether mislike banks, but they will hardly be brooked, in
  • regard of certain suspicions. Let the state be answered[443] some small
  • matter for the license, and the rest left to the lender; for if the
  • abatement be but small, it will no whit discourage the lender; for he,
  • for example, that took before ten or nine in the hundred, will sooner
  • descend to eight in the hundred, than give over his trade of usury, and
  • go from certain gains to gains of hazard. Let these licensed lenders
  • be in number indefinite, but restrained to certain principal cities
  • and towns of merchandising; for then they will be hardly able to color
  • other men’s moneys in the country, so as the license of nine will not
  • suck away the current rate of five; for no man will send his moneys far
  • off, nor put them into unknown hands.
  • If it be objected, that this doth in a sort authorize usury, which
  • before was in some places but permissive; the answer is, that it is
  • better to mitigate usury by declaration, than to suffer it to rage by
  • connivance.[444]
  • XLII.—OF YOUTH AND AGE.
  • A man that is young in years may be old in hours, if he have lost no
  • time; but that happeneth rarely. Generally, youth is like the first
  • cogitations, not so wise as the second; for there is a youth in
  • thoughts as well as in ages; and yet the invention of young men is
  • more lively than that of old, and imaginations stream into their minds
  • better, and, as it were, more divinely. Natures that have much heat,
  • and great and violent desires and perturbations, are not ripe for
  • action till they have passed the meridian of their years: as it was
  • with Julius Cæsar and Septimius Severus; of the latter of whom it is
  • said, “Juventutem egit erroribus, imo furoribus plenam;”[445] and yet
  • he was the ablest emperor, almost, of all the list; but reposed natures
  • may do well in youth, as it is seen in Augustus Cæsar, Cosmus Duke of
  • Florence, Gaston de Foix,[446] and others. On the other side, heat
  • and vivacity in age is an excellent composition for business. Young
  • men are fitter to invent than to judge, fitter for execution than for
  • counsel, and fitter for new projects than for settled business; for
  • the experience of age, in things that fall within the compass of it,
  • directeth them; but in new things abuseth them. The errors of young
  • men are the ruin of business; but the errors of aged men amount but to
  • this, that more might have been done, or sooner.
  • Young men, in the conduct and manage of actions, embrace more than
  • they can hold, stir more than they can quiet; fly to the end, without
  • consideration of the means and degrees; pursue some few principles
  • which they have chanced upon absurdly; care not to innovate, which
  • draws unknown inconveniences; use extreme remedies at first; and that,
  • which doubleth all errors, will not acknowledge or retract them,
  • like an unready horse, that will neither stop nor turn. Men of age
  • object too much, consult too long, adventure too little, repent too
  • soon, and seldom drive business home to the full period, but content
  • themselves with a mediocrity of success. Certainly, it is good to
  • compound employments of both; for that will be good for the present,
  • because the virtues of either age may correct the defects of both;
  • and good for succession, that young men may be learners, while men
  • in age are actors; and, lastly, good for externe accidents, because
  • authority followeth old men, and favor and popularity youth; but, for
  • the moral part, perhaps, youth will have the preëminence, as age hath
  • for the politic. A certain rabbin, upon the text, “Your young men shall
  • see visions, and your old men shall dream dreams,”[447] inferreth
  • that young men are admitted nearer to God than old, because vision
  • is a clearer revelation than a dream; and, certainly, the more a man
  • drinketh of the world, the more it intoxicateth; and age doth profit
  • rather in the powers of understanding, than in the virtues of the will
  • and affections. There be some have an over-early ripeness in their
  • years, which fadeth betimes; these are, first, such as have brittle
  • wits, the edge whereof is soon turned; such as was Hermogenes[448] the
  • rhetorician, whose books are exceedingly subtle; who afterwards waxed
  • stupid. A second sort is of those that have some natural dispositions,
  • which have better grace in youth than in age; such as is a fluent and
  • luxuriant speech, which becomes youth well, but not age; so Tully saith
  • of Hortensius: “Idem manebat, neque idem decebat.”[449] The third is of
  • such as take too high a strain at the first, and are magnanimous more
  • than tract of years can uphold; as was Scipio Africanus, of whom Livy
  • saith, in effect, “Ultima primis cedebant.”[450]
  • XLIII.—OF BEAUTY.
  • Virtue is like a rich stone, best plain set; and surely virtue is best
  • in a body that is comely, though not of delicate features, and that
  • hath rather dignity of presence than beauty of aspect; neither is it
  • always most seen, that very beautiful persons are otherwise of great
  • virtue; as if nature were rather busy not to err, than in labor to
  • produce excellency; and therefore they prove accomplished, but not of
  • great spirit, and study rather behavior than virtue. But this holds
  • not always; for Augustus Cæsar, Titus Vespasianus, Philip le Bel of
  • France, Edward the Fourth of England,[451] Alcibiades of Athens, Ismael
  • the Sophy of Persia, were all high and great spirits, and yet the most
  • beautiful men of their times. In beauty, that of favor is more than
  • that of color; and that of decent and gracious motion, more than that
  • of favor.[452] That is the best part of beauty, which a picture cannot
  • express; no, nor the first sight of the life. There is no excellent
  • beauty that hath not some strangeness in the proportion. A man cannot
  • tell whether Apelles, or Albert Durer, were the more trifler; whereof
  • the one would make a personage by geometrical proportions; the other,
  • by taking the best parts out of divers faces to make one excellent.
  • Such personages, I think, would please nobody but the painter that made
  • them: not but I think a painter may make a better face than ever was;
  • but he must do it by a kind of felicity (as a musician that maketh an
  • excellent air in music), and not by rule. A man shall see faces, that,
  • if you examine them part by part, you shall find never a good, and yet
  • altogether do well. If it be true that the principal part of beauty is
  • in decent motion, certainly it is no marvel, though persons in years
  • seem many times more amiable; “Pulchrorum autumnus pulcher;”[453] for
  • no youth can be comely but by pardon,[454] and considering the youth
  • as to make up the comeliness. Beauty is as summer fruits, which are
  • easy to corrupt, and cannot last; and, for the most part, it makes
  • a dissolute youth, and an age a little out of countenance; but yet
  • certainly again, if it light well, it maketh virtues shine, and vices
  • blush.
  • XLIV.—OF DEFORMITY.
  • Deformed persons are commonly even with nature; for, as nature hath
  • done ill by them, so do they by nature, being for the most part (as
  • the Scripture saith) “void of natural affection;”[455] and so they
  • have their revenge of nature. Certainly, there is a consent between the
  • body and the mind, and where nature erreth in the one, she ventureth
  • in the other: “Ubi peccat in uno, periclitatur in altero.”[456]
  • But because there is in man an election, touching the frame of his
  • mind, and a necessity in the frame of his body, the stars of natural
  • inclination are sometimes obscured by the sun of discipline and virtue;
  • therefore, it is good to consider of deformity, not as a sign which is
  • more deceivable, but as a cause which seldom faileth of the effect.
  • Whosoever hath any thing fixed in his person that doth induce contempt,
  • hath also a perpetual spur in himself to rescue and deliver himself
  • from scorn; therefore, all deformed persons are extreme bold; first,
  • as in their own defence, as being exposed to scorn, but, in process
  • of time, by a general habit. Also, it stirreth in them industry, and
  • especially of this kind, to watch and observe the weakness of others,
  • that they may have somewhat to repay. Again, in their superiors, it
  • quencheth jealousy towards them, as persons that they think they may
  • at pleasure despise; and it layeth their competitors and emulators
  • asleep, as never believing they should be in possibility of advancement
  • till they see them in possession; so that upon the matter, in a great
  • wit, deformity is an advantage to rising. Kings in ancient times (and
  • at this present in some countries) were wont to put great trust in
  • eunuchs, because they that are envious towards all are more obnoxious
  • and officious towards one; but yet their trust towards them hath rather
  • been as to good spials,[457] and good whisperers, than good magistrates
  • and officers; and much like is the reason of deformed persons. Still
  • the ground is, they will, if they be of spirit, seek to free themselves
  • from scorn, which must be either by virtue or malice; and, therefore,
  • let it not be marvelled, if sometimes they prove excellent persons; as
  • was Agesilaüs, Zanger, the son of Solyman,[458] Æsop, Gasca president
  • of Peru; and Socrates may go likewise amongst them, with others.
  • XLV.—OF BUILDING.
  • Houses are built to live in, and not to look on, therefore, let use be
  • preferred before uniformity, except where both may be had. Leave the
  • goodly fabrics of houses, for beauty only, to the enchanted palaces
  • of the poets, who build them with small cost. He that builds a fair
  • house upon an ill seat,[459] committeth himself to prison; neither do I
  • reckon it an ill seat only where the air is unwholesome, but likewise
  • where the air is unequal. As you shall see many fine seats set upon
  • a knap[460] of ground environed with higher hills round about it,
  • whereby the heat of the sun is pent in, and the wind gathereth as in
  • troughs; so as you shall have, and that suddenly, as great diversity of
  • heat and cold as if you dwelt in several places. Neither is it ill air
  • only that maketh an ill seat; but ill ways, ill markets, and, if you
  • will consult with Momus,[461] ill neighbors. I speak not of many more:
  • want of water, want of wood, shade, and shelter, want of fruitfulness,
  • and mixture of grounds of several natures; want of prospect, want of
  • level grounds, want of places at some near distance for sports of
  • hunting, hawking, and races; too near the sea, too remote; having
  • the commodity of navigable rivers, or the discommodity of their
  • overflowing; too far off from great cities, which may hinder business;
  • or too near them, which lurcheth[462] all provisions, and maketh every
  • thing dear; where a man hath a great living laid together, and where he
  • is scanted; all which, as it is impossible perhaps to find together, so
  • it is good to know them, and think of them, that a man may take as many
  • as he can; and if he have several dwellings, that he sort them so, that
  • what he wanteth in the one he may find in the other. Lucullus answered
  • Pompey well, who, when he saw his stately galleries and rooms so large
  • and lightsome, in one of his houses, said, “Surely, an excellent place
  • for summer, but how do you do in winter?” Lucullus answered, “Why,
  • do you not think me as wise as some fowls are, that ever change their
  • abode towards the winter?”[463]
  • To pass from the seat to the house itself, we will do as Cicero doth in
  • the orator’s art, who writes books De Oratore, and a book he entitles
  • Orator; whereof the former delivers the precepts of the art, and the
  • latter the perfection. We will therefore describe a princely palace,
  • making a brief model thereof; for it is strange to see, now in Europe,
  • such huge buildings as the Vatican and Escurial,[464] and some others
  • be, and yet scarce a very fair room in them.
  • First, therefore, I say, you cannot have a perfect palace, except you
  • have two several sides; a side for the banquet, as is spoken of in
  • the book of Esther,[465] and a side for the household; the one for
  • feasts and triumphs, and the other for dwelling. I understand both
  • these sides to be not only returns, but parts of the front, and to be
  • uniform without, though severally partitioned within; and to be on both
  • sides of a great and stately tower in the midst of the front, that, as
  • it were, joineth them together on either hand. I would have, on the
  • side of the banquet in front, one only goodly room above stairs, of
  • some forty foot high; and under it a room for a dressing or preparing
  • place, at times of triumphs. On the other side, which is the household
  • side, I wish it divided at the first into a hall and a chapel, (with a
  • partition between), both of good state and bigness; and those not to go
  • all the length, but to have at the further end a winter and a summer
  • parlor, both fair; and under these rooms a fair and large cellar sunk
  • under ground; and likewise some privy kitchens, with butteries, and
  • pantries, and the like. As for the tower, I would have it two stories,
  • of eighteen foot high apiece above the two wings; and a goodly leads
  • upon the top, railed, with statues interposed; and the same tower to
  • be divided into rooms, as shall be thought fit. The stairs likewise to
  • the upper rooms, let them be upon a fair open newel,[466] and finely
  • railed in with images of wood cast into a brass color, and a very fair
  • landing-place at the top. But this to be, if you do not point any of
  • the lower rooms for a dining-place of servants; for, otherwise, you
  • shall have the servants’ dinner after your own; for the steam of it
  • will come up as in a tunnel.[467] And so much for the front; only I
  • understand the height of the first stairs to be sixteen foot, which is
  • the height of the lower room.
  • Beyond this front is there to be a fair court, but three sides of it
  • of a far lower building than the front; and in all the four corners of
  • that court fair staircases, cast into turrets on the outside, and not
  • within the row of buildings themselves; but those towers are not to
  • be of the height of the front, but rather proportionable to the lower
  • building. Let the court not be paved, for that striketh up a great
  • heat in summer, and much cold in winter; but only some side alleys
  • with a cross, and the quarters to graze, being kept shorn, but not
  • too near shorn. The row of return on the banquet side, let it be all
  • stately galleries; in which galleries let there be three or five fine
  • cupolas in the length of it, placed at equal distance, and fine colored
  • windows of several works; on the household side, chambers of presence
  • and ordinary entertainments, with some bedchambers; and let all three
  • sides be a double house, without thorough lights on the sides, that you
  • may have rooms from the sun, both for forenoon and afternoon. Cast it,
  • also, that you may have rooms both for summer and winter; shady for
  • summer, and warm for winter. You shall have sometimes fair houses so
  • full of glass, that one cannot tell where to become[468] to be out of
  • the sun or cold. For imbowed[469] windows, I hold them of good use; (in
  • cities, indeed, upright[470] do better, in respect of the uniformity
  • towards the street;) for they be pretty retiring places for conference;
  • and, besides, they keep both the wind and sun off; for that which
  • would strike almost through the room doth scarce pass the window: but
  • let them be but few, four in the court, on the sides only.
  • Beyond this court, let there be an inward court, of the same square
  • and height, which is to be environed with the garden on all sides;
  • and in the inside, cloistered on all sides upon decent and beautiful
  • arches, as high as the first story; on the under story towards the
  • garden, let it be turned to grotto, or place of shade, or estivation;
  • and only have opening and windows towards the garden, and be level
  • upon the floor, no whit sunk under ground to avoid all dampishness;
  • and let there be a fountain, or some fair work of statues in the
  • midst of this court, and to be paved as the other court was. These
  • buildings to be for privy lodgings on both sides, and the end for
  • privy galleries; whereof you must foresee that one of them be for an
  • infirmary, if the prince or any special person should be sick, with
  • chambers, bedchamber, “anticamera,”[471] and “recamera,”[472] joining
  • to it; this upon the second story. Upon the ground story, a fair
  • gallery, open, upon pillars; and upon the third story, likewise, an
  • open gallery upon pillars, to take the prospect and freshness of the
  • garden. At both corners of the further side, by way of return, let
  • there be two delicate or rich cabinets, daintily paved, richly hanged,
  • glazed with crystalline glass, and a rich cupola in the midst, and all
  • other elegancy that can be thought upon. In the upper gallery, too,
  • I wish that there may be, if the place will yield it, some fountains
  • running in divers places from the wall, with some fine avoidances.[473]
  • And thus much for the model of the palace, save that you must have,
  • before you come to the front, three courts: a green court plain, with
  • a wall about it; a second court of the same, but more garnished with
  • little turrets, or rather embellishments, upon the wall; and a third
  • court, to make a square with the front, but not to be built, nor yet
  • inclosed with a naked wall, but inclosed with terraces leaded aloft,
  • and fairly garnished on the three sides, and cloistered on the inside
  • with pillars, and not with arches below. As for offices, let them stand
  • at distance, with some low galleries to pass from them to the palace
  • itself.
  • XLVI.—OF GARDENS.
  • God Almighty first planted a garden; and, indeed, it is the purest of
  • human pleasures; it is the greatest refreshment to the spirits of man;
  • without which buildings and palaces are but gross handyworks; and a
  • man shall ever see, that, when ages grow to civility and elegancy, men
  • come to build stately, sooner than to garden finely; as if gardening
  • were the greater perfection. I do hold it, in the royal ordering of
  • gardens, there ought to be gardens for all the months in the year, in
  • which, severally, things of beauty may be then in season. For December,
  • and January, and the latter part of November, you must take such things
  • as are green all winter: holly, ivy, bays, juniper, cypress-trees,
  • yew, pineapple-trees;[474] fir-trees, rosemary, lavender; periwinkle,
  • the white, the purple, and the blue; germander, flags, orange-trees,
  • lemon-trees, and myrtles, if they be stoved;[475] and sweet marjoram,
  • warm set. There followeth, for the latter part of January and February,
  • the mezereon-tree, which then blossoms; crocus vernus, both the yellow
  • and the gray; primroses, anemones, the early tulip, the hyacinthus
  • orientalis, chamaïris fritellaria. For March, there come violets,
  • especially the single blue, which are the earliest; the yellow
  • daffodil, the daisy, the almond-tree in blossom, the peach-tree in
  • blossom, the cornelian-tree in blossom, sweet-brier. In April, follow
  • the double white violet, the wall-flower, the stock-gillyflower,
  • the cowslip, flower-de-luces, and lilies of all natures; rosemary
  • flowers, the tulip, the double peony, the pale daffodil, the French
  • honeysuckle, the cherry-tree in blossom, the damascene[476] and
  • plum-trees in blossom, the white thorn in leaf, the lilac-tree. In May
  • and June come pinks of all sorts, especially the blush-pink; roses
  • of all kinds, except the musk, which comes later; honeysuckles,
  • strawberries, bugloss, columbine, the French marigold, flos Africanus,
  • cherry-tree in fruit, ribes,[477] figs in fruit, rasps, vine-flowers,
  • lavender in flowers, the sweet satyrian, with the white flower; herba
  • muscaria, lilium convallium, the apple-tree in blossom. In July come
  • gillyflowers of all varieties, musk-roses, the lime-tree in blossom,
  • early pears, and plums in fruit, genitings,[478] codlins. In August
  • come plums of all sorts in fruit, pears, apricots, barberries,
  • filberts, musk-melons, monks-hoods, of all colors. In September come
  • grapes, apples, poppies of all colors, peaches, melocotones,[479]
  • nectarines, cornelians,[480] wardens,[481] quinces. In October, and the
  • beginning of November, come services, medlars, bullaces, roses cut or
  • removed to come late, hollyoaks, and such like. These particulars are
  • for the climate of London; but my meaning is perceived, that you may
  • have “ver perpetuum,”[482] as the place affords.
  • And because the breath of flowers is far sweeter in the air (where
  • it comes and goes, like the warbling of music), than in the hand,
  • therefore nothing is more fit for that delight, than to know what be
  • the flowers and plants that do best perfume the air. Roses, damask
  • and red, are fast flowers[483] of their smell, so that you may walk by
  • a whole row of them, and find nothing of their sweetness; yea, though
  • it be in a morning’s dew. Bays, likewise, yield no smell as they grow,
  • rosemary little, nor sweet marjoram; that which, above all others,
  • yields the sweetest smell in the air, is the violet, especially the
  • white double violet, which comes twice a year, about the middle of
  • April, and about Bartholomew-tide. Next to that is the musk-rose;
  • then the strawberry leaves dying, with a most excellent cordial smell;
  • then the flower of the vines, it is a little dust like the dust of a
  • bent,[484] which grows upon the cluster in the first coming forth; then
  • sweet-brier, then wall-flowers, which are very delightful to be set
  • under a parlor or lower chamber window; then pinks and gillyflowers,
  • specially the matted pink and clove gillyflower; then the flowers of
  • the lime-tree; then the honeysuckles, so they be somewhat afar off.
  • Of bean-flowers[485] I speak not, because they are field-flowers; but
  • those which perfume the air most delightfully, not passed by as the
  • rest, but being trodden upon and crushed, are three; that is, burnet,
  • wild thyme, and water-mints; therefore you are to set whole alleys of
  • them, to have the pleasure when you walk or tread.
  • For gardens (speaking of those which are indeed prince-like, as we
  • have done of buildings), the contents ought not well to be under thirty
  • acres of ground, and to be divided into three parts; a green in the
  • entrance, a heath, or desert, in the going forth, and the main garden
  • in the midst, besides alleys on both sides; and I like well that four
  • acres of ground be assigned to the green, six to the heath, four and
  • four to either side, and twelve to the main garden. The green hath two
  • pleasures: the one, because nothing is more pleasant to the eye than
  • green grass kept finely shorn; the other, because it will give you a
  • fair alley in the midst, by which you may go in front upon a stately
  • hedge, which is to inclose the garden. But because the alley will be
  • long, and in great heat of the year, or day, you ought not to buy the
  • shade in the garden by going in the sun through the green; therefore
  • you are, of either side the green, to plant a covert alley, upon
  • carpenter’s work, about twelve foot in height, by which you may go in
  • shade into the garden. As for the making of knots or figures, with
  • divers colored earths, that they may lie under the windows of the house
  • on that side which the garden stands, they be but toys; you may see
  • as good sights many times in tarts. The garden is best to be square,
  • encompassed on all the four sides with a stately arched hedge: the
  • arches to be upon pillars of carpenter’s work, of some ten foot high,
  • and six foot broad, and the spaces between of the same dimension with
  • the breadth of the arch. Over the arches let there be an entire hedge
  • of some four foot high, framed also upon carpenter’s work; and upon the
  • upper hedge, over every arch a little turret, with a belly enough to
  • receive a cage of birds; and over every space between the arches some
  • other little figure, with broad plates of round colored glass gilt,
  • for the sun to play upon; but this hedge I intend to be raised upon
  • a bank, not steep, but gently slope, of some six foot, set all with
  • flowers. Also, I understand that this square of the garden should not
  • be the whole breadth of the ground, but to leave on either side ground
  • enough for diversity of side alleys, unto which the two covert alleys
  • of the green may deliver you;[486] but there must be no alleys with
  • hedges at either end of this great inclosure; not at the hither end,
  • for letting[487] your prospect upon this fair hedge from the green; nor
  • at the further end for letting your prospect from the hedge through the
  • arches upon the heath.
  • For the ordering of the ground within the great hedge, I leave it to
  • variety of device; advising, nevertheless, that whatsoever form you
  • cast it into first, it be not too bushy, or full of work; wherein I,
  • for my part, do not like images cut out in juniper or other garden
  • stuff; they be for children. Little low hedges, round like welts, with
  • some pretty pyramids, I like well; and in some places fair columns,
  • upon frames of carpenter’s work. I would also have the alleys spacious
  • and fair. You may have closer alleys upon the side grounds, but none
  • in the main garden. I wish, also, in the very middle, a fair mount,
  • with three ascents and alleys, enough for four to walk abreast;
  • which I would have to be perfect circles, without any bulwarks or
  • embossments; and the whole mount to be thirty foot high, and some fine
  • banqueting-house, with some chimneys neatly cast, and without too much
  • glass.
  • For fountains, they are a great beauty and refreshment; but pools mar
  • all, and make the garden unwholesome, and full of flies and frogs.
  • Fountains I intend to be of two natures; the one that sprinkleth or
  • spouteth water; the other, a fair receipt of water, of some thirty
  • or forty foot square, but without fish, or slime, or mud. For the
  • first, the ornaments of images, gilt or of marble, which are in use,
  • do well; but the main matter is so to convey the water, as it never
  • stay, either in the bowls or in the cistern; that the water be never by
  • rest discolored, green, or red, or the like, or gather any mossiness
  • or putrefaction; besides that, it is to be cleansed every day by the
  • hand; also, some steps up to it, and some fine pavement about it,
  • doth well. As for the other kind of fountain, which we may call a
  • bathing-pool, it may admit much curiosity and beauty, wherewith we
  • will not trouble ourselves: as, that the bottom be finely paved, and
  • with images; the sides likewise; and, withal, embellished with colored
  • glass, and such things of lustre; encompassed, also, with fine rails
  • of low statues. But the main point is the same that we mentioned in
  • the former kind of fountain; which is, that the water be in perpetual
  • motion, fed by a water higher than the pool, and delivered into it by
  • fair spouts, and then discharged away under ground, by some equality of
  • bores, that it stay little; and for fine devices, of arching water[488]
  • without spilling, and making it rise in several forms (of feathers,
  • drinking-glasses, canopies, and the like), they be pretty things to
  • look on, but nothing to health and sweetness.
  • For the heath, which was the third part of our plot, I wish it to be
  • framed as much as may be to a natural wildness. Trees I would have none
  • in it, but some thickets made only of sweet-brier and honeysuckle, and
  • some wild vine amongst; and the ground set with violets, strawberries,
  • and primroses; for these are sweet, and prosper in the shade, and
  • these to be in the heath here and there, not in any order. I like
  • also little heaps, in the nature of molehills (such as are in wild
  • heaths), to be set, some with wild thyme, some with pinks, some with
  • germander, that gives a good flower to the eye; some with periwinkle,
  • some with violets, some with strawberries, some with cowslips, some
  • with daisies, some with red roses, some with lilium convallium,[489]
  • some with sweet-williams red, some with bear’s-foot, and the like
  • low flowers, being withal sweet and sightly; part of which heaps to
  • be with standards of little bushes pricked upon their top, and part
  • without; the standards to be roses, juniper, holly, barberries (but
  • here and there, because of the smell of their blossom), red currants,
  • gooseberries, rosemary, bays, sweetbrier, and such like; but these
  • standards to be kept with cutting, that they grow not out of course.
  • For the side grounds, you are to fill them with variety of alleys,
  • private, to give a full shade; some of them wheresoever the sun be.
  • You are to frame some of them likewise for shelter, that when the wind
  • blows sharp, you may walk as in a gallery: and those alleys must be
  • likewise hedged at both ends, to keep out the wind; and these closer
  • alleys must be ever finely gravelled, and no grass, because of going
  • wet. In many of these alleys, likewise, you are to set fruit-trees of
  • all sorts, as well upon the walls as in ranges;[490] and this should be
  • generally observed, that the borders wherein you plant your fruit-trees
  • be fair, and large, and low, and not steep; and set with fine flowers,
  • but thin and sparingly, lest they deceive[491] the trees. At the end
  • of both the side grounds I would have a mount of some pretty height,
  • leaving the wall of the inclosure breast high, to look abroad into the
  • fields.
  • For the main garden, I do not deny but there should be some fair
  • alleys ranged on both sides with fruit-trees, and some pretty tufts of
  • fruit-trees and arbors with seats, set in some decent order; but these
  • to be by no means set too thick, but to leave the main garden so as it
  • be not close, but the air open and free. For as for shade, I would have
  • you rest upon the alleys of the side grounds, there to walk, if you be
  • disposed, in the heat of the year or day; but to make account[492] that
  • the main garden is for the more temperate parts of the year, and in the
  • heat of summer for the morning and the evening or overcast days.
  • For aviaries, I like them not, except they be of that largeness as they
  • may be turfed, and have living plants and bushes set in them; that the
  • birds may have more scope and natural nestling, and that no foulness
  • appear in the floor of the aviary. So I have made a platform of a
  • princely garden, partly by precept, partly by drawing; not a model,
  • but some general lines of it; and in this I have spared for no cost.
  • But it is nothing for great princes, that, for the most part, taking
  • advice with workmen, with no less cost set their things together, and
  • sometimes add statues and such things for state and magnificence, but
  • nothing to the true pleasure of a garden.
  • XLVII.—OF NEGOTIATING.
  • It is generally better to deal by speech than by letter; and by the
  • mediation of a third, than by a man’s self. Letters are good, when a
  • man would draw an answer by letter back again; or when it may serve
  • for a man’s justification afterwards to produce his own letter, or
  • where it may be danger to be interrupted or heard by pieces. To deal
  • in person is good, when a man’s face breedeth regard, as commonly with
  • inferiors; or in tender cases, where a man’s eye upon the countenance
  • of him with whom he speaketh, may give him a direction how far to go;
  • and, generally, where a man will reserve to himself liberty, either to
  • disavow or to expound. In choice of instruments, it is better to choose
  • men of a plainer sort, that are like to do that that is committed to
  • them, and to report back again faithfully the success, than those that
  • are cunning to contrive out of other men’s business somewhat to grace
  • themselves, and will help the matter in report, for satisfaction
  • sake. Use also such persons as affect[493] the business wherein they
  • are employed, for that quickeneth much; and such as are fit for the
  • matter, as bold men for expostulation, fairspoken men for persuasion,
  • crafty men for inquiry and observation, froward and absurd men for
  • business that doth not well bear out itself. Use also such as have
  • been lucky and prevailed before in things wherein you have employed
  • them; for that breeds confidence, and they will strive to maintain
  • their prescription. It is better to sound a person with whom one deals
  • afar off, than to fall upon the point at first, except you mean to
  • surprise him by some short question. It is better dealing with men in
  • appetite,[494] than with those that are where they would be. If a man
  • deal with another upon conditions, the start of first performance is
  • all; which a man cannot reasonably demand, except either the nature of
  • the thing be such, which must go before; or else a man can persuade the
  • other party, that he shall still need him in some other thing; or else
  • that he be counted the honester man. All practice is to discover, or to
  • work. Men discover themselves in trust, in passion, at unawares; and,
  • of necessity, when they would have somewhat done, and cannot find an
  • apt pretext. If you would work any man, you must either know his nature
  • and fashions, and so lead him; or his ends, and so persuade him; or his
  • weakness and disadvantages, and so awe him; or those that have interest
  • in him, and so govern him. In dealing with cunning persons, we must
  • ever consider their ends, to interpret their speeches; and it is good
  • to say little to them, and that which they least look for. In all
  • negotiations of difficulty, a man may not look to sow and reap at once;
  • but must prepare business, and so ripen it by degrees.
  • XLVIII.—OF FOLLOWERS AND FRIENDS.
  • Costly followers are not to be liked, lest, while a man maketh his
  • train longer, he make his wings shorter. I reckon to be costly,
  • not them alone which charge the purse, but which are wearisome and
  • importune in suits. Ordinary followers ought to challenge no higher
  • conditions than countenance, recommendation, and protection from
  • wrongs. Factious followers are worse to be liked, which follow not
  • upon affection to him with whom they range themselves, but upon
  • discontentment conceived against some other; whereupon commonly ensueth
  • that ill intelligence, that we many times see between great personages.
  • Likewise glorious[495] followers, who make themselves as trumpets of
  • the commendations of those they follow, are full of inconvenience,
  • for they taint business through want of secrecy; and they export
  • honor from a man, and make him a return in envy. There is a kind of
  • followers, likewise, which are dangerous, being indeed espials; which
  • inquire the secrets of the house, and bear tales of them to others;
  • yet such men, many times, are in great favor, for they are officious,
  • and commonly exchange tales. The following, by certain estates[496] of
  • men, answerable to that which a great person himself professeth (as of
  • soldiers to him that hath been employed in the wars, and the like),
  • hath ever been a thing civil and well taken even in monarchies, so it
  • be without too much pomp or popularity. But the most honorable kind of
  • following, is to be followed as one that apprehendeth to advance virtue
  • and desert in all sorts of persons; and yet, where there is no eminent
  • odds in sufficiency, it is better to take with the more passable, than
  • with the more able; and, besides, to speak truth in base times, active
  • men are of more use than virtuous. It is true, that, in government,
  • it is good to use men of one rank equally; for to countenance some
  • extraordinarily, is to make them insolent, and the rest discontent,
  • because they may claim a due: but, contrariwise, in favor, to use men
  • with much difference and election is good: for it maketh the persons
  • preferred more thankful, and the rest more officious, because all is
  • of favor. It is good discretion not to make too much of any man at the
  • first, because one cannot hold out that proportion. To be governed,
  • as we call it, by one, is not safe, for it shows softness,[497] and
  • gives a freedom to scandal and disreputation; for those that would not
  • censure, or speak ill of a man immediately, will talk more boldly of
  • those that are so great with them, and thereby wound their honor; yet
  • to be distracted with many is worse, for it makes men to be of the last
  • impression, and full of change. To take advice of some few friends is
  • ever honorable; for lookers-on many times see more than gamesters,
  • and the vale best discovereth the hill. There is little friendship in
  • the world, and least of all between equals, which was wont[498] to be
  • magnified. That that is, is between superior and inferior,[499] whose
  • fortunes may comprehend the one the other.
  • XLIX.—OF SUITORS.
  • Many ill matters and projects are undertaken; and private suits do
  • putrefy the public good. Many good matters are undertaken with bad
  • minds; I mean not only corrupt minds, but crafty minds, that intend not
  • performance. Some embrace suits, which never mean to deal effectually
  • in them; but if they see there may be life in the matter, by some other
  • mean they will be content to win a thank, or take a second reward, or,
  • at least, to make use, in the mean time, of the suitor’s hopes. Some
  • take hold of suits only for an occasion to cross some other, or to make
  • an information, whereof they could not otherwise have apt pretext,
  • without care what become of the suit when that turn is served; or,
  • generally, to make other men’s business a kind of entertainment to
  • bring in their own: nay, some undertake suits with a full purpose to
  • let them fall, to the end to gratify the adverse party, or competitor.
  • Surely, there is in some sort a right in every suit; either a right of
  • equity, if it be a suit of controversy, or a right of desert, if it be
  • a suit of petition. If affection lead a man to favor the wrong side
  • in justice, let him rather use his countenance to compound the matter
  • than to carry it. If affection lead a man to favor the less worthy in
  • desert, let him do it without depraving[500] or disabling the better
  • deserver. In suits which a man doth not well understand, it is good
  • to refer them to some friend of trust and judgment, that may report
  • whether he may deal in them with honor; but let him choose well his
  • referendaries,[501] for else he may be led by the nose. Suitors are so
  • distasted[502] with delays and abuses, that plain dealing in denying to
  • deal in suits at first, and reporting the success barely,[503] and in
  • challenging no more thanks than one hath deserved, is grown not only
  • honorable, but also gracious. In suits of favor, the first coming ought
  • to take little place;[504] so far forth[505] consideration may be had
  • of his trust, that if intelligence of the matter could not otherwise
  • have been had but by him, advantage be not taken of the note,[506] but
  • the party left to his other means, and in some sort recompensed for his
  • discovery. To be ignorant of the value of a suit is simplicity; as well
  • as to be ignorant of the right thereof, is want of conscience. Secrecy
  • in suits is a great mean of obtaining; for voicing them to be in
  • forwardness may discourage some kind of suitors, but doth quicken and
  • awake others. But timing of the suit is the principal; timing, I say,
  • not only in respect of the person that should grant it, but in respect
  • of those which are like to cross it. Let a man, in the choice of his
  • mean, rather choose the fittest mean, than the greatest mean; and
  • rather them that deal in certain things, than those that are general.
  • The reparation of a denial is sometimes equal to the first grant, if
  • a man show himself neither dejected nor discontented. “Iniquum petas,
  • ut æquum feras,”[507] is a good rule, where a man hath strength of
  • favor; but otherwise a man were better rise in his suit; for he that
  • would have ventured at first to have lost the suitor, will not, in the
  • conclusion, lose both the suitor and his own former favor. Nothing is
  • thought so easy a request to a great person as his letter: and yet if
  • it be not in a good cause, it is so much out of his reputation. There
  • are no worse instruments than these general contrivers of suits; for
  • they are but a kind of poison and infection to public proceedings.
  • L.—OF STUDIES.[508]
  • Studies serve for delight, for ornament, and for ability. Their chief
  • use for delight, is in privateness and retiring; for ornament, is
  • in discourse; and for ability, is in the judgment and disposition of
  • business; for expert men can execute, and perhaps judge of particulars
  • one by one; but the general counsels, and the plots and marshalling
  • of affairs, come best from those that are learned. To spend too much
  • time in studies, is sloth; to use them too much for ornament, is
  • affectation; to make judgment wholly by their rules, is the humor of
  • a scholar. They perfect nature, and are perfected by experience; for
  • natural abilities are like natural plants, that need pruning by study;
  • and studies themselves do give forth directions too much at large,
  • except they be bounded in by experience. Crafty men contemn studies,
  • simple men admire them, and wise men use them; for they teach not
  • their own use; but that is a wisdom without them and above them, won
  • by observation. Read not to contradict and confute, nor to believe and
  • take for granted, nor to find talk and discourse, but to weigh and
  • consider. Some books are to be tasted, others to be swallowed, and some
  • few to be chewed and digested; that is, some books are to be read only
  • in parts; others to be read, but not curiously;[509] and some few to be
  • read wholly, and with diligence and attention. Some books also may be
  • read by deputy, and extracts made of them by others; but that would be
  • only in the less important arguments and the meaner sort of books; else
  • distilled books are, like common distilled waters, flashy[510] things.
  • Reading maketh a full man; conference a ready man; and writing an exact
  • man; and, therefore, if a man write little, he had need have a great
  • memory; if he confer little, he had need have a present wit; and if
  • he read little, he had need have much cunning, to seem to know that
  • he doth not. Histories make men wise; poets, witty; the mathematics,
  • subtile; natural philosophy, deep; moral, grave; logic and rhetoric,
  • able to contend: “Abeunt studia in mores;”[511] nay, there is no stand
  • or impediment in the wit, but may be wrought out by fit studies.
  • Like as diseases of the body may have appropriate exercises, bowling
  • is good for the stone and reins, shooting for the lungs and breast,
  • gentle walking for the stomach, riding for the head and the like; so,
  • if a man’s wit be wandering, let him study the mathematics; for in
  • demonstrations, if his wit be called away never so little, he must
  • begin again; if his wit be not apt to distinguish or find difference,
  • let him study the schoolmen, for they are “Cymini sectores.”[512] If he
  • be not apt to beat over matters, and to call up one thing to prove and
  • illustrate another, let him study the lawyers’ cases; so every defect
  • of the mind may have a special receipt.
  • LI.—OF FACTION.
  • Many have an opinion not wise, that for a prince to govern his
  • estate, or for a great person to govern his proceedings, according
  • to the respect of factions, is a principal part of policy; whereas,
  • contrariwise, the chiefest wisdom is, either in ordering those things
  • which are general, and wherein men of several factions do nevertheless
  • agree, or in dealing with correspondence to particular persons, one
  • by one; but I say not, that the consideration of factions is to be
  • neglected. Mean men in their rising must adhere; but great men, that
  • have strength in themselves, were better to maintain themselves
  • indifferent and neutral; yet, even in beginners, to adhere so
  • moderately, as he be a man of the one faction, which is most passable
  • with the other, commonly giveth best way. The lower and weaker faction
  • is the firmer in conjunction; and it is often seen, that a few that
  • are stiff, do tire out a great number that are more moderate. When
  • one of the factions is extinguished, the remaining subdivideth; as
  • the faction between Lucullus and the rest of the nobles of the senate
  • (which they called “optimates”), held out a while against the faction
  • of Pompey and Cæsar; but when the senate’s authority was pulled down,
  • Cæsar and Pompey soon after brake. The faction or party of Antonius
  • and Octavianus Cæsar, against Brutus and Cassius, held out likewise
  • for a time; but when Brutus and Cassius were overthrown, then soon
  • after Antonius and Octavianus brake and subdivided. These examples are
  • of wars, but the same holdeth in private factions; and, therefore,
  • those that are seconds in factions do many times, when the faction
  • subdivideth, prove principals; but many times also they prove ciphers,
  • and cashiered, for many a man’s strength is in opposition; and when
  • that faileth, he groweth out of use. It is commonly seen, that men once
  • placed, take in with the contrary faction to that by which they enter;
  • thinking, belike, that they have the first sure, and now are ready for
  • a new purchase. The traitor in faction lightly goeth away with it; for
  • when matters have stuck long in balancing, the winning of some one man
  • casteth them,[513] and he getteth all the thanks. The even carriage
  • between two factions proceedeth not always of moderation, but of a
  • trueness to a man’s self, with end to make use of both. Certainly, in
  • Italy, they hold it a little suspect in popes, when they have often
  • in their mouth, “Padre commune;”[514] and take it to be a sign of one
  • that meaneth to refer all to the greatness of his own house. Kings
  • had need beware how they side themselves, and make themselves as of a
  • faction or party; for leagues within the state are ever pernicious to
  • monarchies; for they raise an obligation paramount to obligation of
  • sovereignty, and make the king “tanquam unus ex nobis,”[515] as was
  • to be seen in the League of France. When factions are carried too high
  • and too violently, it is a sign of weakness in princes, and much to the
  • prejudice both of their authority and business. The motions of factions
  • under kings, ought to be like the motions (as the astronomers speak) of
  • the inferior orbs, which may have their proper motions, but yet still
  • are quietly carried by the higher motion of “primum mobile.”[516]
  • LII.—OF CEREMONIES AND RESPECTS.
  • He that is only real, had need have exceeding great parts of virtue;
  • as the stone had need to be rich that is set without foil; but if a
  • man mark it well, it is in praise and commendation of men, as it is in
  • gettings and gains; for the proverb is true, that “Light gains make
  • heavy purses;” for light gains come thick, whereas great come but now
  • and then. So it is true, that small matters win great commendation,
  • because they are continually in use and in note; whereas the occasion
  • of any great virtue cometh but on festivals; therefore it doth much
  • add to a man’s reputation, and is (as Queen Isabella[517] said) like
  • perpetual letters commendatory, to have good forms. To attain them, it
  • almost sufficeth not to despise them; for so shall a man observe them
  • in others; and let him trust himself with the rest; for if he labor
  • too much to express them, he shall lose their grace, which is to be
  • natural and unaffected. Some men’s behavior is like a verse, wherein
  • every syllable is measured; how can a man comprehend great matters,
  • that breaketh his mind too much to small observations? Not to use
  • ceremonies at all, is to teach others not to use them again, and so
  • diminisheth respect to himself; especially they be not to be omitted to
  • strangers and formal natures; but the dwelling upon them, and exalting
  • them above the moon, is not only tedious, but doth diminish the faith
  • and credit of him that speaks; and, certainly, there is a kind of
  • conveying of effectual and imprinting passages amongst compliments,
  • which is of singular use, if a man can hit upon it. Amongst a man’s
  • peers, a man shall be sure of familiarity, and, therefore, it is good a
  • little to keep state; amongst a man’s inferiors, one shall be sure of
  • reverence, and therefore it is good a little to be familiar. He that is
  • too much in any thing, so that he giveth another occasion of satiety,
  • maketh himself cheap. To apply one’s self to others, is good, so it
  • be with demonstration that a man doth it upon regard, and not upon
  • facility. It is a good precept, generally in seconding another, yet to
  • add somewhat of one’s own; as, if you will grant his opinion, let it be
  • with some distinction; if you will follow his motion, let it be with
  • condition; if you allow his counsel, let it be with alleging further
  • reason. Men had need beware how they be too perfect in compliments; for
  • be they never so sufficient otherwise, their enviers will be sure to
  • give them that attribute to the disadvantage of their greater virtues.
  • It is loss, also, in business, to be too full of respects, or to be too
  • curious in observing times and opportunities. Solomon saith, “He that
  • considereth the wind shall not sow, and he that looketh to the clouds
  • shall not reap.”[518] A wise man will make more opportunities than he
  • finds. Men’s behavior should be like their apparel, not too strait or
  • point device,[519] but free for exercise or motion.
  • LIII.—OF PRAISE.
  • Praise is the reflection of virtue; but it is glass, or body, which
  • giveth the reflection. If it be from the common people, it is commonly
  • false and naught, and rather followeth vain persons than virtuous;
  • for the common people understand not many excellent virtues. The
  • lowest virtues draw praise from them, the middle virtues work in them
  • astonishment or admiration, but of the highest virtues they have
  • no sense or perceiving at all; but shows and “species virtutibus
  • similes,”[520] serve best with them. Certainly, fame is like a river,
  • that beareth up things light and swollen, and drowns things weighty and
  • solid; but if persons of quality and judgment concur, then it is (as
  • the Scripture saith), “Nomen bonum instar unguenti fragrantis:”[521]
  • it filleth all round about, and will not easily away; for the odors
  • of ointments are more durable than those of flowers. There be so many
  • false points of praise, that a man may justly hold it a suspect. Some
  • praises proceed merely of flattery; and if he be an ordinary flatterer,
  • he will have certain common attributes, which may serve every man; if
  • he be a cunning flatterer, he will follow the arch-flatterer, which is
  • a man’s self, and wherein a man thinketh best of himself, therein the
  • flatterer will uphold him most. But if he be an impudent flatterer,
  • look wherein a man is conscious to himself that he is most defective,
  • and is most out of countenance in himself, that will the flatterer
  • entitle him to, perforce, “spretâ conscientiâ.”[522] Some praises come
  • of good wishes and respects, which is a form due in civility to kings
  • and great persons, “laudando præcipere;”[523] when, by telling men what
  • they are, they represent to them what they should be; some men are
  • praised maliciously to their hurt, thereby to stir envy and jealousy
  • towards them: “Pessimum genus inimicorum laudantium;”[524] insomuch as
  • it was a proverb amongst the Grecians, that “he that was praised to
  • his hurt, should have a push[525] rise upon his nose;” as we say that
  • a blister will rise upon one’s tongue that tells a lie; certainly,
  • moderate praise, used with opportunity, and not vulgar, is that which
  • doth the good. Solomon saith: “He that praiseth his friend aloud,
  • rising early, it shall be to him no better than a curse.”[526] Too much
  • magnifying of man or matter doth irritate contradiction, and procure
  • envy and scorn. To praise a man’s self cannot be decent, except it be
  • in rare cases; but to praise a man’s office[527] or profession, he may
  • do it with good grace, and with a kind of magnanimity. The cardinals
  • of Rome, which are theologues,[528] and friars, and schoolmen, have
  • a phrase of notable contempt and scorn towards civil business; for
  • they call all temporal business of wars, embassages, judicature, and
  • other employments, sbirrerie, which is under-sheriffries, as if they
  • were but matters for under-sheriffs and catchpoles; though many times
  • those under-sheriffries do more good than their high speculations.
  • St. Paul, when he boasts of himself, he doth oft interlace, “I speak
  • like a fool:”[529] but speaking of his calling, he saith, “Magnificabo
  • apostolatum meum.”[530]
  • LIV.—OF VAINGLORY.
  • It was prettily devised of Æsop, the fly sat upon the axle-tree of the
  • chariot-wheel, and said, “What a dust do I raise!” So are there some
  • vain persons, that, whatsoever goeth alone, or moveth upon greater
  • means, if they have never so little hand in it, they think it is they
  • that carry it. They that are glorious, must needs be factious; for all
  • bravery[531] stands upon comparisons. They must needs be violent, to
  • make good their own vaunts; neither can they be secret, and therefore
  • not effectual; but, according to the French proverb, “Beaucoup de
  • bruit, peu de fruit;”—“much bruit,[532] little fruit.” Yet, certainly,
  • there is use of this quality in civil affairs: where there is an
  • opinion[533] and fame to be created, either of virtue or greatness,
  • these men are good trumpeters. Again, as Titus Livius noteth, in the
  • case of Antiochus and the Ætolians,[534] there are sometimes great
  • effects of cross lies; as if a man that negotiates between two princes,
  • to draw them to join in a war against the third, doth extol the forces
  • of either of them above measure, the one to the other; and sometimes
  • he that deals between man and man, raiseth his own credit with both,
  • by pretending greater interest than he hath in either; and in these,
  • and the like kinds, it often falls out, that somewhat is produced of
  • nothing; for lies are sufficient to breed opinion, and opinion brings
  • on substance. In military commanders and soldiers, vainglory is an
  • essential point; for as iron sharpens iron, so by glory one courage
  • sharpeneth another. In cases of great enterprise upon charge[535]
  • and adventure, a composition of glorious natures doth put life into
  • business; and those that are of solid and sober natures, have more of
  • the ballast than of the sail. In fame of learning, the flight will be
  • slow without some feathers of ostentation: “Qui de contemnendâ gloriâ
  • libros scribunt, nomen suum inscribunt.”[536] Socrates, Aristotle,
  • Galen, were men full of ostentation: certainly, vainglory helpeth to
  • perpetuate a man’s memory; and virtue was never so beholden to human
  • nature, as it received its due at the second hand. Neither had the fame
  • of Cicero, Seneca, Plinius Secundus,[537] borne her age so well if it
  • had not been joined with some vanity in themselves; like unto varnish,
  • that makes ceilings not only shine, but last. But all this while, when
  • I speak of vainglory, I mean not of that property that Tacitus doth
  • attribute to Mucianus, “Omnium, quæ dixerat feceratque, arte quâdam
  • ostentator;”[538] for that[539] proceeds not of vanity, but of natural
  • magnanimity and discretion; and, in some persons, is not only comely,
  • but gracious; for excusations,[540] cessions,[541] modesty itself, well
  • governed, are but arts of ostentation; and amongst those arts there is
  • none better than that which Plinius Secundus speaketh of, which is
  • to be liberal of praise and commendation to others, in that wherein a
  • man’s self hath any perfection. For, saith Pliny, very wittily, “In
  • commending another, you do yourself right;[542] for he that you commend
  • is either superior to you in that you commend, or inferior: if he be
  • inferior, if he be to be commended, you much more; if he be superior,
  • if he be not to be commended, you much less.” Glorious[543] men are the
  • scorn of wise men, the admiration of fools, the idols of parasites, and
  • the slaves of their own vaunts.
  • LV.—OF HONOR AND REPUTATION.
  • The winning of honor is but the revealing of a man’s virtue and worth
  • without disadvantage; for some in their actions do woo and affect honor
  • and reputation; which sort of men are commonly much talked of, but
  • inwardly little admired; and some, contrariwise, darken their virtue
  • in the show of it, so as they be undervalued in opinion. If a man
  • perform that which hath not been attempted before, or attempted and
  • given over, or hath been achieved, but not with so good circumstance,
  • he shall purchase more honor than by affecting a matter of greater
  • difficulty or virtue, wherein he is but a follower. If a man so temper
  • his actions, as in some one of them he doth content every faction
  • or combination of people, the music will be the fuller. A man is an
  • ill husband of his honor that entereth into any action, the failing
  • wherein may disgrace him more than the carrying of it through can honor
  • him. Honor that is gained and broken upon another hath the quickest
  • reflection, like diamonds cut with facets; and therefore let a man
  • contend to excel any competitors of his in honor, in outshooting them,
  • if he can, in their own bow. Discreet followers and servants help much
  • to reputation: “Omnis fama a domesticis emanat.”[544] Envy, which is
  • the canker of honor, is best extinguished by declaring a man’s self in
  • his ends, rather to seek merit than fame; and by attributing a man’s
  • successes rather to Divine providence and felicity, than to his own
  • virtue or policy. The true marshalling of the degrees of sovereign
  • honor are these. In the first place are “conditores imperiorum,”[545]
  • founders of states and commonwealths; such as were Romulus, Cyrus,
  • Cæsar, Ottoman,[546] Ismael: in the second place are “legislatores,”
  • lawgivers, which are also called second founders, or “perpetui
  • principes,”[547] because they govern by their ordinances after they
  • are gone; such were Lycurgus, Solon, Justinian, Edgar,[548] Alphonsus
  • of Castile, the Wise, that made the “Siete Partidas:”[549] in the third
  • place are “liberatores,” or “salvatores,”[550] such as compound the
  • long miseries of civil wars, or deliver their countries from servitude
  • of strangers or tyrants, as Augustus Cæsar, Vespasianus, Aurelianus,
  • Theodoricus, King Henry the Seventh of England, King Henry the Fourth
  • of France: in the fourth place are “propagatores,” or “propugnatores
  • imperii,”[551] such as in honorable wars enlarge their territories, or
  • make noble defence against invaders: and, in the last place are “patres
  • patriæ,”[552] which reign justly, and make the times good wherein they
  • live; both which last kinds need no examples, they are in such number.
  • Degrees of honor in subjects are, first, “participes curarum,”[553]
  • those upon whom princes do discharge the greatest weight of their
  • affairs, their right hands, as we call them; the next are “duces
  • belli,”[554] great leaders, such as are princes’ lieutenants, and do
  • them notable services in the wars; the third are “gratiosi,” favorites,
  • such as exceed not this scantling,[555] to be solace to the sovereign,
  • and harmless to the people; and the fourth, “negotiis pares,”[556]
  • such as have great places under princes, and execute their places with
  • sufficiency. There is an honor, likewise, which may be ranked amongst
  • the greatest, which happeneth rarely; that is, of such as sacrifice
  • themselves to death or danger for the good of their country; as was M.
  • Regulus, and the two Decii.
  • LVI.—OF JUDICATURE.
  • Judges ought to remember that their office is “jus dicere,”[557] and
  • not “jus dare;”[558] to interpret law, and not to make law, or give
  • law; else will it be like the authority claimed by the Church of Rome,
  • which, under pretext of exposition of Scripture, doth not stick to
  • add and alter, and to pronounce that which they do not find, and, by
  • show of antiquity, to introduce novelty. Judges ought to be more
  • learned than witty, more reverend than plausible, and more advised than
  • confident. Above all things, integrity is their portion and proper
  • virtue. “Cursed (saith the law)[559] is he that removeth the landmark.”
  • The mislayer of a mere stone is to blame; but it is the unjust judge
  • that is the capital remover of landmarks, when he defineth amiss of
  • lands and property. One foul sentence doth more hurt than many foul
  • examples; for these do but corrupt the stream, the other corrupteth
  • the fountain: so saith Solomon, “Fons turbatus et vena corrupta est
  • justus cadens in causâ suâ coram adversario.”[560] The office of judges
  • may have reference unto the parties that sue, unto the advocates that
  • plead, unto the clerks and ministers of justice underneath them, and to
  • the sovereign or state above them.
  • First, for the causes or parties that sue. “There be (saith the
  • Scripture) that turn judgment into wormwood;”[561] and surely there be,
  • also, that turn it into vinegar; for injustice maketh it bitter, and
  • delays make it sour. The principal duty of a judge is to suppress force
  • and fraud; whereof force is the more pernicious when it is open, and
  • fraud when it is close and disguised. Add thereto contentious suits,
  • which ought to be spewed out, as the surfeit of courts. A judge ought
  • to prepare his way to a just sentence, as God useth to prepare his way,
  • by raising valleys and taking down hills; so when there appeareth on
  • either side a high hand, violent prosecution, cunning advantages taken,
  • combination, power, great counsel, then is the virtue of a judge seen
  • to make inequality equal, that he may plant his judgment as upon an
  • even ground. “Qui fortiter emungit, elicit sanguinem;”[562] and where
  • the wine-press is hard wrought, it yields a harsh wine, that tastes of
  • the grape-stone. Judges must beware of hard constructions and strained
  • inferences; for there is no worse torture than the torture of laws.
  • Especially in case of laws penal, they ought to have care that that
  • which was meant for terror be not turned into rigor; and that they
  • bring not upon the people that shower whereof the Scripture speaketh,
  • “Pluet super eos laqueos;”[563] for penal laws pressed,[564] are a
  • shower of snares upon the people. Therefore let penal laws, if they
  • have been sleepers of long, or if they be grown unfit for the present
  • time, be by wise judges confined in the execution: “Judicis officium
  • est, ut res, ita tempora rerum,” &c.[565] In causes of life and death,
  • judges ought (as far as the law permitteth) in justice to remember
  • mercy, and to cast a severe eye upon the example, but a merciful eye
  • upon the person.
  • Secondly, for the advocates and counsel that plead. Patience[566] and
  • gravity of hearing is an essential part of justice, and an overspeaking
  • judge is no well-tuned cymbal. It is no grace to a judge first to find
  • that which he might have heard in due time from the bar; or to show
  • quickness of conceit in cutting off evidence or counsel too short,
  • or to prevent information by questions, though pertinent. The parts
  • of a judge in hearing are four: to direct the evidence; to moderate
  • length, repetition, of impertinency of speech; to recapitulate,
  • select, and collate the material points of that which hath been said;
  • and to give the rule or sentence. Whatsoever is above these is too
  • much, and proceedeth either of glory, and willingness to speak, or of
  • impatience to hear, or of shortness of memory, or of want of a staid
  • and equal attention. It is a strange thing to see that the boldness
  • of advocates should prevail with judges; whereas, they should imitate
  • God in whose seat they sit, who represseth the presumptuous, and
  • giveth grace to the modest; but it is more strange, that judges should
  • have noted favorites, which cannot but cause multiplication of fees,
  • and suspicion of by-ways. There is due from the judge to the advocate
  • some commendation and gracing, where causes are well handled and fair
  • pleaded, especially towards the side which obtaineth not;[567] for that
  • upholds in the client the reputation of his counsel, and beats down
  • in him the conceit[568] of his cause. There is likewise due to the
  • public a civil reprehension of advocates, where there appeareth cunning
  • counsel, gross neglect, slight information, indiscreet pressing, or an
  • over-bold defence; and let not the counsel at the bar chop[569] with
  • the judge, nor wind himself into the handling of the cause anew after
  • the judge hath declared his sentence; but, on the other side, let not
  • the judge meet the cause half-way, nor give occasion to the party to
  • say, his counsel or proofs were not heard.
  • Thirdly, for that that concerns clerks and ministers. The place of
  • justice is a hallowed place; and, therefore, not only the bench,
  • but the foot-pace and precincts, and purprise thereof, ought to be
  • preserved without scandal and corruption; for, certainly, “Grapes (as
  • the Scripture saith) will not be gathered of thorns or thistles;”[570]
  • neither can justice yield her fruit with sweetness amongst the briers
  • and brambles of catching and polling[571] clerks and ministers. The
  • attendance of courts is subject to four bad instruments: first, certain
  • persons that are sowers of suits, which make the court swell, and
  • the country pine: the second sort is of those that engage courts in
  • quarrels of jurisdiction, and are not truly “amici curiæ,”[572] but
  • “parasiti curiæ,”[573] in puffing a court up beyond her bounds for
  • their own scraps and advantage: the third sort is of those that may be
  • accounted the left hands of courts; persons that are full of nimble
  • and sinister tricks and shifts, whereby they pervert the plain and
  • direct courses of courts, and bring justice into oblique lines and
  • labyrinths: and the fourth is the poller and exacter of fees; which
  • justifies the common resemblance of the courts of justice to the bush,
  • whereunto while the sheep flies for defence in weather, he is sure to
  • lose part of his fleece. On the other side, an ancient clerk, skilful
  • in precedents, wary in proceeding, and understanding in the business of
  • the court, is an excellent finger of a court, and doth many times point
  • the way to the judge himself.
  • Fourthly, for that which may concern the sovereign and estate. Judges
  • ought, above all, to remember the conclusion of the Roman Twelve
  • Tables,[574] “Salus populi suprema lex;”[575] and to know that laws,
  • except they be in order to that end, are but things captious, and
  • oracles not well inspired; therefore it is a happy thing in a state,
  • when kings and states do often consult with judges; and again, when
  • judges do often consult with the king and state: the one, when there
  • is matter of law intervenient in business of state; the other, when
  • there is some consideration of state intervenient in matter of law;
  • for many times the things deduced to judgment may be “meum”[576]
  • and “tuum,”[577] when the reason and consequence thereof may trench
  • to point of estate. I call matter of estate, not only the parts of
  • sovereignty, but whatsoever introduceth any great alteration, or
  • dangerous precedent, or concerneth manifestly any great portion of
  • people; and let no man weakly conceive, that just laws and true policy
  • have any antipathy, for they are like the spirits and sinews, that one
  • moves with the other. Let judges also remember, that Solomon’s throne
  • was supported by lions[578] on both sides; let them be lions, but yet
  • lions under the throne, being circumspect that they do not check or
  • oppose any points of sovereignty. Let not judges also be so ignorant of
  • their own right, as to think there is not left to them, as a principal
  • part of their office, a wise use and application of laws; for they
  • may remember what the apostle saith of a greater law than theirs: “Nos
  • scimus quia lex bona est, modo quis eâ utatur legitime.”[579]
  • LVII.—OF ANGER.
  • To seek to extinguish anger utterly is but a bravery[580] of the
  • Stoics. We have better oracles: “Be angry, but sin not; let not the sun
  • go down upon your anger.”[581] Anger must be limited and confined, both
  • in race and in time. We will first speak how the natural inclination
  • and habit, “to be angry,” may be attempered and calmed; secondly,
  • how the particular motions of anger may be repressed, or, at least,
  • refrained from doing mischief; thirdly, how to raise anger, or appease
  • anger in another.
  • For the first, there is no other way but to meditate and ruminate well
  • upon the effects of anger, how it troubles man’s life; and the best
  • time to do this is, to look back upon anger when the fit is thoroughly
  • over. Seneca saith well, “that anger is like ruin, which breaks itself
  • upon that it falls.”[582] The Scripture exhorteth us “to possess our
  • souls in patience;”[583] whosoever is out of patience, is out of
  • possession of his soul. Men must not turn bees:—
  • “animasque in vulnere ponunt.”[584]
  • Anger is certainly a kind of baseness; as it appears well in the
  • weakness of those subjects in whom it reigns, children, women, old
  • folks, sick folks. Only men must beware that they carry their anger
  • rather with scorn than with fear; so that they may seem rather to be
  • above the injury than below it; which is a thing easily done, if a man
  • will give law to himself in it.
  • For the second point, the causes and motives of anger are chiefly
  • three. First, to be too sensible of hurt, for no man is angry that
  • feels not himself hurt; and therefore tender and delicate persons must
  • needs be oft angry, they have so many things to trouble them, which
  • more robust natures have little sense of: the next is, the apprehension
  • and construction of the injury offered, to be, in the circumstances
  • thereof, full of contempt; for contempt is that which putteth an edge
  • upon anger, as much, or more, than the hurt itself; and therefore,
  • when men are ingenious in picking out circumstances of contempt,
  • they do kindle their anger much: lastly, opinion of the touch[585]
  • of a man’s reputation doth multiply and sharpen anger; wherein the
  • remedy is, that a man should have, as Gonsalvo was wont to say, “Telam
  • honoris crassiorem.”[586] But in all refrainings of anger, it is the
  • best remedy to win time, and to make a man’s self believe that the
  • opportunity of his revenge is not yet come; but that he foresees a time
  • for it, and so to still himself in the mean time, and reserve it.
  • To contain anger from mischief, though it take hold of a man, there be
  • two things whereof you must have special caution: the one, of extreme
  • bitterness of words, especially if they be aculeate and proper,[587]
  • for “communia maledicta”[588] are nothing so much; and, again, that in
  • anger a man reveal no secrets, for that makes him not fit for society:
  • the other, that you do not peremptorily break off in any business in a
  • fit of anger; but, howsoever you show bitterness, do not act any thing
  • that is not revocable.
  • For raising and appeasing anger in another, it is done chiefly by
  • choosing of times when men are frowardest and worst disposed to incense
  • them; again, by gathering (as was touched before) all that you can
  • find out to aggravate the contempt: and the two remedies are by the
  • contraries; the former to take good times, when first to relate to a
  • man an angry business, for the first impression is much; and the other
  • is, to sever, as much as may be, the construction of the injury from
  • the point of contempt; imputing it to misunderstanding, fear, passion,
  • or what you will.
  • LVIII.—OF VICISSITUDE OF THINGS.
  • Solomon saith, “There is no new thing upon the earth;”[589] so
  • that as Plato[590] had an imagination that all knowledge was but
  • remembrance, so Solomon giveth his sentence, “That all novelty is but
  • oblivion;”[591] whereby you may see, that the river of Lethe runneth
  • as well above ground as below. There is an abstruse astrologer that
  • saith, if it were not for two things that are constant (the one is,
  • that the fixed stars ever stand at like distance one from another, and
  • never come nearer together, nor go further asunder; the other, that
  • the diurnal motion perpetually keepeth time), no individual would last
  • one moment; certain it is, that the matter is in a perpetual flux, and
  • never at a stay. The great winding-sheets that bury all things in
  • oblivion, are two,—deluges and earthquakes. As for conflagrations and
  • great droughts, they do not merely dispeople, but destroy. Phaeton’s
  • car went but a day; and the three years’ drought in the time of
  • Elias,[592] was but particular,[593] and left people alive. As for the
  • great burnings by lightnings, which are often in the West Indies,[594]
  • they are but narrow;[595] but in the other two destructions, by deluge
  • and earthquake, it is further to be noted, that the remnant of people
  • which happen to be reserved, are commonly ignorant and mountainous
  • people, that can give no account of the time past; so that the oblivion
  • is all one, as if none had been left. If you consider well of the
  • people of the West Indies, it is very probable that they are a newer,
  • or a younger people than the people of the old world; and it is much
  • more likely that the destruction that hath heretofore been there, was
  • not by earthquakes, (as the Egyptian priest told Solon, concerning the
  • Island of Atlantis,[596] that it was swallowed by an earthquake), but
  • rather that it was desolated by a particular deluge, for earthquakes
  • are seldom in those parts; but, on the other side, they have such
  • pouring rivers, as the rivers of Asia, and Africa, and Europe, are but
  • brooks to them. Their Andes, likewise, or mountains, are far higher
  • than those with us; whereby it seems, that the remnants of generations
  • of men were in such a particular deluge saved. As for the observation
  • that Machiavel hath, that the jealousy of sects doth much extinguish
  • the memory of things,[597] traducing Gregory the Great, that he did
  • what in him lay to extinguish all heathen antiquities, I do not find
  • that those zeals do any great effects, nor last long; as it appeared in
  • the succession of Sabinian,[598] who did revive the former antiquities.
  • The vicissitude, or mutations, in the superior globe, are no fit matter
  • for this present argument. It may be, Plato’s great year,[599] if the
  • world should last so long, would have some effect, not in renewing
  • the state of like individuals (for that is the fume[600] of those
  • that conceive the celestial bodies have more accurate influences upon
  • these things below, than indeed they have), but in gross. Comets, out
  • of question, have likewise power and effect over the gross and mass
  • of things; but they are rather gazed, and waited upon[601] in their
  • journey, than wisely observed in their effects, especially in their
  • respective effects; that is, what kind of comet for magnitude, color,
  • version of the beams, placing in the region of heaven, or lasting,
  • produceth what kind of effects.
  • There is a toy,[602] which I have heard, and I would not have it given
  • over, but waited upon a little. They say it is observed in the Low
  • Countries (I know not in what part), that every five and thirty years
  • the same kind and suit of years and weather comes about again; as great
  • frosts, great wet, great droughts, warm winters, summers with little
  • heat, and the like; and they call it the prime. It is a thing I do
  • the rather mention, because, computing backwards, I have found some
  • concurrence.
  • But to leave these points of nature, and to come to men. The greatest
  • vicissitude of things amongst men, is the vicissitude of sects and
  • religions; for those orbs rule in men’s minds most. The true religion
  • is built upon the rock; the rest are tossed upon the waves of time. To
  • speak, therefore, of the causes of new sects, and to give some counsel
  • concerning them, as far as the weakness of human judgment can give stay
  • to so great revolutions.
  • When the religion formerly received is rent by discords, and when the
  • holiness of the professors of religion is decayed and full of scandal,
  • and, withal, the times be stupid, ignorant, and barbarous, you may
  • doubt the springing up of a new sect; if then, also, there should arise
  • any extravagant and strange spirit to make himself author thereof; all
  • which points held when Mahomet published his law. If a new sect have
  • not two properties, fear it not, for it will not spread. The one is the
  • supplanting or the opposing of authority established, for nothing is
  • more popular than that; the other is, the giving license to pleasures
  • and a voluptuous life; for as for speculative heresies (such as were in
  • ancient times the Arians, and now the Arminians),[603] though they work
  • mightily upon men’s wits, yet they do not produce any great alterations
  • in states, except it be by the help of civil occasions. There be three
  • manner of plantations of new sects: by the power of signs and miracles;
  • by the eloquence and wisdom of speech and persuasion; and by the
  • sword. For martyrdoms, I reckon them amongst miracles, because they
  • seem to exceed the strength of human nature; and I may do the like of
  • superlative and admirable holiness of life. Surely, there is no better
  • way to stop the rising of new sects and schisms, than to reform abuses;
  • to compound the smaller differences; to proceed mildly, and not with
  • sanguinary persecutions; and rather to take off the principal authors,
  • by winning and advancing them, than to enrage them by violence and
  • bitterness.
  • The changes and vicissitude in wars are many, but chiefly in three
  • things: in the seats or stages of the war, in the weapons, and in the
  • manner of the conduct. Wars, in ancient time, seemed more to move from
  • east to west; for the Persians, Assyrians, Arabians, Tartars (which
  • were the invaders), were all eastern people. It is true the Gauls
  • were western; but we read but of two incursions of theirs, the one to
  • Gallo-Græcia, the other to Rome: but east and west have no certain
  • points of heaven; and no more have the wars, either from the east or
  • west, any certainty of observation; but north and south are fixed; and
  • it hath seldom or never been seen that the far southern people have
  • invaded the northern, but contrariwise: whereby it is manifest that
  • the northern tract of the world is in nature the more martial region,
  • be it in respect of the stars of that hemisphere,[604] or of the great
  • continents that are upon the north; whereas, the south part, for aught
  • that is known, is almost all sea; or (which is most apparent) of
  • the cold of the northern parts, which is that which, without aid of
  • discipline, doth make the bodies hardest, and the courage warmest.
  • Upon the breaking and shivering of a great state and empire, you may be
  • sure to have wars; for great empires, while they stand, do enervate and
  • destroy the forces of the natives which they have subdued, resting upon
  • their own protecting forces; and then, when they fail also, all goes
  • to ruin, and they become a prey. So was it in the decay of the Roman
  • empire, and likewise in the empire of Almaigne,[605] after Charles
  • the Great,[606] every bird taking a feather, and were not unlike to
  • befall to Spain, if it should break. The great accessions and unions
  • of kingdoms do likewise stir up wars; for when a state grows to an
  • over-power, it is like a great flood, that will be sure to overflow,
  • as it hath been seen in the states of Rome, Turkey, Spain, and others.
  • Look when the world hath fewest barbarous people, but such as commonly
  • will not marry or generate, except they know means to live (as it is
  • almost everywhere at this day, except Tartary), there is no danger of
  • inundations of people; but when there be great shoals of people, which
  • go on to populate, without foreseeing means of life and sustenation,
  • it is of necessity that once in an age or two they discharge a portion
  • of their people upon other nations, which the ancient northern people
  • were wont to do by lot; casting lots what part should stay at home,
  • and what should seek their fortunes. When a warlike state grows soft
  • and effeminate, they may be sure of a war, for commonly such states are
  • grown rich in the time of their degenerating; and so the prey inviteth,
  • and their decay in valor encourageth a war.
  • As for the weapons, it hardly falleth under rule and observation, yet
  • we see even they have returns and vicissitudes; for certain it is that
  • ordnance was known in the city of the Oxidraces, in India, and was that
  • which the Macedonians[607] called thunder and lightning, and magic;
  • and it is well known that the use of ordnance hath been in China above
  • two thousand years. The conditions of weapons, and their improvements
  • are, first, the fetching[608] afar off, for that outruns the danger,
  • as it is seen in ordnance and muskets; secondly, the strength of the
  • percussion, wherein, likewise, ordnance do exceed all arietations,[609]
  • and ancient inventions; the third is, the commodious use of them, as
  • that they may serve in all weathers, that the carriage may be light and
  • manageable, and the like.
  • For the conduct of the war: at the first, men rested extremely upon
  • number; they did put the wars likewise upon main force and valor,
  • pointing days for pitched fields, and so trying it out upon an even
  • match; and they were more ignorant in ranging and arraying their
  • battles. After they grew to rest upon number, rather competent than
  • vast, they grew to advantages of place, cunning diversions, and the
  • like, and they grew more skilful in the ordering of their battles.
  • In the youth of a state, arms do flourish; in the middle age of a
  • state, learning; and then both of them together for a time; in the
  • declining age of a state, mechanical arts and merchandise. Learning
  • hath its infancy when it is but beginning, and almost childish; then
  • its youth, when it is luxuriant and juvenile; then its strength of
  • years, when it is solid and reduced; and, lastly, its old age, when
  • it waxeth dry and exhaust. But it is not good to look too long upon
  • these turning wheels of vicissitude, lest we become giddy; as for the
  • philology of them, that is but a circle of tales, and therefore not fit
  • for this writing.
  • APPENDIX TO ESSAYS.
  • I.—A FRAGMENT OF AN ESSAY OF FAME.[610]
  • The poets make fame a monster; they describe her in part finely and
  • elegantly, and in part gravely and sententiously; they say, Look, how
  • many feathers she hath, so many eyes she hath underneath, so many
  • tongues, so many voices, she pricks up so many ears!
  • This is a flourish: there follow excellent parables; as that she
  • gathereth strength in going; that she goeth upon the ground, and yet
  • hideth her head in the clouds; that in the daytime she sitteth in a
  • watch-tower, and flieth most by night; that she mingleth things done
  • with things not done; and that she is a terror to great cities; but
  • that which passeth all the rest is, they do recount that the Earth,
  • mother of the giants that made war against Jupiter, and were by him
  • destroyed, thereupon in anger brought forth Fame; for certain it is,
  • that rebels, figured by the giants, and seditious fames and libels,
  • are but brothers and sisters, masculine and feminine. But now, if
  • a man can tame this monster, and bring her to feed at the hand and
  • govern her, and with her fly other ravening fowl, and kill them, it is
  • somewhat worth; but we are infected with the style of the poets. To
  • speak now in a sad and serious manner, there is not in all the politics
  • a place less handled, and more worthy to be handled, than this of fame.
  • We will, therefore, speak of these points. What are false fames, and
  • what are true fames, and how they may be best discerned; how fames may
  • be sown and raised; how they may be spread and multiplied; and how they
  • may be checked and lay dead; and other things concerning the nature
  • of fame. Fame is of that force, as there is scarcely any great action
  • wherein it hath not a great part, especially in the war. Mucianus
  • undid Vitellius by a fame that he scattered, that Vitellius had in
  • purpose to remove the legions of Syria into Germany, and the legions
  • of Germany into Syria; whereupon the legions of Syria were infinitely
  • inflamed.[611] Julius Cæsar took Pompey unprovided, and laid asleep his
  • industry and preparations by a fame that he cunningly gave out, how
  • Cæsar’s own soldiers loved him not; and being wearied with the wars,
  • and laden with the spoils of Gaul, would forsake him as soon as he came
  • into Italy.[612] Livia settled all things for the succession of her son
  • Tiberius, by continually giving out that her husband Augustus was upon
  • recovery and amendment;[613] and it is a usual thing with the bashaws
  • to conceal the death of the Grand Turk from the janizaries and men of
  • war, to save the sacking of Constantinople, and other towns, as their
  • manner is. Themistocles made Xerxes, king of Persia, post apace out
  • of Græcia, by giving out that the Grecians had a purpose to break his
  • bridge of ships which he had made athwart Hellespont.[614] There be a
  • thousand such like examples, and the more they are, the less they need
  • to be repeated, because a man meeteth with them everywhere; therefore,
  • let all wise governors have as great a watch and care over fames, as
  • they have of the actions and designs themselves.
  • II.—OF A KING.
  • 1. A king is a mortal God on earth, unto whom the living God hath lent
  • his own name as a great honor; but withal told him, he should die like
  • a man, lest he should be proud and flatter himself, that God hath, with
  • his name, imparted unto him his nature also.
  • 2. Of all kind of men, God is the least beholden unto them; for he doth
  • most for them, and they do, ordinarily, least for him.
  • 3. A king that would not feel his crown too heavy for him, must wear
  • it every day; but if he think it too light, he knoweth not of what
  • metal it is made.
  • 4. He must make religion the rule of government, and not to balance the
  • scale; for he that casteth in religion only to make the scales even,
  • his own weight is contained in those characters: “Mene, mene, tekel,
  • upharsin: He is found too light, his kingdom shall be taken from him.”
  • 5. And that king that holds not religion the best reason of state, is
  • void of all piety and justice, the supporters of a king.
  • 6. He must be able to give counsel himself, but not rely thereupon;
  • for though happy events justify their counsels, yet it is better that
  • the evil event of good advice be rather imputed to a subject than a
  • sovereign.
  • 7. He is a fountain of honor, which should not run with a waste-pipe,
  • lest the courtiers sell the water, and then, as Papists say of their
  • holy wells, it loses the virtue.
  • 8. He is the life of the law, not only as he is _Lex loquens_ himself,
  • but because he animateth the dead letter, making it active towards all
  • his subjects _præmio et pœna_.
  • 9. A wise king must do less in altering his laws than he may; for new
  • government is ever dangerous. It being true in the body politic, as in
  • the corporal, that _omnis subita immutatio est periculosa_; and though
  • it be for the better, yet it is not without a fearful apprehension;
  • for he that changeth the fundamental laws of a kingdom, thinketh there
  • is no good title to a crown, but by conquest.
  • 10. A king that setteth to sale seats of justice, oppresseth the
  • people; for he teacheth his judges to sell justice; and _pretio parata
  • pretio venditur justitia_.
  • 11. Bounty and magnificence are virtues very regal, but a prodigal king
  • is nearer a tyrant than a parsimonious; for store at home draweth not
  • his contemplations abroad, but want supplieth itself of what is next,
  • and many times the next way. A king therein must be wise, and know what
  • he may justly do.
  • 12. That king which is not feared, is not loved; and he that is well
  • seen in his craft, must as well study to be feared as loved; yet not
  • loved for fear, but feared for love.
  • 13. Therefore, as he must always resemble Him whose great name he
  • beareth, and that as in manifesting the sweet influence of his mercy on
  • the severe stroke of his justice sometimes, so in this not to suffer
  • a man of death to live; for, besides that the land doth mourn, the
  • restraint of justice towards sin doth more retard the affection of
  • love, than the extent of mercy doth inflame it; and sure, where love is
  • [ill] bestowed, fear is quite lost.
  • 14. His greatest enemies are his flatterers; for though they ever speak
  • on his side, yet their words still make against him.
  • 15. The love which a king oweth to a weal public should not be
  • overstrained to any one particular; yet that his more especial favor do
  • reflect upon some worthy ones, is somewhat necessary, because there are
  • few of that capacity.
  • 16. He must have a special care of five things, if he would not have
  • his crown to be but to him _infelix felicitas_.
  • First, that _simulata sanctitas_ be not in the church; for that is
  • _duplex iniquitas_.
  • Secondly, that _inutilis æquitas_ sit not in the chancery; for that is
  • _inepta misericordia_.
  • Thirdly, that _utilis iniquitas_ keep not the exchequer; for that is
  • _crudele latrocinium_.
  • Fourthly, that _fidelis temeritas_ be not his general; for that will
  • bring but _seram pœnitentiam_.
  • Fifthly, that _infidelis prudentia_ be not his secretary; for that is
  • _anguis sub viridi herbâ_.
  • To conclude: as he is of the greatest power, so he is subject to the
  • greatest cares, made the servant of his people, or else he were without
  • a calling at all.
  • He, then, that honoreth him not is next an atheist, wanting the fear of
  • God in his heart.
  • III.—ON DEATH.
  • 1. I have often thought upon death, and I find it the least of all
  • evils. All that which is past is as a dream; and he that hopes or
  • depends upon time coming, dreams waking. So much of our life as we have
  • discovered is already dead; and all those hours which we share, even
  • from the breasts of our mothers, until we return to our grandmother the
  • earth, are part of our dying days, whereof even this is one, and those
  • that succeed are of the same nature, for we die daily; and, as others
  • have given place to us, so we must, in the end, give way to others.
  • 2. Physicians, in the name of death, include all sorrow, anguish,
  • disease, calamity, or whatsoever can fall in the life of man, either
  • grievous or unwelcome. But these things are familiar unto us, and we
  • suffer them every hour; therefore we die daily, and I am older since I
  • affirmed it.
  • 3. I know many wise men that fear to die, for the change is bitter,
  • and flesh would refuse to prove it; besides, the expectation brings
  • terror, and that exceeds the evil. But I do not believe that any man
  • fears to be dead, but only the stroke of death; and such are my hopes,
  • that if Heaven be pleased, and nature renew but my lease for twenty-one
  • years more without asking longer days, I shall be strong enough to
  • acknowledge without mourning, that I was begotten mortal. Virtue walks
  • not in the highway, though she go _per alta_; this is strength and the
  • blood to virtue, to contemn things that be desired, and to neglect that
  • which is feared.
  • 4. Why should man be in love with his fetters, though of gold? Art thou
  • drowned in security? Then I say thou art perfectly dead. For though
  • thou movest, yet thy soul is buried within thee, and thy good angel
  • either forsakes his guard, or sleeps. There is nothing under heaven,
  • saving a true friend (who cannot be counted within the number of
  • movables), unto which my heart doth lean. And this dear freedom hath
  • begotten me this peace, that I mourn not for that end which must be,
  • nor spend one wish to have one minute added, to the uncertain date of
  • my years. It was no mean apprehension of Lucian, who says of Menippus,
  • that in his travels through hell, he knew not the kings of the earth
  • from other men but only by their louder cryings and tears, which were
  • fostered in them through the remorseful memory of the good days they
  • had seen, and the fruitful havings which they so unwillingly left
  • behind them. He that was well seated, looked back at his portion, and
  • was loath to forsake his farm; and others, either minding marriages,
  • pleasures, profit, or preferment, desired to be excused from death’s
  • banquet. They had made an appointment with earth, looking at the
  • blessings, not the hand that enlarged them, forgetting how unclothedly
  • they came hither, or with what naked ornaments they were arrayed.
  • 5. But were we servants of the precept given, and observers of the
  • heathens’ rule, _Memento mori_, and not become benighted with this
  • seeming felicity, we should enjoy it as men prepared to lose, and
  • not wind up our thoughts upon so perishing a fortune. He that is not
  • slackly strong (as the servants of pleasure), how can he be found
  • unready to quit the vail and false visage of his perfection? The
  • soul having shaken off her flesh, doth then set up for herself, and
  • contemning things that are under, shows what finger hath enforced her;
  • for the souls of idiots are of the same piece with those of statesmen,
  • but now and then nature is at a fault, and this good guest of ours
  • takes soil in an imperfect body, and so is slackened from showing her
  • wonders, like an excellent musician, which cannot utter himself upon a
  • defective instrument.
  • 6. But see how I am swerved, and lose my course, touching at the soul
  • that doth least hold action with death, who hath the surest property in
  • this frail act; his style is the end of all flesh, and the beginning of
  • incorruption.
  • This ruler of monuments leads men, for the most part, out of this world
  • with their heels forward, in token that he is contrary to life, which
  • being obtained, sends men headlong into this wretched theatre, where,
  • being arrived, their first language is that of mourning. Nor, in my own
  • thoughts, can I compare men more fitly to any thing than to the Indian
  • fig-tree, which, being ripened to his full height, is said to decline
  • his branches down to the earth, whereof she conceives again, and they
  • become roots in their own stock.
  • So man, having derived his being from the earth, first lives the life
  • of a tree, drawing his nourishment as a plant, and made ripe for death,
  • he tends downwards, and is sown again in his mother the earth, where he
  • perisheth not, but expects a quickening.
  • 7. So we see death exempts not a man from being, but only presents
  • an alteration; yet there are some men (I think) that stand otherwise
  • persuaded. Death finds not a worse friend than an alderman, to whose
  • door I never knew him welcome; but he is an importunate guest, and will
  • not be said nay.
  • And though they themselves shall affirm that they are not within, yet
  • the answer will not be taken; and that which heightens their fear is,
  • that they know they are in danger to forfeit their flesh, but are not
  • wise of the payment-day, which sickly uncertainty is the occasion that
  • (for the most part) they step out of this world unfurnished for their
  • general account, and, being all unprovided, desire yet to hold their
  • gravity, preparing their souls to answer in scarlet.
  • Thus I gather, that death is unagreeable to most citizens, because they
  • commonly die intestate; this being a rule, that when their will is
  • made, they think themselves nearer a grave than before. Now they, out
  • of the wisdom of thousands, think to scare destiny, from which there is
  • no appeal, by not making a will, or to live longer by protestation of
  • their unwillingness to die. They are, for the most part, well made in
  • this world (accounting their treasure by legions, as men do devils).
  • Their fortune looks towards them, and they are willing to anchor at it,
  • and desire (if it be possible) to put the evil day far off from them,
  • and to adjourn their ungrateful and killing period.
  • No, these are not the men which have bespoken death, or whose looks are
  • assured to entertain a thought of him.
  • 8. Death arrives gracious only to such as sit in darkness, or lie heavy
  • burdened with grief and irons; to the poor Christian, that sits bound
  • in the galley; to despairful widows, pensive prisoners, and deposed
  • kings; to them whose fortune runs back, and whose spirits mutiny: unto
  • such, death is a redeemer, and the grave a place for retiredness and
  • rest.
  • These wait upon the shore of death, and waft unto him to draw near,
  • wishing above all others to see his star, that they might be led to his
  • place; wooing the remorseless sisters to wind down the watch of their
  • life, and to break them off before the hour.
  • 9. But death is a doleful messenger to a usurer, and fate untimely cuts
  • their thread; for it is never mentioned by him, but when rumors of war
  • and civil tumults put him in mind thereof.
  • And when many hands are armed, and the peace of a city in disorder,
  • and the foot of the common soldiers sounds an alarm on his stairs,
  • then perhaps such a one (broken in thoughts of his moneys abroad, and
  • cursing the monuments of coin which are in his house) can be content
  • to think of death, and (being hasty of perdition) will perhaps hang
  • himself, lest his throat should be cut; provided that he may do it in
  • his study, surrounded with wealth, to which his eye sends a faint and
  • languishing salute, even upon the turning off; remembering always, that
  • he have time and liberty, by writing, to depute himself as his own heir.
  • For that is a great peace to his end, and reconciles him wonderfully
  • upon the point.
  • 10. Herein we all dally with ourselves, and are without proof of
  • necessity. I am not of those, that dare promise to pine away myself in
  • vainglory, and I hold such to be but feat boldness, and them that dare
  • commit it, to be vain. Yet, for my part, I think nature should do me
  • great wrong, if I should be so long in dying, as I was in being born.
  • To speak truth, no man knows the lists of his own patience, nor can
  • divine how able he shall be in his sufferings, till the storm come (the
  • perfectest virtue being tried in action); but I would (out of a care to
  • do the best business well) ever keep a guard, and stand upon keeping
  • faith and a good conscience.
  • 11. And if wishes might find place, I would die together, and not
  • my mind often, and my body once; that is, I would prepare for the
  • messengers of death, sickness, and affliction, and not wait long, or be
  • attempted by the violence of pain.
  • Herein I do not profess myself a Stoic, to hold grief no evil, but
  • opinion, and a thing indifferent.
  • But I consent with Cæsar, that the suddenest passage is easiest, and
  • there is nothing more awakens our resolve and readiness to die than
  • the quieted conscience, strengthened with opinion that we shall be
  • well spoken of upon earth by those that are just, and of the family
  • of virtue; the opposite whereof is a fury to man, and makes even life
  • unsweet.
  • Therefore, what is more heavy than evil fame deserved? Or, likewise,
  • who can see worse days, than he that, yet living, doth follow at the
  • funerals of his own reputation?
  • I have laid up many hopes, that I am privileged from that kind of
  • mourning, and could wish the like peace to all those with whom I wage
  • love.
  • 12. I might say much of the commodities that death can sell a man;
  • but, briefly, death is a friend of ours, and he that is not ready to
  • entertain him, is not at home. Whilst I am, my ambition is not to
  • foreflow the tide; I have but so to make my interest of it as I may
  • account for it; I would wish nothing but what might better my days,
  • nor desire any greater place than the front of good opinion. I make
  • not love to the continuance of days, but to the goodness of them; nor
  • wish to die, but refer myself to my hour, which the great Dispenser
  • of all things hath appointed me; yet, as I am frail, and suffered for
  • the first fault, were it given me to choose, I should not be earnest to
  • see the evening of my age; that extremity, of itself, being a disease,
  • and a mere return into infancy; so that, if perpetuity of life might be
  • given me, I should think what the Greek poet said; “Such an age is a
  • mortal evil.” And since I must needs be dead, I require it may not be
  • done before mine enemies, that I be not stript before I be cold; but
  • before my friends. The night is even now: but that name is lost; it is
  • not now late, but early. Mine eyes begin to discharge their watch, and
  • compound with this fleshly weakness for a time of perpetual rest; and
  • I shall presently be as happy for a few hours, as I had died the first
  • hour I was born.
  • THE WISDOM OF THE ANCIENTS.
  • PREFACE.
  • The earliest antiquity lies buried in silence and oblivion, excepting
  • the remains we have of it in sacred writ. This silence was succeeded by
  • poetical fables, and these, at length, by the writings we now enjoy; so
  • that the concealed and secret learning of the ancients seems separated
  • from the history and knowledge of the following ages by a veil, or
  • partition-wall of fables, interposing between the things that are lost
  • and those that remain.[615]
  • Many may imagine that I am here entering upon a work of fancy, or
  • amusement, and design to use a poetical liberty, in explaining poetical
  • fables. It is true, fables, in general, are composed of ductile
  • matter, that may be drawn into great variety by a witty talent or an
  • inventive genius, and be delivered of plausible meanings which they
  • never contained. But this procedure has already been carried to excess;
  • and great numbers, to procure the sanction of antiquity to their own
  • notions and inventions, have miserably wrested and abused the fables of
  • the ancients.
  • Nor is this only a late or unfrequent practice, but of ancient date
  • and common even to this day. Thus Chrysippus, like an interpreter of
  • dreams, attributed the opinions of the Stoics to the poets of old;
  • and the chemists, at present, more childishly apply the poetical
  • transformations to their experiments of the furnace. And though I
  • have well weighed and considered all this, and thoroughly seen into
  • the levity which the mind indulges for allegories and allusions,
  • yet I cannot but retain a high value for the ancient mythology.
  • And, certainly, it were very injudicious to suffer the fondness and
  • licentiousness of a few to detract from the honor of all ego and
  • parable in general. This would be rash, and almost profane; for, since
  • religion delights in such shadows and disguises, to abolish them were,
  • in a manner, to prohibit all intercourse betwixt things divine and
  • human.
  • Upon deliberate consideration, my judgment is, that a concealed
  • instruction and allegory was originally intended in many of the ancient
  • fables. This opinion may, in some respect, be owing to the veneration
  • I have for antiquity, but more to observing that some fables discover
  • a great and evident similitude, relation, and connection with the
  • thing they signify, as well in the structure of the fable as in the
  • propriety of the names whereby the persons or actors are characterized;
  • insomuch, that no one could positively deny a sense and meaning to
  • be from the first intended, and purposely shadowed out in them. For
  • who can hear that Fame, after the giants were destroyed, sprung up as
  • their posthumous sister, and not apply it to the clamor of parties
  • and the seditious rumors which commonly fly about for a time upon the
  • quelling of insurrections? Or who can read how the giant Typhon cut out
  • and carried away Jupiter’s sinews—which Mercury afterwards stole, and
  • again restored to Jupiter—and not presently observe that this allegory
  • denotes strong and powerful rebellions, which cut away from kings
  • their sinews, both of money and authority; and that the way to have
  • them restored is by lenity, affability, and prudent edicts, which soon
  • reconcile, and, as it were, steal upon the affections of the subject?
  • Or who, upon hearing that memorable expedition of the gods against
  • the giants, when the braying of Silenus’s ass greatly contributed in
  • putting the giants to flight, does not clearly conceive that this
  • directly points at the monstrous enterprises of rebellious subjects,
  • which are frequently frustrated and disappointed by vain fears and
  • empty rumors?
  • Again, the conformity and purport of the names is frequently manifest
  • and self-evident. Thus Metis, the wife of Jupiter, plainly signifies
  • counsel; Typhon, swelling; Pan, universality; Nemesis, revenge, &c.
  • Nor is it a wonder, if sometimes a piece of history or other things
  • are introduced, by way of ornament; or, if the times of the action are
  • confounded; or, if part of one fable be tacked to another; or, if the
  • allegory be new turned; for all this must necessarily happen, as the
  • fables were the inventions of men who lived in different ages, and had
  • different views; some of them being ancient, others more modern; some
  • having an eye to natural philosophy, and others to morality or civil
  • policy.
  • It may pass for a further indication of a concealed and secret meaning,
  • that some of these fables are so absurd and idle in their narration,
  • as to show and proclaim an allegory, even afar off. A fable that
  • carries probability with it may be supposed invented for pleasure, or
  • in imitation of history; but those that could never be conceived or
  • related in this way must surely have a different use. For example,
  • what a monstrous fiction is this, that Jupiter should take Metis to
  • wife, and as soon as he found her pregnant eat her up, whereby he also
  • conceived, and out of his head brought forth Pallas armed. Certainly no
  • mortal could, but for the sake of the moral it couches, invent such an
  • absurd dream as this, so much out of the road of thought!
  • But the argument of most weight with me is this, that many of these
  • fables by no means appear to have been invented by the persons who
  • relate and divulge them, whether Homer, Hesiod, or others; for if I
  • were assured they first flowed from those later times and authors that
  • transmit them to us, I should never expect any thing singularly great
  • or noble from such an origin. But whoever attentively considers the
  • thing, will find that these fables are delivered down and related by
  • those writers, not as matters then first invented and proposed, but
  • as things received and embraced in earlier ages. Besides, as they are
  • differently related by writers nearly of the same ages, it is easily
  • perceived that the relators drew from the common stock of ancient
  • tradition, and varied but in point of embellishment, which is their
  • own. And this principally raises my esteem of these fables, which I
  • receive, not as the product of the age, or invention of the poets, but
  • as sacred relics, gentle whispers, and the breath of better times,
  • that from the traditions of more ancient nations came, at length,
  • into the flutes and trumpets of the Greeks. But if any one shall,
  • notwithstanding this, contend that allegories are always adventitious,
  • or imposed upon the ancient fables, and no way native or genuinely
  • contained in them, we might here leave him undisturbed in that gravity
  • of judgment he affects (though we cannot help accounting it somewhat
  • dull and phlegmatic), and, if it were worth the trouble, proceed to
  • another kind of argument.
  • Men have proposed to answer two different and contrary ends by the
  • use of parable; for parables serve as well to instruct or illustrate
  • as to wrap up and envelop; so that though, for the present, we drop
  • the concealed use, and suppose the ancient fables to be vague,
  • undeterminate things, formed for amusement, still, the other use must
  • remain, and can never be given up. And every man, of any learning,
  • must readily allow that this method of instructing is grave, sober,
  • or exceedingly useful, and sometimes necessary in the sciences, as
  • it opens an easy and familiar passage to the human understanding,
  • in all new discoveries that are abstruse and out of the road of
  • vulgar opinions. Hence, in the first ages, when such inventions and
  • conclusions of the human reason as are now trite and common were
  • new and little known, all things abounded with fables, parables,
  • similes, comparisons, and allusions, which were not intended to
  • conceal, but to inform and teach, whilst the minds of men continued
  • rude and unpractised in matters of subtilty and speculation, or even
  • impatient, and in a manner incapable of receiving such things as did
  • not fall directly under and strike the senses. For as hieroglyphics
  • were in use before writing, so were parables in use before arguments.
  • And even to this day, if any man would let new light in upon the
  • human understanding, and conquer prejudice, without raising contests,
  • animosities, opposition, or disturbance, he must still go in the same
  • path, and have recourse to the like method of allegory, metaphor, and
  • allusion.
  • To conclude, the knowledge of the early ages was either great or happy;
  • great, if they by design made this use of trope and figure; happy,
  • if, whilst they had other views, they afforded matter and occasion to
  • such noble contemplations. Let either be the case, our pains, perhaps,
  • will not be misemployed, whether we illustrate antiquity or things
  • themselves.
  • The like, indeed, has been attempted by others; but, to speak
  • ingenuously, their great and voluminous labors have almost destroyed
  • the energy, the efficacy, and grace of the thing; whilst, being
  • unskilled in nature, and their learning no more than that of
  • commonplace, they have applied the sense of the parables to certain
  • general and vulgar matters, without reaching to their real purport,
  • genuine interpretation, and full depth. For myself, therefore, I expect
  • to appear new in these common things, because, leaving untouched such
  • as are sufficiently plain and open, I shall drive only at those that
  • are either deep or rich.
  • THE WISDOM OF THE ANCIENTS.
  • A SERIES OF MYTHOLOGICAL FABLES.[616]
  • I.—CASSANDRA, OR DIVINATION.
  • EXPLAINED OF TOO FREE AND UNSEASONABLE ADVICE.
  • The poets relate, that Apollo, falling in love with Cassandra, was
  • still deluded and put off by her, yet fed with hopes, till she had got
  • from him the gift of prophesy; and, having now obtained her end, she
  • flatly rejected his suit. Apollo, unable to recall his rash gift, yet
  • enraged to be outwitted by a girl, annexed this penalty to it, that
  • though she should always prophesy true, she should never be believed;
  • whence her divinations were always slighted, even when she again and
  • again predicted the ruin of her country.
  • EXPLANATION.—This fable seems invented to express the insignificance
  • of unseasonable advice. For they who are conceited, stubborn, or
  • intractable, and listen not to the instructions of Apollo, the god of
  • harmony, so as to learn and observe the modulations and measures of
  • affairs, the sharps and flats of discourse, the difference between
  • judicious and vulgar ears, and the proper times of speech and silence,
  • let them be ever so intelligent, and ever so frank of their advice, or
  • their counsels ever so good and just, yet all their endeavors, either
  • of persuasion or force, are of little significance, and rather hasten
  • the ruin of those they advise. But, at last, when the calamitous event
  • has made the sufferers feel the effect of their neglect, they too late
  • reverence their advisers, as deep, foreseeing, and faithful prophets.
  • Of this, we have a remarkable instance in Cato of Utica, who discovered
  • afar off, and long foretold, the approaching ruin of his country,
  • both in the first conspiracy, and as it was prosecuted in the civil
  • war between Cæsar and Pompey, yet did no good the while, but rather
  • hurt the commonwealth, and hurried on its destruction, which Cicero
  • wisely observed in these words: “Cato, indeed, judges excellently, but
  • prejudices the state; for he speaks as in the commonwealth of Plato,
  • and not as in the dregs of Romulus.”
  • II.—TYPHON, OR A REBEL.
  • EXPLAINED OF REBELLION.
  • The fable runs, that Juno, enraged at Jupiter’s bringing forth Pallas
  • without her assistance, incessantly solicited all the gods and
  • goddesses, that she might produce without Jupiter; and having by
  • violence and importunity obtained the grant, she struck the earth, and
  • thence immediately sprung up Typhon, a huge and dreadful monster, whom
  • she committed to the nursing of a serpent. As soon as he was grown
  • up, this monster waged war on Jupiter, and taking him prisoner in the
  • battle, carried him away on his shoulders, into a remote and obscure
  • quarter; and there, cutting out the sinews of his hands and feet, he
  • bore them off, leaving Jupiter behind miserably maimed and mangled.
  • But Mercury afterwards stole these sinews from Typhon, and restored
  • them to Jupiter. Hence, recovering his strength, Jupiter again pursues
  • the monster; first wounds him with a stroke of his thunder, when
  • serpents arose from the blood of the wound; and now the monster being
  • dismayed, and taking to flight, Jupiter next darted Mount Ætna upon
  • him, and crushed him with the weight.
  • EXPLANATION.—This fable seems designed to express the various fates
  • of kings, and the turns that rebellions sometimes take, in kingdoms.
  • For princes may be justly esteemed married to their states, as Jupiter
  • to Juno; but it sometimes happens, that, being depraved by long
  • wielding of the sceptre, and growing tyrannical, they would engross
  • all to themselves, and, slighting the counsel of their senators and
  • nobles, conceive by themselves; that is, govern according to their own
  • arbitrary will and pleasure. This inflames the people, and makes them
  • endeavor to create and set up some head of their own. Such designs
  • are generally set on foot by the secret motion and instigation of the
  • peers and nobles, under whose connivance the common sort are prepared
  • for rising; whence proceeds a swell in the state, which is appositely
  • denoted by the nursing of Typhon. This growing posture of affairs is
  • fed by the natural depravity and malignant dispositions of the vulgar,
  • which to kings is an envenomed serpent. And now the disaffected,
  • uniting their force, at length break out into open rebellion, which,
  • producing infinite mischiefs, both to prince and people, is represented
  • by the horrid and multiplied deformity of Typhon, with his hundred
  • heads, denoting the divided powers; his flaming mouths, denoting
  • fire and devastation; his girdles of snakes, denoting sieges and
  • destruction; his iron hands, slaughter and cruelty; his eagle’s talons,
  • rapine and plunder; his plumed body, perpetual rumors, contradictory
  • accounts, &c. And sometimes these rebellions grow so high, that kings
  • are obliged, as if carried on the backs of the rebels, to quit the
  • throne, and retire to some remote and obscure part of their dominions,
  • with the loss of their sinews, both of money and majesty.
  • But if now they prudently bear this reverse of fortune, they may, in a
  • short time, by the assistance of Mercury, recover their sinews again;
  • that is, by becoming moderate and affable; reconciling the minds and
  • affections of the people to them, by gracious speeches and prudent
  • proclamations, which will win over the subject cheerfully to afford
  • new aids and supplies, and add fresh vigor to authority. But prudent
  • and wary princes here seldom incline to try fortune by a war, yet do
  • their utmost, by some grand exploit, to crush the reputation of the
  • rebels; and if the attempt succeeds, the rebels, conscious of the wound
  • received, and distrustful of their cause, first betake themselves to
  • broken and empty threats, like the hissings of serpents; and next, when
  • matters are grown desperate, to flight. And now, when they thus begin
  • to shrink, it is safe and seasonable for kings to pursue them with
  • their forces, and the whole strength of the kingdom; thus effectually
  • quashing and suppressing them, as it were by the weight of a mountain.
  • III.—THE CYCLOPS, OR THE MINISTERS OF TERROR.
  • EXPLAINED OF BASE COURT OFFICERS.
  • It is related that the Cyclops, for their savageness and cruelty,
  • were by Jupiter first thrown into Tartarus, and there condemned to
  • perpetual imprisonment; but that afterwards Tellus persuaded Jupiter it
  • would be for his service to release them, and employ them in forging
  • thunderbolts. This he accordingly did; and they, with unwearied pains
  • and diligence, hammered out his bolts, and other instruments of terror,
  • with a frightful and continual din of the anvil.
  • It happened, long after, that Jupiter was displeased with Æsculapius,
  • the son of Apollo, for having, by the art of medicine, restored a
  • dead man to life; but concealing his indignation, because the action
  • in itself was pious and illustrious, he secretly incensed the Cyclops
  • against him, who, without remorse, presently slew him with their
  • thunderbolts: in revenge whereof, Apollo, with Jupiter’s connivance,
  • shot them all dead with his arrows.
  • EXPLANATION.—This fable seems to point at the behavior of princes,
  • who, having cruel, bloody, and oppressive ministers, first punish
  • and displace them; but afterwards, by the advice of Tellus, that is,
  • some earthly-minded and ignoble person, employ them again, to serve
  • a turn, when there is occasion for cruelty in execution, or severity
  • in exaction; but these ministers being base in their nature, whet by
  • their former disgrace, and well aware of what is expected from them,
  • use double diligence in their office; till, proceeding unwarily, and
  • over-eager to gain favor, they sometimes, from the private nods, and
  • ambiguous orders of their prince, perform some odious or execrable
  • action: when princes, to decline the envy themselves, and knowing they
  • shall never want such tools at their back, drop them, and give them
  • up to the friends and followers of the injured person; thus exposing
  • them, as sacrifices to revenge and popular odium: whence, with great
  • applause, acclamations, and good wishes to the prince, these miscreants
  • at last meet with their desert.
  • IV.—NARCISSUS, OR SELF-LOVE.
  • Narcissus is said to have been extremely beautiful and comely, but
  • intolerably proud and disdainful; so that, pleased with himself, and
  • scorning the world, he led a solitary life in the woods; hunting only
  • with a few followers, who were his professed admirers, amongst whom the
  • nymph Echo was his constant attendant. In this method of life, it was
  • once his fate to approach a clear fountain, where he laid himself down
  • to rest, in the noonday heat; when, beholding his image in the water,
  • he fell into such a rapture and admiration of himself, that he could by
  • no means be got away, but remained continually fixed and gazing, till
  • at length he was turned into a flower, of his own name, which appears
  • early in the spring, and is consecrated to the infernal deities, Pluto,
  • Proserpine, and the Furies.
  • EXPLANATION.—This fable seems to paint the behavior and fortune of
  • those, who, for their beauty, or other endowments, wherewith nature
  • (without any industry of their own) has graced and adorned them,
  • are extravagantly fond of themselves: for men of such a disposition
  • generally affect retirement, and absence from public affairs; as a
  • life of business must necessarily subject them to many neglects and
  • contempts, which might disturb and ruffle their minds: whence such
  • persons commonly lead a solitary, private, and shadowy life: see little
  • company, and those only such as highly admire and reverence them; or,
  • like an echo, assent to all they say.
  • And they who are depraved, and rendered still fonder of themselves by
  • this custom, grow strangely indolent, inactive, and perfectly stupid.
  • The Narcissus, a spring flower, is an elegant emblem of this temper,
  • which at first flourishes, and is talked of, but, when ripe, frustrates
  • the expectation conceived of it.
  • And that this flower should be sacred to the infernal powers, carries
  • out the allusion still further; because men of this humor are perfectly
  • useless in all respects: for whatever yields no fruit, but passes, and
  • is no more, like the way of a ship in the sea, was by the ancients
  • consecrated to the infernal shades and powers.
  • V.—THE RIVER STYX, OR LEAGUES.
  • EXPLAINED OF NECESSITY, IN THE OATHS OR SOLEMN LEAGUES OF PRINCES.
  • The only solemn oath, by which the gods irrevocably obliged themselves,
  • is a well known thing, and makes a part of many ancient fables. To this
  • oath they did not invoke any celestial divinity, or divine attribute,
  • but only called to witness the River Styx, which, with many meanders,
  • surrounds the infernal court of Dis. For this form alone, and none
  • but this, was held inviolable and obligatory; and the punishment of
  • falsifying it, was that dreaded one of being excluded, for a certain
  • number of years, the table of the gods.
  • EXPLANATION.—This fable seems invented to show the nature of the
  • compacts and confederacies of princes; which, though ever so solemnly
  • and religiously sworn to, prove but little the more binding for it: so
  • that oaths, in this case, seem used rather for decorum, reputation, and
  • ceremony, than for fidelity, security, and effectuating. And though
  • these oaths were strengthened with the bonds of affinity, which are
  • the links and ties of nature, and again, by mutual services and good
  • offices, yet we see all this will generally give way to ambition,
  • convenience, and the thirst of power: the rather, because it is easy
  • for princes, under various specious pretences, to defend, disguise,
  • and conceal their ambitious desires and insincerity, having no judge
  • to call them to account. There is, however, one true and proper
  • confirmation of their faith, though no celestial divinity, but that
  • great divinity of princes, Necessity; or, the danger of the state; and
  • the securing of advantage.
  • This necessity is elegantly represented by Styx, the fatal river that
  • can never be crossed back. And this deity it was, which Iphicrates the
  • Athenian invoked in making a league; and because he roundly and openly
  • avows what most others studiously conceal, it may be proper to give
  • his own words. Observing that the Lacedæmonians were inventing and
  • proposing a variety of securities, sanctions, and bonds of alliance,
  • he interrupted them thus: “There may, indeed, my friends, be one bond
  • and means of security between us; and that is, for you to demonstrate
  • you have delivered into our hands, such things as that, if you had the
  • greatest desire to hurt us, you could not be able.” Therefore, if the
  • power of offending be taken away, or if, by a breach of compact, there
  • be danger of destruction or diminution to the state or tribute, then
  • it is that covenants will be ratified, and confirmed, as it were by
  • the Stygian oath, whilst there remains an impending danger of being
  • prohibited and excluded the banquet of the gods; by which expression
  • the ancients denoted the rights and prerogatives, the affluence and the
  • felicities, of empire and dominion.
  • VI.—PAN, OR NATURE.[617]
  • EXPLAINED OF NATURAL PHILOSOPHY.
  • The ancients have, with great exactness, delineated universal nature
  • under the person of Pan. They leave his origin doubtful; some asserting
  • him the son of Mercury, and others the common offspring of all
  • Penelope’s suitors. The latter supposition doubtless occasioned some
  • later rivals to entitle this ancient fable Penelope; a thing frequently
  • practised when the earlier relations are applied to more modern
  • characters and persons, though sometimes with great absurdity and
  • ignorance, as in the present case; for Pan was one of the ancientest
  • gods, and long before the time of Ulysses; besides, Penelope was
  • venerated by antiquity for her matronal chastity. A third sort will
  • have him the issue of Jupiter and Hybris, that is, Reproach. But
  • whatever his origin was, the Destinies are allowed his sisters.
  • He is described by antiquity, with pyramidal horns reaching up to
  • heaven, a rough and shaggy body, a very long beard, of a biform figure,
  • human above, half brute below, ending in goat’s feet. His arms, or
  • ensigns of power, are, a pipe in his left hand, composed of seven
  • reeds; in his right a crook; and he wore for his mantle a leopard’s
  • skin.
  • His attributes and titles were the god of hunters, shepherds, and all
  • the rural inhabitants; president of the mountains; and, after Mercury,
  • the next messenger of the gods. He was also held the leader and ruler
  • of the Nymphs, who continually danced and frisked about him, attended
  • with the Satyrs and their elders, the Sileni. He had also the power
  • of striking terrors, especially such as were vain and superstitious;
  • whence they came to be called panic terrors.[618]
  • Few actions are recorded of him; only a principal one is, that he
  • challenged Cupid at wrestling, and was worsted. He also catched the
  • giant Typhon in a net, and held him fast. They relate further of him,
  • that when Ceres, growing disconsolate for the rape of Proserpine, hid
  • herself, and all the gods took the utmost pains to find her, by going
  • out different ways for that purpose, Pan only had the good fortune
  • to meet her, as he was hunting, and discovered her to the rest. He
  • likewise had the assurance to rival Apollo in music, and in the
  • judgment of Midas was preferred; but the judge had, though with great
  • privacy and secrecy, a pair of ass’s ears fastened on him for his
  • sentence.[619]
  • There is very little said of his amours; which may seem strange among
  • such a multitude of gods, so profusely amorous. He is only reported to
  • have been very fond of Echo, who was also esteemed his wife; and one
  • nymph more, called Syrinx, with the love of whom Cupid inflamed him for
  • his insolent challenge; so he is reported once to have solicited the
  • moon to accompany him apart into the deep woods.
  • Lastly, Pan had no descendant, which also is a wonder, when the male
  • gods were so extremely prolific; only he was the reputed father of
  • a servant-girl called Iambe, who used to divert strangers with her
  • ridiculous prattling stories.
  • This fable is perhaps the noblest of all antiquity, and pregnant
  • with the mysteries and secrets of nature. Pan, as the name imports,
  • represents the universe, about whose origin there are two opinions,
  • viz: that it either sprung from Mercury, that is, the divine word,
  • according to the Scriptures and philosophical divines, or from the
  • confused seeds of things. For they who allow only one beginning of
  • all things, either ascribe it to God, or, if they suppose a material
  • beginning, acknowledge it to be various in its powers; so that the
  • whole dispute comes to these points, viz: either that nature proceeds
  • from Mercury, or from Penelope and all her suitors.[620]
  • The third origin of Pan seems borrowed by the Greeks from the Hebrew
  • mysteries, either by means of the Egyptians, or otherwise; for it
  • relates to the state of the world, not in its first creation, but
  • as made subject to death and corruption after the fall; and in this
  • state it was and remains, the offspring of God and Sin, or Jupiter and
  • Reproach. And therefore these three several accounts of Pan’s birth
  • may seem true, if duly distinguished in respect of things and times.
  • For this Pan, or the universal nature of things, which we view and
  • contemplate, had its origin from the divine word and confused matter,
  • first created by God himself, with the subsequent introduction of sin,
  • and, consequently, corruption.
  • The Destinies, or the natures and fates of things, are justly made
  • Pan’s sisters, as the chain of natural causes links together the rise,
  • duration, and corruption; the exaltation, degeneration, and workings;
  • the processes, the effects, and changes, of all that can any way happen
  • to things.
  • Horns are given him, broad at the roots, but narrow and sharp at the
  • top, because the nature of all things seems pyramidal; for individuals
  • are infinite, but being collected into a variety of species, they
  • rise up into kinds, and these again ascend, and are contracted into
  • generals, till at length nature may seem collected to a point. And no
  • wonder if Pan’s horns reach to the heavens, since the sublimities of
  • nature, or abstract ideas, reach in a manner to things divine; for
  • there is a short and ready passage from metaphysics to natural theology.
  • Pan’s body, or the body of nature, is, with great propriety and
  • elegance, painted shaggy and hairy, as representing the rays of things;
  • for rays are as the hair or fleece of nature, and more or less worn by
  • all bodies. This evidently appears in vision, and in all effects and
  • operations at a distance; for whatever operates thus, may be properly
  • said to emit rays.[621] But particularly the beard of Pan is exceeding
  • long, because the rays of the celestial bodies penetrate, and act to a
  • prodigious distance, and have descended into the interior of the earth,
  • so far as to change its surface; and the sun himself, when clouded on
  • its upper part, appears to the eye bearded.
  • Again, the body of nature is justly described biform, because of the
  • difference between its superior and inferior parts, as the former, for
  • their beauty, regularity of motion, and influence over the earth, may
  • be properly represented by the human figure, and the latter, because of
  • their disorder, irregularity, and subjection to the celestial bodies,
  • are by the brutal. This biform figure also represents the participation
  • of one species with another; for there appear to be no simple natures,
  • but all participate or consist of two: thus, man has somewhat of the
  • brute, the brute somewhat of the plant, the plant somewhat of the
  • mineral; so that all natural bodies have really two faces, or consist
  • of a superior and an inferior species.
  • There lies a curious allegory in the making of Pan goat-footed, on
  • account of the motion of ascent which the terrestrial bodies have
  • towards the air and heavens; for the goat is a clambering creature,
  • that delights in climbing up rocks and precipices; and in the same
  • manner the matters destined to this lower globe strongly affect to rise
  • upwards, as appears from the clouds and meteors.
  • Pan’s arms, or the ensigns he bears in his hands, are of two kinds—the
  • one an emblem of harmony, the other of empire. His pipe, composed of
  • seven reeds, plainly denotes the consent and harmony, or the concords
  • and discords of things, produced by the motion of the seven planets.
  • His crook, also, contains a fine representation of the ways of nature,
  • which are partly straight and partly crooked; thus the staff, having
  • an extraordinary bend towards the top, denotes that the works of
  • Divine Providence are generally brought about by remote means, or in
  • a circuit, as if somewhat else were intended rather than the effect
  • produced, as in the sending of Joseph into Egypt, &c. So likewise in
  • human government, they who sit at the helm, manage and wind the people
  • more successfully by pretext and oblique courses, than they could by
  • such as are direct and straight; so that, in effect, all sceptres are
  • crooked at the top.
  • Pan’s mantle, or clothing, is with great ingenuity made of a leopard’s
  • skin, because of the spots it has; for in like manner the heavens are
  • sprinkled with stars, the sea with islands, the earth with flowers, and
  • almost each particular thing is variegated, or wears a mottled coat.
  • The office of Pan could not be more livelily expressed than by making
  • him the god of hunters; for every natural action, every motion and
  • process, is no other than a chase. Thus arts and sciences hunt out
  • their works, and human schemes and counsels their several ends; and all
  • living creatures either hunt out their aliment, pursue their prey, or
  • seek their pleasures, and this in a skilful and sagacious manner.[622]
  • He is also styled the god of the rural inhabitants, because men in this
  • situation live more according to nature than they do in cities and
  • courts, where nature is so corrupted with effeminate arts, that the
  • saying of the poet may be verified:—
  • —pars minima est ipsa puella sui.[623]
  • He is likewise particularly styled President of the Mountains, because
  • in mountains and lofty places the nature of things lies more open and
  • exposed to the eye and the understanding.
  • In his being called the messenger of the gods, next after Mercury, lies
  • a divine allegory, as next after the Word of God, the image of the
  • world is the herald of the Divine power and wisdom, according to the
  • expression of the Psalmist: “The heavens declare the glory of God, and
  • the firmament showeth his handiwork.”[624]
  • Pan is delighted with the company of the Nymphs, that is, the souls of
  • all living creatures are the delight of the world; and he is properly
  • called their governor, because each of them follows its own nature, as
  • a leader, and all dance about their own respective rings, with infinite
  • variety and never-ceasing motion. And with these continually join the
  • Satyrs and Sileni, that is, youth and age; for all things have a kind
  • of young, cheerful, and dancing time; and again their time of slowness,
  • tottering, and creeping. And whoever, in a true light, considers the
  • motions and endeavors of both these ages, like another Democritus, will
  • perhaps find them as odd and strange as the gesticulations and antic
  • motions of the Satyrs and Sileni.
  • The power he had of striking terrors contains a very sensible doctrine;
  • for nature has implanted fear in all living creatures, as well to
  • keep them from risking their lives, as to guard against injuries and
  • violence; and yet this nature or passion keeps not its bounds, but with
  • just and profitable fears always mixes such as are vain and senseless;
  • so that all things, if we could see their insides, would appear full
  • of panic terrors. Thus mankind, particularly the vulgar, labor under a
  • high degree of superstition, which is nothing more than a panic-dread,
  • that principally reigns in unsettled and troublesome times.
  • The presumption of Pan in challenging Cupid to the conflict denotes
  • that matter has an appetite and tendency to a dissolution of the world,
  • and falling back to its first chaos again, unless this depravity and
  • inclination were restrained and subdued by a more powerful concord
  • and agreement of things, properly expressed by Love, or Cupid: it is
  • therefore well for mankind, and the state of all things, that Pan was
  • thrown and conquered in the struggle.
  • His catching and detaining Typhon in the net receives a similar
  • explanation; for whatever vast and unusual swells, which the word
  • typhon signifies, may sometimes be raised in nature, as in the sea,
  • the clouds, the earth, or the like, yet nature catches, entangles, and
  • holds all such outrages and insurrections in her inextricable net,
  • wove, as it were, of adamant.
  • That part of the fable which attributes the discovery of lost Ceres to
  • Pan whilst he was hunting—a happiness denied the other gods, though
  • they diligently and expressly sought her—contains an exceeding just
  • and prudent admonition; viz: that we are not to expect the discovery
  • of things useful in common life, as that of corn, denoted by Ceres,
  • from abstract philosophies, as if these were the gods of the first
  • order,—no, not though we used our utmost endeavors this way,—but only
  • from Pan; that is, a sagacious experience and general knowledge of
  • nature, which is often found, even by accident, to stumble upon such
  • discoveries whilst the pursuit was directed another way.
  • The event of his contending with Apollo in music affords us a useful
  • instruction, that may help to humble the human reason and judgment,
  • which is too apt to boast and glory in itself. There seem to be two
  • kinds of harmony,—the one of Divine providence, the other of human
  • reason; but the government of the world, the administration of its
  • affairs, and the more secret Divine judgments, sound harsh and
  • dissonant to human ears or human judgment; and though this ignorance
  • be justly rewarded with asses’ ears, yet they are put on and worn, not
  • openly, but with great secrecy; nor is the deformity of the thing seen
  • or observed by the vulgar.
  • We must not find it strange if no amours are related of Pan besides his
  • marriage with Echo; for nature enjoys itself, and in itself all other
  • things. He that loves, desires enjoyment, but in profusion there is no
  • room for desire; and therefore Pan, remaining content with himself,
  • has no passion unless it be for discourse, which is well shadowed
  • out by Echo, or talk, or, when it is more accurate, by Syrinx, or
  • writing.[625] But Echo makes a most excellent wife for Pan, as being no
  • other than genuine philosophy, which faithfully repeats his words, or
  • only transcribes exactly as nature dictates; thus representing the true
  • image and reflection of the world without adding a tittle.
  • It tends, also, to the support and perfection of Pan, or nature, to be
  • without offspring; for the world generates in its parts, and not in
  • the way of a whole, as wanting a body external to itself wherewith to
  • generate.
  • Lastly, for the supposed or spurious prattling daughter of Pan, it is
  • an excellent addition to the fable, and aptly represents the talkative
  • philosophies that have at all times been stirring, and filled the
  • world with idle tales; being ever barren, empty, and servile, though
  • sometimes indeed diverting and entertaining, and sometimes again
  • troublesome and importunate.
  • VII.—PERSEUS,[626] OR WAR.
  • EXPLAINED OF THE PREPARATION AND CONDUCT NECESSARY TO WAR.
  • “The fable relates, that Perseus was dispatched from the east, by
  • Pallas, to cut off Medusa’s head, who had committed great ravage upon
  • the people of the west; for this Medusa was so dire a monster, as to
  • turn into stone all those who but looked upon her. She was a Gorgon,
  • and the only mortal one of the three, the other two being invulnerable.
  • Perseus, therefore, preparing himself for this grand enterprise, had
  • presents made him from three of the gods: Mercury gave him wings for
  • his heels; Pluto, a helmet; and Pallas, a shield and a mirror. But,
  • though he was now so well equipped, he posted not directly to Medusa,
  • but first turned aside to the Greæ, who were half-sisters to the
  • Gorgons. These Greæ were grayheaded, and like old women, from their
  • birth, having among them all three but one eye, and one tooth, which,
  • as they had occasion to go out, they each wore by turns, and laid them
  • down again upon coming back. This eye and this tooth they lent to
  • Perseus, who now judging himself sufficiently furnished, he, without
  • further stop, flies swiftly away to Medusa, and finds her asleep.
  • But not venturing his eyes, for fear she should wake, he turned his
  • head aside, and viewed her in Pallas’s mirror, and thus directing his
  • stroke, cut off her head; when immediately, from the gushing blood,
  • there darted Pegasus winged. Perseus now inserted Medusa’s head into
  • Pallas’s shield, which thence retained the faculty of astonishing and
  • benumbing all who looked on it.”
  • This fable seems invented to show the prudent method of choosing,
  • undertaking, and conducting a war; and, accordingly, lays down three
  • useful precepts about it, as if they were the precepts of Pallas.
  • The first is, that no prince should be over-solicitous to subdue a
  • neighboring nation; for the method of enlarging an empire is very
  • different from that of increasing an estate. Regard is justly had to
  • contiguity, or adjacency, in private lands and possessions; but in
  • the extending of empire, the occasion, the facility, and advantage of
  • a war, are to be regarded instead of vicinity. It is certain that the
  • Romans, at the time they stretched but little beyond Liguria to the
  • west, had by their arms subdued the provinces as far as Mount Taurus to
  • the east. And thus Perseus readily undertook a very long expedition,
  • even from the east to the extremities of the west.
  • The second precept is, that the cause of the war be just and honorable;
  • for this adds alacrity both to the soldiers, and the people who
  • find the supplies; procures aids, alliances, and numerous other
  • conveniences. Now there is no cause of war more just and laudable than
  • the suppressing of tyranny; by which a people are dispirited, benumbed,
  • or left without life and vigor, as at the sight of Medusa.
  • Lastly, it is prudently added, that, as there were three of the
  • Gorgons, who represent war, Perseus singled her out for this expedition
  • that was mortal; which affords this precept, that such kind of wars
  • should be chose as may be brought to a conclusion without pursuing vast
  • and infinite hopes.
  • Again, Perseus’s setting-out is extremely well adapted to his
  • undertaking, and in a manner commands success; he received dispatch
  • from Mercury, secrecy from Pluto, and foresight from Pallas. It also
  • contains an excellent allegory, that the wings given him by Mercury
  • were for his heels, not for his shoulders; because expedition is not so
  • much required in the first preparations for war, as in the subsequent
  • matters, that administer to the first; for there is no error more
  • frequent in war, than, after brisk preparations, to halt for subsidiary
  • forces and effective supplies.
  • The allegory of Pluto’s helmet, rendering men invisible and secret,
  • is sufficiently evident of itself; but the mystery of the shield and
  • the mirror lies deeper; and denotes, that not only a prudent caution
  • must be had to defend, like the shield, but also such an address and
  • penetration as may discover the strength, the motions, the counsels,
  • and designs of the enemy; like the mirror of Pallas.
  • But though Perseus may now seem extremely well prepared, there still
  • remains the most important thing of all; before he enters upon the
  • war, he must of necessity consult the Greæ. These Greæ are treasons;
  • half, but degenerate sisters of the Gorgons; who are representatives of
  • wars; for wars are generous and noble; but treasons base and vile. The
  • Greæ are elegantly described as hoary-headed, and like old women from
  • their birth; on account of the perpetual cares, fears, and trepidations
  • attending traitors. Their force, also, before it breaks out into
  • open revolt, consists either in an eye or a tooth; for all faction,
  • alienated from a state, is both watchful and biting; and this eye and
  • tooth are, as it were, common to all the disaffected; because whatever
  • they learn and know is transmitted from one to another, as by the hands
  • of faction. And for the tooth, they all bite with the same: and clamor
  • with one throat; so that each of them singly expresses the multitude.
  • These Greæ, therefore, must be prevailed upon by Perseus to lend him
  • their eye and their tooth; the eye to give him indications, and make
  • discoveries; the tooth for sowing rumors, raising envy, and stirring up
  • the minds of the people. And when all these things are thus disposed
  • and prepared, then follows the action of the war.
  • He finds Medusa asleep; for whoever undertakes a war with prudence,
  • generally falls upon the enemy unprepared, and nearly in a state of
  • security; and here is the occasion for Pallas’s mirror: for it is
  • common enough, before the danger presents itself, to see exactly into
  • the state and posture of the enemy; but the principal use of the glass
  • is, in the very instant of danger, to discover the manner thereof, and
  • prevent consternation; which is the thing intended by Perseus’s turning
  • his head aside, and viewing the enemy in the glass.[627]
  • Two effects here follow the conquest: 1. The darting forth of Pegasus;
  • which evidently denotes fame, that flies abroad, proclaiming the
  • victory far and near. 2. The bearing of Medusa’s head in the shield,
  • which is the greatest possible defence and safeguard; for one grand and
  • memorable enterprise, happily accomplished, bridles all the motions and
  • attempts of the enemy, stupefies disaffection, and quells commotions.
  • VIII.—ENDYMION, OR A FAVORITE.
  • EXPLAINED OF COURT FAVORITES.
  • The goddess Luna is said to have fallen in love with the shepherd
  • Endymion, and to have carried on her amours with him in a new and
  • singular manner; it being her custom, whilst he lay reposing in his
  • native cave, under Mount Latmus, to descend frequently from her sphere,
  • enjoy his company whilst he slept, and then go up to heaven again.
  • And all this while, Endymion’s fortune was no way prejudiced by his
  • unactive and sleepy life, the goddess causing his flocks to thrive,
  • and grow so exceeding numerous, that none of the other shepherds could
  • compare with him.
  • EXPLANATION.—This fable seems to describe the tempers and dispositions
  • of princes, who, being thoughtful and suspicious, do not easily admit
  • to their privacies such men as are prying, curious, and vigilant, or,
  • as it were, sleepless; but rather such as are of an easy, obliging
  • nature, and indulge them in their pleasures, without seeking anything
  • further; but seeming ignorant, insensible, or, as it were, lulled
  • asleep before them.[628] Princes usually treat such persons familiarly;
  • and quitting their throne, like Luna, think they may, with safety,
  • unbosom to them. This temper was very remarkable in Tiberius, a prince
  • exceedingly difficult to please, and who had no favorites but those
  • that perfectly understood his way, and, at the same time, obstinately
  • dissembled their knowledge, almost to a degree of stupidity.
  • The cave is not improperly mentioned in the fable; it being a common
  • thing for the favorites of a prince to have their pleasant retreats,
  • whither to invite him, by way of relaxation, though without prejudice
  • to their own fortunes; these favorites usually making a good provision
  • for themselves.
  • For though their prince should not, perhaps, promote them to dignities,
  • yet, out of real affection, and not only for convenience, they
  • generally feel the enriching influence of his bounty.
  • IX.—THE SISTER OF THE GIANTS, OR FAME.
  • EXPLAINED OF PUBLIC DETRACTION.
  • The poets relate, that the giants, produced from the earth, made war
  • upon Jupiter, and the other gods, but were repulsed and conquered by
  • thunder; whereat the earth, provoked, brought forth Fame, the youngest
  • sister of the giants, in revenge for the death of her sons.
  • EXPLANATION.—The meaning of the fable seems to be this: the earth
  • denotes the nature of the vulgar, who are always swelling, and rising
  • against their rulers, and endeavoring at changes. This disposition,
  • getting a fit opportunity, breeds rebels and traitors, who, with
  • impetuous rage, threaten and contrive the overthrow and destruction of
  • princes.
  • And when brought under and subdued, the same vile and restless nature
  • of the people, impatient of peace, produces rumors, detractions,
  • slanders, libels, &c., to blacken those in authority; so that
  • rebellious actions and seditious rumors, differ not in origin and
  • stock, but only, as it were, in sex; treasons and rebellions being the
  • brothers, and scandal or detraction the sister.
  • X.—ACTEON AND PENTHEUS, OR A CURIOUS MAN.
  • EXPLAINED OF CURIOSITY, OR PRYING INTO THE SECRETS OF PRINCES AND
  • DIVINE MYSTERIES.
  • The ancients afford us two examples for suppressing the impertinent
  • curiosity of mankind, in diving into secrets, and imprudently longing
  • and endeavoring to discover them. The one of these is in the person
  • of Acteon, and the other in that of Pentheus. Acteon, undesignedly
  • chancing to see Diana naked, was turned into a stag, and torn to pieces
  • by his own hounds. And Pentheus, desiring to pry into the hidden
  • mysteries of Bacchus’s sacrifice, and climbing a tree for that purpose,
  • was struck with a frenzy. This frenzy of Pentheus caused him to see
  • things double, particularly the sun, and his own city, Thebes, so that
  • running homewards, and immediately espying another Thebes, he runs
  • towards that; and thus continues incessantly, tending first to the one,
  • and then to the other, without coming at either.
  • EXPLANATION.—The first of these fables may relate to the secrets of
  • princes, and the second to divine mysteries. For they who are not
  • intimate with a prince, yet, against his will, have a knowledge of
  • his secrets, inevitably incur his displeasure; and therefore, being
  • aware that they are singled out, and all opportunities watched against
  • them, they lead the life of a stag, full of fears and suspicions. It
  • likewise frequently happens that their servants and domestics accuse
  • them, and plot their overthrow, in order to procure favor with the
  • prince; for whenever the king manifests his displeasure, the person it
  • falls upon must expect his servants to betray him, and worry him down,
  • as Acteon was worried by his own dogs.
  • The punishment of Pentheus is of another kind; for they who, unmindful
  • of their mortal state, rashly aspire to divine mysteries, by climbing
  • the heights of nature and philosophy, here represented by climbing a
  • tree,—their fate is perpetual inconstancy, perplexity, and instability
  • of judgment. For as there is one light of nature, and another
  • light that is divine, they see, as it were, two suns. And as the
  • actions of life, and the determinations of the will, depend upon the
  • understanding, they are distracted as much in opinion as in will; and
  • therefore judge very inconsistently, or contradictorily; and see, as
  • it were, Thebes double; for Thebes being the refuge and habitation of
  • Pentheus, here denotes the ends of actions; whence they know not what
  • course to take, but remaining undetermined and unresolved in their
  • views and designs, they are merely driven about by every sudden gust
  • and impulse of the mind.
  • XI.—ORPHEUS, OR PHILOSOPHY.
  • EXPLAINED OF NATURAL AND MORAL PHILOSOPHY.
  • INTRODUCTION.—The fable of Orpheus, though trite and common, has never
  • been well interpreted, and seems to hold out a picture of universal
  • philosophy; for to this sense may be easily transferred what is said
  • of his being a wonderful and perfectly divine person, skilled in all
  • kinds of harmony, subduing and drawing all things after him by sweet
  • and gentle methods and modulations. For the labors of Orpheus exceed
  • the labors of Hercules, both in power and dignity, as the works of
  • knowledge exceed the works of strength.
  • FABLE.—Orpheus having his beloved wife snatched from him by sudden
  • death, resolved upon descending to the infernal regions, to try if, by
  • the power of his harp, he could reobtain her. And, in effect, he so
  • appeased and soothed the infernal powers by the melody and sweetness
  • of his harp and voice, that they indulged him the liberty of taking
  • her back, on condition that she should follow him behind, and he not
  • turn to look upon her till they came into open day; but he, through
  • the impatience of his care and affection, and thinking himself almost
  • past danger, at length looked behind him, whereby the condition was
  • violated, and she again precipitated to Pluto’s regions. From this
  • time Orpheus grew pensive and sad, a hater of the sex, and went into
  • solitude, where, by the same sweetness of his harp and voice, he first
  • drew the wild beasts of all sorts about him; so that, forgetting their
  • natures, they were neither actuated by revenge, cruelty, lust, hunger,
  • or the desire of prey, but stood gazing about him, in a tame and gentle
  • manner, listening attentively to his music. Nay, so great was the power
  • and efficacy of his harmony, that it even caused the trees and stones
  • to remove, and place themselves in a regular manner about him. When
  • he had for a time, and with great admiration, continued to do this,
  • at length the Thracian women, raised by the instigation of Bacchus,
  • first blew a deep and hoarse-sounding horn, in such an outrageous
  • manner, that it quite drowned the music of Orpheus. And thus the power
  • which, as the link of their society, held all things in order, being
  • dissolved, disturbance reigned anew; each creature returned to its own
  • nature, and pursued and preyed upon its fellow, as before. The rocks
  • and woods also started back to their former places; and even Orpheus
  • himself was at last torn to pieces by these female furies, and his
  • limbs scattered all over the desert. But, in sorrow and revenge for his
  • death, the River Helicon, sacred to the Muses, hid its waters under
  • ground, and rose again in other places.
  • EXPLANATION.—The fable receives this explanation. The music of Orpheus
  • is of two kinds; one that appeases the infernal powers, and the other
  • that draws together the wild beasts and trees. The former properly
  • relates to natural, and the latter to moral philosophy, or civil
  • society. The reinstatement and restoration of corruptible things is
  • the noblest work of natural philosophy; and, in a less degree, the
  • preservation of bodies in their own state, or a prevention of their
  • dissolution and corruption. And if this be possible, it can certainly
  • be effected no other way than by proper and exquisite attemperations of
  • nature; as it were by the harmony and fine touching of the harp. But
  • as this is a thing of exceeding great difficulty, the end is seldom
  • obtained; and that, probably, for no reason more than a curious and
  • unseasonable impatience and solicitude.
  • And, therefore, philosophy, being almost unequal to the task, has cause
  • to grow sad, and hence betakes itself to human affairs, insinuating
  • into men’s minds the love of virtue, equity, and peace, by means of
  • eloquence and persuasion; thus forming men into societies; bringing
  • them under laws and regulations; and making them forget their unbridled
  • passions and affections, so long as they hearken to precepts and submit
  • to discipline. And thus they soon after build themselves habitations,
  • form cities, cultivate lands, plant orchards, gardens, &c. So that they
  • may not improperly be said to remove and call the trees and stones
  • together.
  • And this regard to civil affairs is justly and regularly placed after
  • diligent trial made for restoring the mortal body; the attempt being
  • frustrated in the end—because the unavoidable necessity of death, thus
  • evidently laid before mankind, animates them to seek a kind of eternity
  • by works of perpetuity, character, and fame.
  • It is also prudently added, that Orpheus was afterwards averse to women
  • and wedlock, because the indulgence of the married state, and the
  • natural affections which men have for their children, often prevent
  • them from entering upon any grand, noble, or meritorious enterprise for
  • the public good; as thinking it sufficient to obtain immortality by
  • their descendants, without endeavoring at great actions.
  • And even the works of knowledge, though the most excellent among human
  • things, have their periods; for after kingdoms and commonwealths have
  • flourished for a time, disturbances, seditions, and wars, often arise,
  • in the din whereof, first the laws are silent, and not heard; and then
  • men return to their own depraved natures—whence cultivated lands and
  • cities soon become desolate and waste. And if this disorder continues,
  • learning and philosophy is infallibly torn to pieces; so that only
  • some scattered fragments thereof can afterwards be found up and down,
  • in a few places, like planks after a shipwreck. And barbarous times
  • succeeding, the River Helicon dips under-ground; that is, letters are
  • buried, till things having undergone their due course of changes,
  • learning rises again, and shows its head, though seldom in the same
  • place, but in some other nation.[629]
  • XII.—CŒLUM, OR BEGINNINGS.
  • EXPLAINED OF THE CREATION, OR ORIGIN OF ALL THINGS.
  • The poets relate, that Cœlum was the most ancient of all the gods;
  • that his parts of generation were cut off by his son Saturn; that
  • Saturn had a numerous offspring, but devoured all his sons, as soon
  • as they were born; that Jupiter at length escaped the common fate;
  • and when grown up, drove his father Saturn into Tartarus; usurped the
  • kingdom; cut off his father’s genitals, with the same knife wherewith
  • Saturn had dismembered Cœlum, and throwing them into the sea, thence
  • sprung Venus.
  • Before Jupiter was well established in his empire, two memorable wars
  • were made upon him; the first by the Titans, in subduing of whom, Sol,
  • the only one of the Titans who favored Jupiter, performed him singular
  • service; the second by the giants, who being destroyed and subdued by
  • the thunder and arms of Jupiter, he now reigned secure.
  • EXPLANATION.—This fable appears to be an enigmatical account of the
  • origin of all things, not greatly differing from the philosophy
  • afterwards embraced by Democritus, who expressly asserts the eternity
  • of matter, but denies the eternity of the world; thereby approaching to
  • the truth of sacred writ, which makes chaos, or uninformed matter, to
  • exist before the six days’ works.
  • The meaning of the fable seems to be this: Cœlum denotes the concave
  • space, or vaulted roof that incloses all matter, and Saturn the matter
  • itself, which cuts off all power of generation from his father; as one
  • and the same quantity of matter remains invariable in nature, without
  • addition or diminution. But the agitations and struggling motions of
  • matter, first produced certain imperfect and ill-joined compositions
  • of things, as it were so many first rudiments, or essays of worlds;
  • till, in process of time, there arose a fabric capable of preserving
  • its form and structure. Whence the first age was shadowed out by the
  • reign of Saturn; who, on account of the frequent dissolutions, and
  • short durations of things, was said to devour his children. And the
  • second age was denoted by the reign of Jupiter; who thrust, or drove
  • those frequent and transitory changes into Tartarus—a place expressive
  • of disorder. This place seems to be the middle space, between the
  • lower heavens and the internal parts of the earth, wherein disorder,
  • imperfection, mutation, mortality, destruction, and corruption, are
  • principally found.
  • Venus was not born during the former generation of things, under the
  • reign of Saturn; for whilst discord and jar had the upper hand of
  • concord and uniformity in the matter of the universe, a change of
  • the entire structure was necessary. And in this manner things were
  • generated and destroyed, before Saturn was dismembered. But when this
  • manner of generation ceased, there immediately followed another,
  • brought about by Venus, or a perfect and established harmony of things;
  • whereby changes were wrought in the parts, whilst the universal fabric
  • remained entire and undisturbed. Saturn, however, is said to be thrust
  • out and dethroned, not killed, and become extinct; because, agreeably
  • to the opinion of Democritus, the world might relapse into its old
  • confusion and disorder, which Lucretius hoped would not happen in his
  • time.[630]
  • But now, when the world was compact, and held together by its own
  • bulk and energy, yet there was no rest from the beginning; for first,
  • there followed considerable motions and disturbances in the celestial
  • regions, though so regulated and moderated by the power of the Sun,
  • prevailing over the heavenly bodies, as to continue the world in its
  • state. Afterwards there followed the like in the lower parts, by
  • inundations, storms, winds, general earthquakes, &c., which, however,
  • being subdued and kept under, there ensued a more peaceable and lasting
  • harmony, and consent of things.
  • It may be said of this fable, that it includes philosophy; and again,
  • that philosophy includes the fable; for we know, by faith, that all
  • these things are but the oracle of sense, long since ceased and
  • decayed; but the matter and fabric of the world being justly attributed
  • to a creator.
  • XIII.—PROTEUS, OR MATTER.
  • EXPLAINED OF MATTER AND ITS CHANGES.
  • Proteus, according to the poets, was Neptune’s herdsman; an old man,
  • and a most extraordinary prophet, who understood things past and
  • present, as well as future; so that besides the business of divination,
  • he was the revealer and interpreter of all antiquity, and secrets of
  • every kind. He lived in a vast cave, where his custom was to tell over
  • his herd of sea-calves at noon, and then to sleep. Whoever consulted
  • him, had no other way of obtaining an answer, but by binding him with
  • manacles and fetters; when he, endeavoring to free himself, would
  • change into all kinds of shapes and miraculous forms; as of fire,
  • water, wild beasts, &c.; till at length he resumed his own shape again.
  • EXPLANATION.—This fable seems to point at the secrets of nature, and
  • the states of matter. For the person of Proteus denotes matter, the
  • oldest of all things, after God himself;[631] that resides, as in a
  • cave, under the vast concavity of the heavens. He is represented as the
  • servant of Neptune, because the various operations and modifications
  • of matter are principally wrought in a fluid state. The herd, or flock
  • of Proteus, seems to be no other than the several kinds of animals,
  • plants, and minerals, in which matter appears to diffuse and spend
  • itself; so that after having formed these several species, and as it
  • were finished its task, it seems to sleep and repose, without otherwise
  • attempting to produce any new ones. And this is the moral of Proteus’s
  • counting his herd, then going to sleep.
  • This is said to be done at noon, not in the morning or evening; by
  • which is meant the time best fitted and disposed for the production of
  • species, from a matter duly prepared, and made ready beforehand, and
  • now lying in a middle state, between its first rudiments and decline;
  • which, we learn from sacred history, was the case at the time of the
  • creation; when, by the efficacy of the divine command, matter directly
  • came together, without any transformation or intermediate changes,
  • which it affects; instantly obeyed the order, and appeared in the form
  • of creatures.
  • And thus far the fable reaches of Proteus, and his flock, at liberty
  • and unrestrained. For the universe, with the common structures, and
  • fabrics of the creatures, is the face of matter, not under constraint,
  • or as the flock wrought upon and tortured by human means. But if any
  • skilful minister of nature shall apply force to matter, and by design
  • torture and vex it, in order to its annihilation, it, on the contrary,
  • being brought under this necessity, changes and transforms itself
  • into a strange variety of shapes and appearances; for nothing but the
  • power of the Creator can annihilate, or truly destroy it; so that
  • at length, running through the whole circle of transformations, and
  • completing its period, it in some degree restores itself, if the force
  • be continued. And that method of binding, torturing, or detaining, will
  • prove the most effectual and expeditious, which makes use of manacles
  • and fetters; that is, lays hold and works upon matter in the extremest
  • degrees.
  • The addition in the fable that makes Proteus a prophet, who had the
  • knowledge of things past, present, and future, excellently agrees with
  • the nature of matter; as he who knows the properties, the changes, and
  • the processes of matter, must, of necessity, understand the effects and
  • sum of what it does, has done, or can do, though his knowledge extends
  • not to all the parts and particulars thereof.
  • XIV.—MEMNON, OR A YOUTH TOO FORWARD.
  • EXPLAINED OF THE FATAL PRECIPITANCY OF YOUTH.
  • The poets made Memnon the son of Aurora, and bring him to the
  • Trojan war in beautiful armor, and flushed with popular praise;
  • where, thirsting after further glory, and rashly hurrying on to the
  • greatest enterprises, he engages the bravest warrior of all the
  • Greeks, Achilles, and falls by his hand in single combat. Jupiter,
  • in commiseration of his death, sent birds to grace his funeral, that
  • perpetually chanted certain mournful and bewailing dirges. It is also
  • reported, that the rays of the rising sun, striking his statue, used to
  • give a lamenting sound.
  • EXPLANATION.—This fable regards the unfortunate end of those promising
  • youths, who, like sons of the morning, elate with empty hopes and
  • glittering outsides, attempt things beyond their strength; challenge
  • the bravest heroes; provoke them to the combat; and, proving unequal,
  • die in their high attempts.
  • The death of such youths seldom fails to meet with infinite pity; as no
  • mortal calamity is more moving and afflicting, than to see the flower
  • of virtue cropped before its time. Nay, the prime of life enjoyed to
  • the full, or even to a degree of envy, does not assuage or moderate
  • the grief occasioned by the untimely death of such hopeful youths;
  • but lamentations and bewailings fly, like mournful birds, about their
  • tombs, for a long while after; especially upon all fresh occasions, new
  • commotions, and the beginning of great actions, the passionate desire
  • of them is renewed, as by the sun’s morning rays.
  • XV.—TYTHONUS, OR SATIETY.
  • EXPLAINED OF PREDOMINANT PASSIONS.
  • It is elegantly fabled by Tythonus, that being exceedingly beloved by
  • Aurora, she petitioned Jupiter that he might prove immortal, thereby to
  • secure herself the everlasting enjoyment of his company; but through
  • female inadvertence she forgot to add, that he might never grow old; so
  • that, though he proved immortal, he became miserably worn and consumed
  • with age, insomuch that Jupiter, out of pity, at length transformed him
  • to a grasshopper.
  • EXPLANATION.—This fable seems to contain an ingenious description of
  • pleasure; which at first, as it were in the morning of the day, is so
  • welcome, that men pray to have it everlasting, but forget that satiety
  • and weariness of it will, like old age, overtake them, though they
  • think not of it; so that at length, when their appetite for pleasurable
  • actions is gone, their desires and affections often continue; whence
  • we commonly find that aged persons delight themselves with the
  • discourse and remembrance of the things agreeable to them in their
  • better days. This is very remarkable in men of a loose, and men of a
  • military life; the former whereof are always talking over their amours,
  • and the latter the exploits of their youth; like grasshoppers, that
  • show their vigor only by their chirping.
  • XVI.—JUNO’S SUITOR, OR BASENESS.
  • EXPLAINED OF SUBMISSION AND ABJECTION.
  • The poets tell us, that Jupiter, to carry on his love-intrigues,
  • assumed many different shapes; as of a bull, an eagle, a swan, a golden
  • shower, &c.; but when he attempted Juno, he turned himself into the
  • most ignoble and ridiculous creature,—even that of a wretched, wet,
  • weather-beaten, affrighted, trembling and half-starved cuckoo.
  • EXPLANATION.—This is a wise fable, and drawn from the very entrails of
  • morality. The moral is, that men should not be conceited of themselves,
  • and imagine that a discovery of their excellences will always render
  • them acceptable; for this can only succeed according to the nature
  • and manners of the person they court, or solicit; who, if he be a man
  • not of the same gifts and endowments, but altogether of a haughty
  • and contemptuous behavior, here represented by the person of Juno,
  • they must entirely drop the character that carries the least show
  • of worth or gracefulness; if they proceed upon any other footing,
  • it is downright folly; nor is it sufficient to act the deformity of
  • obsequiousness, unless they really change themselves, and become abject
  • and contemptible in their persons.
  • XVII.—CUPID, OR AN ATOM.
  • EXPLAINED OF THE CORPUSCULAR PHILOSOPHY.
  • The particulars related by the poets of Cupid, or Love, do not properly
  • agree to the same person, yet they differ only so far, that if the
  • confusion of persons be rejected, the correspondence may hold. They
  • say, that Love was the most ancient of all the gods, and existed before
  • every thing else, except Chaos, which is held coeval therewith. But
  • for Chaos, the ancients never paid divine honors, nor gave the title
  • of a god thereto. Love is represented absolutely without progenitor,
  • excepting only that he is said to have proceeded from the egg of
  • Nox; but that himself begot the gods, and all things else, on Chaos.
  • His attributes are four; viz: 1, perpetual infancy; 2, blindness; 3,
  • nakedness; and 4, archery.
  • There was also another Cupid, or Love, the youngest son of the
  • gods, born of Venus; and upon him the attributes of the elder are
  • transferred, with some degree of correspondence.
  • EXPLANATION.—This fable points at, and enters, the cradle of nature.
  • Love seems to be the appetite, or incentive, of the primitive matter;
  • or, to speak more distinctly, the natural motion, or moving principle,
  • of the original corpuscles, or atoms; this being the most ancient
  • and only power that made and wrought all things out of matter. It is
  • absolutely without parent, that is, without cause; for causes are as
  • parents to effects; but this power or efficacy could have no natural
  • cause; for, excepting God, nothing was before it; and therefore it
  • could have no efficient in nature. And as nothing is more inward with
  • nature, it can neither be a genus nor a form; and therefore, whatever
  • it is, it must be somewhat positive, though inexpressible. And if it
  • were possible to conceive its modus and process, yet it could not be
  • known from its cause, as being, next to God, the cause of causes, and
  • itself without a cause. And, perhaps, we are not to hope that the modus
  • of it should fall, or be comprehended, under human inquiry. Whence it
  • is properly feigned to be the egg of Nox, or laid in the dark.
  • The divine philosopher declares, that “God has made every thing
  • beautiful in its season; and has given over the world to our disputes
  • and inquiries; but that man cannot find out the work which God has
  • wrought, from its beginning up to its end.” Thus the summary or
  • collective law of nature, or the principle of love, impressed by God
  • upon the original particles of all things, so as to make them attack
  • each other and come together, by the repetition and multiplication
  • whereof all the variety in the universe is produced, can scarce
  • possibly find full admittance into the thoughts of men, though some
  • faint notion may be had thereof. The Greek philosophy is subtile, and
  • busied in discovering the material principles of things, but negligent
  • and languid in discovering the principles of motion, in which the
  • energy and efficacy of every operation consists. And here the Greek
  • philosophers seem perfectly blind and childish; for the opinion of the
  • Peripatetics, as to the stimulus of matter, by privation, is little
  • more than words, or rather sound than signification. And they who refer
  • it to God, though they do well therein, yet they do it by a start, and
  • not by proper degrees of assent; for doubtless there is one summary, or
  • capital law, in which nature meets, subordinate to God, viz: the law
  • mentioned in the passage above quoted from Solomon; or the work which
  • God has wrought from its beginning to its end.
  • Democritus, who further considered this subject, having first supposed
  • an atom, or corpuscle, of some dimension or figure, attributed thereto
  • an appetite, desire, or first motion simply, and another comparatively,
  • imagining that all things properly tended to the centre of the world;
  • those containing more matter falling faster to the centre, and thereby
  • removing, and in the shock driving away, such as held less. But this
  • is a slender conceit, and regards too few particulars; for neither
  • the revolutions of the celestial bodies, nor the contractions and
  • expansions of things, can be reduced to this principle. And for the
  • opinion of Epicurus, as to the declination and fortuitous agitation of
  • atoms, this only brings the matter back again to a trifle, and wraps it
  • up in ignorance and night.
  • Cupid is elegantly drawn a perpetual child; for compounds are larger
  • things, and have their periods of age; but the first seeds or atoms of
  • bodies are small, and remain in a perpetual infant state.
  • He is again justly represented naked; as all compounds may properly
  • be said to be dressed and clothed, or to assume a personage; whence
  • nothing remains truly naked, but the original particles of things.
  • The blindness of Cupid contains a deep allegory; for this same Cupid,
  • Love, or appetite of the world, seems to have very little foresight,
  • but directs his steps and motions conformably to what he finds next
  • him, as blind men do when they feel out their way; which renders the
  • divine and overruling Providence and foresight the more surprising;
  • as by a certain steady law, it brings such a beautiful order and
  • regularity of things out of what seems extremely casual, void of
  • design, and, as it were, really blind.
  • The last attribute of Cupid is archery, viz: a virtue or power
  • operating at a distance; for every thing that operates at a distance
  • may seem, as it were, to dart, or shoot with arrows. And whoever allows
  • of atoms and vacuity, necessarily supposes that the virtue of atoms
  • operates at a distance; for without this operation, no motion could be
  • excited, on account of the vacuum interposing, but all things would
  • remain sluggish and unmoved.
  • As to the other Cupid, he is properly said to be the youngest son
  • of the gods, as his power could not take place before the formation
  • of species, or particular bodies. The description given us of him
  • transfers the allegory to morality, though he still retains some
  • resemblance with the ancient Cupid; for as Venus universally excites
  • the affection of association, and the desire of procreation, her
  • son Cupid applies the affection to individuals; so that the general
  • disposition proceeds from Venus, but the more close sympathy from
  • Cupid. The former depends upon a near approximation of causes, but the
  • latter upon deeper, more necessitating and uncontrollable principles,
  • as if they proceeded from the ancient Cupid, on whom all exquisite
  • sympathies depend.
  • XVIII.—DIOMED, OR ZEAL.
  • EXPLAINED OF PERSECUTION, OR ZEAL FOR RELIGION.
  • Diomed acquired great glory and honor at the Trojan war, and was highly
  • favored by Pallas, who encouraged and excited him by no means to spare
  • Venus, if he should casually meet her in fight. He followed the advice
  • with too much eagerness and intrepidity, and accordingly wounded that
  • goddess in her hand. This presumptuous action remained unpunished
  • for a time, and when the war was ended he returned with great glory
  • and renown to his own country, where, finding himself embroiled with
  • domestic affairs, he retired into Italy. Here also at first he was
  • well received and nobly entertained by King Daunus, who, besides other
  • gifts and honors, erected statues for him over all his dominions.
  • But upon the first calamity that afflicted the people after the
  • stranger’s arrival, Daunus immediately reflected that he entertained
  • a devoted person in his palace, an enemy to the gods, and one who had
  • sacrilegiously wounded a goddess with his sword, whom it was impious
  • but to touch. To expiate, therefore, his country’s guilt, he, without
  • regard to the laws of hospitality, which were less regarded by him
  • than the laws of religion, directly slew his guest, and commanded his
  • statues and all his honors to be razed and abolished. Nor was it safe
  • for others to commiserate or bewail so cruel a destiny; but even his
  • companions in arms, whilst they lamented the death of their leader,
  • and filled all places with their complaints, were turned into a kind
  • of swans, which are said, at the approach of their own death, to chant
  • sweet melancholy dirges.
  • EXPLANATION.—This fable intimates an extraordinary and almost singular
  • thing, for no hero besides Diomed is recorded to have wounded any of
  • the gods. Doubtless we have here described the nature and fate of a man
  • who professedly makes any divine worship or sect of religion, though,
  • in itself vain and light, the only scope of his actions, and resolves
  • to propagate it by fire and sword. For although the bloody dissensions
  • and differences about religion were unknown to the ancients, yet so
  • copious and diffusive was their knowledge, that what they knew not by
  • experience they comprehended in thought and representation. Those,
  • therefore, who endeavor to reform or establish any sect of religion,
  • though vain, corrupt, and infamous (which is here denoted under the
  • person of Venus), not by the force of reason, learning, sanctity of
  • manners, the weight of arguments, and examples, but would spread or
  • extirpate it by persecution, pains, penalties, tortures, fire, and
  • sword, may, perhaps, be instigated hereto by Pallas, that is, by a
  • certain rigid, prudential consideration, and a severity of judgment,
  • by the vigor and efficacy whereof they see thoroughly into the
  • fallacies and fictions of the delusions of this kind; and through
  • aversion to depravity and a well-meant zeal, these men usually for
  • a time acquire great fame and glory, and are by the vulgar, to whom
  • no moderate measures can be acceptable, extolled and almost adored,
  • as the only patrons and protectors of truth and religion, men of any
  • other disposition seeming, in comparison with these, to be lukewarm,
  • mean-spirited, and cowardly. This fame and felicity, however, seldom
  • endures to the end; but all violence, unless it escapes the reverses
  • and changes of things by untimely death, is commonly unprosperous
  • in the issue; and if a change of affairs happens, and that sect
  • of religion which was persecuted and oppressed gains strength and
  • rises again, then the zeal and warm endeavors of this sort of men
  • are condemned, their very name becomes odious, and all their honors
  • terminate in disgrace.
  • As to the point that Diomed should be slain by his hospitable
  • entertainer, this denotes that religious dissensions may cause
  • treachery, bloody animosities, and deceit, even between the nearest
  • friends.
  • That complaining or bewailing should not, in so enormous a case, be
  • permitted to friends affected by the catastrophe without punishment,
  • includes this prudent admonition, that almost in all kinds of
  • wickedness and depravity men have still room left for commiseration,
  • so that they who hate the crime may yet pity the person and bewail his
  • calamity, from a principle of humanity and good-nature; and to forbid
  • the overflowings and intercourses of pity upon such occasions were
  • the extremest of evils; yet in the cause of religion and impiety the
  • very commiserations of men are noted and suspected. On the other hand,
  • the lamentations and complainings of the followers and attendants of
  • Diomed, that is, of men of the same sect or persuasion, are usually
  • very sweet, agreeable, and moving, like the dying notes of swans, or
  • the birds of Diomed. This also is a noble and remarkable part of the
  • allegory, denoting that the last words of those who suffer for the sake
  • of religion strongly affect and sway men’s minds, and leave a lasting
  • impression upon the sense and memory.
  • XIX.—DÆDALUS, OR MECHANICAL SKILL.
  • EXPLAINED OF ARTS AND ARTISTS IN KINGDOMS AND STATES.
  • The ancients have left us a description of mechanical skill, industry,
  • and curious arts converted to ill uses, in the person of Dædalus, a
  • most ingenious but execrable artist. This Dædalus was banished for the
  • murder of his brother artist and rival, yet found a kind reception in
  • his banishment from the kings and states where he came. He raised many
  • incomparable edifices to the honor of the gods, and invented many new
  • contrivances for the beautifying and ennobling of cities and public
  • places, but still he was most famous for wicked inventions. Among the
  • rest, by his abominable industry and destructive genius, he assisted
  • in the fatal and infamous production of the monster Minotaur, that
  • devourer of promising youths. And then, to cover one mischief with
  • another, and provide for the security of this monster, he invented
  • and built a labyrinth; a work infamous for its end and design, but
  • admirable and prodigious for art and workmanship. After this, that
  • he might not only be celebrated for wicked inventions, but be sought
  • after, as well for prevention, as for instruments of mischief, he
  • formed that ingenious device of his clue, which led directly through
  • all the windings of the labyrinth. This Dædalus was persecuted by Minos
  • with the utmost severity, diligence, and inquiry; but he always found
  • refuge and means of escaping. Lastly, endeavoring to teach his son
  • Icarus the art of flying, the novice, trusting too much to his wings,
  • fell from his towering flight, and was drowned in the sea.
  • EXPLANATION.—The sense of the fable runs thus. It first denotes envy,
  • which is continually upon the watch, and strangely prevails among
  • excellent artificers; for no kind of people are observed to be more
  • implacably and destructively envious to one another than these.
  • In the next place, it observes an impolitic and improvident kind of
  • punishment inflicted upon Dædalus—that of banishment; for good workmen
  • are gladly received everywhere, so that banishment to an excellent
  • artificer is scarce any punishment at all; whereas other conditions of
  • life cannot easily flourish from home. For the admiration of artists
  • is propagated and increased among foreigners and strangers; it being
  • a principle in the minds of men to slight and despise the mechanical
  • operators of their own nation.
  • The succeeding part of the fable is plain, concerning the use of
  • mechanic arts, whereto human life stands greatly indebted, as receiving
  • from this treasury numerous particulars for the service of religion,
  • the ornament of civil society, and the whole provision and apparatus of
  • life; but then the same magazine supplies instruments of lust, cruelty,
  • and death. For, not to mention the arts of luxury and debauchery, we
  • plainly see how far the business of exquisite poisons, guns, engines of
  • war, and such kind of destructive inventions, exceeds the cruelty and
  • barbarity of the Minotaur himself.
  • The addition of the labyrinth contains a beautiful allegory,
  • representing the nature of mechanic arts in general; for all ingenious
  • and accurate mechanical inventions may be conceived as a labyrinth,
  • which, by reason of their subtilty, intricacy, crossing, and
  • interfering with one another, and the apparent resemblances they have
  • among themselves, scarce any power of the judgment can unravel and
  • distinguish; so that they are only to be understood and traced by the
  • clue of experience.
  • It is no less prudently added, that he who invented the windings of the
  • labyrinth, should also show the use and management of the clue; for
  • mechanical arts have an ambiguous or double use, and serve as well to
  • produce as to prevent mischief and destruction; so that their virtue
  • almost destroys or unwinds itself.
  • Unlawful arts and indeed frequently arts themselves, are persecuted by
  • Minos, that is, by laws, which prohibit and forbid their use among the
  • people; but notwithstanding this, they are hid, concealed, retained,
  • and everywhere find reception and skulking-places; a thing well
  • observed by Tacitus of the astrologers and fortune-tellers of his time.
  • “These,” says he, “are a kind of men that will always be prohibited,
  • and yet will always be retained in our city.”
  • But lastly, all unlawful and vain arts, of what kind soever, lose
  • their reputation in tract of time; grow contemptible and perish,
  • through their overconfidence, like Icarus; being commonly unable to
  • perform what they boasted. And to say the truth, such arts are better
  • suppressed by their own vain pretensions, than checked or restrained by
  • the bridle of laws.[632]
  • XX.—ERICTHONIUS, OR IMPOSTURE.
  • EXPLAINED OF THE IMPROPER USE OF FORCE IN NATURAL PHILOSOPHY.
  • The poets feign that Vulcan attempted the chastity of Minerva, and
  • impatient of refusal, had recourse to force; the consequence of which
  • was the birth of Ericthonius, whose body from the middle upwards was
  • comely and well-proportioned, but his thighs and legs small, shrunk,
  • and deformed, like an eel. Conscious of this defect, he became the
  • inventor of chariots, so as to show the graceful, but conceal the
  • deformed part of his body.
  • EXPLANATION.—This strange fable seems to carry this meaning. Art is
  • here represented under the person of Vulcan, by reason of the various
  • uses it makes of fire; and nature, under the person of Minerva, by
  • reason of the industry employed in her works. Art, therefore, whenever
  • it offers violence to nature, in order to conquer, subdue, and bend
  • her to its purpose, by tortures and force of all kinds, seldom obtains
  • the end proposed; yet upon great struggle and application, there
  • proceed certain imperfect births, or lame abortive works, specious in
  • appearance, but weak and unstable in use; which are, nevertheless,
  • with great pomp and deceitful appearances, triumphantly carried about,
  • and shown by impostors. A procedure very familiar, and remarkable in
  • chemical productions, and new mechanical inventions; especially when
  • the inventors rather hug their errors than improve upon them, and go on
  • struggling with nature, not courting her.
  • XXI.—DEUCALION, OR RESTITUTION.
  • EXPLAINED OF A USEFUL HINT IN NATURAL PHILOSOPHY.
  • The poets tell us, that the inhabitants of the old world being totally
  • destroyed by the universal deluge, excepting Deucalion and Pyrrha,
  • these two, desiring with zealous and fervent devotion to restore
  • mankind, received this oracle for answer, that “they should succeed by
  • throwing their mother’s bones behind them.” This at first cast them
  • into great sorrow and despair, because, as all things were levelled by
  • the deluge, it was in vain to seek their mother’s tomb; but at length
  • they understood the expression of the oracle to signify the stones of
  • the earth, which is esteemed the mother of all things.
  • EXPLANATION.—This fable seems to reveal a secret of nature, and correct
  • an error familiar to the mind; for men’s ignorance leads them to
  • expect the renovation or restoration of things from their corruption
  • and remains, as the phœnix is said to be restored out of its ashes;
  • which is a very improper procedure, because such kind of materials
  • have finished their course, and are become absolutely unfit to supply
  • the first rudiments of the same things again; whence, in cases of
  • renovation, recourse should be had to more common principles.
  • XXII.—NEMESIS, OR THE VICISSITUDE OF THINGS.
  • EXPLAINED OF THE REVERSES OF FORTUNE.
  • Nemesis is represented as a goddess venerated by all, but feared by the
  • powerful and the fortunate. She is said to be the daughter of Nox and
  • Oceanus.
  • She is drawn with wings, and a crown; a javelin of ash in her right
  • hand; a glass containing Ethiopians in her left; and riding upon a stag.
  • EXPLANATION.—The fable receives this explanation. The word Nemesis
  • manifestly signifies revenge, or retribution; for the office of this
  • goddess consisted in interposing, like the Roman tribunes, with an “I
  • forbid it,” in all courses of constant and perpetual felicity, so as
  • not only to chastise haughtiness, but also to repay even innocent and
  • moderate happiness with adversity; as if it were decreed, that none
  • of human race should be admitted to the banquet of the gods, but for
  • sport. And, indeed, to read over that chapter of Pliny wherein he has
  • collected the miseries and misfortunes of Augustus Cæsar, whom, of
  • all mankind, one would judge most fortunate,—as he had a certain art
  • of using and enjoying prosperity, with a mind no way tumid, light,
  • effeminate, confused, or melancholic,—one cannot but think this a
  • very great and powerful goddess, who could bring such a victim to her
  • altar.[633]
  • The parents of this goddess were Oceanus and Nox; that is, the
  • fluctuating change of things, and the obscure and secret divine
  • decrees. The changes of things are aptly represented by the Ocean, on
  • account of its perpetual ebbing and flowing; and secret providence
  • is justly expressed by Night. Even the heathens have observed this
  • secret Nemesis of the night, or the difference betwixt divine and human
  • judgment.[634]
  • Wings are given to Nemesis, because of the sudden and unforeseen
  • changes of things; for, from the earliest account of time, it has been
  • common for great and prudent men to fall by the dangers they most
  • despised. Thus Cicero, when admonished by Brutus of the infidelity
  • and rancor of Octavius, coolly wrote back: “I cannot, however, but be
  • obliged to you, Brutus, as I ought, for informing me, though of such a
  • trifle.”[635]
  • Nemesis also has her crown, by reason of the invidious and malignant
  • nature of the vulgar, who generally rejoice, triumph, and crown her,
  • at the fall of the fortunate and the powerful. And for the javelin in
  • her right hand, it has regard to those whom she has actually struck
  • and transfixed. But whoever escapes her stroke, or feels not actual
  • calamity or misfortune, she affrights with a black and dismal sight
  • in her left hand; for doubtless, mortals on the highest pinnacle of
  • felicity have a prospect of death, diseases, calamities, perfidious
  • friends, undermining enemies, reverses of fortune, &c., represented
  • by the Ethiopians in her glass. Thus Virgil, with great elegance,
  • describing the battle of Actium, says of Cleopatra, that “she did not
  • yet perceive the two asps behind her;”[636] but soon after, which way
  • soever she turned, she saw whole troops of Ethiopians still before her.
  • Lastly, it is significantly added, that Nemesis rides upon a stag,
  • which is a very long-lived creature; for though perhaps some, by an
  • untimely death in youth, may prevent or escape this goddess, yet they
  • who enjoy a long flow of happiness and power, doubtless become subject
  • to her at length, and are brought to yield.
  • XXIII.—ACHELOUS, OR BATTLE.
  • EXPLAINED OF WAR BY INVASION.
  • The ancients relate, that Hercules and Achelous being rivals in the
  • courtship of Deianira, the matter was contested by single combat;
  • when Achelous having transformed himself, as he had power to do, into
  • various shapes, by way of trial; at length, in the form of a fierce
  • wild bull, prepares himself for the fight; but Hercules still retains
  • his human shape, engages sharply with him, and in the issue broke off
  • one of the bull’s horns; and now Achelous, in great pain and fright, to
  • redeem his horn, presents Hercules with the cornucopia.
  • EXPLANATION.—This fable relates to military expeditions and
  • preparations; for the preparation of war on the defensive side, here
  • denoted by Achelous, appears in various shapes, whilst the invading
  • side has but one simple form, consisting either in an army, or perhaps
  • a fleet. But the country that expects the invasion is employed infinite
  • ways, in fortifying towns, blockading passes, rivers, and ports,
  • raising soldiers, disposing garrisons, building and breaking down
  • bridges, procuring aids, securing provisions, arms, ammunition, &c. So
  • that there appears a new face of things every day; and at length, when
  • the country is sufficiently fortified and prepared, it represents to
  • the life the form and threats of a fierce fighting bull.
  • On the other side, the invader presses on to the fight, fearing to be
  • distressed in an enemy’s country. And if after the battle he remains
  • master of the field, and has now broke, as it were, the horn of his
  • enemy, the besieged, of course, retire inglorious, affrighted, and
  • dismayed, to their stronghold, there endeavoring to secure themselves,
  • and repair their strength; leaving, at the same time, their country a
  • prey to the conqueror, which is well expressed by the Amalthean horn,
  • or cornucopia.
  • XXIV.—DIONYSUS, OR BACCHUS.[637]
  • EXPLAINED OF THE PASSIONS.
  • The fable runs, that Semele, Jupiter’s mistress, having bound him
  • by an inviolable oath to grant her an unknown request, desired he
  • would embrace her in the same form and manner he used to embrace
  • Juno; and the promise being irrevocable, she was burnt to death with
  • lightning in the performance. The embryo, however, was sewed up, and
  • carried in Jupiter’s thigh till the complete time of its birth; but
  • the burden thus rendering the father lame, and causing him pain, the
  • child was thence called Dionysus. When born, he was committed, for
  • some years, to be nursed by Proserpina; and when grown up, appeared
  • with so effeminate a face, that his sex seemed somewhat doubtful. He
  • also died, and was buried for a time, but afterwards revived. When a
  • youth, he first introduced the cultivation and dressing of vines, the
  • method of preparing wine, and taught the use thereof; whence becoming
  • famous, he subdued the world, even to the utmost bounds of the Indies.
  • He rode in a chariot drawn by tigers. There danced about him certain
  • deformed demons called Cobali, &c. The Muses also joined in his train.
  • He married Ariadne, who was deserted by Theseus. The ivy was sacred to
  • him. He was also held the inventor and institutor of religious rites
  • and ceremonies, but such as were wild, frantic, and full of corruption
  • and cruelty. He had also the power of striking men with frenzies.
  • Pentheus and Orpheus were torn to pieces by the frantic women at his
  • orgies; the first for climbing a tree to behold their outrageous
  • ceremonies, and the other for the music of his harp. But the acts of
  • this god are much entangled and confounded with those of Jupiter.
  • EXPLANATION.—This fable seems to contain a little system of morality,
  • so that there is scarce any better invention in all ethics. Under
  • the history of Bacchus, is drawn the nature of unlawful desire or
  • affection, and disorder; for the appetite and thirst of apparent good
  • is the mother of all unlawful desire, though ever so destructive, and
  • all unlawful desires are conceived in unlawful wishes or requests,
  • rashly indulged or granted before they are well understood or
  • considered, and when the affection begins to grow warm, the mother
  • of it (the nature of good) is destroyed and burnt up by the heat.
  • And whilst an unlawful desire lies in the embryo, or unripened in
  • the mind, which is its father, and here represented by Jupiter, it
  • is cherished and concealed, especially in the inferior part of the
  • mind, corresponding to the thigh of the body, where pain twitches and
  • depresses the mind so far as to render its resolutions and actions
  • imperfect and lame. And even after this child of the mind is confirmed,
  • and gains strength by consent and habit, and comes forth into action,
  • it must still be nursed by Proserpina for a time; that is, it skulks
  • and hides its head in a clandestine manner, as it were under ground,
  • till at length, when the checks of shame and fear are removed, and
  • the requisite boldness acquired, it either assumes the pretext of
  • some virtue, or openly despises infamy. And it is justly observed,
  • that every vehement passion appears of a doubtful sex, as having the
  • strength of a man at first, but at last the impotence of a woman.
  • It is also excellently added, that Bacchus died and rose again; for
  • the affections sometimes seem to die and be no more; but there is no
  • trusting them, even though they were buried, being always apt and ready
  • to rise again whenever the occasion or object offers.
  • That Bacchus should be the inventor of wine, carries a fine allegory
  • with it; for every affection is cunning and subtle in discovering a
  • proper matter to nourish and feed it; and of all things known to
  • mortals, wine is the most powerful and effectual for exciting and
  • inflaming passions of all kinds, being, indeed, like a common fuel to
  • all.
  • It is again, with great elegance, observed of Bacchus, that he subdued
  • provinces, and undertook endless expeditions, for the affections never
  • rest satisfied with what they enjoy, but with an endless and insatiable
  • appetite thirst after something further. And tigers are prettily
  • feigned to draw the chariot; for as soon as any affection shall, from
  • going on foot, be advanced to ride, it triumphs over reason, and exerts
  • its cruelty, fierceness, and strength against all that oppose it.
  • It is also humorously imagined, that ridiculous demons dance and frisk
  • about this chariot; for every passion produces indecent, disorderly,
  • interchangeable and deformed motions in the eyes, countenance, and
  • gesture, so that the person under the impulse, whether of anger,
  • insult, love, &c., though to himself he may seem grand, lofty, or
  • obliging, yet in the eyes of others appears mean, contemptible, or
  • ridiculous.
  • The Muses also are found in the train of Bacchus, for there is scarce
  • any passion without its art, science, or doctrine to court and flatter
  • it; but in this respect the indulgence of men of genius has greatly
  • detracted from the majesty of the Muses, who ought to be the leaders
  • and conductors of human life, and not the handmaids of the passions.
  • The allegory of Bacchus falling in love with a cast mistress, is
  • extremely noble; for it is certain that the affections always court
  • and covet what has been rejected upon experience. And all those who
  • by serving and indulging their passions immensely raise the value of
  • enjoyment, should know, that whatever they covet and pursue, whether
  • riches, pleasure, glory, learning, or anything else, they only pursue
  • those things that have been forsaken and cast off with contempt by
  • great numbers in all ages, after possession and experience.
  • Nor is it without a mystery that the ivy was sacred to Bacchus, and
  • this for two reasons: first, because ivy is an evergreen, or flourishes
  • in the winter; and secondly, because it winds and creeps about so
  • many things, as trees, walls, and buildings, and raises itself above
  • them. As to the first, every passion grows fresh, strong, and vigorous
  • by opposition and prohibition, as it were by a kind of contrast or
  • antiperistasis, like the ivy in the winter. And for the second, the
  • predominant passion of the mind throws itself, like the ivy, round all
  • human actions, entwines all our resolutions, and perpetually adheres
  • to, and mixes itself among, or even overtops them.
  • And no wonder that superstitious rites and ceremonies are attributed
  • to Bacchus, when almost every ungovernable passion grows wanton and
  • luxuriant in corrupt religions; nor again, that fury and frenzy should
  • be sent and dealt out by him, because every passion is a short frenzy,
  • and if it be vehement, lasting, and take deep root, it terminates in
  • madness. And hence the allegory of Pentheus and Orpheus being torn to
  • pieces is evident; for every headstrong passion is extremely bitter,
  • severe, inveterate, and revengeful upon all curious inquiry, wholesome
  • admonition, free counsel, and persuasion.
  • Lastly; the confusion between the persons of Jupiter and Bacchus will
  • justly admit of an allegory, because noble and meritorious actions
  • may sometimes proceed from virtue, sound reason, and magnanimity, and
  • sometimes again from a concealed passion and secret desire of ill,
  • however they may be extolled and praised, insomuch that it is not easy
  • to distinguish betwixt the acts of Bacchus and the acts of Jupiter.
  • XXV.—ATALANTA AND HIPPOMENES, OR GAIN.
  • EXPLAINED OF THE CONTEST BETWIXT ART AND NATURE.
  • Atalanta, who was exceedingly fleet, contended with Hippomenes in
  • the course, on condition that, if Hippomenes won, he should espouse
  • her, or forfeit his life if he lost. The match was very unequal, for
  • Atalanta had conquered numbers, to their destruction. Hippomenes,
  • therefore, had recourse to stratagem. He procured three golden apples,
  • and purposely carried them with him; they started; Atalanta outstripped
  • him soon; then Hippomenes bowled one of his apples before her, across
  • the course, in order not only to make her stoop, but to draw her out
  • of the path. She, prompted by female curiosity, and the beauty of the
  • golden fruit, starts from the course to take up the apple. Hippomenes,
  • in the mean time, holds on his way, and steps before her; but she, by
  • her natural swiftness, soon fetches up her lost ground, and leaves him
  • again behind. Hippomenes, however, by rightly timing his second and
  • third throw, at length won the race, not by his swiftness, but his
  • cunning.
  • EXPLANATION.—This fable seems to contain a noble allegory of the
  • contest betwixt art and nature. For art, here denoted by Atalanta, is
  • much swifter, or more expeditious in its operations than nature, when
  • all obstacles and impediments are removed, and sooner arrives at its
  • end. This appears almost in every instance. Thus, fruit comes slowly
  • from the kernel, but soon by inoculation or incision; clay, left to
  • itself, is a long time in acquiring a stony hardness, but is presently
  • burnt by fire into brick. So again, in human life, nature is a long
  • while in alleviating and abolishing the remembrance of pain, and
  • assuaging the troubles of the mind; but moral philosophy, which is the
  • art of living, performs it presently. Yet this prerogative and singular
  • efficacy of art is stopped and retarded to the infinite detriment of
  • human life, by certain golden apples; for there is no one science or
  • art that constantly holds on its true and proper course to the end,
  • but they are all continually stopping short, forsaking the track, and
  • turning aside to profit and convenience, exactly like Atalanta.[638]
  • Whence it is no wonder that art gets not the victory over nature,
  • nor, according to the condition of the contest, brings her under
  • subjection; but, on the contrary, remains subject to her, as a wife to
  • a husband.[639]
  • XXVI.—PROMETHEUS, OR THE STATE OF MAN.
  • EXPLAINED OF AN OVERRULING PROVIDENCE, AND OF HUMAN NATURE.
  • The ancients relate that man was the work of Prometheus, and formed of
  • clay; only the artificer mixed in with the mass, particles taken from
  • different animals. And being desirous to improve his workmanship, and
  • endow, as well as create, the human race, he stole up to heaven with
  • a bundle of birch-rods, and kindling them at the chariot of the Sun,
  • thence brought down fire to the earth for the service of men.
  • They add that, for this meritorious act, Prometheus was repayed with
  • ingratitude by mankind, so that, forming a conspiracy, they arraigned
  • both him and his invention before Jupiter. But the matter was otherwise
  • received than they imagined; for the accusation proved extremely
  • grateful to Jupiter and the gods, insomuch that, delighted with the
  • action, they not only indulged mankind the use of fire, but moreover
  • conferred upon them a most acceptable and desirable present, viz:
  • perpetual youth.
  • But men, foolishly overjoyed hereat, laid this present of the gods
  • upon an ass, who, in returning back with it, being extremely thirsty,
  • strayed to a fountain. The serpent, who was guardian thereof, would
  • not suffer him to drink, but upon condition of receiving the burden he
  • carried, whatever it should be. The silly ass complied, and thus the
  • perpetual renewal of youth was, for a drop of water, transferred from
  • men to the race of serpents.
  • Prometheus, not desisting from his unwarrantable practices, though now
  • reconciled to mankind, after they were thus tricked of their present,
  • but still continuing inveterate against Jupiter, had the boldness to
  • attempt deceit, even in a sacrifice, and is said to have once offered
  • up two bulls to Jupiter, but so as in the hide of one of them to wrap
  • all the flesh and fat of both, and stuffing out the other hide only
  • with the bones; then, in a religious and devout manner, gave Jupiter
  • his choice of the two. Jupiter, detesting this sly fraud and hypocrisy,
  • but having thus an opportunity of punishing the offender, purposely
  • chose the mock bull.
  • And now giving way to revenge, but finding he could not chastise the
  • insolence of Prometheus without afflicting the human race (in the
  • production whereof Prometheus had strangely and insufferably prided
  • himself), he commanded Vulcan to form a beautiful and graceful woman,
  • to whom every god presented a certain gift, whence she was called
  • Pandora.[640] They put into her hands an elegant box, containing all
  • sorts of miseries and misfortunes; but Hope was placed at the bottom
  • of it. With this box she first goes to Prometheus, to try if she
  • could prevail upon him to receive and open it; but he being upon his
  • guard, warily refused the offer. Upon this refusal, she comes to his
  • brother Epimetheus, a man of a very different temper, who rashly and
  • inconsiderately opens the box. When finding all kinds of miseries and
  • misfortunes issued out of it, he grew wise too late, and with great
  • hurry and struggle endeavored to clap the cover on again; but with all
  • his endeavor could scarce keep in Hope, which lay at the bottom.
  • Lastly, Jupiter arraigned Prometheus of many heinous crimes; as that he
  • formerly stole fire from heaven; that he contemptuously and deceitfully
  • mocked him by a sacrifice of bones; that he despised his present,[641]
  • adding withal a new crime, that he attempted to ravish Pallas; for all
  • which, he was sentenced to be bound in chains, and doomed to perpetual
  • torments. Accordingly, by Jupiter’s command, he was brought to Mount
  • Caucasus, and there fastened to a pillar, so firmly that he could no
  • way stir. A vulture or eagle stood by him, which in the daytime gnawed
  • and consumed his liver; but in the night the wasted parts were supplied
  • again; whence matter for his pain was never wanting.
  • They relate, however, that his punishment had an end; for Hercules
  • sailing the ocean, in a cup, or pitcher, presented him by the Sun,
  • came at length to Caucasus, shot the eagle with his arrows, and set
  • Prometheus free. In certain nations, also, there were instituted
  • particular games of the torch, to the honor of Prometheus, in which
  • they who ran for the prize carried lighted torches; and as any one of
  • these torches happened to go out, the bearer withdrew himself, and gave
  • way to the next; and that person was allowed to win the prize, who
  • first brought in his lighted torch to the goal.
  • EXPLANATION.—This fable contains and enforces many just and serious
  • considerations; some whereof have been long since well observed,
  • but some again remain perfectly untouched. Prometheus clearly and
  • expressly signifies Providence; for of all the things in nature, the
  • formation and endowment of man was singled out by the ancients, and
  • esteemed the peculiar work of Providence. The reason hereof seems,
  • 1. That the nature of man includes a mind and understanding, which
  • is the seat of Providence. 2. That it is harsh and incredible to
  • suppose reason and mind should be raised, and drawn out of senseless
  • and irrational principles; whence it becomes almost inevitable, that
  • providence is implanted in the human mind in conformity with, and by
  • the direction and the design of the greater overruling Providence.
  • But, 3. The principal cause is this: that man seems to be the thing in
  • which the whole world centres, with respect to final causes; so that
  • if he were away, all other things would stray and fluctuate, without
  • end or intention, or become perfectly disjointed, and out of frame;
  • for all things are made subservient to man, and he receives use and
  • benefit from them all. Thus the revolutions, places, and periods, of
  • the celestial bodies, serve him for distinguishing times and seasons,
  • and for dividing the world into different regions; the meteors afford
  • him prognostications of the weather; the winds sail our ships, drive
  • our mills, and move our machines; and the vegetables and animals of all
  • kinds either afford us matter for houses and habitations, clothing,
  • food, physic; or tend to ease, or delight, to support, or refresh us so
  • that everything in nature seems not made for itself, but for man.
  • And it is not without reason added, that the mass of matter whereof
  • man was formed, should be mixed up with particles taken from different
  • animals, and wrought in with the clay, because it is certain, that of
  • all things in the universe, man is the most compounded and recompounded
  • body; so that the ancients, not improperly, styled him a Microcosm,
  • or little world within himself. For although the chemists have
  • absurdly, and too literally, wrested and perverted the elegance of the
  • term microcosm, whilst they pretend to find all kind of mineral and
  • vegetable matters, or something corresponding to them, in man, yet it
  • remains firm and unshaken, that the human body is, of all substances,
  • the most mixed and organical; whence it has surprising powers and
  • faculties; for the powers of simple bodies are but few, though certain
  • and quick; as being little broken, or weakened, and not counterbalanced
  • by mixture; but excellence and quantity of energy reside in mixture and
  • composition.
  • Man, however, in his first origin, seems to be a defenceless, naked
  • creature, slow in assisting himself, and standing in need of numerous
  • things. Prometheus, therefore, hastened to the invention of fire, which
  • supplies and administers to nearly all human uses and necessities,
  • insomuch that, if the soul may be called the form of forms, if the hand
  • may be called the instrument of instruments, fire may, as properly, be
  • called the assistant of assistants, or the helper of helps; for hence
  • proceed numberless operations, hence all the mechanic arts, and hence
  • infinite assistances are afforded to the sciences themselves.
  • The manner wherein Prometheus stole this fire is properly described
  • from the nature of the thing; he being said to have done it by applying
  • a rod of birch to the chariot of the Sun; for birch is used in striking
  • and beating, which clearly denotes the generation of fire to be from
  • the violent percussions and collisions of bodies; whereby the matters
  • struck are subtilized, rarefied, put into motion, and so prepared to
  • receive the heat of the celestial bodies; whence they, in a clandestine
  • and secret manner, collect and snatch fire, as it were by stealth, from
  • the chariot of the Sun.
  • The next is a remarkable part of the fable, which represents that
  • men, instead of gratitude and thanks, fell into indignation and
  • expostulation, accusing both Prometheus and his fire to Jupiter,—and
  • yet the accusation proved highly pleasing to Jupiter; so that he, for
  • this reason, crowned these benefits of mankind with a new bounty.
  • Here it may seem strange that the sin of ingratitude to a creator and
  • benefactor, a sin so heinous as to include almost all others, should
  • meet with approbation and reward. But the allegory has another view,
  • and denotes, that the accusation and arraignment, both of human nature
  • and human art among mankind, proceeds from a most noble and laudable
  • temper of the mind, and tends to a very good purpose; whereas the
  • contrary temper is odious to the gods, and unbeneficial in itself.
  • For they who break into extravagant praises of human nature, and the
  • arts in vogue, and who lay themselves out in admiring the things they
  • already possess, and will needs have the sciences cultivated among
  • them, to be thought absolutely perfect and complete, in the first
  • place, show little regard to the divine nature, whilst they extol their
  • own inventions almost as high as his perfection. In the next place,
  • men of this temper are unserviceable and prejudicial in life, whilst
  • they imagine themselves already got to the top of things, and there
  • rest, without further inquiry. On the contrary, they who arraign and
  • accuse both nature and art, and are always full of complaints against
  • them, not only preserve a more just and modest sense of mind, but are
  • also perpetually stirred up to fresh industry and new discoveries.
  • Is not, then, the ignorance and fatality of mankind to be extremely
  • pitied, whilst they remain slaves to the arrogance of a few of their
  • own fellows, and are dotingly fond of that scrap of Grecian knowledge,
  • the Peripatetic philosophy; and this to such a degree, as not only to
  • think all accusation or arraignment thereof useless, but even hold it
  • suspect and dangerous? Certainly the procedure of Empedocles, though
  • furious—but especially that of Democritus (who with great modesty
  • complained that all things were abstruse; that we know nothing; that
  • truth lies hid in deep pits; that falsehood is strangely joined and
  • twisted along with truth, &c.)—is to be preferred before the confident,
  • assuming, and dogmatical school of Aristotle. Mankind are, therefore,
  • to be admonished, that the arraignment of nature and of art is pleasing
  • to the gods; and that a sharp and vehement accusation of Prometheus,
  • though a creator, a founder, and a master, obtained new blessings and
  • presents from the divine bounty, and proved more sound and serviceable
  • than a diffusive harangue of praise and gratulation. And let men be
  • assured that the fond opinion that they have already acquired enough,
  • is a principal reason why they have acquired so little.
  • That the perpetual flower of youth should be the present which mankind
  • received as a reward for their accusation, carries this moral; that
  • the ancients seem not to have despaired of discovering methods, and
  • remedies, for retarding old age, and prolonging the period of human
  • life; but rather reckoned it among those things which, through sloth
  • and want of diligent inquiry, perish and come to nothing, after having
  • been once undertaken, than among such as are absolutely impossible,
  • or placed beyond the reach of the human power. For they signify
  • and intimate from the true use of fire, and the just and strenuous
  • accusation and conviction of the errors of art, that the divine bounty
  • is not wanting to men in such kind of presents, but that men indeed
  • are wanting to themselves, and lay such an inestimable gift upon the
  • back of a slow-paced ass; that is, upon the back of the heavy, dull,
  • lingering thing, experience; from whose sluggish and tortoise-pace
  • proceeds that ancient complaint of the shortness of life, and the
  • slow advancement of arts. And certainly it may well seem, that the
  • two faculties of reasoning and experience are not hitherto properly
  • joined and coupled together, but to be still new gifts of the gods,
  • separately laid, the one upon the back of a light bird, or abstract
  • philosophy, and the other upon an ass, or slow-paced practice and
  • trial. And yet good hopes might be conceived of this ass, if it were
  • not for his thirst and the accidents of the way. For we judge, that if
  • any one would constantly proceed, by a certain law and method, in the
  • road of experience, and not by the way thirst after such experiments as
  • make for profit or ostentation, nor exchange his burden, or quit the
  • original design for the sake of these, he might be an useful bearer of
  • a new and accumulated divine bounty to mankind.
  • That this gift of perpetual youth should pass from men to serpents,
  • seems added by way of ornament, and illustration to the fable; perhaps
  • intimating, at the same time, the shame it is for men, that they, with
  • their fire, and numerous arts, cannot procure to themselves those
  • things which nature has bestowed upon many other creatures.
  • The sudden reconciliation of Prometheus to mankind, after being
  • disappointed of their hopes, contains a prudent and useful admonition.
  • It points out the levity and temerity of men in new experiments,
  • when, not presently succeeding, or answering to expectation, they
  • precipitantly quit their new undertakings, hurry back to their old
  • ones, and grow reconciled thereto.
  • After the fable has described the state of man, with regard to arts
  • and intellectual matters, it passes on to religion; for after the
  • inventing and settling of arts, follows the establishment of divine
  • worship, which hypocrisy presently enters into and corrupts. So that by
  • the two sacrifices we have elegantly painted the person of a man truly
  • religious, and of an hypocrite. One of these sacrifices contained the
  • fat, or the portion of God, used for burning and incensing; thereby
  • denoting affection and zeal, offered up to his glory. It likewise
  • contained the bowels, which are expressive of charity, along with
  • the good and useful flesh. But the other contained nothing more than
  • dry bones, which nevertheless stuffed out the hide, so as to make it
  • resemble a fair, beautiful, and magnificent sacrifice; hereby finely
  • denoting the external and empty rites and barren ceremonies, wherewith
  • men burden and stuff out the divine worship,—things rather intended for
  • show and ostentation than conducing to piety. Nor are mankind simply
  • content with this mock-worship of God, but also impose and further it
  • upon him, as if he had chosen and ordained it. Certainly the prophet,
  • in the person of God, has a fine expostulation, as to this matter of
  • choice: “Is this the fasting which I have chosen, that a man should
  • afflict his soul for a day, and bow down his head like a bulrush?”
  • After thus touching the state of religion, the fable next turns to
  • manners, and the conditions of human life. And though it be a very
  • common, yet is it a just interpretation, that Pandora denotes the
  • pleasures and licentiousness which the cultivation and luxury of
  • the arts of civil life introduce, as it were, by the instrumental
  • efficacy of fire; whence the works of the voluptuary arts are properly
  • attributed to Vulcan, the God of Fire. And hence infinite miseries and
  • calamities have proceeded to the minds, the bodies, and the fortunes
  • of men, together with a late repentance; and this not in each man’s
  • particular, but also in kingdoms and states; for wars, and tumults, and
  • tyrannies, have all arisen from this same fountain, or box of Pandora.
  • It is worth observing, how beautifully and elegantly the fable has
  • drawn two reigning characters in human life, and given two examples,
  • or tablatures of them, under the persons of Prometheus and Epimetheus.
  • The followers of Epimetheus are improvident, see not far before them,
  • and prefer such things as are agreeable for the present; whence they
  • are oppressed with numerous straits, difficulties, and calamities, with
  • which they almost continually struggle; but in the mean time gratify
  • their own temper, and, for want of a better knowledge of things, feed
  • their minds with many vain hopes; and as with so many pleasing dreams,
  • delight themselves, and sweeten the miseries of life.
  • But the followers of Prometheus are the prudent, wary men, that look
  • into futurity, and cautiously guard against, prevent, and undermine
  • many calamities and misfortunes. But this watchful, provident temper,
  • is attended with a deprivation of numerous pleasures, and the loss of
  • various delights, whilst such men debar themselves the use even of
  • innocent things, and what is still worse, rack and torture themselves
  • with cares, fears, and disquiets; being bound fast to the pillar of
  • necessity, and tormented with numberless thoughts (which for their
  • swiftness are well compared to an eagle), that continually wound,
  • tear, and gnaw their liver or mind, unless, perhaps, they find some
  • small remission by intervals, or as it were at nights; but then
  • new anxieties, dreads, and fears, soon return again, as it were in
  • the morning. And, therefore, very few men, of either temper, have
  • secured to themselves the advantages of providence, and kept clear of
  • disquiets, troubles, and misfortunes.
  • Nor indeed can any man obtain this end without the assistance of
  • Hercules; that is, of such fortitude and constancy of mind as stands
  • prepared against every event, and remains indifferent to every change;
  • looking forward without being daunted, enjoying the good without
  • disdain, and enduring the bad without impatience. And it must be
  • observed, that even Prometheus had not the power to free himself,
  • but owed his deliverance to another; for no natural inbred force and
  • fortitude could prove equal to such a task. The power of releasing him
  • came from the utmost confines of the ocean, and from the sun; that is,
  • from Apollo, or knowledge; and again, from a due consideration of the
  • uncertainty, instability, and fluctuating state of human life, which
  • is aptly represented by sailing the ocean. Accordingly, Virgil has
  • prudently joined these two together, accounting him happy who knows the
  • causes of things, and has conquered all his fears, apprehensions, and
  • superstitions.[642]
  • It is added, with great elegance, for supporting and confirming the
  • human mind, that the great hero who thus delivered him sailed the ocean
  • in a cup, or pitcher, to prevent fear, or complaint; as if, through
  • the narrowness of our nature, or a too great fragility thereof, we
  • were absolutely incapable of that fortitude and constancy to which
  • Seneca finely alludes, when he says: “It is a noble thing, at once to
  • participate in the frailty of man and the security of a god.”
  • We have hitherto, that we might not break the connection of things,
  • designedly omitted the last crime of Prometheus—that of attempting
  • the chastity of Minerva—which heinous offence it doubtless was, that
  • caused the punishment of having his liver gnawed by the vulture. The
  • meaning seems to be this,—that when men are puffed up with arts and
  • knowledge, they often try to subdue even the divine wisdom and bring
  • it under the dominion of sense and reason, whence inevitably follows a
  • perpetual and restless rending and tearing of the mind. A sober and
  • humble distinction must, therefore, be made betwixt divine and human
  • things, and betwixt the oracles of sense and faith, unless mankind had
  • rather choose an heretical religion, and a fictitious and romantic
  • philosophy.[643]
  • The last particular in the fable is the Games of the Torch, instituted
  • to Prometheus, which again relates to arts and sciences, as well as the
  • invention of fire, for the commemoration and celebration whereof these
  • games were held. And here we have an extremely prudent admonition,
  • directing us to expect the perfection of the sciences from succession,
  • and not from the swiftness and abilities of any single person; for
  • he who is fleetest and strongest in the course may perhaps be less
  • fit to keep his torch alight, since there is danger of its going
  • out from too rapid as well as from too slow a motion.[644] But this
  • kind of contest, with the torch, seems to have been long dropped and
  • neglected; the sciences appearing to have flourished principally in
  • their first authors, as Aristotle, Galen, Euclid, Ptolemy, &c.; whilst
  • their successors have done very little, or scarce made any attempts.
  • But it were highly to be wished that these games might be renewed,
  • to the honor of Prometheus, or human nature, and that they might
  • excite contest, emulation, and laudable endeavors, and the design meet
  • with such success as not to hang tottering, tremulous, and hazarded,
  • upon the torch of any single person. Mankind, therefore, should be
  • admonished to rouse themselves, and try and exert their own strength
  • and chance, and not place all their dependence upon a few men, whose
  • abilities and capacities, perhaps, are not greater than their own.
  • These are the particulars which appear to us shadowed out by this trite
  • and vulgar fable, though without denying that there may be contained
  • in it several intimations that have a surprising correspondence with
  • the Christian mysteries. In particular, the voyage of Hercules, made
  • in a pitcher, to release Prometheus, bears an allusion to the word of
  • God, coming in the frail vessel of the flesh to redeem mankind. But we
  • indulge ourselves no such liberties as these, for fear of using strange
  • fire at the altar of the Lord.
  • XXVII.—ICARUS AND SCYLLA AND CHARYBDIS, OR THE MIDDLE WAY.
  • EXPLAINED OF MEDIOCRITY IN NATURAL AND MORAL PHILOSOPHY.
  • Mediocrity, or the holding a middle course, has been highly extolled in
  • morality, but little in matters of science, though no less useful and
  • proper here; whilst in politics it is held suspected, and ought to be
  • employed with judgment. The ancients described mediocrity in manners by
  • the course prescribed to Icarus; and in matters of the understanding
  • by the steering betwixt Scylla and Charybdis, on account of the great
  • difficulty and danger in passing those straits.
  • Icarus, being to fly across the sea, was ordered by his father neither
  • to soar too high nor fly too low, for, as his wings were fastened
  • together with wax, there was danger of its melting by the sun’s heat in
  • too high a flight, and of its becoming less tenacious by the moisture
  • if he kept too near the vapor of the sea. But he, with a juvenile
  • confidence, soared aloft, and fell down headlong.
  • EXPLANATION.—The fable is vulgar, and easily interpreted; for the path
  • of virtue lies straight between excess on the one side, and defect on
  • the other. And no wonder that excess should prove the bane of Icarus,
  • exulting in juvenile strength and vigor; for excess is the natural vice
  • of youth, as defect is that of old age; and if a man must perish by
  • either, Icarus chose the better of the two; for all defects are justly
  • esteemed more depraved than excesses. There is some magnanimity in
  • excess, that, like a bird, claims kindred with the heavens; but defect
  • is a reptile, that basely crawls upon the earth. It was excellently
  • said by Heraclitus: “A dry light makes the best soul;” for if the soul
  • contracts moisture from the earth, it perfectly degenerates and sinks.
  • On the other hand, moderation must be observed, to prevent this fine
  • light from burning, by its too great subtility and dryness. But these
  • observations are common.
  • In matters of the understanding, it requires great skill and a
  • particular felicity to steer clear of Scylla and Charybdis. If the ship
  • strikes upon Scylla, it is dashed in pieces against the rocks; if upon
  • Charybdis, it is swallowed outright. This allegory is pregnant with
  • matter; but we shall only observe the force of it lies here, that a
  • mean be observed in every doctrine and science, and in the rules and
  • axioms thereof, between the rocks of distinctions and the whirlpools
  • of universalities: for these two are the bane and shipwreck of fine
  • geniuses and arts.
  • XXVIII.—SPHINX, OR SCIENCE.
  • EXPLAINED OF THE SCIENCES.
  • They relate that Sphinx was a monster, variously formed, having the
  • face and voice of a virgin, the wings of a bird, and the talons of a
  • griffin. She resided on the top of a mountain, near the city Thebes,
  • and also beset the highways. Her manner was to lie in ambush and seize
  • the travellers, and having them in her power, to propose to them
  • certain dark and perplexed riddles, which it was thought she received
  • from the Muses, and if her wretched captives could not solve and
  • interpret these riddles, she, with great cruelty, fell upon them, in
  • their hesitation and confusion, and tore them to pieces. This plague
  • having reigned a long time, the Thebans at length offered their kingdom
  • to the man who could interpret her riddles, there being no other way
  • to subdue her. Œdipus, a penetrating and prudent man, though lame
  • in his feet, excited by so great a reward, accepted the condition, and
  • with a good assurance of mind, cheerfully presented himself before the
  • monster, who directly asked him: “What creature that was, which, being
  • born four-footed, afterwards became two-footed, then three-footed, and
  • lastly four-footed again?” Œdipus, with presence of mind, replied it
  • was man, who, upon his first birth and infant state, crawled upon all
  • fours in endeavoring to walk; but not long after went upright upon his
  • two natural feet; again, in old age walked three-footed, with a stick;
  • and at last, growing decrepit, lay four-footed confined to his bed;
  • and having by this exact solution obtained the victory, he slew the
  • monster, and, laying the carcass upon an ass, led her away in triumph;
  • and upon this he was, according to the agreement, made king of Thebes.
  • EXPLANATION.—This is an elegant, instructive fable, and seems invented
  • to represent science, especially as joined with practice. For science
  • may, without absurdity, be called a monster, being strangely gazed
  • at and admired by the ignorant and unskilful. Her figure and form
  • is various, by reason of the vast variety of subjects that science
  • considers; her voice and countenance are represented female, by
  • reason of her gay appearance and volubility of speech; wings are
  • added, because the sciences and their inventions run and fly about
  • in a moment, for knowledge like light communicated from one torch
  • to another, is presently caught and copiously diffused; sharp and
  • hooked talons are elegantly attributed to her, because the axioms and
  • arguments of science enter the mind, lay hold of it, fix it down, and
  • keep it from moving or slipping away. This the sacred philosopher
  • observed, when he said: “The words of the wise are like goads or nails
  • driven far in.”[645] Again, all science seems placed on high, as it
  • were on the tops of mountains that are hard to climb; for science is
  • justly imagined a sublime and lofty thing, looking down upon ignorance
  • from an eminence, and at the same time taking an extensive view on all
  • sides, as is usual on the tops of mountains. Science is said to beset
  • the highways, because through all the journey and peregrination of
  • human life there is matter and occasion offered of contemplation.
  • Sphinx is said to propose various difficult questions and riddles to
  • men, which she received from the Muses; and these questions, so long
  • as they remain with the Muses, may very well be unaccompanied with
  • severity, for while there is no other end of contemplation and inquiry
  • but that of knowledge alone, the understanding is not oppressed, or
  • driven to straits and difficulties, but expatiates and ranges at large,
  • and even receives a degree of pleasure from doubt and variety; but
  • after the Muses have given over their riddles to Sphinx, that is, to
  • practice, which urges and impels to action, choice, and determination,
  • then it is that they become torturing, severe, and trying, and, unless
  • solved and interpreted, strangely perplex and harass the human mind,
  • rend it every way, and perfectly tear it to pieces. All the riddles of
  • Sphinx, therefore, have two conditions annexed, viz: dilaceration to
  • those who do not solve them, and empire to those that do. For he who
  • understands the thing proposed, obtains his end, and every artificer
  • rules over his work.[646]
  • Sphinx has no more than two kinds of riddles, one relating to the
  • nature of things, the other to the nature of man; and correspondent to
  • these, the prizes of the solution are two kinds of empire,—the empire
  • over nature, and the empire over man. For the true and ultimate end of
  • natural philosophy is dominion over natural things, natural bodies,
  • remedies, machines, and numberless other particulars, though the
  • schools, contented with what spontaneously offers, and swollen with
  • their own discourses, neglect, and in a manner despise, both things and
  • works.
  • But the riddle proposed to Œdipus, the solution whereof acquired
  • him the Theban kingdom, regarded the nature of man; for he who has
  • thoroughly looked into and examined human nature, may in a manner
  • command his own fortune, and seems born to acquire dominion and rule.
  • Accordingly, Virgil properly makes the arts of government to be the
  • arts of the Romans.[647] It was, therefore, extremely apposite in
  • Augustus Cæsar to use the image of Sphinx in his signet, whether this
  • happened by accident or by design; for he of all men was deeply versed
  • in politics, and through the course of his life very happily solved
  • abundance of new riddles with regard to the nature of man; and unless
  • he had done this with great dexterity and ready address, he would
  • frequently have been involved in imminent danger, if not destruction.
  • It is with the utmost elegance added in the fable, that when Sphinx was
  • conquered, her carcass was laid upon an ass; for there is nothing so
  • subtile and abstruse, but after being once made plain, intelligible,
  • and common, it may be received by the slowest capacity.
  • We must not omit that Sphinx was conquered by a lame man, and impotent
  • in his feet; for men usually make too much haste to the solution of
  • Sphinx’s riddles; whence it happens, that she prevailing, their minds
  • are rather racked and torn by disputes, than invested with command by
  • works and effects.
  • XXIX.—PROSERPINE, OR SPIRIT.
  • EXPLAINED OF THE SPIRIT INCLUDED IN NATURAL BODIES.
  • They tell us, Pluto having, upon that memorable division of empire
  • among the gods, received the infernal regions for his share, despaired
  • of winning any one of the goddesses in marriage by an obsequious
  • courtship, and therefore through necessity resolved upon a rape.
  • Having watched his opportunity, he suddenly seized upon Proserpine,
  • a most beautiful virgin, the daughter of Ceres, as she was gathering
  • narcissus flowers in the meads of Sicily, and hurrying her to his
  • chariot, carried her with him to the subterraneal regions, where she
  • was treated with the highest reverence, and styled the Lady of Dis.
  • But Ceres, missing her only daughter, whom she extremely loved, grew
  • pensive and anxious beyond measure, and taking a lighted torch in her
  • hand, wandered the world over in quest of her daughter,—but all to no
  • purpose, till, suspecting she might be carried to the infernal regions,
  • she, with great lamentation and abundance of tears, importuned Jupiter
  • to restore her; and with much ado prevailed so far as to recover and
  • bring her away, if she had tasted nothing there. This proved a hard
  • condition upon the mother, for Proserpine was found to have eaten three
  • kernels of a pomegranate. Ceres, however, desisted not, but fell to
  • her entreaties and lamentations afresh, insomuch that at last it was
  • indulged her that Proserpine should divide the year betwixt her husband
  • and her mother, and live six months with the one and as many with the
  • other. After this, Theseus and Perithous, with uncommon audacity,
  • attempted to force Proserpine away from Pluto’s bed, but happening
  • to grow tired in their journey, and resting themselves upon a stone
  • in the realms below, they could never rise from it again, but remain
  • sitting there forever. Proserpine, therefore, still continued queen of
  • the lower regions, in honor of whom there was also added this grand
  • privilege, that though it had never been permitted any one to return
  • after having once descended thither, a particular exception was made,
  • that he who brought a golden bough as a present to Proserpine, might
  • on that condition descend and return. This was an only bough that
  • grew in a large dark grove, not from a tree of its own, but like the
  • mistletoe from another, and when plucked away a fresh one always shot
  • out in its stead.
  • EXPLANATION.—This fable seems to regard natural philosophy, and
  • searches deep into that rich and fruitful virtue and supply in
  • subterraneous bodies, from whence all the things upon the earth’s
  • surface spring, and into which they again relapse and return. By
  • Proserpine, the ancients denoted that ethereal spirit shut up and
  • detained within the earth, here represented by Pluto,—the spirit being
  • separated from the superior globe, according to the expression of
  • the poet.[648] This spirit is conceived as ravished, or snatched up
  • by the earth, because it can in no way be detained, when it has time
  • and opportunity to fly off, but is only wrought together and fixed
  • by sudden intermixture and comminution, in the same manner as if one
  • should endeavor to mix air with water, which cannot otherwise be done
  • than by a quick and rapid agitation, that joins them together in froth
  • whilst the air is thus caught up by the water. And it is elegantly
  • added, that Proserpine was ravished whilst she gathered narcissus
  • flowers, which have their name from numbedness or stupefaction; for the
  • spirit we speak of is in the fittest disposition to be embraced by
  • terrestrial matter when it begins to coagulate, or grow torpid as it
  • were.
  • It is an honor justly attributed to Proserpine, and not to any other
  • wife of the gods, that of being the lady or mistress of her husband,
  • because this spirit performs all its operations in the subterraneal
  • regions, whilst Pluto, or the earth, remains stupid, or as it were
  • ignorant of them.
  • The ether, or the efficacy of the heavenly bodies, denoted by Ceres,
  • endeavors with infinite diligence to force out this spirit, and restore
  • it to its pristine state. And by the torch in the hand of Ceres, or
  • the ether, is doubtless meant the sun, which disperses light over
  • the whole globe of the earth, and if the thing were possible, must
  • have the greatest share in recovering Proserpine, or reinstating
  • the subterraneal spirit. Yet Proserpine still continues and dwells
  • below, after the manner excellently described in the condition betwixt
  • Jupiter and Ceres. For first, it is certain that there are two ways
  • of detaining the spirit, in solid and terrestrial matter,—the one by
  • condensation or obstruction, which is mere violence and imprisonment;
  • the other by administering a proper aliment, which is spontaneous
  • and free. For after the included spirit begins to feed and nourish
  • itself, it is not in a hurry to fly off, but remains as it were fixed
  • in its own earth. And this is the moral of Proserpine’s tasting the
  • pomegranate; and were it not for this, she must long ago have been
  • carried up by Ceres, who with her torch wandered the world over, and
  • so the earth have been left without its spirit. For though the spirit
  • in metals and minerals may perhaps be, after a particular manner,
  • wrought in by the solidity of the mass, yet the spirit of vegetables
  • and animals has open passages to escape at, unless it be willingly
  • detained, in the way of sipping and tasting them.
  • The second article of agreement, that of Proserpine’s remaining
  • six months with her mother and six with her husband, is an elegant
  • description of the division of the year; for the spirit diffused
  • through the earth lives above-ground in the vegetable world during the
  • summer months, but in the winter returns under ground again.
  • The attempt of Theseus and Perithous to bring Proserpine away, denotes
  • that the more subtile spirits, which descend in many bodies to the
  • earth, may frequently be unable to drink in, unite with themselves, and
  • carry off the subterraneous spirit, but on the contrary be coagulated
  • by it, and rise no more, so as to increase the inhabitants and add to
  • the dominion of Proserpine.[649]
  • The alchemists will be apt to fall in with our interpretation of the
  • golden bough, whether we will or no, because they promise golden
  • mountains, and the restoration of natural bodies from their stone,
  • as from the gates of Pluto; but we are well assured that their theory
  • had no just foundation, and suspect they have no very encouraging or
  • practical proofs of its soundness. Leaving, therefore, their conceits
  • to themselves, we shall freely declare our own sentiments upon this
  • last part of the fable. We are certain, from numerous figures and
  • expressions of the ancients, that they judged the conservation, and
  • in some degree the renovation, of natural bodies to be no desperate
  • or impossible thing, but rather abstruse and out of the common road
  • than wholly impracticable. And this seems to be their opinion in the
  • present case, as they have placed this bough among an infinite number
  • of shrubs, in a spacious and thick wood. They supposed it of gold,
  • because gold is the emblem of duration. They feigned it adventitious,
  • not native, because such an effect is to be expected from art, and not
  • from any medicine or any simple or mere natural way of working.
  • XXX.—METIS, OR COUNSEL.
  • EXPLAINED OF PRINCES AND THEIR COUNCIL.
  • The ancient poets relate that Jupiter took Metis to wife, whose name
  • plainly denotes counsel, and that he, perceiving she was pregnant by
  • him, would by no means wait the time of her delivery, but directly
  • devoured her; whence himself also became pregnant, and was delivered in
  • a wonderful manner; for he from his head or brain brought forth Pallas
  • armed.
  • EXPLANATION.—This fable, which in its literal sense appears monstrously
  • absurd, seems to contain a state secret, and shows with what art kings
  • usually carry themselves towards their council, in order to preserve
  • their own authority and majesty not only inviolate, but so as to have
  • it magnified and heightened among the people. For kings commonly
  • link themselves, as it were, in a nuptial bond to their council, and
  • deliberate and communicate with them after a prudent and laudable
  • custom upon matters of the greatest importance, at the same time justly
  • conceiving this no diminution of their majesty; but when the matter
  • once ripens to a decree or order, which is a kind of birth, the king
  • then suffers the council to go on no further, lest the act should seem
  • to depend upon their pleasure. Now, therefore, the king usually assumes
  • to himself whatever was wrought, elaborated, or formed, as it were, in
  • the womb of the council (unless it be a matter of an invidious nature,
  • which he is sure to put from him), so that the decree and the execution
  • shall seem to flow from himself.[650] And as this decree or execution
  • proceeds with prudence and power, so as to imply necessity, it is
  • elegantly wrapped up under the figure of Pallas armed.
  • Nor are kings content to have this seem the effect of their own
  • authority, free will, and uncontrollable choice, unless they also take
  • the whole honor to themselves, and make the people imagine that all
  • good and wholesome decrees proceed entirely from their own head, that
  • is, their own sole prudence and judgment.
  • XXXI.—THE SIRENS, OR PLEASURES.
  • EXPLAINED OF MEN’S PASSION FOR PLEASURES.
  • INTRODUCTION.—The fable of the Sirens is, in a vulgar sense, justly
  • enough explained of the pernicious incentives to pleasure; but the
  • ancient mythology seems to us like a vintage ill-pressed and trod; for
  • though something has been drawn from it, yet all the more excellent
  • parts remain behind in the grapes that are untouched.
  • FABLE.—The Sirens are said to be the daughters of Achelous and
  • Terpsichore, one of the Muses. In their early days they had wings,
  • but lost them upon being conquered by the Muses, with whom they
  • rashly contended; and with the feathers of these wings the Muses made
  • themselves crowns, so that from this time the Muses wore wings on their
  • heads, except only the mother to the Sirens.
  • These Sirens resided in certain pleasant islands, and when, from their
  • watch-tower, they saw any ship approaching, they first detained the
  • sailors by their music, then, enticing them to shore, destroyed them.
  • Their singing was not of one and the same kind, but they adapted their
  • tunes exactly to the nature of each person, in order to captivate and
  • secure him. And so destructive had they been, that these islands of
  • the Sirens appeared, to a very great distance, white with the bones of
  • their unburied captives.
  • Two different remedies were invented to protect persons against them,
  • the one by Ulysses, the other by Orpheus. Ulysses commanded his
  • associates to stop their ears close with wax; and he, determining to
  • make the trial, and yet avoid the danger, ordered himself to be tied
  • fast to a mast of the ship, giving strict charge not to be unbound,
  • even though himself should entreat it; but Orpheus, without any binding
  • at all, escaped the danger, by loudly chanting to his harp the praises
  • of the gods, whereby he drowned the voices of the Sirens.
  • EXPLANATION.—This fable is of the moral kind, and appears no less
  • elegant than easy to interpret. For pleasures proceed from plenty and
  • affluence, attended with activity or exultation of the mind.[651]
  • Anciently their first incentives were quick, and seized upon men
  • as if they had been winged, but learning and philosophy afterwards
  • prevailing, had at least the power to lay the mind under some
  • restraint, and make it consider the issue of things, and thus deprived
  • pleasures of their wings.
  • This conquest redounded greatly to the honor and ornament of the
  • Muses; for after it appeared, by the example of a few, that philosophy
  • could introduce a contempt of pleasures, it immediately seemed to be a
  • sublime thing that could raise and elevate the soul, fixed in a manner
  • down to the earth, and thus render men’s thoughts, which reside in the
  • head, winged as it were, or sublime.
  • Only the mother of the Sirens was not thus plumed on the head, which
  • doubtless denotes superficial learning, invented and used for delight
  • and levity; an eminent example whereof we have in Petronius, who,
  • after receiving sentence of death, still continued his gay frothy
  • humor, and as Tacitus observes, used his learning to solace or divert
  • himself, and instead of such discourses as give firmness and constancy
  • of mind, read nothing but loose poems and verses.[652] Such learning as
  • this seems to pluck the crowns again from the Muses’ heads, and restore
  • them to the Sirens.
  • The Sirens are said to inhabit certain islands, because pleasures
  • generally seek retirement, and often shun society. And for their songs,
  • with the manifold artifice and destructiveness thereof, this is too
  • obvious and common to need explanation. But that particular of the
  • bones stretching like white cliffs along the shores, and appearing afar
  • off, contains a more subtile allegory, and denotes that the examples of
  • others’ calamity and misfortunes, though ever so manifest and apparent,
  • have yet but little force to deter the corrupt nature of man from
  • pleasures.
  • The allegory of the remedies against the Sirens is not difficult, but
  • very wise and noble; it proposes, in effect, three remedies, as well
  • against subtile as violent mischiefs, two drawn from philosophy and one
  • from religion.
  • The first means of escaping is to resist the earliest temptation in
  • the beginning, and diligently avoid and cut off all occasions that may
  • solicit or sway the mind; and this is well represented by shutting up
  • the ears, a kind of remedy to be necessarily used with mean and vulgar
  • minds, such as the retinue of Ulysses.
  • But nobler spirits may converse, even in the midst of pleasures, if
  • the mind be well guarded with constancy and resolution. And thus some
  • delight to make a severe trial of their own virtue, and thoroughly
  • acquaint themselves with the folly and madness of pleasures, without
  • complying or being wholly given up to them; which is what Solomon
  • professes of himself when he closes the account of all the numerous
  • pleasures he gave a loose to, with this expression: “But wisdom still
  • continued with me.” Such heroes in virtue may, therefore, remain
  • unmoved by the greatest incentives to pleasure, and stop themselves on
  • the very precipice of danger; if, according to the example of Ulysses,
  • they turn a deaf ear to pernicious counsel, and the flatteries of their
  • friends and companions, which have the greatest power to shake and
  • unsettle the mind.
  • But the most excellent remedy, in every temptation, is that of Orpheus,
  • who, by loudly chanting and resounding the praises of the gods,
  • confounded the voices, and kept himself from hearing the music of the
  • Sirens; for divine contemplations exceed the pleasures of sense, not
  • only in power but also in sweetness.
  • FOOTNOTES:
  • [1] By B. Montagu. Appendix, note 3, 1.
  • [2] Baconiana, 201.
  • [3] Bacon’s Apophthegms.
  • [4] It is not surprising that ladies then received an education rare
  • in our own times. It should be remembered that in the sixteenth
  • century Latin was the language of courts and schools, of diplomacy,
  • politics, and theology; it was the universal language, and there was
  • then no literature in the modern tongues, except the Italian; indeed
  • all knowledge, ancient and modern, was conveyed to the world in the
  • language of the ancients. The great productions of Athens and Rome
  • were the intellectual all of our ancestors down to the middle of the
  • sixteenth century.
  • [5] _Prospetto delle Memorie aneddote dei Lincei da_ F. Cancellieri.
  • Roma, 1823. This fact is quoted by Monsieur Cousin, in a note to his
  • _Fragments de Philosophie Cartésienne_.
  • [6] Sir Robert Cecil.
  • [7] Gray’s Inn is one of the four Inns or companies for the study of
  • law.
  • [8] King’s or Queen’s Counsel are barristers that plead for the
  • government; they receive fees but no salary; the first were appointed
  • in the reign of Charles II. Queen’s Counsel extraordinary was a title
  • peculiar to Bacon, granted, as the patent specially states, _honoris
  • causa_.
  • [9] Letter to Lord Burleigh.
  • [10] The Solicitor-General is a law-officer inferior in rank to the
  • Attorney-General, with whom he is associated in the management of the
  • law business of the crown. He pleads also for private individuals, but
  • not against government. He has a small salary, but very considerable
  • fees. The salary in Bacon’s time was but seventy pounds.
  • [11] Bacon was, like other courtiers, in the habit of presenting the
  • Queen with a New Year’s gift. On one occasion, it was a white satin
  • petticoat embroidered with snakes and fruitage, as emblems of wisdom
  • and beauty. The donors varied in rank from the Lord Keeper down to the
  • dust-man.
  • [12] Essays.
  • [13] The Attorney-General is the public prosecutor on behalf of the
  • Crown, where the state is actually and not nominally the prosecutor.
  • He pleads also as a barrister in private causes, provided they are not
  • against the government. As he receives a fee for every case in which
  • the government is concerned, his emoluments are considerable; but he
  • has no salary. His official position secures to him the best practice
  • at the bar. The salary was, in Bacon’s time, but 81_l._ 6_s._ 8_d._ per
  • annum; but the situation yielded him six thousand pounds yearly.
  • [14] Preliminary Discourse on the Study of Natural Philosophy.
  • [15] Essay xvi.
  • [16] Decisions being given against the parties is no proof of
  • uncorruptness; it is always the party who loses his suit that
  • complains; the gainer receives the price of his bribe, and is silent.
  • [17] The exactions of his servants appear to have been very great;
  • their indulgence in every kind of extravagance, and the lavish
  • profuseness of his own expenses, were the principal causes of his ruin.
  • Mallet relates that one day, during the investigation into his conduct,
  • the Chancellor passed through a room where several of his servants were
  • sitting; as they arose from their seats to greet him, “Sit down, my
  • masters,” exclaimed he, “your rise hath been my fall.”
  • [18] Essay xi.
  • [19] Macaulay’s Essays.
  • [20] He was not, as has been erroneously supposed, stripped of his
  • titles of nobility; this was proposed; but it was negatived by the
  • majority formed by means of the bishops.
  • [21] The Prince of Wales, afterwards Charles the First, was before he
  • ascended the throne the patron of Bacon, who said of him in his will,
  • “my most gracious sovereign, who _ever when he was prince_ was my
  • patron.”
  • [22] The Seasons.
  • [23] Lives of the Lord Chancellors and Keepers of the Great Seal of
  • England.
  • [24] Bracton is one of the earliest writers of English law. He
  • flourished in the thirteenth century. The title of his work is _De
  • Legibus et Consuetudinibus Angliæ_, first printed in 1569.
  • [25] The woods on his estate of Gorhambury.
  • [26] Of the Interpretation of Nature.
  • [27] Ibid.
  • [28] New Atlantis.
  • [29] Advancement of Learning.
  • [30] Edinburgh Review.
  • [31] Essays.
  • [32] Advancement of Learning.
  • [33] Preliminary Discourse on the Study of Natural Philosophy.
  • [34] Tattler, No. 267.
  • [35] Introduction to the Literature of Europe in the fifteenth,
  • sixteenth, and seventeenth centuries.
  • [36] Montaigne says, in his author’s address to the reader:—
  • “_Ie veulx qu’on m’y veoye en ma façon simple, naturelle et ordinaire,
  • sans estude et artifice; car c’est moi que je peinds._” He says again
  • elsewhere: “_Ie n’ay pas plus faict mon livre, que mon livre m’a faict;
  • livre consubstantiel à son aucteur, d’une occupation propre, membre de
  • ma vie, non d’une occupation et fin tierce et estrangiere, comme touts
  • aultres livres_.” (Livre ii. ch. xviii.)
  • [37] Introduction to the Encyclopædia.
  • [38] Introduction to the Literature of Europe in the fifteenth,
  • sixteenth, and seventeenth centuries.
  • [39] Introduction to the Literature of Europe in the 15th, 16th, and
  • 17th centuries.
  • [40] No. 267.
  • [41] Essays.
  • [42] He refers to the following passage in the Gospel of St. John,
  • xviii. 38: “Pilate saith unto him, What is truth? And when he had said
  • this, he went out again unto the Jews, and saith unto them, I find in
  • him no fault at all.”
  • [43] He probably refers to the “New Academy,” a sect of Greek
  • philosophers, one of whose moot questions was, “What is truth?” Upon
  • which they came to the unsatisfactory conclusion, that mankind has no
  • criterion by which to form a judgment.
  • [44] Perhaps he was thinking of St. Augustine.—See _Aug. Confess._ i.
  • 25, 26.
  • [45] “The wine of evil spirits.”
  • [46] Genesis i. 3: “And God said, Let there be light, and there was
  • light.”
  • [47] At the moment when “The Lord God formed man out of the dust of
  • the ground, and breathed into his nostrils the breath of life; and man
  • became a living soul.”—_Genesis_ ii. 7.
  • [48] Lucretius, the Roman poet and Epicurean philosopher, is alluded
  • to.—_Lucret._ ii. _init._ Comp. _Adv. of Learning_, i. 8, 5.
  • [49] He refers to the sect which followed the doctrines of Epicurus.
  • The life of Epicurus himself was pure and abstemious in the extreme.
  • One of his leading tenets was, that the aim of all speculation should
  • be to enable men to judge with certainty what course is to be chosen,
  • in order to secure health of body and tranquillity of mind. The
  • adoption, however, of the term “pleasure,” as denoting this object,
  • has at all periods subjected the Epicurean system to great reproach;
  • which, in fact, is due rather to the conduct of many who, for their own
  • purposes, have taken shelter under the system in name only, than to
  • the tenets themselves, which did not inculcate libertinism. Epicurus
  • admitted the existence of the Gods, but he deprived them of the
  • characteristics of Divinity, either as creators or preservers of the
  • world.
  • [50] Lord Bacon has either translated this passage of Lucretius from
  • memory or has purposely paraphrased it. The following is the literal
  • translation of the original: “’Tis a pleasant thing, from the shore,
  • to behold the dangers of another upon the mighty ocean, when the
  • winds are lashing the main; not because it is a grateful pleasure
  • for any one to be in misery, but because it is a pleasant thing to
  • see those misfortunes from which you yourself are free: ’tis also
  • a pleasant thing to behold the mighty contests of warfare, arrayed
  • upon the plains, without a share in the danger; but nothing is there
  • more delightful than to occupy the elevated temples of the wise, well
  • fortified by tranquil learning, whence you may be able to look down
  • upon others, and see them straying in every direction, and wandering in
  • search of the path of life.”
  • [51] Michael de Montaigne, the celebrated French Essayist. His _Essays_
  • embrace a variety of topics, which are treated in a sprightly and
  • entertaining manner, and are replete with remarks indicative of strong
  • native good sense. He died in 1592. The following quotation is from
  • the second book of the _Essays_, c. 18: “Lying is a disgraceful vice,
  • and one that Plutarch, an ancient writer, paints in most disgraceful
  • colors, when he says that it is ‘affording testimony that one _first_
  • despises God, and then fears men;’ it is not possible more happily to
  • describe its horrible, disgusting, and abandoned nature; for, can we
  • imagine anything more vile than to be cowards with regard to men, and
  • brave with regard to God?”
  • [52] St. Luke xviii. 8: “Nevertheless, when the Son of man cometh,
  • shall he find faith upon the earth?”
  • [53] A portion of this _Essay_ is borrowed from the writings of Seneca.
  • See his _Letters to Lucilius_, B. iv. Ep. 24 and 82.
  • [54] “The array of the death-bed has more terrors than death itself.”
  • This quotation is from Seneca.
  • [55] He probably alludes to the custom of hanging the room in black
  • where the body of the deceased lay, a practice much more usual in
  • Bacon’s time than at the present day.
  • [56] Tacit. Hist. ii. 49.
  • [57] Ad Lucil. 77.
  • [58] “Reflect how often you do the same things; a man may wish to die,
  • not only because either he is brave or wretched, but even because he is
  • surfeited with life.”
  • [59] “Livia, mindful of our union, live on, and fare thee well.”—_Suet.
  • Aug. Vit._ c. 100.
  • [60] “His bodily strength and vitality were now forsaking Tiberius, but
  • not his duplicity.”—_Ann._ vi. 50.
  • [61] This was said as a reproof to his flatterers, and in spirit is not
  • unlike the rebuke administered by Canute to his retinue.—_Suet. Vespas.
  • Vit._ c. 23.
  • [62] “I am become a Divinity, I suppose.”
  • [63] “If it be for the advantage of the Roman people, strike.”—_Tac.
  • Hist._ i. 41.
  • [64] “If aught remains to be done by me, dispatch.”—_Dio Cass._ 76, _ad
  • fin._
  • [65] These were the followers of Zeno, a philosopher of Citium, in
  • Cyprus, who founded the Stoic school, or “School of the Portico,” at
  • Athens. The basis of his doctrines was the duty of making virtue the
  • object of all our researches. According to him, the pleasures of the
  • mind were preferable to those of the body, and his disciples were
  • taught to view with indifference health or sickness, riches or poverty,
  • pain or pleasure.
  • [66] “Who reckons the close of his life among the boons of nature.”
  • Lord Bacon here quotes from memory; the passage is in the tenth Satire
  • of Juvenal, and runs thus:—
  • “Fortem posce animum, mortis terrore carentem,
  • Qui spatium vitæ extremum inter munera ponat
  • Naturæ”—
  • “Pray for strong resolve, void of the fear of death, that reckons the
  • closing period of life among the boons of nature.”
  • [67] He alludes to the song of Simeon, to whom the Holy Ghost had
  • revealed, “that he should not see death before he had seen the Lord’s
  • Christ.” When he beheld the infant Jesus in the temple, he took
  • the child in his arms and burst forth into a song of thanksgiving,
  • commencing, “Lord, now lettest thou thy servant depart in peace,
  • according to thy word, for mine eyes have seen thy salvation.”—_St.
  • Luke_ ii. 29.
  • [68] “When dead, the same person shall be beloved.”—_Hor. Ep._ ii. 1,
  • 14.
  • [69] “Behold, he is in the desert.”—_St. Matthew_ xxiv. 26.
  • [70] “Behold, he is in the secret chambers.”—_Ib._
  • [71] He alludes to 1 Corinthians xiv. 23: “If, therefore, the whole
  • church be come together into one place, and all speak with tongues, and
  • there come in those that are unlearned, or unbelievers, will they not
  • say that ye are mad?”
  • [72] Psalm i. 1: “Blessed is the man that walketh not in the counsel
  • of the ungodly, nor standeth in the way of sinners, nor sitteth in the
  • seat of the scornful.”
  • [73] This dance, which was originally called the Morisco dance is
  • supposed to have been derived from the Moors of Spain; the dancers in
  • earlier times blackening their faces to resemble Moors. It was probably
  • a corruption of the ancient Pyrrhic dance, which was performed by
  • men in armor, and which is mentioned as still existing in Greece, in
  • Byron’s “Song of the Greek Captive:”—
  • “You have the Pyrrhic dance as yet.”
  • Attitude and gesture formed one of the characteristics of the dance. It
  • is still practised in some parts of England.—_Rabelais, Pantag._ ii. 7.
  • [74] 2 Kings ix. 18.
  • [75] He alludes to the words in Revelation, c. iii. v. 14, 15, 16: “And
  • unto the angel of the church of the Laodiceans write; These things
  • saith the Amen, the faithful and true Witness, the beginning of the
  • creation of God; I know thy works, that thou art neither cold nor
  • hot.—I will spue thee out of my mouth.” Laodicea was a city of Asia
  • Minor. St. Paul established the church there which is here referred to.
  • [76] St. Matthew xii. 30.
  • [77] “In the garment there may be many colors, but let there be no
  • rending of it.”
  • [78] “Avoid profane and vain babblings, and oppositions of science,
  • falsely so called.”—1 _Tim._ vi. 20.
  • [79] He alludes to the dream of Nebuchadnezzar, significant of the
  • limited duration of his kingdom.—See _Daniel_ ii. 33, 41.
  • [80] Mahomet proselytized by giving to the nations which he conquered,
  • the option of the Koran or the sword.
  • [81] “To deeds so dreadful could religion prompt.” The poet refers
  • to the sacrifice by Agamemnon, the Grecian leader, of his daughter
  • Iphigenia, with the view of appeasing the wrath of Diana.—_Lucret._ i.
  • 95.
  • [82] He alludes to the massacre of the Huguenots, or Protestants, in
  • France, which took place on St. Bartholomew’s day, August 24, 1572,
  • by the order of Charles IX. and his mother, Catherine de Medici. On
  • this occasion about 60,000 persons perished, including the Admiral De
  • Coligny, one of the most virtuous men that France possessed, and the
  • main stay of the Protestant cause.
  • [83] More generally known as “The Gunpowder Plot.”
  • [84] Isa. xiv. 14.
  • [85] Allusion is made to the “caduceus,” with which Mercury, the
  • messenger of the Gods, summoned the souls of the departed to the
  • infernal regions.
  • [86] “The wrath of man worketh not the righteousness of God.”—_James_
  • i. 20.
  • [87] He alludes to Cosmo de Medici, or Cosmo I., chief of the Republic
  • of Florence, the encourager of literature and the fine arts.
  • [88] Job ii. 10.—“Shall we receive good at the hand of God, and shall
  • we not receive evil?”
  • [89] By “public revenges,” he means punishment awarded by the state
  • with the sanction of the laws.
  • [90] He alludes to the retribution dealt by Augustus and Anthony to the
  • murderers of Julius Cæsar. It is related by ancient historians, as a
  • singular fact, that not one of them died a natural death.
  • [91] Henry III. of France was assassinated in 1599, by Jacques Clement,
  • a Jacobin monk, in the frenzy of fanaticism. Although Clement justly
  • suffered punishment, the end of this bloodthirsty and bigoted tyrant
  • may be justly deemed a retribution dealt by the hand of an offended
  • Providence; so truly does the Poet say:—
  • “neque enim lex æquior ulla
  • Quam necis artifices arte perire suâ.”
  • [92] Sen. Ad Lucil. 66.
  • [93] Ibid. 53.
  • [94] Stesichorus, Apollodorus, and others. Lord Bacon makes a similar
  • reference to this myth in his treatise “On the Wisdom of the Ancients.”
  • “It is added with great elegance, to console and strengthen the minds
  • of men, that this mighty hero (Hercules) sailed in a cup or ‘urceus,’
  • in order that they may not too much fear and allege the narrowness
  • of their nature and its frailty; as if it were not capable of such
  • fortitude and constancy; of which very thing Seneca argued well, when
  • he said, ‘It is a great thing to have at the same time the frailty of a
  • man, and the security of a God.’”
  • [95] Funereal airs. It must be remembered that many of the Psalms of
  • David were written by him when persecuted by Saul, as also in the
  • tribulation caused by the wicked conduct of his son Absalom. Some of
  • them, too, though called “The Psalms of David,” were really composed
  • by the Jews in their captivity at Babylon; as, for instance, the 137th
  • Psalm, which so beautifully commences, “By the waters of Babylon there
  • we sat down.” One of them is supposed to be the composition of Moses.
  • [96] This fine passage, beginning at “Prosperity is the blessing,”
  • which was not published till 1625, twenty-eight years after the first
  • Essays, has been quoted by Macaulay, with considerable justice, as a
  • proof that the writer’s fancy did not decay with the advance of old
  • age, and that his style in his later years became richer and softer.
  • The learned critic contrasts this passage with the terse style of the
  • Essay of Studies (Essay 50), which was published in 1597.
  • [97] Tac. Ann. v. 1.
  • [98] Tac. Hist. ii. 76.
  • [99] A word now unused, signifying the “traits,” or “features.”
  • [100] A truth.—_A. L._ II. xxiii. 14.
  • [101] Proverbs x. 1: “A wise son maketh a glad father, but a foolish
  • son is the heaviness of his mother.”
  • [102] Petted—spoiled.
  • [103] This word seems here to mean “a plan,” or “method,” as proved by
  • its results.
  • [104] Ends in.
  • [105] There is considerable justice in this remark. Children should be
  • taught to do what is right for its own sake, and because it is their
  • duty to do so, and not that they may have the selfish gratification of
  • obtaining the reward which their companions have failed to secure, and
  • of being led to think themselves superior to their companions. When
  • launched upon the world, emulation will be quite sufficiently forced
  • upon them by stern necessity.
  • [106] “Select _that course of life_ which is the most advantageous;
  • habit will soon render it pleasant and easily endured.”
  • [107] His meaning is, that if clergymen have the expenses of a family
  • to support, they will hardly find means for the exercise of benevolence
  • toward their parishioners.
  • [108] “He preferred his aged wife Penelope to immortality.” This
  • was when Ulysses was entreated by the goddess Calypso to give up
  • all thoughts of returning to Ithaca, and to remain with her in the
  • enjoyment of immortality.—_Plut. Gryll._ 1.
  • [109] “May have a pretext,” or “excuse.”
  • [110] Thales, _Vide_ Diog. Laert. i. 26.
  • [111] So prevalent in ancient times was the notion of the injurious
  • effects of the eye of envy, that, in common parlance, the Romans
  • generally used the word “_præfiscini_,”—“without risk of enchantment,”
  • or “fascination,” when they spoke in high terms of themselves. They
  • supposed that they thereby averted the effects of enchantment produced
  • by the evil eye of any envious person who might at that moment possibly
  • be looking upon them. Lord Bacon probably here alludes to St. Mark vii.
  • 21, 22: “Out of the heart of men proceedeth—deceit, lasciviousness, an
  • evil eye.” Solomon also speaks of the evil eye, Prov. xxiii. 6, and
  • xxviii. 22.
  • [112] To be even with him.
  • [113] “There is no person a busybody, but what he is ill-natured too.”
  • This passage is from the Stichus of Plautus.
  • [114] Narses superseded Belisarius in the command of the armies of
  • Italy, by the orders of the Emperor Justinian. He defeated Totila, the
  • king of the Goths (who had taken Rome), in a decisive engagement, in
  • which the latter was slain. He governed Italy with consummate ability
  • for thirteen years, when he was ungratefully recalled by Justin the
  • Second, the successor of Justinian.
  • [115] Tamerlane, or Timour, was a native of Samarcand, of which
  • territory he was elected emperor. He overran Persia, Georgia,
  • Hindostan, and captured Bajazet, the valiant Sultan of the Turks, at
  • the battle of Angora, 1402, whom he is said to have inclosed in a
  • cage of iron. His conquests extended from the Irtish and Volga to the
  • Persian Gulf, and from the Ganges to the Grecian Archipelago. While
  • preparing for the invasion of China, he died, in the 70th year of his
  • age, A. D. 1405. He was tall and corpulent in person, but was maimed in
  • one hand, and lame on the right side.
  • [116] Spartian Vit. Adrian, 15.
  • [117] Comes under the observation.
  • [118] “By a leap,” _i. e._ over the heads of others.
  • [119] “How vast _the evils_ we endure.”
  • [120] He probably alludes to the custom of the Athenians, who
  • frequently ostracized or banished by vote their public men, lest they
  • should become too powerful.
  • [121] From _in_ and _video_,—“to look upon;” with reference to the
  • so-called “evil eye” of the envious.
  • [122] “Envy keeps no holidays.”
  • [123] See St. Matthew xiii. 25.
  • [124] Beholden.
  • [125] He iniquitously attempted to obtain possession of the person of
  • Virginia, who was killed by her father Virginius, to prevent her from
  • falling a victim to his lust. This circumstance caused the fall of the
  • Decemviri at Rome, who had been employed in framing the code of laws
  • afterwards known as “The Laws of the Twelve Tables.” They narrowly
  • escaped being burned alive by the infuriated populace.
  • [126] “We are a sufficient theme for contemplation, the one for the
  • other.”—_Sen. Epist. Mor._ 1. 7. (A. L. l. iii. 6.) Pope seems,
  • notwithstanding this censure of Bacon, to have been of the same opinion
  • with Epicurus:—
  • “Know then thyself, presume not God to scan,
  • The proper study for mankind is man.”
  • _Essay on Man_, Ep. ii. 1. 2.
  • Indeed, Lord Bacon seems to have misunderstood the saying of Epicurus,
  • who did not mean to recommend man as the sole object of the bodily
  • vision, but as the proper theme for mental contemplation.
  • [127] Amare et sapere vix Deo conceditur.—_Pub. Syr. Sent._ 15. (A. L.
  • ii. proœ. 10.)
  • [128] He refers here to the judgment of Paris, mentioned by Ovid in his
  • Epistles, of the Heroines.
  • [129] Montaigne has treated this subject before Bacon, under the title
  • of _De l’incommodité de la Grandeur_. (B. iii. ch. vii.)
  • [130] “Since you are not what you were, there is no reason why you
  • should wish to live.”
  • [131] “Death presses heavily upon him, who, well known to all others,
  • dies unknown to himself.”—_Sen. Thyest._ ii. 401.
  • [132] “And God turned to behold the works which his hands had made, and
  • he saw that everything was very good.”—See _Gen._ i. 31.
  • [133] “As a matter of course.”
  • [134] Too great easiness of access.
  • [135] Predilections that are undeserved.
  • [136] Proverbs xxviii. 21. The whole passage stands thus in our
  • version: “He that maketh haste to be rich shall not be innocent. To
  • have respect of persons is not good; for, for a piece of bread, that
  • man will transgress.”
  • [137] “By the consent of all he was fit to govern, if he had not
  • governed.”
  • [138] “Of the emperors, Vespasian alone changed for the better _after
  • his accession_.”—_Tac. Hist._ i. 49, 50 (A. L. ii. xxii. 5).
  • [139] Plut. vit. Demosth. 17, 18.
  • [140] It is not improbable that this passage suggested Pope’s beautiful
  • lines in the _Essay on Man_, Ep. i. 125-28.
  • “Pride still is aiming at the blest abodes,
  • Men would be angels, angels would be gods.
  • Aspiring to be gods, if angels fell,
  • Aspiring to be angels, men rebel.”
  • [141] Auger Gislen Busbec, or Busbequius, a learned traveller, born at
  • Comines, in Flanders, in 1522. He was employed by the Emperor Ferdinand
  • as ambassador to the Sultan Solyman II. He was afterwards ambassador to
  • France, where he died, in 1592. His “Letters” relative to his travels
  • in the East, which are written in Latin, contain much interesting
  • information. They were the pocket companion of Gibbon, and are highly
  • praised by him.
  • [142] In this instance the stork or crane was probably protected, not
  • on the abstract grounds mentioned in the text, but for reasons of state
  • policy and gratitude combined. In Eastern climates the cranes and dogs
  • are far more efficacious than human agency in removing filth and offal,
  • and thereby diminishing the chances of pestilence. Superstition, also,
  • may have formed another motive, as we learn from a letter written from
  • Adrianople, by Lady Montagu, in 1718, that storks were “held there in
  • a sort of religious reverence, because they are supposed to make every
  • winter the pilgrimage to Mecca. To say truth, they are the happiest
  • subjects under the Turkish government, and are so sensible of their
  • privileges, that they walk the streets without fear, and generally
  • build their nests in the lower parts of the houses. Happy are those
  • whose houses are so distinguished, as the vulgar Turks are perfectly
  • persuaded that they will not be that year attacked either by fire or
  • pestilence.” Storks are still protected, by municipal law, in Holland,
  • and roam unmolested about the market-places.
  • [143] Nicolo Machiavelli, a Florentine statesman. He wrote “Discourses
  • on the first Decade of Livy,” which were conspicuous for their
  • liberality of sentiment, and just and profound reflections. This work
  • was succeeded by his famous treatise, “Il Principe,” “The Prince;”
  • his patron, Cæsar Borgia, being the model of the perfect prince there
  • described by him. The whole scope of this work is directed to one
  • object—the maintenance of power, however acquired. Though its precepts
  • are no doubt based upon the actual practice of the Italian politicians
  • of that day, it has been suggested by some writers that the work was
  • a covert exposure of the deformity of the shocking maxims that it
  • professes to inculcate. The question of his motives has been much
  • discussed, and is still considered open. The word “Machiavellism” has,
  • however, been adopted to denote all that is deformed, insincere, and
  • perfidious in politics. He died in great poverty, in the year 1527.
  • [144] _Vide_ Disc. Sop. Liv. ii. 2.
  • [145] St. Matthew v. 45. “For he maketh his sun rise on the evil and on
  • the good, and sendeth rain on the just and on the unjust.”
  • [146] This is a portion of our Saviour’s reply to the rich man who
  • asked him what he should do to inherit eternal life: “Then Jesus
  • beholding him, loved him, and said unto him, One thing thou lackest:
  • go thy way, sell whatsoever thou hast, and give to the poor, and thou
  • shalt have treasure in heaven; and come, take up the cross, and follow
  • me.”—_St. Mark_ x. 21.
  • [147] See St. Luke xvi. 21.
  • [148] Timon of Athens, as he is generally called (being so styled by
  • Shakspeare in the play which he has founded on his story), was surnamed
  • the “Misanthrope,” from the hatred which he bore to his fellow-men.
  • He was attached to Apemantus, another Athenian of similar character
  • to himself, and he professed to esteem Alcibiades, because he foresaw
  • that he would one day bring ruin on his country. Going to the public
  • assembly on one occasion, he mounted the rostrum, and stated that he
  • had a fig-tree, on which many worthy citizens had ended their days
  • by the halter; that he was going to cut it down for the purpose of
  • building on the spot, and therefore recommended all such as were
  • inclined, to avail themselves of it before it was too late.
  • [149] A piece of timber that has grown crooked, and has been so cut
  • that the trunk and branch form an angle.
  • [150] He probably here refers to the myrrh-tree. Incision is the method
  • usually adopted for extracting the resinous juices of trees; as in the
  • India-rubber and gutta-percha trees.
  • [151] “A votive,” and, in the present instance, a “vicarious offering.”
  • He alludes to the words of St. Paul in his Second Epistle to Timothy
  • ii. 10: “Therefore I endure all things for the elect’s sake, that they
  • may also obtain the salvation which is in Christ Jesus with eternal
  • glory.”
  • [152] Consideration of, or predilection for, particular persons.
  • [153] The Low Countries had then recently emancipated themselves from
  • the galling yoke of Spain. They were called the Seven United Provinces
  • of the Netherlands.
  • [154] This passage may at first sight appear somewhat contradictory;
  • but he means to say, that those who are first ennobled will commonly be
  • found more conspicuous for the prominence of their qualities, both good
  • and bad.
  • [155] Consistent with reason and justice.
  • [156] The periods of the Equinoxes.
  • [157] “He often warns, too, that secret revolt is impending, that
  • treachery and open warfare are ready to burst forth.”—_Virg. Georg._ i.
  • 465.
  • [158] “Mother Earth, exasperated at the wrath of the Deities, produced
  • her, as they tell, a last birth, a sister to the giants Cœus, and
  • Enceladus.”—_Virg. Æn._ iv. 179.
  • [159] “Great public odium once excited, his deeds, whether good or
  • whether bad, cause his downfall.” Bacon has here quoted incorrectly,
  • probably from memory. The words of Tacitus are (_Hist._ B. i. C. 7):
  • “Inviso semel principe, seu bene, seu male, facta premunt,”—“The ruler
  • once detested, his actions, whether good or whether bad, cause his
  • downfall.”
  • [160] “They attended to their duties; but still, as preferring rather
  • to discuss the commands of their rulers, than to obey them.”—_Tac.
  • Hist._ ii. 39.
  • [161] He alludes to the bad policy of Henry the Third of France, who
  • espoused the part of “The League,” which was formed by the Duke of
  • Guise and other Catholics for the extirpation of the Protestant faith.
  • When too late he discovered his error, and finding his own authority
  • entirely superseded, he caused the Duke of Guise and the Cardinal De
  • Lorraine, his brother, to be assassinated.
  • [162] “The primary motive power.” He alludes to an imaginary centre of
  • gravitation, or central body, which was supposed to set all the other
  • heavenly bodies in motion.
  • [163] “Too freely to remember their own rulers.”
  • [164] “I will unloose the girdles of kings.” He probably alludes here
  • to the first verse of the 45th chapter of Isaiah: “Thus saith the Lord
  • to his anointed, to Cyrus, whose right hand I have holden, to subdue
  • nations before him; and I will loose the loins of kings, to open before
  • him the two-leaved gates.”
  • [165] “Hence devouring usury, and interest accumulating in lapse
  • of time; hence shaken credit, and warfare, profitable to the
  • many.”—_Lucan. Phars._ i. 181.
  • [166] “Warfare profitable to the many.”
  • [167] “To grief there is a limit, not so to fear.”
  • [168] “Check,” or “daunt.”
  • [169] This is similar to the proverb now in common use: “’Tis the last
  • feather that breaks the back of the camel.”
  • [170] The state.
  • [171] Though sumptuary laws are probably just in theory, they have been
  • found impracticable in any other than infant states. Their principle,
  • however, is certainly recognized in such countries as by statutory
  • enactment discountenance gaming. Those who are opposed to such laws
  • upon principle, would do well to look into Bernard Mandeville’s
  • “Fable of the Bees,” or “Private Vices Public Benefits.” The Romans
  • had numerous sumptuary laws, and in the Middle Ages there were many
  • enactments in this country against excess of expenditure upon wearing
  • apparel and the pleasures of the table.
  • [172] He means that they do not add to the capital of the country.
  • [173] At the expense of foreign countries.
  • [174] “The workmanship will surpass the material.”—_Ovid, Met._ B. ii.
  • l. 5.
  • [175] He alludes to the manufactures of the Low Countries.
  • [176] Like manure.
  • [177] Sometimes printed _engrossing, great pasturages_. By
  • _engrossing_, is meant the trade of _engrossers_—men who buy up all
  • that can be got of a particular commodity, then raise the price. By
  • _great pasturages_ is meant turning corn land into pasture. Of this
  • practice great complaints had been made for near a century before
  • Bacon’s time, and a law passed to prevent it.—See _Lord Herbert of
  • Cherbury’s History of Henry VIII._
  • [178] The myth of Pandora’s box, which is here referred to, is related
  • in the _Works and Days_ of Hesiod. Epimetheus was the personification
  • of “Afterthought,” while his brother Prometheus represented
  • “Forethought,” or prudence. It was not Epimetheus that opened the box,
  • but Pandora—“All-gift,” whom, contrary to the advice of his brother, he
  • had received at the hands of Mercury, and had made his wife. In their
  • house stood a closed jar, which they were forbidden to open. Till her
  • arrival, this had been kept untouched; but her curiosity prompting her
  • to open the lid, all the evils hitherto unknown to man flew out and
  • spread over the earth, and she only shut it down in time to prevent the
  • escape of Hope.
  • [179] “Sylla did not know his letters, _and so_ he could not dictate.”
  • This saying is attributed by Suetonius to Julius Cæsar. It is a play
  • on the Latin verb _dictare_, which means either “to dictate,” or “to
  • act the part of Dictator,” according to the context. As this saying was
  • presumed to be a reflection on Sylla’s ignorance, and to imply that by
  • reason thereof he was unable to maintain his power, it was concluded
  • by the Roman people that Cæsar, who was an elegant scholar, feeling
  • himself subject to no such inability, did not intend speedily to yield
  • the reins of power.—_Suet. Vit. C. Jul. Cæs._ 77, i. and _Cf._ _A. L._
  • i. vii. 12.
  • [180] “That soldiers were levied by him, not bought.”—_Tac. Hist._ i. 5.
  • [181] “If I live, there shall no longer be need of soldiers in the
  • Roman empire.”—_Flav. Vop. Vit. Prob._ 20.
  • [182] “And such was the state of feeling, that a few dared to
  • perpetrate the worst of crimes; more wished to do so; all submitted to
  • it.”—_Hist._ i. 28.
  • [183] He probably alludes to the legends or miraculous stories of the
  • saints; such as walking with their heads off, preaching to the fishes,
  • sailing over the sea on a cloak, &c. &c.
  • [184] This is a book that contains the Jewish traditions, and the
  • rabbinical explanations of the law. It is replete with wonderful
  • narratives.
  • [185] This passage not improbably contains the germ of Pope’s famous
  • lines:—
  • “A little learning is a dangerous thing;
  • Drink deep, or taste not the Pierian spring.”
  • [186] A philosopher of Abdera; the first who taught the system of
  • atoms, which was afterwards more fully developed by Democritus and
  • Epicurus.
  • [187] He was a disciple of the last-named philosopher, and held the
  • same principles; he also denied the existence of the soul after death.
  • He is considered to have been the parent of experimental philosophy,
  • and was the first to teach, what is now confirmed by science, that the
  • Milky Way is an accumulation of stars.
  • [188] Spirit.
  • [189] Psalm xiv. 1, and liii. 1.
  • [190] To whose (seeming) advantage it is; the wish being father to the
  • thought.
  • [191] “It is not profane to deny _the existence of_ the deities of the
  • vulgar; but, to apply to the divinities the received notions of the
  • vulgar, is profane.”—_Diog. Laert._ x. 123.
  • [192] He alludes to the native tribes of the continent of America and
  • the West Indies.
  • [193] He was an Athenian philosopher, who, from the greatest
  • superstition, became an avowed atheist. He was proscribed by the
  • Areiopagus for speaking against the gods with ridicule and contempt,
  • and is supposed to have died at Corinth.
  • [194] A Greek philosopher, a disciple of Theodorus the atheist, to
  • whose opinions he adhered. His life was said to have been profligate,
  • and his death superstitious.
  • [195] Lucian ridiculed the follies and pretensions of some of the
  • ancient philosophers; but though the freedom of his style was such as
  • to cause him to be censured for impiety, he hardly deserves the stigma
  • of atheism here cast upon him by the learned author.
  • [196] “It is not for us now to say, ‘Like priest like people,’ for
  • the people are not even so _bad_ as the priest.” St. Bernard, abbot
  • of Clairvaux, preached the second Crusade against the Saracens, and
  • was unsparing in his censures of the sins then prevalent among the
  • Christian priesthood. His writings are voluminous, and by some he has
  • been considered as the latest of the fathers of the Church.
  • [197] “A superior nature.”
  • [198] “We may admire ourselves, conscript fathers, as much as we
  • please; still, neither by numbers _did we vanquish_ the Spaniards,
  • nor by bodily strength the Gauls, nor by cunning the Carthaginians,
  • nor through the arts the Greeks, nor, in fine, by the inborn and
  • native good sense of this _our_ nation, and this _our_ race and soil,
  • the Italians and Latins themselves; but through our devotion and
  • our religious feeling, and this, the sole _true_ wisdom, the having
  • perceived that all things are regulated and governed by the providence
  • of the immortal Gods, have we subdued all races and nations.”—_Cic. de.
  • Harus. Respon._ 9.
  • [199] The justice of this position is, perhaps, somewhat doubtful. The
  • superstitious man _must_ have _some_ scruples, while he who believes
  • not in a God (if there is such a person), _needs_ have _none_.
  • [200] Time was personified in Saturn, and by this story was meant its
  • tendency to destroy whatever it has brought into existence.—_Plut. de
  • Superstit._ x.
  • [201] The primary motive power.
  • [202] This Council commenced in 1545, and lasted eighteen years.
  • It was convened for the purpose of opposing the rising spirit of
  • Protestantism, and of discussing and settling the disputed points of
  • the Catholic faith.
  • [203] Irregular or anomalous movements.
  • [204] An epicycle is a smaller circle, whose centre is in the
  • circumference of a greater one.
  • [205] To account for.
  • [206] Synods, or councils.
  • [207] At the present day called _attachés_.
  • [208] He probably means the refusing to join on the occasion of
  • drinking healths when taking wine.
  • [209] Something to create excitement.
  • [210] “The heart of kings is unsearchable.”—_Prov._ v. 3.
  • [211] Commodus fought naked in public as a gladiator, and prided
  • himself on his skill as a swordsman.
  • [212] Making a stop at, or dwelling too long upon.
  • [213] After a prosperous reign of twenty-one years, Diocletian
  • abdicated the throne, and retired to a private station.
  • [214] After having reigned thirty-five years, he abdicated the thrones
  • of Spain and Germany, and passed the last two years of his life in
  • retirement at St. Just, a convent in Estremadura.
  • [215] Philost. vit. Apoll. Tyan. v. 28.
  • [216] “The desires of monarchs are generally impetuous and conflicting
  • among themselves.”—Quoted rightly, _A. L._ ii. xxii. 5, from _Sallust_
  • (B. J. 113).
  • [217] He was especially the rival of the Emperor Charles the Fifth,
  • and was one of the most distinguished sovereigns that ever ruled over
  • France.
  • [218] An eminent historian of Florence. His great work, which is here
  • alluded to, is, “The History of Italy during his own Time,” which is
  • considered one of the most valuable productions of that age.
  • [219] Spoken badly of. Livia was said to have hastened the death of
  • Augustus, to prepare the accession of her son Tiberius to the throne.
  • [220] Solyman the Magnificent was one of the most celebrated of the
  • Ottoman monarchs. He took the Isle of Rhodes from the Knights of St.
  • John. He also subdued Moldavia, Wallachia, and the greatest part of
  • Hungary, and took from the Persians Georgia and Bagdad. He died A. D.
  • 1566. His wife Roxolana (who was originally a slave called Rosa or
  • Hazathya), with the Pasha Rustan, conspired against the life of his
  • son Mustapha, and by their instigation this distinguished prince was
  • strangled in his father’s presence.
  • [221] The infamous Isabella of Anjou.
  • [222] Adulteresses.
  • [223] He, however, distinguished himself by taking Cyprus from the
  • Venetians in the year 1571.
  • [224] He was falsely accused by his brother Perseus of attempting to
  • dethrone his father, on which he was put to death by the order of
  • Philip, B. C. 180.
  • [225] Anselm was Archbishop of Canterbury in the time of William Rufus
  • and Henry the First. Though his private life was pious and exemplary,
  • through his rigid assertion of the rights of the clergy he was
  • continually embroiled with his sovereign. Thomas à Becket pursued a
  • similar course, but with still greater violence.
  • [226] The great vessel that conveys the blood to the liver, after it
  • has been enriched by the absorption of nutriment from the intestines.
  • [227] This is an expression similar to our proverb, “Penny-wise and
  • pound-foolish.”
  • [228] A subdivision of the shire.
  • [229] The Janizaries were the body-guards of the Turkish sultans, and
  • enacted the same disgraceful part in making and unmaking monarchs, as
  • the mercenary Prætorian guards of the Roman Empire.
  • [230] “Remember that thou art a man.”
  • [231] “Remember that thou art a God.”
  • [232] “The representative of God.”
  • [233] Isaiah ix. 6: “His name shall be called, Wonderful, Counsellor,
  • The mighty God, The everlasting Father, The Prince of Peace.”
  • [234] Prov. xx. 18: “Every purpose is established by counsel: and with
  • good advice make war.”
  • [235] The wicked Rehoboam, from whom the ten tribes of Israel revolted,
  • and elected Jeroboam their king.—See 1 _Kings_ xii.
  • [236] Hesiod, Theog. 886.
  • [237] The political world has not been convinced of the truth of this
  • doctrine of Lord Bacon; as cabinet councils are now held probably by
  • every sovereign in Europe.
  • [238] “I am full of outlets.”—_Ter. Eun._ I. ii. 25.
  • [239] That is, without a complicated machinery of government.
  • [240] Master of the Rolls and Privy Councillor under Henry VI., to
  • whose cause he faithfully adhered. Edward IV. promoted him to the See
  • of Ely, and made him Lord Chancellor. He was elevated to the See of
  • Canterbury by Henry VII., and in 1493 received the Cardinal’s hat.
  • [241] Privy Councillor and Keeper of the Privy Seal to Henry VII.,
  • and, after enjoying several bishoprics in succession, translated to
  • the See of Winchester. He was an able statesman, and highly valued by
  • Henry VII. On the accession of Henry VIII. his political influence was
  • counteracted by Wolsey; on which he retired to his diocese, and devoted
  • the rest of his life to acts of piety and munificence.
  • [242] Before mentioned, relative to Jupiter and Metis.
  • [243] Remedied.
  • [244] “He shall not find faith upon the earth.” Lord Bacon probably
  • alludes to the words of our Saviour, St. Luke xviii. 8: “When the Son
  • of man cometh, shall he find faith upon the earth?”
  • [245] He means to say, that this remark was only applicable to a
  • particular time, namely, the coming of Christ. The period of the
  • destruction of Jerusalem was probably referred to.
  • [246] “’Tis the especial virtue of a prince to know his own men.”
  • [247] In his disposition, or inclination.
  • [248] Liable to opposition from.
  • [249] “According to classes,” or, as we vulgarly say, “in the lump.”
  • Lord Bacon means that princes are not, as a matter of course, to take
  • counsellors merely on the presumption of talent, from their rank and
  • station; but that, on the contrary, they are to select such as are
  • tried men, and with regard to whom there can be no mistake.
  • [250] “The best counsellors are the dead.”
  • [251] “Are afraid” to open their mouths.
  • [252] “Night-time for counsel.”—ἐν νυκτὶ βουλή. _Gaisf. Par. Gr._ B.
  • 359.
  • [253] On the accession of James the Sixth of Scotland to the throne of
  • England in 1603.
  • [254] A phrase much in use with the Romans, signifying, “to attend to
  • the business in hand.”
  • [255] A tribunitial or declamatory manner.
  • [256] “I’ll follow the bent of your humor.”
  • [257] The Sibyl alluded to here is the Cumæan, the most celebrated, who
  • offered the Sibylline Books for sale to Tarquin the Proud.
  • “At this time, an unknown woman appeared at court, loaded with nine
  • volumes, which she offered to sell, but at a very considerable price.
  • Tarquin refusing to give it, she withdrew and burnt three of the nine.
  • Some time after she returned to court, and demanded the same price for
  • the remaining six. This made her looked upon as a mad woman, and she
  • was driven away with scorn. Nevertheless, having burnt the half of what
  • were left, she came a third time, and demanded for the remaining three
  • the same price which she had asked for the whole nine. The novelty of
  • such a proceeding, made Tarquin curious to have the books examined.
  • They were put, therefore, into the hands of the augurs, who, finding
  • them to be the oracles of the Sybil of Cumæ, declared them to be an
  • invaluable treasure. Upon this the woman was paid the sum she demanded,
  • and she soon after disappeared, having first exhorted the Romans to
  • preserve her books with care.”—_Hooke’s Roman History._
  • [258] Bald head. He alludes to the common saying: “Take time by the
  • forelock.”
  • [259] Phæd. viii.
  • [260] Hom. Il. v. 845.
  • [261] Packing the cards is an admirable illustration of the author’s
  • meaning. It is a cheating exploit, by which knaves, who, perhaps, are
  • inferior players, insure to themselves the certainty of good hands.
  • [262] “Send them both naked among strangers, and _then_ you will see.”
  • [263] This word is used here in its primitive sense of “retail
  • dealers.” It is said to have been derived from a custom of the
  • Flemings, who first settled in this country in the fourteenth century,
  • stopping the passengers as they passed their shops, and saying to them,
  • “Haber das, herr?”—“Will you take this, sir?” The word is now generally
  • used as synonymous with linen-draper.
  • [264] To watch.
  • [265] State.
  • [266] Discussing matters.
  • [267] He refers to the occasion when Nehemiah, on presenting the wine,
  • as cup-bearer to King Artaxerxes, appeared sorrowful, and, on being
  • asked the reason of it, entreated the king to allow Jerusalem to be
  • rebuilt.—_Nehemiah_ ii. 1.
  • [268] This can hardly be called a marriage, as, at the time of the
  • intrigue, Messalina was the wife of Claudius; but she forced Caius
  • Silius, of whom she was deeply enamored, to divorce his own wife,
  • that she herself might enjoy his society. The intrigue was disclosed
  • to Claudius by Narcissus, who was his freedman, and the pander to his
  • infamous vices; on which Silius was put to death. Vide _Tac. Ann._ xi.
  • 29, _seq._
  • [269] To speak in his turn.
  • [270] Be questioned upon.
  • [271] Kept on good terms.
  • [272] Desire it.
  • [273] “That he did not have various hopes in view, but solely the
  • safety of the emperor.” Tigellinus was the profligate minister of Nero,
  • and Africanus Burrhus was the chief of the Prætorian Guards.—_Tac.
  • Ann._ xiv. 57.
  • [274] As Nathan did, when he reproved David for his criminality with
  • Bathsheba.—2 _Samuel_ xii.
  • [275] Use indirect stratagems.
  • [276] He alludes to the old Cathedral of St. Paul, in London, which, in
  • the sixteenth century, was a common lounge for idlers.
  • [277] Movements, or springs.
  • [278] Chances, or vicissitudes.
  • [279] Enter deeply into.
  • [280] Faults, or weak points.
  • [281] “The wise man gives heed to his own footsteps; the fool turneth
  • aside to the snare.” No doubt he here alludes to Ecclesiastes xiv. 2,
  • which passage is thus rendered in our version: “The wise man’s eyes are
  • in his head; but the fool walketh in darkness.”
  • [282] Mischievous.
  • [283] It must be remembered that Bacon was not a favorer of the
  • Copernican system.
  • [284] “Lovers of themselves without a rival.”—_Ad. Qu. Fr._ iii. 8.
  • [285] Remedy.
  • [286] Adapted to each other.
  • [287] Injures or impairs.
  • [288] A thing suspected.
  • [289] He probably alludes to Jeremiah vi. 16: “Thus saith the Lord,
  • Stand ye in the ways, and see, and ask for the old paths, where is the
  • good way, and walk therein, and ye shall find rest for your souls.”
  • [290] That is, by means of good management.
  • [291] It is supposed that he here alludes to Sir Amyas Paulet, a very
  • able statesman, and the ambassador of Queen Elizabeth to the court of
  • France.
  • [292] Quotations.
  • [293] Apologies.
  • [294] Boasting.
  • [295] Prejudice.
  • [296] 2 Tim. iii. 5.
  • [297] “Trifles with great effort.”
  • [298] “With one brow raised to your forehead, the other bent downward
  • to your chin, you answer that cruelty delights you not.”—_In Pis._ 6.
  • [299] “A foolish man, who fritters away the weight of matters by
  • finespun trifling on words.”—Vide _Quint._ x. 1.
  • [300] Plat. Protag. i. 337.
  • [301] Find it easier to make difficulties and objections than to
  • originate.
  • [302] One really in insolvent circumstances, though to the world he
  • does not appear so.
  • [303] He here quotes from a passage in the _Politica_ of Aristotle,
  • book i. “He who is unable to mingle in society, or who requires
  • nothing, by reason of sufficing for himself, is no part of the state,
  • so that he is either a wild beast or a divinity.”
  • [304] Epimenides, a poet of Crete (of which Candia is the modern name),
  • is said by Pliny to have fallen into a sleep which lasted 57 years.
  • He was also said to have lived 299 years. Numa pretended that he was
  • instructed in the art of legislation by the divine nymph Egeria, who
  • dwelt in the Arician grove. Empedocles, the Sicilian philosopher,
  • declared himself to be immortal, and to be able to cure all evils.
  • He is said by some to have retired from society that his death might
  • not be known, and to have thrown himself into the crater of Mount
  • Ætna. Apollonius of Tyana, the Pythagorean philosopher, pretended to
  • miraculous powers, and after his death a temple was erected to him at
  • that place. His life is recorded by Philostratus; and some persons,
  • among whom are Hierocles, Dr. More, in his Mystery of Godliness, and
  • recently Strauss, have not hesitated to compare his miracles with those
  • of our Saviour.
  • [305] “A great city, a great desert.”
  • [306] Sarsaparilla.
  • [307] A liquid matter of a pungent smell, extracted from a portion of
  • the body of the beaver.
  • [308] “Partakers of cares.”
  • [309] Plutarch (_Vit. Pomp._ 19) relates that Pompey said this upon
  • Sylla’s refusal to give him a triumph.
  • [310] Plut. Vit. J. Cæs. 64.
  • [311] Cic. Philip. xiii. 11.
  • [312] “These things, by reason of our friendship, I have not concealed
  • _from you_.”—Vide _Tac. Ann._ iv. 40.
  • [313] Dio Cass. lxxv.
  • [314] Such infamous men as Tiberius and Sejanus hardly deserve this
  • commendation.
  • [315] Philip de Comines.
  • [316] Charles the Bold, Duke of Burgundy, the valiant antagonist of
  • Louis XI. of France. De Comines spent his early years at his court,
  • but afterwards passed into the service of Louis XI. This monarch was
  • notorious for his cruelty, treachery, and dissimulation, and had all
  • the bad qualities of his contemporary, Edward IV. of England, without
  • any of his redeeming virtues.
  • [317] Pythagoras went still further than this, as he forbade his
  • disciples to eat flesh of any kind whatever. See the interesting
  • speech which Ovid attributes to him in the fifteenth book of the
  • Metamorphoses. Sir Thomas Browne, in his Pseudoxia (_Browne’s Works_,
  • Bohn’s Antiq. ed. vol. i. p. 27, _et seq._), gives some curious
  • explanations of the doctrines of this philosopher.—_Plut. de Educat.
  • Puer._ 17.
  • [318] Tapestry. Speaking hypercritically, Lord Bacon commits an
  • anachronism here, as Arras did not manufacture tapestry till the middle
  • ages.
  • [319] Plut. Vit. Themist. 28.
  • [320] Ap. Stob. Serm. v. 120.
  • [321] James i. 23.
  • [322] He alludes to the recommendation which moralists have often
  • given, that a person in anger should go through the alphabet to
  • himself, before he allows himself to speak.
  • [323] In his day, the musket was fixed upon a stand, called the “rest,”
  • much as the gingals or matchlocks are used in the East at the present
  • day.
  • [324] From debts and incumbrances.
  • [325] Plut. Vit. Themist. ad init.
  • [326] “Equal to business.”
  • [327] He alludes to the following passage, St. Matthew xiii. 31:
  • “Another parable put he forth unto them, saying, The kingdom of heaven
  • is like to a grain of mustard-seed, which a man took and sowed in his
  • field; which indeed is the least of all seeds; but when it is grown, it
  • is the greatest among herbs, and becometh a tree, so that the birds of
  • the air come and lodge in the branches thereof.”
  • [328] Virg. Ecl. vii. 51.
  • [329] Vide. _A. L._ i. vii. 11.
  • [330] He was vanquished by Lucullus, and finally submitted to
  • Pompey.—_Plut. Vit. Lucull._ 27.
  • [331] He alludes to the prophetic words of Jacob on his death-bed,
  • Gen. xlix. 9, 14, 15: “Judah is a lion’s whelp; ... he stooped down,
  • he couched as a lion, and as an old lion.... Issachar is a strong ass
  • couching down between two burdens: And he saw that rest was good, and
  • the land that it was pleasant; and bowed his shoulder to bear, and
  • became a servant unto tribute.”
  • [332] Sums of money voluntarily contributed by the people for the use
  • of the sovereign.
  • [333] Young trees.
  • [334] “A land strong in arms and in the richness of the soil.”—_Virg.
  • Æn._ i. 535.
  • [335] He alludes to the dream of Nebuchadnezzar, which is mentioned
  • Daniel iv. 10; “I saw, and behold a tree in the midst of the earth, and
  • the height thereof was great. The tree grew, and was strong, and the
  • height thereof reached unto heaven, and the sight thereof to the end
  • of all the earth: the leaves thereof were fair, and the fruit thereof
  • much, and in it was meat for all; the beasts of the field had shadow
  • under it, and the fowls of the heaven dwelt in the boughs thereof, and
  • all flesh was fed of it.”
  • [336] “Right of citizenship.”
  • [337] “Right of trading.”
  • [338] “Right of intermarriage.”
  • [339] “Right of inheritance.”
  • [340] “Right of suffrage.”
  • [341] “Right of honors.”
  • [342] Long since the time of Lord Bacon, as soon as these colonies
  • had arrived at a certain state of maturity, they at different periods
  • revolted from the mother country.
  • [343] The laws and ordinances promulgated by the sovereigns of Spain
  • were so called. The term was derived from the Byzantine empire.
  • [344] Qualifications.
  • [345] Attend to.
  • [346] For a short or transitory period.
  • [347] Be in a hurry.
  • [348] It was its immense armaments that in a great measure consumed the
  • vitals of Spain.
  • [349] “Pompey’s plan is clearly that of Themistocles; for he believes
  • that whoever is master of the sea will obtain the supreme power.”—_Ad
  • Att._ x. 8.
  • [350] Encomiums.
  • [351] St. Matthew vi. 27; St. Luke xii. 25.
  • [352] The effects of which must be felt in old age.
  • [353] Of benefit in your individual case.
  • [354] Any striking change in the constitution.
  • [355] Take medical advice.
  • [356] Incline rather to fully satisfying your hunger.
  • [357] Celsus _de Med._ i. 1.
  • [358] To hope the best, but be fully prepared for the worst.
  • [359] “Suspicion is the passport to faith.”
  • [360] A censure of this nature has been applied by some to Dr. Johnson,
  • and possibly with some reason.
  • [361] To start the subject.
  • [362] Requires to be bridled.
  • [363] He quotes here from Ovid: “Boy, spare the whip, and tightly grasp
  • the reins.”—_Met._ ii. 127.
  • [364] One who tests or examines.
  • [365] The galliard was a light active dance, much in fashion in the
  • time of Queen Elizabeth.
  • [366] Hits at, or remarks intended to be applied to, particular
  • individuals.
  • [367] A slight or insult.
  • [368] A sarcastic remark.
  • [369] The old term for colonies.
  • [370] He perhaps alludes covertly to the conduct of the Spaniards in
  • extirpating the aboriginal inhabitants of the West India Islands,
  • against which the venerable Las Casas so eloquently but vainly
  • protested.
  • [371] Of course, this censure would not apply to what is primarily
  • and essentially a convict colony; the object of which is to drain the
  • mother country of its impure superfluities.
  • [372] Times have much changed since this was penned, tobacco is now the
  • staple commodity, and the source of “the main business” of Virginia.
  • [373] To labor hard.
  • [374] Marshy; from the French _marais_, a marsh.
  • [375] Gewgaws, or spangles.
  • [376] He alludes to Ecclesiastes v. 11, the words of which are somewhat
  • varied in our version: “When goods increase, they are increased that
  • eat them; and what good is there to the owners thereof, saving the
  • beholding of them with their eyes?”
  • [377] “The rich man’s wealth is his strong city.”—_Proverbs_ x. 15;
  • xviii. 11.
  • [378] “In his anxiety to increase his fortune, it was evident that not
  • the gratification of avarice was sought, but the means of doing good.”
  • [379] “He who hastens to riches will not be without guilt.” In our
  • version the words are: “He that maketh haste to be rich shall not be
  • innocent.”—_Proverbs_ xxviii. 22.
  • [380] Pluto being the king of the infernal regions, or place of
  • departed spirits.
  • [381] Rent-roll, or account taken of income.
  • [382] Wait till prices have risen.
  • [383] “In the sweat of another’s brow.” He alludes to the words of
  • Genesis iii. 19: “In the sweat of thy face shalt thou eat bread.”
  • [384] Planter of sugar-canes.
  • [385] “Wills and childless persons were caught _by him_, as though with
  • a hunting-net.”—_Tacit. Ann._ xiii. 42.
  • [386] “Pythoness,” used in the sense of witch. He alludes to the witch
  • of Endor, and the words in Samuel xxviii. 19. He is, however, mistaken
  • in attributing these words to the witch: it was the spirit of Samuel
  • that said, “To-morrow shalt thou and thy sons be with me.”
  • [387] “But the house of Æneas shall reign over every shore, both his
  • children’s children, and those who shall spring from them.”—_Æn._ iii.
  • 97.
  • [388] “After the lapse of years, ages will come in which Ocean shall
  • relax his chains around the world, and a vast continent shall appear,
  • and Tiphys shall explore new regions, and Thule shall be no longer the
  • utmost verge of earth.”—_Sen. Med._ ii. 375.
  • [389] He was king of Samos, and was treacherously put to death by
  • Orœtes, the governor of Magnesia, in Asia Minor. His daughter, in
  • consequence of her dream, attempted to dissuade him from visiting
  • Orœtes, but in vain.—_Herod._ iii. 124.
  • [390] Plut. Vit. Alex. 2.
  • [391] “Thou shalt see me again at Philippi.”—_Appian Bell. Civ._ iv.
  • 134.
  • [392] “Thou, also, Galba, shalt taste of empire.”—_Suet. Vit. Gall._ 4.
  • [393] Hist. v. 13.
  • [394] Suet. vit. Domit. 23.
  • [395] Catherine de Medicis, the wife of Henry II. of France, who died
  • from a wound accidentally received in a tournament.
  • [396] James I. being the first monarch of Great Britain.
  • [397] “The eighty-eighth will be a wondrous year.”
  • [398] “Aristophanes, in his Comedy of the Knights, satirizes Cleon, the
  • Athenian demagogue. He introduces a declaration of the oracle, that
  • the Eagle of hides (by whom Cleon was meant, his father having been a
  • tanner), should be conquered by a serpent, which Demosthenes, one of
  • the characters in the play, expounds as meaning a maker of sausages.
  • How Lord Bacon could for a moment doubt that this was a mere jest, it
  • is difficult to conjecture. The following is a literal translation of a
  • portion of the passage from The Knights (l. 197): “But when a leather
  • eagle with crooked talons shall have seized with its jaws a serpent,
  • a stupid creature, a drinker of blood, then the tan-pickle of the
  • Paphlagonians is destroyed; but upon the sellers of sausages the deity
  • bestows great glory, unless they choose rather to sell sausages.”
  • [399] This is a very just remark. So-called strange coincidences, and
  • wonderful dreams that are verified, when the point is considered, are
  • really not at all marvellous. We never hear of the 999 dreams that are
  • not verified, but the thousandth that happens to precede its fulfilment
  • is blazoned by unthinking people as a marvel. It would be a much more
  • wonderful thing if dreams were not occasionally verified.
  • [400] Under this name he alludes to the Critias of Plato, in which an
  • imaginary “terra incognita” is discoursed of under the name of the “New
  • Atlantis.” It has been conjectured from this by some, that Plato really
  • did believe in the existence of a continent on the other side of the
  • globe.
  • [401] Hot and fiery.
  • [402] With the eyes closed or blindfolded.
  • [403] He was a favorite of Tiberius, to whose murder by Nero he was
  • said to have been an accessary. He afterwards prostituted his own wife
  • to Caligula, by whom he was eventually put to death.
  • [404] Liable to.
  • [405] Chirpings like the noise of young birds.
  • [406] Jewels or necklaces.
  • [407] Spangles, or O’s of gold or silver. Beckmann says that these were
  • invented in the beginning of the seventeenth century. See Beckmann’s
  • Hist. of Inventions (Bohn’s Stand. Lib.), vol. i. p. 424.
  • [408] Or antic-masques. These were ridiculous interludes dividing the
  • acts of the more serious masque. These were performed by hired actors,
  • while the masque was played by ladies and gentlemen. The rule was,
  • the characters were to be neither serious nor hideous. The “Comus” of
  • Milton is an admirable specimen of a masque.
  • [409] Turks.
  • [410] “He is the best asserter _of the liberty_ of his mind, who bursts
  • the chains that gall his breast, and at the same moment ceases to
  • grieve.”—This quotation is from _Ovid’s Remedy of Love_, 293.
  • [411] “My soul has long been a sojourner.”
  • [412] “The wish is father to the thought,” is a proverbial saying of
  • similar meaning.
  • [413] _Vide_ Disc. Sop. Liv. iii. 6.
  • [414] Jacques Clement, a Dominican friar, who assassinated Henry III.
  • of France, in 1589. The sombre fanatic was but twenty-five year of
  • age; and he had announced the intention of killing with his own hands
  • the great enemy of his faith. He was instigated by the Leaguers, and
  • particularly by the Duchess of Montpensier, the sister of the Duke of
  • Guise.
  • [415] He murdered Henry IV. of France, in 1610.
  • [416] Philip II. of Spain having, in 1582, set a price upon the head
  • of William of Nassau, Prince of Orange, the leader of the Protestants,
  • Jaureguy attempted to assassinate him, and severely wounded him.
  • [417] He assassinated William of Nassau, in 1584. It is supposed that
  • this fanatic meditated the crime for six years.
  • [418] A resolution prompted by a vow of devotion to a particular
  • principle or creed.
  • [419] He alludes to the Hindoos, and the ceremony of Suttee, encouraged
  • by the Brahmins.
  • [420] Flinching.—_Vide_ Cic. Tuscul. Disp. ii. 14.
  • [421] “Every man is the architect of his own fortune.” Sallust, in his
  • letters “De Republicâ Ordinandâ,” attributes these words to Appius
  • Claudius Cæcus, a Roman poet whose works are now lost. Lord Bacon,
  • in the Latin translation of his Essays, which was made under his
  • supervision, rendered the word “poet” “comicus;” by whom he probably
  • meant Plautus, who has this line in his “Trinummus” (Act ii, sc. 2):
  • “Nam sapiens quidem pol ipsus fingit fortunam sibi,” which has the same
  • meaning, though in somewhat different terms.
  • [422] “A serpent, unless it has devoured a serpent, does not become a
  • dragon.”
  • [423] Or “desenvoltura,” implying readiness to adapt one’s self to
  • circumstances.
  • [424] Impediments, causes for hesitation.
  • [425] “In that man there was such great strength of body and mind,
  • that, in whatever station he had been born, he seemed as though he
  • should make his fortune.”
  • [426] “A versatile genius.”
  • [427] “A little of the fool.”
  • [428] “Thou carriest Cæsar and his fortunes.”—_Plut. Vit. Cæls._ 38.
  • [429] “The Fortunate.” He attributed his success to the intervention of
  • Hercules, to whom he paid especial veneration.
  • [430] “The Great.”—_Plut. Syll._ 34.
  • [431] A successful Athenian general, the son of Conon, and the friend
  • of Plato.
  • [432] Fluency, or smoothness.
  • [433] Lord Bacon seems to use the word in the general sense of “lending
  • money upon interest.”
  • [434] “Drive from their hives the drones, a lazy race.”—_Georgics_, b.
  • iv. 168.
  • [435] “In the sweat of thy face shalt thou eat thy bread.”—_Gen._ iii.
  • 19.
  • [436] “In the sweat of the face of another.”
  • [437] In the middle ages the Jews were compelled, by legal enactment,
  • to wear peculiar dresses and colors; one of these was orange.
  • [438] “A concession by reason of hardness of heart.” He alludes to the
  • words in St. Matthew xix. 8.
  • [439] See note to Essay xix.
  • [440] Hold.
  • [441] The imaginary country described in Sir Thomas More’s political
  • romance of that name.
  • [442] Regulation.
  • [443] Be paid.
  • [444] Our author was one of the earliest writers who treated the
  • question of the interest of money with the enlightened views of a
  • statesman and an economist. The taking of interest was considered, in
  • his time, immoral.
  • Laws on this matter are extremely ancient. Moses forbids the Jews to
  • require interest of each other. “Thou shalt not lend upon usury to thy
  • brother; usury of money, usury of victuals, usury of any thing that is
  • lent upon usury:
  • “Unto a stranger thou mayest lend upon usury; but unto thy brother thou
  • shalt not lend upon usury.”—_Deut._ xxiii. 19, 20.
  • Among the Greeks, the rate of interest was settled by agreement between
  • the borrower and the lender, without any interference of the law. The
  • customary rate varied from ten to thirty-three and one third per cent.
  • The Romans enacted laws against usurious interest; but their legal
  • interest, admitted by the law of the Twelve Tables, was, according to
  • some, twelve per cent., or, to others, one twelfth of the capital, i. e.
  • eight and one third per cent. Justinian reduced it to six per cent.
  • In England, the legal rate of interest was, in Henry the Eighth’s
  • reign, ten per cent. It was reduced, in 1624, to eight per cent. It
  • was further diminished, in 1672, to six per cent. And definitively, in
  • 1713, fixed at five per cent., the ordinary rate of interest throughout
  • Europe. In France, the rates of interest have been nearly similar at
  • the same periods.
  • [445] “He passed his youth full of errors, of madness even.”—_Spartian.
  • Vit. Sev._
  • [446] He was nephew of Louis the Twelfth of France, and commanded the
  • French armies in Italy against the Spaniards. After a brilliant career,
  • he was killed at the battle of Ravenna, in 1512.
  • [447] Joel ii. 28, quoted Acts ii. 17.
  • [448] He lived in the second century after Christ, and is said to have
  • lost his memory at the age of twenty-five.
  • [449] “He remained the same, but _with the advance of years_ was not so
  • becoming.”—_Cic. Brut._ 95.
  • [450] “The close was unequal to the beginning.” This quotation is not
  • correct; the words are: “Memorabilior prima pars vitæ quam postrema
  • fuit,”—“The first part of his life was more distinguished than the
  • latter.”—_Livy_ xxxviii. ch. 53.
  • [451] By the context, he would seem to consider “great spirit” and
  • “virtue” as convertible terms. Edward IV., however, has no claim to be
  • considered as a virtuous or magnanimous man, though he possessed great
  • physical courage.
  • [452] Features.
  • [453] “The autumn of the beautiful is beautiful.”
  • [454] By making allowances.
  • [455] Rom. i. 31; 2 Tim. iii. 3.
  • [456] “Where she errs in the one, she ventures in the other.”
  • [457] Spies.
  • [458] Solyman the Magnificent, Sultan of the Turks.
  • [459] Site.
  • [460] Knoll.
  • [461] Have a liking for cheerful society. Momus being the god of mirth.
  • [462] Eats up.
  • [463] Plut. Vit. Lucull. 39.
  • [464] A vast edifice, about twenty miles from Madrid, founded by Philip
  • II.
  • [465] Esth. i. 5; “The King made a feast unto all the people that were
  • present in Shushan the palace, both unto great and small, seven days,
  • in the court of the garden of the king’s palace.”
  • [466] The cylinder formed by the small end of the steps of winding
  • stairs.
  • [467] The funnel of a chimney.
  • [468] Where to go.
  • [469] Bow, or bay, windows.
  • [470] Flush with the wall.
  • [471] Antechamber.
  • [472] Withdrawing-room.
  • [473] Watercourses.
  • [474] Pine trees.
  • [475] Kept warm in a greenhouse.
  • [476] The damson, or plum of Damascus.
  • [477] Currants.
  • [478] An apple that is gathered very early.
  • [479] A kind of quince, so called from “cotoneum,” or “cydonium,” the
  • Latin name of the quince.
  • [480] The fruit of the cornel-tree.
  • [481] The warden was a large pear, so called from its keeping well.
  • Warden-pie was formerly much esteemed in this country.
  • [482] Perpetual spring.
  • [483] Flowers that do not send forth their smell at any distance.
  • [484] A species of grass of the genus argostis.
  • [485] The blossoms of the bean.
  • [486] Bring or lead you.
  • [487] Impeding.
  • [488] Causing the water to fall in a perfect arch, without any spray
  • escaping from the jet.
  • [489] Lilies of the valley.
  • [490] In rows.
  • [491] Insidiously subtract nourishment from.
  • [492] To consider or expect.
  • [493] Love, are pleased with.
  • [494] It is more advantageous to deal with men whose desires are not
  • yet satisfied, than with those who have gained all they have wished
  • for, and are likely to be proof against inducements.
  • [495] In the sense of the Latin “gloriosus,” “boastful,” “bragging.”
  • [496] Professions or classes.
  • [497] Weakness, or indecision of character.
  • [498] He probably alludes to the ancient stories of the friendship
  • of Orestes and Pylades, Theseus and Pirithoüs, Damon and Pythias,
  • and others, and the maxims of the ancient philosophers. Aristotle
  • considers that equality in circumstances and station is one requisite
  • of friendship. Seneca and Quintus Curtius express the same opinion.
  • It seems hardly probable that Lord Bacon reflected deeply when
  • he penned this passage, for between equals, jealousy, the most
  • insidious of all the enemies of friendship, has the least chance of
  • originating. Dr. Johnson says: “Friendship is seldom lasting but
  • between equals, or where the superiority on one side is reduced by some
  • equivalent advantage on the other. Benefits which cannot be repaid,
  • and obligations which cannot be discharged, are not commonly found
  • to increase affection; they excite gratitude indeed, and heighten
  • veneration, but commonly take away that easy freedom and familiarity of
  • intercourse, without which, though there may be fidelity, and zeal, and
  • admiration, there cannot be friendship.”—_The Rambler_, No. 64.
  • [499] In such a case, gratitude and admiration exist on the one hand,
  • esteem and confidence on the other.
  • [500] Lowering, or humiliating.
  • [501] Referees.
  • [502] Disgusted.
  • [503] Giving no false color to the degree of success which has attended
  • the prosecution of the suit.
  • [504] To have little effect.
  • [505] To this extent.
  • [506] Of the information.
  • [507] “Ask what is exorbitant, that you may obtain what is moderate.”
  • [508] This formed the first essay in the earliest edition of the work.
  • [509] Attentively.
  • [510] Vapid: without taste or spirit.
  • [511] “Studies become habits.”
  • [512] “Splitters of cummin-seeds;” or, as we now say, “splitters of
  • straws,” or “hairs.” Butler says of Hudibras:—
  • “He could distinguish and divide
  • A hair ’twixt south and southwest side.”
  • [513] Causes one side to preponderate.
  • [514] “The common father.”
  • [515] “As one of us.” Henry the Third of France, favoring the league
  • formed by the Duke of Guise and Cardinal De Lorraine against the
  • Protestants, soon found that, through the adoption of that policy, he
  • had forfeited the respect of his subjects.
  • [516] See a note to Essay 15.
  • [517] Of Castile. She was the wife of Ferdinand of Arragon, and was the
  • patroness of Columbus.
  • [518] The words in our version are: “He that observeth the
  • wind shall not sow, and he that regardeth the clouds shall not
  • reap.—_Ecclesiastes_ xi. 1.
  • [519] Exact in the extreme. Point-de-vice was originally the name of a
  • kind of lace of very fine pattern.
  • [520] “Appearances resembling virtues.”
  • [521] “A good name is like sweet-smelling ointment.” The words
  • in our version are, “A good name is better than precious
  • ointment.—_Ecclesiastes_ vii. 1.
  • [522] “Disregarding _his own_ conscience.”
  • [523] “To instruct under the form of praise.”
  • [524] “The worst kind of enemies are those who flatter.”
  • [525] A pimple filled with “pus,” or “purulent matter.” The word is
  • still used in the east of England.
  • [526] The words in our version are: “He that blesseth his friend with a
  • loud voice, rising early in the morning, it shall be counted a curse to
  • him.”—_Proverbs_ xxvii. 14.
  • [527] In other words, to show what we call an _esprit de corps_.
  • [528] Theologians.
  • [529] 2 Cor. xi. 23.
  • [530] “I will magnify my apostleship.” He alludes to the words in
  • Romans xi. 13: “Inasmuch as I am the apostle of the Gentiles, I magnify
  • mine office.”
  • [531] Vaunting, or boasting.
  • [532] Noise. We have a corresponding proverb: “Great cry and little
  • wool.”
  • [533] A high or good opinion.
  • [534] _Vide_ Liv. xxxvii. 48.
  • [535] By express command.
  • [536] “Those who write books on despising glory, set their names in
  • the title-page.” He quotes from Cicero’s “Tusculanæ Disputationes,”
  • b. i. c. 15, whose words are; “Quid nostri philosophi? Nonne in
  • his libris ipsis, quos scribunt de contemnendâ gloriâ, sua nomina
  • inscribunt.”—“What do our philosophers do? Do they not, in those very
  • books which they write on despising glory, set their names in the
  • title-page?”
  • [537] Pliny the Younger, the nephew of the elder Pliny, the naturalist.
  • [538] “One who set off every thing he said and did with a certain
  • skill.” Mucianus was an intriguing general in the times of Otho and
  • Vitellius.—_Hist._ xi. 80.
  • [539] Namely, the property of which he was speaking, and not that
  • mentioned by Tacitus.
  • [540] Apologies.
  • [541] Concessions.
  • [542] Plin. Epist. vi. 17.
  • [543] Boastful.
  • [544] “All fame emanates from servants.”—_Q. Cic. de Petit. Consul._ v.
  • 17.
  • [545] “Founders of empires.”
  • [546] He alludes to Ottoman, or Othman I., the founder of the dynasty
  • now reigning at Constantinople. From him, the Turkish empire received
  • the appellation of “Othoman,” or “Ottoman” Porte.
  • [547] “Perpetual rulers.”
  • [548] Surnamed the Peaceful, who ascended the throne of England A. D.
  • 959. He was eminent as a legislator, and a rigid assertor of justice.
  • Hume considers his reign “one of the most fortunate that we meet with
  • in the ancient English history.”
  • [549] These were a general collection of the Spanish laws, made by
  • Alphonso X. of Castile, arranged under their proper titles. The work
  • was commenced by Don Ferdinand his father, to put an end to the
  • contradictory decisions in the Castilian courts of justice. It was
  • divided into seven parts, whence its name “Siete Partidas.” It did not,
  • however, become the law of Castile till nearly eighty years after.
  • [550] “Deliverers,” or “preservers.”
  • [551] “Extenders,” or “defenders of the empire.”
  • [552] “Fathers of their country.”
  • [553] “Participators in cares.”
  • [554] “Leaders in war.”
  • [555] Proportion, dimensions.
  • [556] “Equal to their duties.”
  • [557] “To expound the law.”
  • [558] “To make the law.”
  • [559] The Mosaic law. He alludes to Deuteronomy xxvii. 17. “Cursed be
  • he that removeth his neighbor’s landmark.”
  • [560] “A righteous man falling down before the wicked is as a troubled
  • fountain and a corrupt spring.”—_Proverbs_ xxv. 26.
  • [561] “Ye who turn judgment to wormwood, and leave off righteousness in
  • the earth.”—_Amos_ v. 7.
  • [562] “He who wrings the nose strongly brings blood.” _Proverbs_ xxx.
  • 33: “Surely, the churning of milk bringeth forth butter, and the
  • wringing of the nose bringeth forth blood; so the forcing of wrath
  • bringeth forth strife.”
  • [563] “He will rain snares upon them.” Psalm xi. 6: “Upon the wicked he
  • shall rain snares, fire, and brimstone, and an horrible tempest.”
  • [564] Strained.
  • [565] “It is the duty of a judge to consider not only the facts, but
  • the circumstances of the case.”—_Ovid. Trist._ I. i. 37.
  • [566] Pliny the Younger, Ep. B. 6, E. 2, has the observation:
  • “Patientiam ... quæ pars magna justitiæ est;” “Patience, which is a
  • great part of justice.”
  • [567] Is not successful.
  • [568] Makes him to feel less confident of the goodness of his cause.
  • [569] Altercate, or bandy words with the judge.
  • [570] “Do men gather grapes of thorns, or figs of thistles!”—_St.
  • Matthew_ vii. 16.
  • [571] Plundering.
  • [572] “Friends of the court.”
  • [573] “Parasites,” or “flatterers of the court.”
  • [574] Which were compiled by the decemvirs.
  • [575] “The safety of the people is the supreme law.”
  • [576] “Mine.”
  • [577] “Yours.”
  • [578] He alludes to 1 Kings x. 19, 30: “The throne had six steps, and
  • the top of the throne was round behind; and there were stays on either
  • side on the place of the seat, and two lions stood beside the stays.
  • And twelve lions stood there on the one side and on the other upon the
  • six steps.” The same verses are repeated in 1 Chronicles ix. 18, 19.
  • [579] “We know that the law is good, if a man use it lawfully.”—1
  • _Timothy_ i. 8.
  • [580] A boast.
  • [581] In our version it is thus rendered: “Be ye angry, and sin not;
  • let not the sun go down upon your wrath.”—_Ephesians_ iv. 26.
  • [582] Sen. De Ira i. 1.
  • [583] “In your patience possess ye your souls.”—_Luke_ xvi. 19.
  • [584] “And leave their lives in the wound.” The quotation is from
  • Virgil’s Georgics, iv. 238.
  • [585] Susceptibility upon.
  • [586] “A thicker covering for his honor.”
  • [587] Pointed and peculiarly appropriate to the party attacked.
  • [588] “Ordinary abuse.”
  • [589] “The thing that hath been, it is that which shall be; and
  • that which is done, is that which shall be done; and there is no
  • new thing under the sun. Is there any thing whereof it may be said,
  • See, this is new? It hath been already of old time, which was before
  • us.”—_Ecclesiastes_ i. 9, 10.
  • [590] In his Phædo.
  • [591] “There is no remembrance of former things: neither shall there be
  • any remembrance of things that are to come, with those that shall come
  • hereafter.”—_Ecclesiastes_ i. 11.
  • [592] “And Elijah the Tishbite, who was of the inhabitants of Gilead,
  • said unto Ahab, As the Lord God of Israel liveth, before whom I stand,
  • there shall not be dew nor rain these years, but according to my
  • word.”—1 _Kings_ xvii. 1. “And it came to pass after many days, that
  • the word of the Lord came to Elijah in the third year, saying, Go, show
  • thyself unto Ahab; and I will send rain upon the earth.”—1 _Kings_
  • xviii. 1.
  • [593] Confined to a limited space.
  • [594] The whole of the continent of America then discovered is included
  • under this name.
  • [595] Limited.
  • [596] _Vide_ Plat. Tim. iii. 24, seq.
  • [597] Mach. Disc. Sop. Liv. ii. 2.
  • [598] Sabinianus of Volaterra was elected Bishop of Rome on the death
  • of Gregory the Great, A. D. 604. He was of an avaricious disposition,
  • and thereby incurred the popular hatred. He died in eighteen months
  • after his election.
  • [599] This Cicero speaks of as “the great year of the mathematicians.”
  • “On the Nature of the Gods,” B. 4, ch. 20. By some it was supposed to
  • occur after a period of 12,954 years, while, according to others, it
  • was of 25,920 years’ duration.—_Plat. Tim._ iii. 38, seq.
  • [600] Conceit.
  • [601] Observed.
  • [602] A curious fancy or odd conceit.
  • [603] The followers of Arminius, or James Harmensen, a celebrated
  • divine of the 16th and 17th centuries. Though called a heresy by Bacon,
  • his opinions have been for two centuries, and still are, held by a
  • large portion of the Church of England.
  • [604] A belief in astrology, or at least the influence of the stars was
  • almost universal in the time of Bacon.
  • [605] Germany.
  • [606] Charlemagne.
  • [607] When led thither by Alexander the Great.
  • [608] Striking.
  • [609] Application of the “aries,” or battering-ram.
  • [610] This fragment was found among Lord Bacon’s papers, and published
  • by Dr. Rawley in his Resuscitatio.
  • [611] Tac. Hist. ii. 80.
  • [612] Cæs. de Bell. Civ. i. 6.
  • [613] Tac. Ann. i. 5.
  • [614] _Vide_ Herod. viii. 108, 109.
  • [615] Varro distributes the ages of the world into three periods; viz:
  • the unknown, the fabulous, and the historical. Of the former, we have
  • no accounts but in Scripture; for the second, we must consult the
  • ancient poets, such as Hesiod, Homer, or those who wrote still earlier,
  • and then again come back to Ovid, who, in his Metamorphoses, seems,
  • in imitation perhaps of some ancient Greek poet, to have intended a
  • complete collection, or a kind of continued and connected history of
  • the fabulous age, especially with regard to changes, revolutions, or
  • transformations.
  • [616] Most of these fables are contained in Ovid’s Metamorphoses and
  • Fasti, and are fully explained in Bohn’s Classical Library translation.
  • [617] Homer’s Hymn to Pan.
  • [618] Cicero, Epistle to Atticus, 5.
  • [619] Ovid, Metamorphoses, b. ii.
  • [620] This refers to the confused mixture of things, as sung by Virgil:—
  • “Namque canebat uti magnum per inane coacta
  • Semina terrarumque animæque marisque fuissent;
  • Et liquidi simul ignis; ut his exordia primis
  • Omnia, et ipse tener mundi concreverit orbis.”—
  • _Ecl._ vi. 81.
  • [621] This is always supposed to be the case in vision, the
  • mathematical demonstrations in optics proceeding invariably upon the
  • assumption of this phenomenon.
  • [622]
  • “Torva leæna lupum sequitur, lupus ipse capellam:
  • Florentem cytisum sequitur lasciva capella.”
  • _Virgil_, _Ecl._ ii. 63.
  • [623] Ovid, Rem. Amoris, v. 343. Mart. Epist.
  • [624] Psalm xix. 1.
  • [625] Syrinx, signifying a reed, or the ancient pen.
  • [626] Ovid, Metam. b. iv.
  • [627] Thus it is the excellence of a general, early to discover what
  • turn the battle is likely to take; and looking prudently behind, as
  • well as before, to pursue a victory so as not to be unprovided for a
  • retreat.
  • [628] It may be remembered that the Athenian peasant voted for the
  • banishment of Aristides, because he was called the Just. Shakspeare
  • forcibly expresses the same thought:—
  • “Let me have men about me that are fat;
  • Sleek-headed men, and such as sleep o’ nights:
  • Yond Cassius has a lean and hungry look;
  • He thinks too much: such men are dangerous.”
  • If Bacon had completed his intended work upon “Sympathy and Antipathy,”
  • the constant hatred evinced by ignorance of intellectual superiority,
  • originating sometimes in the painful feeling of inferiority, sometimes
  • in the fear of worldly injury would not have escaped his notice.
  • [629] Thus we see that Orpheus denotes learning; Eurydice, things,
  • or the subject of learning; Bacchus, and the Thracian women, men’s
  • ungoverned passions and appetites, &c. And in the same manner all the
  • ancient fables might be familiarly illustrated, and brought down to the
  • capacities of children.
  • [630]
  • “Quod procul a nobis flectat Fortuna gubernans;
  • Et ratio potius quam res persuadeat ipsa.”
  • [631] Proteus properly signifies primary, oldest, or first.
  • [632] Bacon nowhere speaks with such freedom and perspicuity as under
  • the pretext of explaining these ancient fables; for which reason they
  • deserve to be the more read by such as desire to understand the rest of
  • his works.
  • [633] As she also brought the author himself.
  • [634]
  • “—————cadit Ripheus, justissimus unus,
  • Qui fuit ex Teucris, et servantissimus æqui:
  • Diis aliter visum.”—_Æneid_, lib. ii.
  • [635] Te autem mi Brute sicut debeo, amo, quod istud quicquid est
  • nugarum me scire voluisti.
  • [636]
  • “Regina in mediis patrio vocat agmina sistro;
  • Necdum etiam geminos a tergo respicit angues.”
  • _Æneid_, viii. 696.
  • [637] Ovid’s Metamorphoses, b. iii., iv., and vi.; and Fasti, iii. 767.
  • [638] “Declinat cursus, aurumque volubile tollit.”
  • [639] The author, in all his physical works, proceeds upon this
  • foundation, that it is possible, and practicable, for art to obtain the
  • victory over nature; that is, for human industry and power to procure,
  • by the means of proper knowledge, such things as are necessary to
  • render life as happy and commodious as its mortal state will allow. For
  • instance, that it is possible to lengthen the present period of human
  • life; bring the winds under command: and every way extend and enlarge
  • the dominion or empire of man over the works of nature.
  • [640] “All-gift.”
  • [641] Viz: that by Pandora.
  • [642]
  • “Felix qui potuit rerum cognoscere causas,
  • Quique metus omnes et inexorabile fatum
  • Subjecit pedibus, strepitumque Acherontis avari.”
  • _Georg._ ii. 490.
  • [643] _De Augmentis Scientiarum_, sec. xxviii. and supplem. xv.
  • [644] An allusion which, in Plato’s writings, is applied to the
  • rapid succession of generations, through which the continuity of
  • human life is maintained from age to age; and which are perpetually
  • transferring from hand to hand the concerns and duties of this fleeting
  • scene. Γεννῶντες τε καὶ ἐκτρέφοντες παῖδας, κάθαπερ λαμπάδα τὸν βίον
  • παραδιδόντες ἄλλοις ἐξ ἄλλων—Plato, Leg. b. vi. Lucretius also has the
  • same metaphor:—
  • “Et quasi cursores vitai lampada tradunt.”
  • [645] Eccles. xii. 11.
  • [646] This is what the author so frequently inculcates in the _Novum
  • Organum_, viz: that knowledge and power are reciprocal; so that to
  • improve in knowledge is to improve in the power of commanding nature,
  • by introducing new arts, and producing works and effects.
  • [647]
  • “Tu regere imperio populos, Romane, memento:
  • Hæ tibi erunt artes.”
  • _Æneid_, vi. 851.
  • [648]
  • “Sive recens tellus, seductaque nuper ab alta
  • Æthere, cognati retinebat semina cœli.”—_Metam._ i. 80.
  • [649] Many philosophers have certain speculations to this purpose.
  • Sir Isaac Newton, in particular, suspects that the earth receives its
  • vivifying spirit from the comets. And the philosophical chemists and
  • astrologers have spun the thought into many fantastical distinctions
  • and varieties.—See Newton, _Princip._ lib. iii. p. 473, &c.
  • [650] This policy strikingly characterized the conduct of Louis XIV.,
  • who placed his generals under a particular injunction, to advertise
  • him of the success of any siege likely to be crowned with an immediate
  • triumph, that he might attend in person and appear to take the town by
  • a _coup de main_.
  • [651] The one denoted by the river Achelous, and the other by
  • Terpsichore, the muse that invented the cithara and delighted in
  • dancing.
  • [652]
  • “Vivamus, mea Lesbia, atque amemus;
  • Rumoresque senum severiorum
  • Omnes unius estimemus assis.”—_Catull. Eleg._ v.
  • And again—
  • “Jura senes norint, et quod sit fasque nefasque
  • Inquirant tristes; legumque examina servent.”
  • _Metam._ ix. 550.
  • End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Bacon's Essays and Wisdom of the
  • Ancients, by Francis Bacon
  • *** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK BACON'S ESSAYS, WISDOM OF ANCIENTS ***
  • ***** This file should be named 56463-0.txt or 56463-0.zip *****
  • This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
  • http://www.gutenberg.org/5/6/4/6/56463/
  • Produced by Turgut Dincer and the Online Distributed
  • Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This file was
  • produced from images generously made available by The
  • Internet Archive)
  • Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will
  • be renamed.
  • Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright
  • law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works,
  • so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United
  • States without permission and without paying copyright
  • royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part
  • of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project
  • Gutenberg-tm electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm
  • concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark,
  • and may not be used if you charge for the eBooks, unless you receive
  • specific permission. If you do not charge anything for copies of this
  • eBook, complying with the rules is very easy. You may use this eBook
  • for nearly any purpose such as creation of derivative works, reports,
  • performances and research. They may be modified and printed and given
  • away--you may do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks
  • not protected by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the
  • trademark license, especially commercial redistribution.
  • START: FULL LICENSE
  • THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
  • PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
  • To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
  • distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
  • (or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
  • Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full
  • Project Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at
  • www.gutenberg.org/license.
  • Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project
  • Gutenberg-tm electronic works
  • 1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
  • electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
  • and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
  • (trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
  • the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or
  • destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your
  • possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a
  • Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound
  • by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the
  • person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph
  • 1.E.8.
  • 1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
  • used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
  • agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
  • things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
  • even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
  • paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
  • Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this
  • agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm
  • electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below.
  • 1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the
  • Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection
  • of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual
  • works in the collection are in the public domain in the United
  • States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the
  • United States and you are located in the United States, we do not
  • claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing,
  • displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as
  • all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope
  • that you will support the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting
  • free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm
  • works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the
  • Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with the work. You can easily
  • comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the
  • same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg-tm License when
  • you share it without charge with others.
  • 1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
  • what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are
  • in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States,
  • check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this
  • agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing,
  • distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any
  • other Project Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no
  • representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any
  • country outside the United States.
  • 1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
  • 1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other
  • immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear
  • prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work
  • on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the
  • phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed,
  • performed, viewed, copied or distributed:
  • This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
  • most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no
  • restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it
  • under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this
  • eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the
  • United States, you'll have to check the laws of the country where you
  • are located before using this ebook.
  • 1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is
  • derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not
  • contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the
  • copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in
  • the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are
  • redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase "Project
  • Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply
  • either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or
  • obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg-tm
  • trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
  • 1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
  • with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
  • must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any
  • additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms
  • will be linked to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works
  • posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the
  • beginning of this work.
  • 1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
  • License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
  • work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
  • 1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
  • electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
  • prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
  • active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
  • Gutenberg-tm License.
  • 1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
  • compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including
  • any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access
  • to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format
  • other than "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official
  • version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site
  • (www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense
  • to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means
  • of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original "Plain
  • Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include the
  • full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
  • 1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
  • performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
  • unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
  • 1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
  • access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
  • provided that
  • * You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
  • the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
  • you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed
  • to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has
  • agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project
  • Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid
  • within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are
  • legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty
  • payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project
  • Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in
  • Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg
  • Literary Archive Foundation."
  • * You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
  • you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
  • does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
  • License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all
  • copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue
  • all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm
  • works.
  • * You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of
  • any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
  • electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of
  • receipt of the work.
  • * You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
  • distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
  • 1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project
  • Gutenberg-tm electronic work or group of works on different terms than
  • are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing
  • from both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and The
  • Project Gutenberg Trademark LLC, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm
  • trademark. Contact the Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
  • 1.F.
  • 1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
  • effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
  • works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project
  • Gutenberg-tm collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm
  • electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may
  • contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate
  • or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
  • intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or
  • other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or
  • cannot be read by your equipment.
  • 1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
  • of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
  • Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
  • Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
  • Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
  • liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
  • fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
  • LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
  • PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
  • TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
  • LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
  • INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
  • DAMAGE.
  • 1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
  • defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
  • receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
  • written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
  • received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium
  • with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you
  • with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in
  • lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person
  • or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second
  • opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If
  • the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing
  • without further opportunities to fix the problem.
  • 1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
  • in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO
  • OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
  • LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
  • 1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
  • warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of
  • damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement
  • violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the
  • agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or
  • limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or
  • unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the
  • remaining provisions.
  • 1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
  • trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
  • providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in
  • accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the
  • production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm
  • electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses,
  • including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of
  • the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this
  • or any Project Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or
  • additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any
  • Defect you cause.
  • Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
  • Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
  • electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of
  • computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It
  • exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations
  • from people in all walks of life.
  • Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
  • assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
  • goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
  • remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
  • Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
  • and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future
  • generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary
  • Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see
  • Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at
  • www.gutenberg.org
  • Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
  • The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
  • 501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
  • state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
  • Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
  • number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary
  • Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by
  • U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
  • The Foundation's principal office is in Fairbanks, Alaska, with the
  • mailing address: PO Box 750175, Fairbanks, AK 99775, but its
  • volunteers and employees are scattered throughout numerous
  • locations. Its business office is located at 809 North 1500 West, Salt
  • Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up to
  • date contact information can be found at the Foundation's web site and
  • official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact
  • For additional contact information:
  • Dr. Gregory B. Newby
  • Chief Executive and Director
  • gbnewby@pglaf.org
  • Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
  • Literary Archive Foundation
  • Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
  • spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
  • increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
  • freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
  • array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
  • ($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
  • status with the IRS.
  • The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
  • charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
  • States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
  • considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
  • with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
  • where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND
  • DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular
  • state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate
  • While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
  • have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
  • against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
  • approach us with offers to donate.
  • International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
  • any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
  • outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
  • Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
  • methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
  • ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To
  • donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate
  • Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works.
  • Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project
  • Gutenberg-tm concept of a library of electronic works that could be
  • freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and
  • distributed Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of
  • volunteer support.
  • Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
  • editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in
  • the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not
  • necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper
  • edition.
  • Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search
  • facility: www.gutenberg.org
  • This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
  • including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
  • Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
  • subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.